Ruckus IronWare MIB Reference Guide Sept 2010 Fast Iron 07.2.02 Feb2011
FastIron 07.2.02 MIB Reference MIB_Feb2011_Reference
2017-07-07
User Manual: Ruckus FastIron 07.2.02 MIB Reference
Open the PDF directly: View PDF
.
Page Count: 762
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
53-1002024-02 February 2011 IronWare MIB Reference ® Copyright © 2010-2011 Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Brocade, the B-wing symbol, BigIron, DCFM, DCX, Fabric OS, FastIron, IronView, NetIron, SAN Health, ServerIron, TurboIron, and Wingspan are registered trademarks, and Brocade Assurance, Brocade NET Health, Brocade One, Extraordinary Networks, MyBrocade, VCS, and VDX are trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., in the United States and/or in other countries. Other brands, products, or service names mentioned are or may be trademarks or service marks of their respective owners. Notice: This document is for informational purposes only and does not set forth any warranty, expressed or implied, concerning any equipment, equipment feature, or service offered or to be offered by Brocade. Brocade reserves the right to make changes to this document at any time, without notice, and assumes no responsibility for its use. This informational document describes features that may not be currently available. Contact a Brocade sales office for information on feature and product availability. Export of technical data contained in this document may require an export license from the United States government. Brocade Communications Systems, Incorporated Corporate and Latin American Headquarters Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. 130 Holger Way San Jose, CA 95134 Tel: 1-408-333-8000 Fax: 1-408-333-8101 E-mail: info@brocade.com Asia-Pacific Headquarters Brocade Communications Singapore Pte. Ltd. 30 Cecil Street #19-01 Prudential Tower Singapore 049712 Singapore Tel: +65-6538-4700 Fax: +65-6538-0302 E-mail: apac-info@brocade.com European Headquarters Brocade Communications Switzerland Sàrl Centre Swissair Tour B - 4ème étage 29, Route de l'Aéroport Case Postale 105 CH-1215 Genève 15 Switzerland Tel: +41 22 799 5640 Fax: +41 22 799 5641 E-mail: emea-info@brocade.com Document History Title Publication number Summary of changes Date IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Added updates for FastIron 07.2.02 release Feb 2011 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 New document Sept 2010 Contents About This Document Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi Document conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi Text formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi Getting technical help or reporting errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi Web access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii Email access and telephone numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii Chapter 1 Overview of the IronWare MIB Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Obtaining and installing the IronWare MIBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Downloading the MIB from technical support web site. . . . . . . . 2 Downloading the MIB from Brocade FTP site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Importing IronWare MIB into a UNIX environment. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Reloading MIBs into a HP environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Standard objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Proprietary objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Structure of this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 About SNMPv3 support on enterprise software releases . . . . . . . . 10 Chapter 2 Supported Standard MIBs Supported on FastIron X series IPv6 devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Supported on BigIron and FastIron devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Supported on Terathon devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Supported on the FastIron Edge switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Supported on the Brocade MLXe and NetIron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 RFC compliance - management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 RFC compliance - IPv6 management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 IEEE standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 LLDP/LLDP-MED MIB support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Partially supported standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 RFC 1213: Management Information Base (MIB-II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Notes about the ifIndex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 RFC 1493: Definitions of managed objects for bridges . . . . . . . . . . 20 RFC 1643: Ethernet-like interface types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 iii RFC 1742: AppleTalk management information base II . . . . . . . . . . 22 RFC 1757: Remote network monitoring management information base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 RFC 2096: IP forwarding table MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 RFC 2233 The Interfaces Group MIB using SMIv2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 RFC 2515: Definitions of textual conventions and object identities for ATM management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 RFC 2665: Ethernet-like MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 RFC 2674: Definitions of managed objects for bridges with traffic classes, multicast filtering and virtual LAN extensions . . . . . 25 RFC 2819: Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 RFC 2863: The interfaces group MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 ifIndex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 ifType for interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Statistics for virtual routing interfaces on 8x10 modules. . . . . 28 Preserved SNMP statistics on interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 RFC 2932 IPv4 multicast routing MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 RFC 2933 IGMP MIB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Support on FastIron devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Support on other devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 igmpInterfaceTable (IGMP interface table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 igmpCacheTable (IGMP cache table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 RFC 2934 PIM MIB for IPv4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Support on FastIron devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Support on other devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 pimInterfaceTable (PIM interface table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 pimNeighborTable (PIM neighbor table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 pimIpMRouteTable (PIM IP multicast route table) . . . . . . . . . . . 37 pimIpMRouteNextHopTable (PIM next hop table) . . . . . . . . . . . 37 pimRpTable (PIM RP table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 pimRpSetTable (PIM RP set table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 pimCandidateRPTable (PIM candidate-RP table). . . . . . . . . . . . 38 pimComponentTable (PIM component table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 RFC 3176: InMon corporation’s sFlow: A method for monitoring traffic in switched and routed networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 iv IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 RFC 3815: Managed objects for MPLS and LDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 mplsLdpLsr objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 mplsLdpEntity objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 mplsLdpEntity table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 mplsLdpEntityStats Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 mplsLdpSession objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 mplsLdpPeer table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 mplsLdpSession table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 mplsLdpSessionStats table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 mplsLdpHelloAdjacency table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 mplsFec objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 mplsFec table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 mplsLdpSessionPeerAddr table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 RFC 4022: MIB for the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) . . . . . . 45 RFC 4087: IP Tunnel MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 tunnelIfTable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 tunnelInetConfigTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 ifTable support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 ifXTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 RFC 4113: MIB for the User Datagram Protocol (UDP). . . . . . . . . . . 48 RFC 4273: Definitions of managed objects for BGP-4 . . . . . . . . . . . 48 RFC 4292 IP forwarding table MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 RFC 4293: MIB for the Internet Protocol (IP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 RFC 4444: MIB for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Scalar isisSysobject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Supported tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 dot1agCfmMdTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 dot1agCfmMaNetTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 dot1agCfmMaCompTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 dot1agCfmMaMepListTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 dot1agCfmMepTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 dot1agCfmLtrTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 dot1agCfmMepDbTable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 v Chapter 3 Registration Chapter 4 Physical Properties of a Device Common objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Boards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Chassis number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Agent board table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Agent temperature table (snAgentTemp table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Configured module table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Redundant modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Chassis table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 Stackable products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Boards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Chassis products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 General chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Power supply table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Fan table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Flash Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Optical monitoring MIB objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Chapter 5 Basic Configuration and Management Software Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 NVRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 File download and upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Software image details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Boot sequence table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Software configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Switch IP configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128 Agent system parameters configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . .128 Switch group configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Switch configuration summary group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 DNS group (IPv4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 DNS address table (FSX 04.1.00 to 04.3.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 DNS address table (FSX 05.1.00 and later). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Domain name server table (FSX 04.1.00 to 04.3.00) . . . . . .137 Domain name server table (FSX 05.1.00 and later) . . . . . . . .138 DHCP gateway list table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 NTP general group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 NTP server table (IPv4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 SNTP server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) . . . . . . . . .142 Banners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Encoded octet strings table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Agent’s global group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144 vi IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Error management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144 FDP and CDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 FDP/CDP global configuration objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 FDP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 FDP cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146 FDP cached address entry table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148 Show media table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149 Software licensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 License information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151 Chapter 6 Power Over Ethernet MIB Power Over Ethernet global objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153 Power Over Ethernet port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153 Power over module table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Power over unit table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Chapter 7 User Access Agent user access group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Agent user account table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 General security objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158 Configuration notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161 IP community list table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162 IP community list string table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 Authorization and accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 RADIUS general group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166 RADIUS server table (IPv4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168 RADIUS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) . . . . . . . . . .169 TACACS general objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 TACACS server table (IPv4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 TACACS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices). . . . . . . . . . .172 Show statistics DOS-attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Denial of service attacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 DOS attack port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Chapter 8 802.1X Authentication MIB 802.1X authentication scalar group types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 802.1X port statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 802.1X port configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178 802.1x port state table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 vii 802.1X MAC sessions table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180 802.1x authentication global administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181 Chapter 9 Multi-Device Port Authentication Multi-device port authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183 Global multi-device port authentication objects . . . . . . . . . . .183 Clear interface multi-device port authentication objects . . . .183 Multi-device port authentication objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184 Multi-device port authentication clear sessions . . . . . . . . . . .185 Chapter 10 MAC Port Security About MAC port security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 MAC port security table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 MAC port security module statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 MAC port security interface content table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 MAC port security interface MAC table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 MAC port security autosave MAC table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 MAC port security global MIB group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 Chapter 11 Traffic Security Dynamic ARP Inspection VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . .193 DAI VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193 Dynamic ARP Inspection Interface configuration table. . . . . .194 Dynamic ARP Inspection entry table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195 DHCP Snooping global scalar object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196 DHCP Snooping VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196 DHCP Snooping Interface configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . .196 DHCP Snooping binding database table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197 IP Source Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197 IP Source Guard Interface configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . .198 IP Source Guard per-port-per-VLAN configuration table . . . . .198 IP Source Guard binding table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199 Chapter 12 MAC-Based VLAN MAC-based VLAN global objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201 MAC-based VLAN port member objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201 MAC-based VLAN If objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202 MAC-based VLAN objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203 Chapter 13 Interfaces Switch port information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205 Switch port information group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205 Interface ID lookup table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214 viii IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Interface index lookup table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 Trunk port configuration group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216 Multi-slot trunk port table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Multi-slot trunk port table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218 Link Aggregation Group (LAG) table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219 snLinkAggregationGroupTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219 fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220 fdryLinkAggregationGroupPortTable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222 Packet port information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222 POS alarms and error conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226 Loopback interface configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227 Port STP configuration groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227 Port STP configuration groups (snPortStpTable) . . . . . . . . . . .227 Port STP configuration group (snIfStpTable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230 Port monitor table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233 MRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234 Metro ring table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234 Chapter 14 Filtering Traffic MAC filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239 MAC filter table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239 MAC filter port access tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Forwarding database static table information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Layer 2 ACLs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243 Textual conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244 Layer 2 ACL next clause table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244 Layer 2 ACL configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246 Layer 2 ACL binding configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248 ACLs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249 Global ACL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249 IPv4 ACL table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249 ACl bind to port table (snAgAclBindToPortTable) . . . . . . . . . . .256 ACL port table (snAgAclIfBindTable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257 ACL port table (AgAclAccntTable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259 IPv6 ACL table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) . . . . . . . . . . . .260 Chapter 15 Traffic Control and Prioritization Quality of service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263 QoS profile table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263 QoS bind table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264 CAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264 CAR port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265 VLAN CAR objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266 Rate limit counter table (agRateLimitCounterTable) . . . . . . . . . . .268 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 ix Chapter 16 Multicast IGMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269 General IGMP objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270 IGMP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270 IGMP static group MIB table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 PIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272 Common PIM objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272 PIM virtual interface table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273 PIM neighbor table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275 PIM virtual interface statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 PIM-SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278 DVMRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280 Global DVMRP objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281 DVMRP virtual interface table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282 DVMRP neighbor table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284 DVMRP route table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285 DVMRP routing next hop table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285 DVMRP virtual interface statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286 Chapter 17 VLANs VLAN by port information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289 VLAN by port membership table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293 Port VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294 VLAN by protocol configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298 VLAN by IP subnet configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300 VLAN by IPX network configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302 VLAN by AppleTalk cable configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304 Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305 VLAN by port membership table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305 Port VLAN configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305 Chapter 18 Router Redundancy Protocols About router redundancy protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 FSRP objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 FSRP global variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312 FSRP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312 VRRP global variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 VRRP interface tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315 VRRP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315 VRRP and VRRPE interface table 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 VRRP virtual router parameters tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 VRRP virtual router table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 VRRP and VRRPE parameter table 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321 x IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VSRP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325 Global VSRP objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326 VSRP interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326 VSRP virtual router table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327 Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 VSRP virtual router table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 Chapter 19 RIP IP RIP general group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337 IP RIP port configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339 Redistribution table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340 IP RIP route filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341 IP RIP neighbor filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343 IP RIP port access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343 Global RIP statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344 RFC 1724 - RIP version 2 MIB extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346 Chapter 20 Global Router and IP Global router objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347 IP general group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347 IP static route table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 IP filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351 IP interface port address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353 IP interface port access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354 Port configuration tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355 IP interface port configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355 IP interface configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357 Broadcast forwarding group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357 General UDP broadcast forwarding group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358 UDP broadcast forwarding port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358 UDP helper table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359 Trace route group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360 General trace route group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361 Trace route result table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361 IP forwarding cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362 IP prefix list table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364 IP AS-Path access list table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365 IP AS-Path access list string table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365 ECMP MIB Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 xi Chapter 21 OSPF OSPF general objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369 OSPF area table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373 Area range table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375 OSPF interface configuration tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 OSPF interface configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 OSPF interface 2 configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379 OSPF virtual interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382 OSPF redistribution of routes table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384 OSPF neighbor table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386 OSPF virtual neighbor table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388 OSPF link-state database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391 OSPF link state database, external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392 OSPF area status table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393 OSPF interface status table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395 OSPF virtual interface status table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398 OSPF routing information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401 Chapter 22 BGP4 BGP4 general variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403 BGP4 network table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412 BGP4 address filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413 BGP4 aggregate address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 BGP4 attribute entries table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 BGP4 AS-path filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418 BGP4 community filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418 BGP4 route map filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420 BGP4 route map match configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421 BGP4 route map set configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423 BGP4 redistribution of routes table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 BGP4 routes operational status table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427 BGP4 neighbor general configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428 BGP4 neighbor distribute group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431 BGP4 neighbor filter group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433 BGP4 neighbor route map table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434 BGP4 neighbor operational status table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435 xii IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 neighbor summary table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437 BGP4 clear neighbor command table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439 BGP4 neighbor prefix group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439 Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440 BGP4 neighbor summary table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441 Chapter 23 IPX IPX general objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443 IPX cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445 IPX route table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446 IPX server table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447 IPX forward filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447 IPX RIP filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448 IPX SAP filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .449 IPX IF forward access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450 IPX IF RIP access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .451 IPX IF SAP access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .451 IPX port address table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452 IPX port counters tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .453 Chapter 24 AppleTalk AppleTalk general group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .455 AppleTalk socket priority table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458 AppleTalk port zone filter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458 AppleTalk port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .459 AppleTalk forwarding cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460 AppleTalk zone table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .461 AppleTalk additional zone filter table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .462 Chapter 25 Multiprotocol Label Switching Pseudo wire MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463 pwTable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463 Draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465 Values that affect some VLL services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .467 Supported objects in draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-06.txt . . . . . . . .468 Proprietary Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 xiii MPLS or BGP L3 VPN MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469 VPN interface configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470 VRF configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470 VRF route target table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471 VRF security table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472 VRF performance table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472 VRF routing table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472 VPLS-generic-draft-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473 General MPLS objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 MPLS LSP table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 VLL end point table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .478 VPLS end point table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479 VPLS end point 2 table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .480 IronWare VPLS Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .481 Chapter 26 Packet Over SONET for Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX RFC 3592 SDH/SONET MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .483 POS MIB Info Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .484 POS PPP Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486 POS cHDLC Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487 Chapter 27 Bidirectional Forwarding BFD scaler objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .489 BFD MIB session table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .489 BFD MIB session performance table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492 BFD MIB session mapping table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493 Chapter 28 Monitoring and Logging Usage notes on CPU utilization and system CPU utility table . . . .495 CPU utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .496 System CPU utility table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .497 snAgentCpuUtilTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .497 brcdAdxCpuUtilTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499 Dynamic memory utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 System DRAM information group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 ARP tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .501 RARP table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .502 Static ARP table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .502 Global ARP statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504 sFlow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505 sFlow source. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505 sFlow collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505 xiv IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 sFlow collector table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506 NetFlow Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507 Global NetFlow objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507 NetFlow Export collector table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508 NetFlow Export aggregation table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509 NetFlow Export interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510 System logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510 Global objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511 Dynamic system logging buffer table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .512 Static system logging buffer table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .513 System log server table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514 CAM statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514 IP CAM statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515 CAM usage tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .518 CAM profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .518 CAM usage for layer 3 traffic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .519 CAM usage for layer 2 traffic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .520 CAM usage session table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521 CAM usage other table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .522 System process utilization table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523 Objects for debugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .524 Support for optical monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .527 Chapter 29 Objects for Stacking Global objects for stacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .529 Stacking configuration unit table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .530 Stacking operation unit table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531 Agent board table for stacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533 Configuration module table for stacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .537 Stacking power supply table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541 Stacking fan table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541 Agent temperature table for stacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .542 Interface ID2 to ifIndex lookup table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .542 Interface ID2 lookup table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .543 Chapter 30 Layer 4 Switch Group Barrel processor hardware statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545 brcdAdxBPStatTable (ServerIron ADX release 12.2.00 and later)545 snAgentHwAdxBPStatTable (ServerIron ADX prior to release 12.2.00) 547 snAgentHwBPStatTable (ServerIron (JetCore)) . . . . . . . . . . . .550 ADX queue statistics table (ServerIron ADX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552 ADX DMA statistics table (ServerIron ADX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .553 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 xv Barrel processor session statistics table (ServerIron JetCore) . . .555 Barrel processor inter-process communication statistics . . . . . . .555 snAgentHwBPIpcStatTable (ServerIron JetCore) . . . . . . . . . . .555 brcdAdxBPIpcStatTable (ServerIron ADX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .557 Hardware Integrated Central Buffer Manager Counter Table (ServeIron JetCore) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .560 SMC Counter Statistics table (ServerIron JetCore) . . . . . . . . . . . .560 CPU utilization table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561 brcdAdxCpuUtilModuleType (ServerIron ADX) . . . . . . . . . . . . .561 snAgentCpuUtilTable (ServerIron JetCore) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562 Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563 Server load balancing traffic information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564 Hot standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .565 Layer 4 policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .566 Layer 4 policy table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567 Layer 4 policy port access table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .568 Health checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .568 Web cache server objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .569 Server cache groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .569 Web cache group table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .570 Web cache table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571 Web cache real server port table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .572 Web cache traffic statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573 Web uncached traffic statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575 Real server objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575 Real server configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 Real server port configuration table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577 Real server statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .578 Real server port statistic table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .580 Virtual server objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583 Virtual server configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .584 Virtual server port configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .585 Virtual server statistic table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587 Virtual server port statistics table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .589 Bind table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .590 L4 bind table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .590 L4 virtual server bind table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591 GSLB site remote ServerIron configuration table . . . . . . . . . . . . . .592 GSLB DNS zone information table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593 xvi IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Monitor groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596 Real server history control table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597 Real server history group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .598 Real server port history control group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 Real server port history group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602 Virtual server history control group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603 Virtual server history table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 Virtual server port history control table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606 Virtual server port history table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608 Chapter 31 SecureIron MIB Objects DOS protection statistics group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609 DOS protection cumulative statistics group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610 SIP filtering statistics group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .611 MAC filtering statistics group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612 Firewall server statistics group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613 Firewall statistics for each layer 4 port group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .614 Firewall server path information group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .615 Concurrent connection limiting statistics group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .616 Transaction rate limiting statistics group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617 Maximum connection to destination statistics group. . . . . . . . . . .618 Deep packet scan statistics group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .618 Chapter 32 Wireless Features General MIB objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .621 WiFi interface table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .622 Roaming peer table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .623 Access point automatic discovery and configuration table . . . . . .623 VPN passthrough server table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .624 VPN passthrough filter table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .625 VPN passthrough policy table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626 Chapter 33 Traps and Objects to Enable Traps Objects to enable or disable standard traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .627 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 xvii Objects for IronWare traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .627 Trap information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .628 Trap receiver table (IPv4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .628 Trap receiver table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) . . . . . . . .629 General chassis and agent traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .630 Enable VRRP traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .631 Enable FSRP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .632 Enable VSRP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .632 Enable OSPF trap objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .632 Enable switch group traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .633 Objects to enable layer 4 traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .633 Standard traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .635 System status traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .635 Traps for spanning tree protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .636 Traps for alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .636 PW traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .637 MPLS L3VPN traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .638 IronWare traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .642 General traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .643 General traps for the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .650 Traps for optics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .652 Traps for traffic manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .654 Packet over SONET traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .655 MAC-based VLAN traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656 VRRP trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656 FSRP trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656 VSRP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .657 OSPF traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .657 Layer 4 traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .663 ICMP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668 TCP trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .669 BGP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .670 Port security traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .670 MRP traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671 MPLS notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671 MPLS LSP notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671 Traps for CAM overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .672 Traps for bidirectional forwarding (BFD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .672 Traps for wireless features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .673 SNMP traps for RSVP-signaled LSP state. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .675 UDLD traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .676 BPDU guard and root guard traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .676 Traps for optics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .678 Traps for stacking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .682 Trap specific to FWS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .685 Software licensing traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .685 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .685 RMON event traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .685 xviii IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Appendix A Using SNMP to Upgrade Software Upgrading a stackable device or a chassis module’s management processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .687 Upgrading switching processors on a chassis device. . . . . . . . . . .688 Appendix B Notes on Unified IP MIB on NetIron devices MIB objects with enumeration value changes. . . . . . . . . . . . .692 Resolution of duplicate OIDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .693 Changes to object names due to compilation errors . . . . . . .693 Tables that have been removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .694 Index IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 xix xx IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 About This Document Audience This manual is designed for network administrators with a working knowledge of the following: • Layer 2 and Layer 3 switching and routing concepts • Layer 4 to 7 networking concepts If you are using a Layer 3 Switch, you should be familiar with the following protocols if applicable to your network: IP, RIP, OSPF, BGP4, IGMP, PIM, DVMRP, IPX, AppleTalk, FSRP, and VRRP. Document conventions This section describes text formatting conventions and important notice formats used in this document. Text formatting The narrative-text formatting conventions that are used are as follows: bold text Identifies command names Identifies the names of user-manipulated GUI elements Identifies keywords Identifies text to enter at the GUI or CLI italic text Provides emphasis Identifies variables Identifies document titles code text Identifies CLI output Getting technical help or reporting errors Brocade is committed to ensuring that your investment in our products remains cost-effective. If you need assistance, or find errors in the manuals, contact Brocade using one of the following options: IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 xxi Getting technical help or reporting errors Web access Go to my.brocade.com, click the Product Documentation tab, then click on the link to the Knowledge Portal (KP) to obtain more information about a product, or to report documentation errors. To report documentation errors, click on Cases > Create a New Ticket in the KP. Make sure you specify the document title in the ticket description. Email access and telephone numbers Go to http://www.brocade.com/services-support/index.page for e-mail and telephone contact information. xxii IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter Overview of the IronWare MIB 1 Introduction The Management Information Base (MIB) is a database of objects that can be used by a network management system to manage and monitor devices on the network. The MIB can be retrieved by a network management system that uses Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). The MIB structure determines the scope of management access allowed by a device. By using SNMP, a manager application can issue read or write operations within the scope of the MIB. This document has been updated to reflect the MIBs supported up to the following software releases: • Enterprise IronWare software releases 07.6.04 and later. These releases apply to the following products: • NetIron 400/800/1500 Chassis devices with IronCore or JetCore management modules • BigIron 4000/8000/15000 Chassis devices with IronCore or JetCore management modules • FastIron II, FastIron II Plus, and FastIron III with M2 or higher management modules • FastIron 400/800/1500 Chassis devices with JetCore modules • FastIron 4802 Stackable device • Service Provider IronWare software releases 09.1.00 and later. These releases apply to the following products: • NetIron 400/800/1500 Chassis devices with IronCore or JetCore management modules • BigIron 4000/8000/15000 Chassis devices with IronCore or JetCore management modules • NetIron 4802 Stackable device • FastIron 4802 Stackable device • IronWare software release 09.0.00 and later for the NetIron 4802 • IronWare software releases 03.0.00 and later for the following products: • FastIron Edge Switch (FES) 2402, FES 4802, FES 9604, and FES 12GCF • FES Power Over Ethernet (POE) series • FastIron GS (FGS), FastIron LS (FLS), FastIron GS Stack (FGS-STK), and FastIron LS Stack (FLS-STK) switches • FastIron CX • IronWare software release 01.0.00 and later for the FastIron Edge Switch X Series (FESX), FastIron SuperX (FSX), and FastIron SX 800 and 1600. • Terathon IronWare software releases 01.0.00 through 03.2.00. These releases apply to the following products: • BigIron MG8 • NetIron MG8 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 1 Obtaining and installing the IronWare MIBs • NetIron IMR 640 • BigIron RX Series RX-4, RX-8, RX-16, RX-32 Chassis devices software release 02.2.00 and later • Multi-Service IronWare release 03.1.00 and later for the NetIron MLX Series and NetIron XMR-Series Routers • • • • • • • • • • Multi-Service IronWare release for the NetIron CES and NetIron CER Brocade MLXe Core Router Switch software release 02.0.00 and later for SecureIron Traffic Managers and LAN switches Switch software release 09.0.00S and later for ServerIron Chassis devices Router software release 08.0.00 and 08.1.00R for ServerIron Chassis devices Software release 07.3.07XL and 07.4.00XL for the ServerIronXL Stackable device IronPoint-FES devices FastIron WS (FWS) FastIron CX ServerIron ADX NOTE For a list of standard MIBs supported on EdgeIron devices, refer to the EdgeIron Release Notes. Obtaining and installing the IronWare MIBs You can obtain the IronWare MIBs by downloading the file from Brocade Technical Support site . After obtaining the MIB, follow the instructions for your network management system to be able to use the MIB with your system. Downloading the MIB from technical support web site To download the MIB from the Brocade Technical Support Web site, you must have a user name and password to access the Brocade support site. Then do the following. 1. Open your Web browser and go to my.brocade.com. 2. Login with your user name and password. 3. Click the downloads tab, then click the Knowledge Portal link. 4. Login to the Knowledge portal, then click the Software tab. 5. Click the product name. Each IronWare product release has a link for its corresponding MIB. 6. Navigate to the link for the MIB and either open the file or save it to disk. Downloading the MIB from Brocade FTP site You can also download the MIB from the Knowledge Portal. Contact Brocade Technical Support for details. For the latest edition of this document, which contains the most up-to-date information, see the Product Manuals tab at https:/kp.foundrynet.com. 2 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Standard objects Importing IronWare MIB into a UNIX environment You can import the IronWare MIB into third-party Network Management Applications, such as HP OpenView. By default, the IronWare MIB files are in DOS ASCII format that uses the following characters: • CR/LF – Indicates the end of a line • ^Z - Indicates the end of a file However, in a UNIX environment, the characters LF are used to indicate the end of a line. No character indicates the end of a file. Therefore, if you need to import the IronWare MIB into a UNIX environment, you must use a tool that converts the DOS ASCII into UNIX ASCII, such as the dos2unix tool. Reloading MIBs into a HP environment HP OpenView may have problems reloading MIB files. When reloading the IronWare MIBs for the NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX into third-party Network Management Applications such as HP OpenView, you must: • Unload the IronWare Enterprise MIBs which were installed from the previous upgrade before reloading any new Enterprise MIB file. • Unload the Standard MIBs which were installed from the previous upgrade before reloading any new Standard MIB file. Standard objects The IronWare MIB supports certain standard MIB objects, which are derived from Request for Comments (RFCs) documents. Refer to “Supported Standard MIBs” on page 11 for details on the supported standard MIBs. Proprietary objects Proprietary objects are MIB objects that have been developed specifically to manage Foundry products. This section presents a summarized list of these objects. Table 1 shows the hierarchy of the MIB objects that are proprietary to Foundry products. These objects may also be referred to as the private (or enterprise) MIBs. On the MIB tree, the object named “foundry” marks the start of the IronWare MIB objects. The “foundry” object branches into the “products” branch, which branches further into three major nodes: • switch – Includes general SNMP MIB objects and objects related to switching functions. • router – Contains objects for routing protocols, such as IP, OSPF, BGP. • registration – Includes the objects for each model of the Foundry product line. Each of these major nodes are further divided into smaller categories. Table 1 contains a summary of the major categories or MIB object groups under each major node. The MIB object groups can be divided into the individual MIB objects or additional object groups. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 3 Proprietary objects The column “Object Group Name”presents the name of the MIB object. The “Object Identifier”column shows the MIB object’s identifier (OID). In this guide, the IronWare objects are presented with their object names and object their identifiers (OIDs). As shown in Table 1, OIDs are presented in the format brcdIp.x.x.x.x, where: • “brcdIp” represents the number 1.3.6.1.4.1.1991 • .x.x.x.x is the remainder of the number For example, the OID for the object snChassis is 1.3.6.1.4.1.1991.1.1.1, but appears as brcdIp.1.1.1 in this guide. The Description column indicates the section in this guide that contains details for that object. TABLE 1 Summary of MIB Objects Proprietary to IronWare Products Object Group Name Object Identifier Sections to Refer To foundry brcdIp All sections in this manual brcdIp.1 All sections in this manual brcdIp.1.1 All sections under the switch branch products switch snChassis snChasGen brcdIp.1.1.1.1 “Common objects” on page 87 snChasPwr brcdIp.1.1.1.2 “Power supply table” on page 114 snChasFan brcdIp.1.1.1.3 “Fan” on page 87 snAgentSys brcdIp.1.1.2 snAgentBrd brcdIp.1.1.2.2 “Agent board table” on page 90 snAgenTrp brcdIp.1.1.2.3 “Trap receiver table (IPv4)” on page 628 snAgentBoot brcdIp.1.1.2.4 “Boot sequence table” on page 126 snAgCfgEos brcdIp.1.1.2.5 “Encoded octet strings table” on page 143 snAgentLog brcdIp.1.1.2.6 “System logging” on page 510 snAgentSysParaConfig brcdIp.1.1.2.7 “Agent system parameters configuration table” on page 128 snAgentConfigModule brcdIp.1.1.2.8 “Configured module table” on page 99 snAgentUser brcdIp.1.1.2.9 “Agent user access group” on page 157 snAgentRedundant brcdIp.1.1.2.10 “Redundant modules” on page 104 snAgentCpu brcdIp.1.1.2.11 “CPU utilization” on page 496 snAgSystemDRAM and snCAM brcdIp.1.1.2.12 “System DRAM information group” on page 500 and “CAM statistics” on page 514 and “CAM usage tables” on page 518 brcdIp.1.1.3 “Basic Configuration and Management” on page 119 snSwInfo brcdIp.1.1.3.1 “Switch group configuration” on page 129 snVLanInfo brcdIp.1.1.3.2 “VLAN by port information table” on page 289 snSwPortInfo brcdIp.1.1.3.3 “Switch port information group” on page 205 snSwitch 4 brcdIp.1.1.1 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Proprietary objects TABLE 1 Summary of MIB Objects Proprietary to IronWare Products (Continued) Object Group Name Object Identifier Sections to Refer To snFdbInfo brcdIp.1.1.3.4 “Forwarding database static table information” on page 241 snPortStpInfo brcdIp.1.1.3.5 “Port STP configuration groups” on page 227 snTrunkInfo brcdIp.1.1.3.6 “Trunk port configuration group” on page 216 snSwSummary brcdIp.1.1.3.7 “Switch configuration summary group” on page 135 snDnsInfo brcdIp.1.1.3.9 “DNS group (IPv4)” on page 135 snMacFilter brcdIp.1.1.3.10 “MAC filter table” on page 239 and “MAC filter port access tables” on page 241 snNTP brcdIp.1.1.3.11 “NTP general group” on page 139 and “NTP server table (IPv4)” on page 141 snRadius brcdIp.1.1.3.12 “Authorization and accounting” on page 165 and “RADIUS general group” on page 166 snTacacs brcdIp.1.1.3.13 “TACACS general objects” on page 170 and “TACACS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices)” on page 172 snQos brcdIp.1.1.3.14 “QoS profile table” on page 263 and “QoS bind table” on page 264 snAAA brcdIp.1.1.3.15 “Authorization and accounting” on page 165 snCAR brcdIp.1.1.3.16 “CAR” on page 264 snVLanCAR brcdIp.1.1.3.17 “VLAN CAR objects” on page 266 snNetFlow brcdIp.1.1.3.18 “NetFlow Export” on page 507 sFlowCollectorTable brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2 “sFlow” on page 505 snFdp brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1 “FDP and CDP” on page 145 snvsrp brcdIp.1.1.3.21 “VSRP” on page 325 snarp brcdIp.1.1.3.22 “Static ARP table” on page 502 fdryDns brcdIp.1.1.3.30 “DNS address table (FSX 04.1.00 to 04.3.00)” on page 136 and “Domain name server table (FSX 04.1.00 to 04.3.00)” on page 137 brcdIp.1.1.4 “Layer 4 Switch Group” on page 545 snL4Gen brcdIp.1.1.4.1 “Layer 4 Switch Group” on page 545 snL4Bind brcdIp.1.1.4.6 “Bind table” on page 590 snL4Policy brcdIp.1.1.4.11 “Layer 4 policy table” on page 567 snL4PolicyPortAccess brcdIp.1.1.4.12 “Layer 4 policy port access table” on page 568 snL4Trap brcdIp.1.1.4.13 “Layer 4 traps” on page 663 snL4WebCache brcdIp.1.1.4.14 “Web cache table” on page 571 and “Server cache groups” on page 569 NOTE: The fdryDns MIB was replaced by fdryDns2MIB (below) in software release FSX 05.1.00. snL4 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 5 Proprietary objects TABLE 1 Summary of MIB Objects Proprietary to IronWare Products (Continued) Object Group Name Object Identifier Sections to Refer To snL4WebCacheGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.15 “Web cache group table” on page 570 snL4WebCacheTrafficSt ats brcdIp.1.1.4.16 “Web cache traffic statistics table” on page 573 snL4WebUncachedTraffi cStats brcdIp.1.1.4.17 “Web uncached traffic statistics table” on page 575 snL4WebCachePort brcdIp.1.1.4.18 “Web cache real server port table” on page 572 snL4RealServerCfg brcdIp.1.1.4.19 “Real server configuration table” on page 576 snL4RealServerPortCfg brcdIp.1.1.4.20 “Real server port configuration table” on page 577 snL4VirtualServerCfg brcdIp.1.1.4.21 “Virtual server configuration table” on page 584 snL4VirtualServerPortCf g brcdIp.1.1.4.22 “Virtual server port configuration table” on page 585 snL4RealServerStatistic brcdIp.1.1.4.23 “Real server statistics table” on page 578 snL4RealServerPortStat istic brcdIp.1.1.4.24 “Real server port configuration table” on page 577 snL4VirtualServerStatist ic brcdIp.1.1.4.25 “Virtual server statistic table” on page 587 snL4VirtualServerPortSt atistic brcdIp.1.1.4.26 “Virtual server port statistics table” on page 589 snL4GslbSiteRemoteSer verIrons brcdIp.1.1.4.27 “GSLB site remote ServerIron configuration table” on page 592 snL4History brcdIp.1.1.4.28 “Monitor groups” on page 596 fdrySntp fdrySntpMIB fdryRadius fdryRadiusMIB fdryTacacs fdryTacacsMIB fdryTrap fdryTrapMIB brcdIp.1.1.7.1 “SNTP server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices)” on page 142 brcdIp.1.1.8 brcdIp.1.1.8.1 “RADIUS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices)” on page 169 brcdIp.1.1.9 brcdIp.1.1.9.1 “TACACS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices)” on page 172 brcdIp.1.1.10 brcdIp.1.1.10.1 “Trap receiver table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices)” on page 629 brcdIp.1.2 All sections under the router branch brcdIp.1.2.1 “IPX” on page 443 snIpxGen brcdIp.1.2.1.1 “IPX general objects” on page 443 snIpxCache brcdIp.1.2.1.2 “IPX cache table” on page 445 snIpxRoute brcdIp.1.2.1.3 “IPX route table” on page 446 router snIpx 6 brcdIp.1.1.7 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Proprietary objects TABLE 1 Summary of MIB Objects Proprietary to IronWare Products (Continued) Object Group Name Object Identifier Sections to Refer To snIpxServer brcdIp.1.2.1.4 “IPX server table” on page 447 snIpxFwdFilter brcdIp.1.2.1.5 “IPX forward filter table” on page 447 snIpxRipFilter brcdIp.1.2.1.6 “IPX RIP filter table” on page 448 snIpxSapFilter brcdIp.1.2.1.7 “IPX SAP filter table” on page 449 snIpxIfFwdAccess brcdIp.1.2.1.8 “IPX IF forward access table” on page 450 snIpxIfRipAccess brcdIp.1.2.1.9 “IPX IF RIP access table” on page 451 snIpxIfSapAccess brcdIp.1.2.1.10 “IPX IF SAP access table” on page 451 snIpxPortAddr brcdIp.1.2.1.11 “IPX port address table” on page 452 snIpxPortCounters brcdIp.1.2.1.12 “IPX port counters tables” on page 453 brcdIp.1.2.2 “Global Router and IP” on page 347 snRtIpGeneral brcdIp.1.2.2.1 “Global Router and IP” on page 347 snAgAcl brcdIp.1.2.2.15 “Filtering Traffic” on page 239 snIPAsPathAccessListStr ingTable brcdIp.1.2.2.16 “IP AS-Path access list table” on page 365 snIpCommunityListStrin gTable brcdIp.1.2.2.17 “IP community list string table” on page 163 snRtIpPortIfAddrTable brcdIp.1.2.2.18 “IP interface port address table” on page 353 snRtIpPortIfAccessTable brcdIp.1.2.2.19 “IP interface port access table” on page 354 brcdIp.1.2.3 “RIP” on page 337 brcdIp.1.2.3.1 “IP RIP general group” on page 337 brcdIp.1.2.4 “OSPF” on page 369 snOspfGen brcdIp.1.2.4.1 “OSPF general objects” on page 369 snOspfArea brcdIp.1.2.4.2 “OSPF area table” on page 373 snOspfAddrRange brcdIp.1.2.4.3 “Area range table” on page 375 snOspfIntf brcdIp.1.2.4.4 “OSPF interface configuration tables” on page 376 snOspfVirtIf brcdIp.1.2.4.5 “OSPF virtual interface table” on page 382 snOspfRedis brcdIp.1.2.4.6 “OSPF redistribution of routes table” on page 384 snOspfNbr brcdIp.1.2.4.7 “OSPF neighbor table” on page 386 snOspfVirtNbr brcdIp.1.2.4.8 “OSPF virtual neighbor table” on page 388 snOspfLsdb brcdIp.1.2.4.9 “OSPF link-state database” on page 391 snOspfExtLsdb brcdIp.1.2.4.10 “OSPF link state database, external” on page 392 snOspfAreaStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.11 “OSPF area status table” on page 393 snOspfIfStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.12 “OSPF interface status table” on page 395 snOspfVirtIfStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.13 “OSPF virtual interface status table” on page 398 snIp snRip snRtIpRipGeneral snOspf IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 7 Proprietary objects TABLE 1 Summary of MIB Objects Proprietary to IronWare Products (Continued) Object Group Name Object Identifier Sections to Refer To snOspfRoutingInfo brcdIp.1.2.4.14 “OSPF routing information table” on page 400 snOspfTrapControl brcdIp.1.2.4.15 “OSPF traps” on page 657 section in the “Traps and Objects to Enable Traps” on page 627 chapter brcdIp.1.2.5 “DVMRP” on page 280 snDvmrp snDvmrpMIBObjects snIgmp snIgmpMIBObjects snFsrp brcdIp.1.2.6 “IGMP” on page 269 brcdIp.1.2.6.1 brcdIp.1.2.7 “FSRP objects” on page 311 snFsrpGlobal brcdIp.1.2.7.1 “FSRP global variables” on page 312 snFsrpIntf brcdIp.1.2.7.2 “FSRP interface table” on page 312 brcdIp.1.2.8 “Global router objects” on page 347 snGblRt snGblRtGeneral snPim brcdIp.1.2.8.1 brcdIp.1.2.9 “PIM” on page 272 snPimMIBObjects brcdIp.1.2.9.1 “Common PIM objects” on page 272, “PIM virtual interface table” on page 273, “PIM neighbor table” on page 275, and “PIM virtual interface statistics table” on page 276 snPimSMMIBObjects brcdIp.1.2.9.2 “PIM-SM” on page 278 brcdIp.1.2.10 “AppleTalk” on page 455 snAppleTalk snRtATGeneral snBgp4 8 brcdIp.1.2.5.1 brcdIp.1.2.10.1 brcdIp.1.2.11 “BGP4” on page 403 snBgp4Gen brcdIp.1.2.11.1 “BGP4 general variables” on page 403 snBgp4AddrFilter brcdIp.1.2.11.2 “BGP4 address filter table” on page 413 snBgp4AggregateAddr brcdIp.1.2.11.3 “BGP4 aggregate address table” on page 414 snBgp4AsPathFilter brcdIp.1.2.11.4 “BGP4 AS-path filter table” on page 418 snBgp4CommunityFilter brcdIp.1.2.11.5 “BGP4 community filter table” on page 418 snBgp4NeighGenCfg brcdIp.1.2.11.6 “BGP4 neighbor general configuration table” on page 428 snBgp4NeighDistGroup brcdIp.1.2.11.7 “BGP4 neighbor distribute group table” on page 431 snBgp4NeighFilterGroup brcdIp.1.2.11.8 “BGP4 neighbor filter group table” on page 433 snBgp4NeighRouteMap brcdIp.1.2.11.9 “BGP4 neighbor route map table” on page 434 snBgp4Network brcdIp.1.2.11.10 “BGP4 network table” on page 412 snBgp4Redis brcdIp.1.2.11.11 “BGP4 redistribution of routes table” on page 425 snBgp4RouteMapFilter brcdIp.1.2.11.12 “BGP4 route map filter table” on page 420 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Structure of this guide TABLE 1 Summary of MIB Objects Proprietary to IronWare Products (Continued) Object Group Name Object Identifier Sections to Refer To snBgp4RouteMapMatch brcdIp.1.2.11.13 “BGP4 route map match configuration table” on page 421 snBgp4RouteMapSet brcdIp.1.2.11.14 “BGP4 route map set configuration table” on page 423 snBgp4NeighOperStatu s brcdIp.1.2.11.15 “BGP4 neighbor operational status table” on page 435 snBgp4NeighborSumma ry brcdIp.1.2.11.17 “BGP4 neighbor summary table” on page 437 snBgp4Attribute brcdIp.1.2.11.18 “BGP4 attribute entries table” on page 416 snBgp4ClearNeighborC md brcdIp.1.2.11.19 “BGP4 clear neighbor command table” on page 439 snBgp4NeighPrefixGrou p brcdIp.1.2.11.20 “BGP4 neighbor prefix group table” on page 439 brcdIp.1.2.12 “Router Redundancy Protocols” on page 311 snVrrpGlobal brcdIp.1.2.12.1 “VRRP global variables” on page 314 snVrrpIf2Table brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1 “VRRP and VRRPE interface table 2” on page 316 snVrrpVirRtr2Table brcdIp.1.2.12.5. “VRRP and VRRPE parameter table 2” on page 321 snLoopbackIf brcdIp.1.2.13 “Loopback interface configuration table” on page 227 snPOS brcdIp.1.2.14 “Packet port information table” on page 222 and snVrrp snPOSInfo fdryAcl brcdIp.1.2.16 fdryAclMIB registration brcdIp.1.2.14.1 brcdIp.1.2.16.1 “IPv6 ACL table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices)” on page 260 brcdIp.1.3 Product identification Structure of this guide All chapters in this guide contain details about the MIB objects that are in the IronWare MIB. Each object is presented with its object name and OID, the access type available for that object (for example, read-write or read only), and a description. Objects are grouped according to their function. The chapter “Traps and Objects to Enable Traps” on page 627 contains both the objects used to enable a particular type of trap and the objects that are available for a trap type. For example, objects to enable Layer 4 traps as well as the Layer 4 trap objects are in the chapter. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 9 About SNMPv3 support on enterprise software releases About SNMPv3 support on enterprise software releases On devices running Enterprise software, SNMPv3 engine is supported in Foundry devices, beginning with IronWare release 07.5.01; however, there are no MIB objects specific to SNMPv3. The SNMPv3 engine can accept V1, V2c and V3 packet formats. IronWare releases prior to 07.5.01 support SNMP v1 and v2c engine. No V3 packet can be accepted by these engines. Also, in IronWare releases earlier than 07.5.00, the SNMP agent does not check for type validity with the SNMP version. In IronWare release 07.5.00 and above, if the manager sends an SNMP request with a varbind of an invalid type for that version of SNMP, the SNMP agent sends a response with the error “noSuchName” for that varbind. For example, MIB objects of type Counter64 cannot be retrieved using a v1 packet, as Counter64 is a v2c and v3 type. 10 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter Supported Standard MIBs 2 This section summarizes the standard objects that are supported in the IronWare MIB. It does not document all the supported standard objects, but present those standard MIBs that are not fully supported. For example, although RFC1213 is supported in the IronWare MIB, some groups and tables in that MIB are not supported. The section “RFC 1213: Management Information Base (MIB-II)” on page 18 identifies the groups and tables that are supported and the ones not supported. Supported on FastIron X series IPv6 devices FastIron X Series IPv6 devices support the following standard MIBs in software release 04.1.00 and later: • RFC 2465 – Management Information Base for IP Version 6: Textual Conventions and General Group NOTE RFC 2465 MIB support on FastIron X Series IPv6 devices is limited to ipv6NetToMediaTable and ipv6AddrTable only. • • • • • • • RFC 2466 – Management Information Base for IP Version 6: ICMPv6 Group RFC 2454 – IP Version 6 Management Information Base for the User Datagram Protocol RFC 2452 – IP Version 6 Management Information Base for the Transmission Control Protocol RFC 2932 - IPv4 Multicast Routing MIB (software release 07.2.02) RFC 2933 – Internet Group Management Protocol MIB (software release 07.2.02) RFC 2934 – Protocol Independent Multicast MIB for IPv4 (software release 07.2.02) RFC 4001 – Textual Conventions for Internet Network Addresses Supported on BigIron and FastIron devices Enterprise software release 07.8.02 and later and FastIron devices running software release 03.0.00 and later support the following RFCs: • • • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Enterprise Trap MIB was rewritten in SNMPv2 format RFC 3411 – SNMP Framework MIB RFC 3412 - Message Processing and Dispatching (MPD) for the SNMP MIB. RFC 3413 – SNMP Target MIB RFC 3414 – User-Security Model for SNMPv3 MIB RFC 3415 – View-based Access Control Model for SNMP MIB Changes to snAgTrpRcvrTable 11 Supported on Terathon devices • The Object snAgTrpRcvrCommunity has been renamed to snAgTrpRcvrCommunityOrSecurityName to indicate that this object can also have the v3 security name (user name), instead of community string. • Added support for RFC 4273 –Definitions of Managed Objects for BGP-4 • Added support for RFC 4188 – Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges • Added support for RFC 2863 –The Interfaces Group MIB The following are supported in BigIron Enterprise software release 07.6.02 and later. • RFC 1850: OSPF Version 2 Management Information Base • RFC 1657: Definitions of Managed Objects for the Fourth Version of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP-4) using SMIv2 • RFC 3812: MPLS-TE-STD-MIB Support for proprietary MIB objects for OSPF and BGP is available in the IronWare MIB in addition to support for standard OSPF and BGP MIBs. On devices running Enterprise software release 07.6.05 and later, the following SNMP v3 standard MIBs are supported: • RFC 3411: An Architecture for Describing Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Management Frameworks • RFC 3412: Message Processing and Dispatching for the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) • RFC 3414: User-based Security Model (USM) for version 3 of the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMPv3) • RFC 3415: View-based Access Control Model (VACM) for the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) • RFC 4382: MPLS/BGP Layer 3 Virtual Private Network (VPN) Management Information Base Partial support for the following standard MIBs were added on FastIron X series devices running software release 07.2.02. • RFC 2932 - IPv4 Multicast Routing MIB (only FastIron software release 07.2.02 and later) • RFC 2933 – Internet Group Management Protocol MIB (only FastIron software release 07.2.02 and later) • RFC 2934 – Protocol Independent Multicast MIB for IPv4 (only FastIron software release 07.2.02 and later) Supported on Terathon devices The following standard MIBs are supported on the BigIron MG8 and NetIron 40G. • • • • • • 12 1155 – Structure and Identification of Management Information (SMI) 1157 – Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) version 1 1212 – Concise MIB Definitions 1215 – SNMP generic traps 1493 – Bridge MIB (excluding filtering of objects) 1657 – Definitions of Managed Objects for the Fourth Version of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP-4) using SMIv2 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Supported on Terathon devices • 1724 – RIP Version 2 MIB Extension • 1850 – OSPF Version 2 Management Information Base • 1905 – Protocol Operations for Version 2 of the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2) • 1906 – Transport Mappings for Version 2 of the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2) • 2011 – SNMPv2 Management Information Base for the Internet Protocol using SMIv2 • 2012 – SNMPv2 Management Information Base for the Transmission Control Protocol using SMIv2 • • • • • • 2013 – SNMPv2 Management Information Base for the User Datagram Protocol using SMIv2 • • • • 2466 - Management Information Base for IP Version 6: ICMPv6 Group 2096 – IP Forwarding MIB 2233 – The Interfaces Group MIB using SMIv2 2452 - IP Version 6 Management Information Base for the Transmission Control Protocol 2454 - IP Version 6 Management Information Base for the User Datagram Protocol 2465 - Management Information Base for IP Version 6: Textual Conventions and General Group 2570 – Introduction to Version 3 of the Internet-standard Network Management Framework 2571 – An Architecture of Describing SNMP Management Frameworks 2572 – Message Processing and Dispatching for the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) • 2574 – User-based Security (USM) for version 3 of the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMPv3) • 2575 – View-based Access Control Model (VACM) for the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) • • • • 2578 – Structure of Management Information Version 2 (SMIv2) • • • • 2787 – Definitions of Managed Objects for the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol 2580 – Conformance Statements for SMIv2 2665 – Ethernet Like MIB (incorporates RFC 1398) 2674 – Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges with Traffic Classes, Multicast Filtering and Virtual LAN Extensions 2933 – Internet Group Management Protocol MIB 2934 – Protocol Independent Multicast MIB for IPv4 3176 – InMon Corporation's sFlow: A Method for Monitoring Traffic in Switched and Routed Networks • 3411 – Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Management Frameworks • 3412 – Message Processing and Dispatching for the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) • 3414 – User-based Security Model (USM) for version 3 of the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMPv3) • 3415 – View-based Access Control Model (VACM) for the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 13 Supported on the FastIron Edge switch • 3418 – Management Information Base (MIB) for the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) • rstpmib Internet draft Supported on the FastIron Edge switch RFC 1850: OSPF Version 2 Management Information Base - Supported on FastIron Edge Switch devices beginning with release 03.1.02. Supported on the Brocade MLXe and NetIron The following RFCs are supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER. RFC compliance - management • 854 — TELNET • 1213 — MIB II See the IronWare MIB Reference for details. • • • • • 1445 — Administrative Model for SNMPv2 - Support for View Subtree (partially supported) 1492 —TACACS+ 1493 – Bridge MIB (excluding filtering of objects) 1724 — RIPv2 MIB 1757 — RMON Groups 1, 2, 3, 9 NOTE On NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 04.0.01, this RFC 1757 has been obsoleted by RFC 2819. RFC 1757 is not supported on Brocade MLXe devices, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER. • 2011 — SNMPv2 MIB SMIv2 • 2012 — MIB for TCP (Replaced by RFC 4022 on NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 04.0.00 and later). RFC 2012 is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 2013 — MIB for UDP (Replaced by RFC 4113 on NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 04.0.00 and later). RFS 2013 is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. • 2030 — SNTP • 2068 — HTTP • 2096 — IP Forwarding Table MIB (Replaced by RFC 4292 on NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 04.0.00 and later). RFC 2096 is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. • 2284 — PPP EAP -Support EAP extension • 2578 — SNMPV2 14 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Supported on the Brocade MLXe and NetIron • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 2579 —Textual Conventions for SMIv2 • • • • • • • • • • 3410 — SNMPV3 2665 — Ethernet-Like MIB 2674— 802.1Q and 802.1p Bridge MIB 2787— VRRP-MIB 2819 — Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base 2863 — Interfaces Group MIB 2865 — RADIUS 2866 — RADIUS Accounting 2868 — RADIUS Attributes for Tunnel Protocol (partially supported) 2869 — RADIUS Extensions - EAP Message (type 79) and Message-Authenticator (type 80) 2933 — IGMP MIB (See “RFC 2933 IGMP MIB” on page 32 for details.) 2934 — PIM MIB (See “RFC 2934 PIM MIB for IPv4” on page 35 details.) 3164 — BSD Syslog Protocol 3176 — sFlow (See “RFC 3176: InMon corporation’s sFlow: A method for monitoring traffic in switched and routed networks” on page 39 for details.) 3411— Architecture for SNMP 3412 — Message Processing and Dispatching for SNMP 3413 — Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Applications (partially supported) 3414 — USM for SNMPV3 3415 — VACM for SNMPV3 3416 — Version 2 of the Protocol Operations for the SNMP 3418 — Management Information Base (MIB) for the SNMP 3579 — RADIUS Support for Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) (partially supported) 3584 — Coexistence between Version 1, Version 2, and Version 3 of the Internet-standard Network Management Framework • 3592 — SDH/SONET MIB (partially supported) • 3812 — MPLS TE Standard MIB • 3815 — Managed Objects for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Label Distribution Protocol (LDP) See the IronWare MIB Reference for details. • 3826 — The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Cipher Algorithm in the SNMP User-based Security Model • 4022 — Management Information Base for the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) This RFC is supported on the following devices: • NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX running software release 04.0.00 and later • Brocade MLXe running software release 05.0.00c and later • NetIron CES and NetIron CER running software release 05.1.00 and later. • 4087 — IP Tunnel MIB (NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX running software release 04.0.00) • 4113 — Management Information Base for the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 15 Supported on the Brocade MLXe and NetIron This RFC is supported on the following devices: • NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX running software release 04.0.00 and later • Brocade MLXe running software release 05.0.00c and later • NetIron CES and NetIron CER running software release 05.1.00 and later. • • • • • • 4188 — Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges 4251 — The Secure Shell (SSH) Protocol Architecture 4252 — The Secure Shell (SSH) Authentication Protocol 4253 — The Secure Shell (SSH) Transport Protocol 4254 — The Secure Shell (SSH) Connection Protocol 4273 — Definitions of Managed Objects for BGP-4 (See “RFC 4273: Definitions of managed objects for BGP-4” on page 48 for details.) • 4292 — IP Forwarding MIB. This RFC obsoletes the following on NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 04.0.00 and later: • RFC 2465 — Management Information Base for IP Version 6: Textual Conventions and General Group • RFC 2096 — IP Forwarding Table MIB RFC 2465 and RFC 2096 are not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. • 4293 — Management Information Base for the Internet Protocol (IP). (See “RFC 4293: MIB for the Internet Protocol (IP)” on page 50 for details.) This RFC obsoletes the following on NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 04.0.00: • RFC 2011 - SNMPv2 Management Information Base for the Internet Protocol using SMIv2 • RFC 2465 - Management Information Base for IP Version 6: Textual Conventions and General Group • RFC 2466 - Management Information Base for IP Version 6: ICMPv6 Group The obsoleted RFS are not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. • 4382 — MPLS/BGP Layer 3 Virtual Private Network (VPN) Management Information Base On NetIron CES and NetIron CER, this RFC is supported on software release 05.1.00. • 4444 — Management Information Base for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) (See “RFC 4444: MIB for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS)” on page 51 for details.) • • • • • 4330 - Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Version 4 for IPv4 and IPv6 draft-grant-tacacs-02.txt — The TACACS+ Protocol draft-ietf-bfd-mib — Bidirectional Forwarding Detection Management Information Base draft-ietf-pwe3-enet-mib-11.txt — Ethernet Pseudo Wire (PW) Management Information Base draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt — PW-STD-MIB Definitions (read-only) RFC compliance - IPv6 management • 2466 — IPv6 MIB for ICMPv6 Group 16 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 LLDP/LLDP-MED MIB support IEEE standards • IEEE8021-CFM-MIB — IEEE 802.1ag CFM MIB LLDP/LLDP-MED MIB support The following standard MIBs are supported on devices with LLDP/LLDP-MED capability. The following MIBs are in the 802.1AB standard, Station and Media Access Control Connectivity Discovery. • LLDP-MED • LLDP-EXT-DOT1-MIB • LLDP-EXT-DOT3-MIB The following MIB is in the ANSI/TIA-1057 standard, LLDP for Media Endpoint Devices. • LLDP-EXT-MED-MIB Partially supported standards Portions of the following standard MIBs are supported on the devices. Refer to the following sections for a list of supported objects: • • • • • • • • “RFC 1213: Management Information Base (MIB-II)” on page 18 “RFC 1493: Definitions of managed objects for bridges” on page 20 “RFC 1643: Ethernet-like interface types” on page 21 “RFC 1742: AppleTalk management information base II” on page 22 “RFC 1757: Remote network monitoring management information base” on page 22 “RFC 2096: IP forwarding table MIB” on page 23 “” on page 23 “RFC 2515: Definitions of textual conventions and object identities for ATM management” on page 24 • “RFC 2674: Definitions of managed objects for bridges with traffic classes, multicast filtering and virtual LAN extensions” on page 25 • “RFC 2933 IGMP MIB” on page 32 (devices running Enterprise software release 08.0.00.) • “RFC 2933 IGMP MIB” on page 32 (devices running Enterprise software release 08.0.00.) • “RFC 2934 PIM MIB for IPv4” on page 35 (devices running Enterprise software release 08.0.00.) • “RFC 3176: InMon corporation’s sFlow: A method for monitoring traffic in switched and routed networks” on page 39 • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 “RFC 3815: Managed objects for MPLS and LDP” on page 40 “RFC 4273: Definitions of managed objects for BGP-4” on page 48 “RFC 4293: MIB for the Internet Protocol (IP)” on page 50 “RFC 4444: MIB for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS)” on page 51 17 RFC 1213: Management Information Base (MIB-II) RFC 1213: Management Information Base (MIB-II) NOTE On FastIron devices running software release 07.1.00 and later, the ipRouteTable in RFC 1213 has been replaced the the one in RFC 2096. NOTE Instead of RFC 1213, RFC 2863 is supported on the NetIron XMR Series routers and the NetIron MLX Series routers Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.6.00 and later. It is also supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES and NetIron CER devices. The following objects from RFC1213 are supported on devices. Object Group Name Object Identifier system 1.3.6.1.2.1.1 interfaces 1.3.6.1.2.1.2 ifTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2 ifEntry 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1 ifIndex (See note below.) 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1 ip 1.3.6.1.2.1.4 icmp 1.3.6.1.2.1.5 tcp 1.3.6.1.2.1.6 udp 1.3.6.1.2.1.7 transmission 1.3.6.1.2.1.10 snmp 1.3.6.1.2.1.11 rmon 1.3.6.1.2.1.16 dot1dBridge 1.3.6.1.2.1.17 The following groups from RFC 1213 are not supported. • at NOTE The table ipNetToMediaTable (OID 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.22) is used instead of the atTable. The atTable has been obsoleted in RFC 1213. Configuration Considerations when using the ipNetToMediaTable: Disabling forwarding using ipForwarding objects is not supported. Changing dynamic ARP entries using ipNetToMediaType is not supported. You may only create or delete static ARP entries. • egp 18 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 1213: Management Information Base (MIB-II) Notes about the ifIndex The ifIndex values allocated for physical ports do not change as modules are inserted and removed. However, they may have changed between software releases of products to accommodate a greater number of ports per module. IronCore and JetCore devices In IronWare software previous to release 07.1.xx, a block of 32 ifIndex values was allocated for each slot. Ports in slot 1 would have ifIndex values from 1 to 32, slot 2 would have values from 33 to 64, and so on. In IronWare TrafficWorks software release 07.2.xx: • The number of allocated ifindex was changed to allow 64 ports for modules. Ports in slot 1 would have ifIndex values from 1 to 64, slot 2 would have values from 65 to 128, and so on. • Virtual and loopback interface ifIndex values are allocated from ranges above those used for physical ports • ATM subinterfaces and PVCs have ifIndex values allocated in a dynamic fashion, which is not readily predictable. In IronWare software release 07.5.00 and TrafficWorks software release 08.0.00, the following blocks of ifIndexes have been allocated: Physical ports: 1 – 680 (48-T blades * 14 slots + 8 management ports) VE: 255 (configurable to 2048) Loopback: : 8 Multicast tunnel 32 IP tunnel 4 ATM subinterface10 Unused 10 MPLS tunnel 8192 PVC tunnel 4096 BigIron RX In BigIron RX, the ifindex allocation per slot is 64. In the BigIron RX Multi-Service IronWare software release 02.5.00 and later, every trunk group will appear as a row within the ifTable and ifXTable. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 19 RFC 1493: Definitions of managed objects for bridges Use the Get operations on snInterfaceLookupIfIndex (indexed by ifIndex) to get InterfaceId (in a simple OID form.) TABLE 2 BigIron RX Index Ranges 4-slot 8-slot 16-slot 32-slot Allocation Physical port 1-192 1-384 1-768 1-1536 64 per slot (Release 02.5.00 and later) 48 per slot (Releases prior to 02.5.00) Mgmt port 2 2 2 2 1 active, 1 stanby Virtual port 255 default, 40 minimum, 4096 maximum 255 default, 40 minimum, 4096 maximum 255 default, 40 minimum, 4096 maximum 255 default, 40 minimum, 4096 maximum Loopback port 64 default 64 default 64 default 64 default Mcast port 32 32 32 32 GRE tunnels 256 default, 1 min, 8192 maximum 256 default, 1 min, 8192 maximum 256 default, 1 min, 8192 maximum 256 default, 1 min, 8192 maximum Unused 10 10 10 10 Trunk 128 default, 128 min, max 256 128 default, 128 min, max 256 128 default, 128 min, max 256 128 default, 128 min, max 256 RFC 1493: Definitions of managed objects for bridges The following groups are supported on devices. NOTE RFC 4188 obsoletes RFC 1493 on the NetIron XMR Series routers and the NetIron MLX Series routers Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.6.00 and later. It is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES and NetIron CER devices. 20 Object Group Name Object Identifier dot1dBridge 1.3.6.1.2.1.17 dot1dBase 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.1 dot1dStp 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.2 dot1dTp 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.4 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 1643: Ethernet-like interface types NOTE The dot1dTpFdbTable (OID 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.4) in RFC 1493 is used to find dynamically learned MAC addresses. Statically configured MAC addresses are in the snFdbTable (refer to “Forwarding database static table information” on page 241). NOTE The SNMP MIB object dot1dDtpPortTable (OID: 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.2.15) does not display information for tagged ports that belong to an 802.1W RSTP configuration. The design of that MIB table is based on Single STP standard, and does not accommodate Multiple STPs. Therefore, the table displays information only for SSTP and for untagged port. NOTE The MIB 4188 has been converted to SMIv2 format. The object dot1dStpPortPathCost32 was added to support IEEE 802. The existing MIB dot1dStpPortPathCost has upper range of 65535. Over that value, this MIB stays at the upper value and user should access dot1dStpPortPathCost32 which has a bigger upper range value. RFC 1643: Ethernet-like interface types The following groups are supported on devices. NOTE RFC 2665 obsoletes RFC 1643 on the NetIron Multi-Service XMR Series routers and the NetIron Multi-Service MLX Series routers, as well as FastIron devices running software release 07.1.00 and later. It is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES and NetIron CER devices. Object Group Name Object Identifier dot3 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7 dot3StatsTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2 dot3CollTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.5 dot3Tests 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.6 dot3Errors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.7 dot3ChipSets 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.8 NOTE: This table is not supported on FastIron devices running software release 07.1.00 and later. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 21 RFC 1742: AppleTalk management information base II RFC 1742: AppleTalk management information base II The following groups from this RFC are supported on devices that support AppleTalk. Object Group Name Object Identifier appletalk 1.3.6.1.2.1.13 aarp 1.3.6.1.2.1.13.2 atport 1.3.6.1.2.1.13.3 ddp 1.3.6.1.2.1.13.4 rtmp 1.3.6.1.2.1.13.5 zipRouter 1.3.6.1.2.1.13.7 rtmpStub 1.3.6.1.2.1.13.16 zipEndNode 1.3.6.1.2.1.13.17 perPort 1.3.6.1.2.1.13.18 The following object groups from RFC 1742 are not supported on devices. • • • • • • • • • • llap ddp kip nbp atecho atp pap asp adsp atportptop RFC 1757: Remote network monitoring management information base The following groups from this RFC are supported on devices. 22 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 2096: IP forwarding table MIB NOTE On NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 04.0.01, this RFC has been obsoleted by RFC 2819. It is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES and NetIron CER devices. Object Group Name Object Identifier rmon 1.3.6.1.2.1.16 NOTE: This group is not supported on FastIron devices. statistics 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1 history 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.2 alarm 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.3 event 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.9 The following object groups in RFC 1757 are not supported on devices. • • • • • hosts hostTopN matrix filter capture (packet capture) RFC 2096: IP forwarding table MIB On FastIron devices running software release 07.1.00 and later, this RFC replaces RFS 1213. In software release 04.0.00 and later for NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX, this RFC has been replaced by RFC 4292. It is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES and NetIron CER devices. RFC 2233 The Interfaces Group MIB using SMIv2 The Interface Entry Table or ifXTable is based on RFC 2233. It contains information about the interfaces. Each sub-layer is considered to be an interface. This table will contain entries for the ATM physical ports, as well as for any sub-interfaces that have been configured. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Object Group Name Object Identifier ipCidrRouteDest 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.1 ipCidrRouteMask 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.2 ipCidrRouteTos 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.3 ipCidrRouteNextHop 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.4 ipCidrRouteIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.5 ipCidrRouteType 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.6 ipCidrRouteProto 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.7 ipCidrRouteAge 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.8 23 RFC 2515: Definitions of textual conventions and object identities for ATM management Object Group Name Object Identifier ipCidrRouteInfo 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.9 ipCidrRouteNextHopAS 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.10 ipCidrRouteMetric1 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.11 ipCidrRouteMetric2 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.12 ipCidrRouteMetric3 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.13 ipCidrRouteMetric4 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.14 (BigIron MG8, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX devices only) ipCidrRouteMetric5 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.15 (BigIron MG8, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX devices only) ipCidrRouteStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.24.4.1.16 (BigIron MG8, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX devices only) ifMIB 1.3.6.1.2.1.31 ifMIBObjects 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1 ifXtable 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1 ifStackTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.2 ifConformance 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.2 ifCounterDiscontinuityGroup 1.3.6.1.2.1.31.2.1.13 NOTE: Supported on the NetIron XMR Series routers and the NetIron MLX Series routers Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.6.00 and later. It is also supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES and NetIron CER devices. RFC 2515: Definitions of textual conventions and object identities for ATM management Only The following objects groups from RFC 2515 are supported on devices that support ATM. ATM interface configuration parameters table The ATM Interface Configuration Table from RFC 2515 contains the configuration of cell layers on the ATM interface of a local device. This information is in addition to the information contained in the ifTable. The table contains one entry for each ATM interface port. The object identifiers for the table begin with the following objects: ATM interface transmission convergence sub-layer table The ATM Interface Transmission Convergence sub-layer table from RFC 2515 contains configuration and state parameters of the ATM interfaces that use Transmission Convergence sub-layer for carrying ATM cells over SONET/SDH or DS3. The object identifiers for the table begin with the following objects 24 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 2665: Ethernet-like MIB AAL5 virtual channel connection performance statistics table The ATM Adaptation Layer Type 5 (AAL5) Virtual Channel Connection Performance Statistics Table from RFC 2515 contains the performance statistics of a virtual channel connection at the interface associated with an AAL5 entity in an ATM host or ATM switch. The object identifiers for the table begin with the following objects. Object Group Name Object Identifier atmMIB 1.3.6.1.2.1.37 atmMIBObjects 1.3.6.1.2.1.37.1 atmInterfaceConfTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.37.1.2 atmInterfaceTCTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.37.1.4 aal5VccTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.37.1.12 atmTCMIB 1.3.6.1.2.1.37.3 Other object groups from this RFC are not supported. RFC 2665: Ethernet-like MIB On NetIron and Brocade MLXe devices running software release 05.0.00 and later, interface statistics from the following objects of the dot3StatsTable are preserved when the clear statistics command is entered on the CLI, if the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled: • • • • • dot3StatsAlignmentErrors dot3StatsFCSErrors dot3StatsFrameTooLongs dot3StatsLateCollisions dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames RFC 2674: Definitions of managed objects for bridges with traffic classes, multicast filtering and virtual LAN extensions The following groups from this RFC are supported on devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Object Group Name Object Identifier pBridgeMib 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.6 qBridgeMib 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.7 25 RFC 2819: Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base RFC 2819: Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base On NetIron and Brocade MLXe devices running software release 05.0.00 and later, interface statistics from the following objects of the etherStatsTable are preserved when the clear statistics command is entered on the CLI, if the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • etherStatsDropEvents etherStatsOctets etherStatsPkts etherStatsBroadcastPkts etherStatsMulticastPkts etherStatsCRCAlignErrors etherStatsUndersizePkts etherStatsOversizePkts etherStatsFragments etherStatsPkts64Octets etherStatsPkts65to127Octets etherStatsPkts128to255Octets etherStatsPkts256to511Octets etherStatsPkts512to1023Octets etherStatsPkts1024to1518Octets RFC 2863: The interfaces group MIB RFC 2863 is supported on the NetIron XMR and the NetIron MLX devices running software release 03.6.00 and later. It is also supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES and NetIron CER devices. ifIndex On NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX, starting with software release 03.7.00, the number of ifindexes allocated per module has been reduced from 40 to 20 to accommodate the double port density due to the introduction of the 32-slot chassis. This change affects the ifindex for Slot 2 and higher. If you need the ifindexes to remain at 40 (for example, for backward compatibility), issue the snmp-server max-ifindex-per-module 40 CLI command; otherwise, the default is 20. Beginning with NetIron software release 04.0.00, there can be 20, 40, or 64 Ifindexes per module. (Refer to the “Configuring SNMP ifIndex” section of the “Configuring Basic Parameters” chapter in the NetIron Configuration Guide for details.) On the NetIron XMR and MLX Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.6.00 and later, and on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices, every trunk group will appear as a row within the ifTable and ifXTable. The ifIndex range involves all the physical ports, virtual ports, loopback ports, multicast tunnels, GRE tunnels and MPLS tunnels in that order. 26 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 2863: The interfaces group MIB Use the Get operations on snInterfaceLookupIfIndex (indexed by ifIndex) to get InterfaceId (in a simple OID form) These allocations are subject to change from one release to the next. TABLE 3 XMR/MLX Index Ranges 4-slot 8-slot 16-slot 32-slot Allocation Physical port 1-160 1-320 1-640 1-1280 20 per slot (Release 3.7 and later) 40 per slot (Releases prior to 3.7) Mgmt port 2 2 2 2 1 active, 1 stanby Virtual port 255 default, 40 minimum, 4096 maximum 255 default, 40 minimum, 4096 maximum 255 default, 40 minimum, 4096 maximum 255 default, 40 minimum, 4096 maximum Loopback port 64 default 64 default 64 default 64 default IP tunnels 8192 8192 8192 8192 MPLS tunnels 16384 16384 16384 16384 Trunk 128 default, 128 min, max 256 128 default, 128 min, max 256 128 default, 128 min, max 256 128 default, 128 min, max 256 IfIndex assignment persistance The following interfaces on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX devices have ifIndex assignment that are persistent across reboots and switchover operations: • Physical ports • Virtual ports • Loopback ports NOTE The ifIndex should be derived from the snIfIndexLookupTable using the InterfaceId (in OID form), instead of assuming that the ifIndex to always stay persistent across reloads. On the following interfaces, IfIndex assignments are not persistent across reboots and switchover operations: • MPLS tunnel interfaces • Trunk ports ifType for interfaces On NetIron XMR Series and the NetIron MLX Series routers running software release 04.0.00 and later and on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices, ifType for all Ethernet interfaces (10/100/1G/10G) returns the value ethernetCsmacd(6) as mandated by RFC 2665. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 27 RFC 2863: The interfaces group MIB If the command snmp-server legacy iftype is configured on the device CLI, ifType returns gigabitEthernet(117) or fastEther(62). If the command is not configured (or no snmp-server legacy iftype is issued), then ifType returns the value ethernetCsmacd(6). Statistics for virtual routing interfaces on 8x10 modules The ifTable and ifXTable display information for switched and routed packets on virtual routing interface of the 8x10 modules installed on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX devices. This feature is available on NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, and Brocade MLXe devices running NetIron software release 05.0.00 and later. The extended-counter routed-switched command must be configured to enable separate accounting of routed and switched packets on virtual routing interfaces. ifTable attributes The following MIB attributes of the ifTable return information for switched and routed packets for the 8x10 modules. MIB attribute Information attribute returns ifInOctets Total Rx bytes in this virtual routing interface (32 bit counter) ifOutOctets Total Tx bytes in this virtual routing interface (32 bit counter) ifInUcastPkts Total Rx packets in this virtual routing interface (32 bit counter) ifOutUcastPkts Total Tx packets in this virtual routing interface (32 bit counter) ifInNUcastPkts Always returns 0 ifInDiscards Always returns 0 ifInErrors Always returns 0 ifInUnknownProtos Always returns 0 ifOutNUcastPkts Always returns 0 ifOutDiscards Always returns 0 ifOutErrors Always returns 0 ifXTable attributes The following MIB attributes of the ifXTable return information for switched and routed packets for the 8x10 modules. 28 MIB attribute Information attribute returns ifHCInOctets Total Rx bytes in this virtual routing interface (64 bit counter) ifHCOutOctets Total Tx bytes in this virtual routing interface (64 bit counter) ifHCInUcastPkts Total Rx packets in this virtual routing interface (64 bit counter) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 2863: The interfaces group MIB MIB attribute Information attribute returns ifHCOutUcastPkts Total Tx packets in this virtual routing interface (64 bit counter) ifInMulticastPkts Always returns 0 ifInBroadcastPkts Always returns 0 ifOutMulticastPkts Always returns 0 ifOutBroadcastPkts Always returns 0 ifHCInMulticastPkts Always returns 0 ifHCInBroadcastPkts Always returns 0 ifHCOutMulticastPkts Always returns 0 ifHCOutBroadcastPkts Always returns 0 Preserved SNMP statistics on interfaces SNMP statistics in the ifTable and IFXTable for physical interfaces on Broccade MLXe and NetIron devices running software release 05.0.00 and later are preserved when the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled on the CLI. After configuring the snmp-server preserve-statistics, the SNMP statistics listed below are separated from the CLI statistics. This means that when the command clear statisticsis entered on the CLI, the command clears only CLI statistics, leaving the SNMP statistics intact. IF-MIB (RFC 2863) ifTable Objects Statistics from the following objects in the ifTable are preserved when the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled on the CLI. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 ifInOctets Counter32 ifInUcastPkts Counter32 ifInNUcastPkts Counter32-- deprecated ifInDiscards Counter32 ifInErrors Counter32 ifInUnknownProtos Counter32 ifOutOctets Counter32 ifOutUcastPkts Counter32 ifOutNUcastPkts Counter32 -- deprecated ifOutDiscards Counter32 ifOutErrors Counter32 29 RFC 2863: The interfaces group MIB IF-MIB (RFC 2863) ifXTable Objects Statistics from the following objects in the ifXTable are preserved when the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled on the CLI. ifInMulticastPkts Counter32 ifInBroadcastPkts Counter32 ifOutMulticastPkts Counter32 ifOutBroadcastPkts Counter32 ifHCInOctets Counter64 ifHCInUcastPkts Counter64 ifHCInMulticastPkts Counter64 ifHCInBroadcastPkts Counter64 ifHCOutOctets Counter64 ifHCOutUcastPkts Counter64 ifHCOutMulticastPkts Counter64 ifHCOutBroadcastPkts Counter64 snSwIfInOctets Counter32 snSwIfOutOctets Counter32 EtherLike-MIB (RFC 2665) dot3StatsTable Objects (Ethernet Ports only) Statistics from the following objects in the dot3StatsTable are preserved when the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled on the CLI. dot3StatsAlignmentErrors Counter32 dot3StatsFCSErrors Counter32 dot3StatsFrameTooLongs Counter32 dot3StatsLateCollisions Counter32 dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames Counter32 RMON-MIB (RFC 2819) etherStatsTable Objects (Ethernet ports only) Statistics from the following objects in the etherStatsTable are preserved when the snmp-server preserve-statistics command is enabled on the CLI. 30 etherStatsDropEvents Counter32 etherStatsOctets Counter32 etherStatsPkts Counter32 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 2932 IPv4 multicast routing MIB etherStatsBroadcastPkts Counter32 etherStatsMulticastPkts Counter32 etherStatsCRCAlignErrors Counter32 etherStatsUndersizePkts Counter32 etherStatsOversizePkts Counter32 etherStatsFragments Counter32 etherStatsPkts64Octets Counter32 etherStatsPkts65to127Octets Counter32 etherStatsPkts128to255Octets Counter32 etherStatsPkts256to511Octets Counter32 etherStatsPkts512to1023Octets Counter32 etherStatsPkts1024to1518Octets Counter32 RFC 2932 IPv4 multicast routing MIB The following objects from RFC 2932 are supported in FastIron devices running software release 07.2.02. General scalar Object Object Identifier ipMRouteEnable 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.1 ipMRouteTable The following objects in the IP multicast route table (ipMRouteTable) are supported on the FastIron device. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Object Object Identifier ipMRouteUpstreamNeighbor 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.4 ipMRouteInIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.5 ipMRouteUpTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.6 ipMRouteExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.7 ipMRoutePkts 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.8 ipMRouteOctets 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.10 ipMRouteProtocol 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.2.1.11 31 RFC 2933 IGMP MIB ipMRouteNextHopTable The following object in the IP Multicast Routing Next Hop Table (ipMRouteNextHopTable) is supported on FastIron devices. Object Object Identifier ipMRouteNextHopState 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.3.1.6 ipMRouteInterfaceTable The following objects in the IP Multicast Routing Interface Table (ipMRouteInterfaceTable) are supported on FastIron devices. Object Object Identifier ipMRouteInterfaceInMcastOctet s 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.5 ipMRouteInterfaceOutMcastOct ets 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.6 ipMRouteInterfaceHCOutMcastO 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.7 ctets ipMRouteInterfaceHCInMcastOc tets 1.3.6.1.2.1.83.1.1.4.1.8 RFC 2933 IGMP MIB Support on FastIron devices FastIron devices running software release 07.2.02 and later, support the following objects from RFC 2933. igmpInterfaceTable (IGMP interface table) Object Object Identifier igmpInterfaceStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.3 igmpInterfaceQuerier 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.5 igmpCacheTable (IGMP cache table) Object Object Identifier igmpCacheSelf 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.3 igmpCacheStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.7 Support on other devices On other Brocade devices, RFC 2933 is supported on the following devices: 32 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 2933 IGMP MIB • • • • Devices running Enterprise software release 08.0.00 and later NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX Series devices NetIron CES and NetIron CER devices Brocade MLXe devices NOTE The following are limitations for the support of RFC 2933 on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron devices: • • • • IGMP Snooping is not supported Tables are read-only VRF support is only for the default VRF Data is available only for physical ports Support for the RFC in the devices the devices is presented below. igmpInterfaceTable (IGMP interface table) Object Object Identifier Supported? igmpInterfaceIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.1 Yes igmpInterfaceQueryInterval 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.2 Yes. Global value only. igmpInterfaceStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.3 Yes NOTE: On Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, MLX, CES, CER devices, the constant value for this object is active(1). IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 igmpInterfaceVersion 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.4 Yes igmpInterfaceQuerier 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.5 Yes igmpInterfaceQueryMaxRespons eTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.6 Yes. Global value only. igmpInterfaceQuerierUpTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.7 Yes igmpInterfaceQuerierExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.8 Yes igmpInterfaceVersion1QuerierTi mer 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.9 The constant value for this object is -1. igmpInterfaceWrongVersionQuer ies 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.10 Yes igmpInterfaceJoins 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.11 Yes igmpInterfaceProxyIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.12 No igmpInterfaceGroups 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.13 Yes 33 RFC 2933 IGMP MIB Object Object Identifier Supported? igmpInterfaceRobustness 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.14 Yes. Global value only. igmpInterfaceLastMemQueryInt vl 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.1.1.15 Yes NOTE: On Brocade MLXe, and NetIron XMR, MLX, CES, and CER, devices, the constant value for this object is Global. igmpCacheTable (IGMP cache table) NOTE GET-NEXT is not supported for MIB walks on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, MLX, CES, and CER devices, Object Object Identifier Supported? igmpCacheAddress 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.1 Yes igmpCacheIfIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.2 Yes igmpCacheSelf 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.3 Yes igmpCacheLastReporter 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.4 Yes NOTE: On Brocade MLXe and NetIron XMR, MLX, CES, and CER and devices, the constant value for this object is 0. igmpCacheUpTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.5 Yes igmpCacheExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.6 Yes igmpCacheStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.7 Yes NOTE: On Brocade MLXe and NetIron XMR, MLX, CES, and CER and devices, the constant value for this object is active(1). igmpCacheVersion1HostTimer 34 1.3.6.1.2.1.85.1.2.1.8 Yes IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 2934 PIM MIB for IPv4 RFC 2934 PIM MIB for IPv4 Support on FastIron devices FastIron devices running software release 07.2.02 and later, the following objects from RFC 2934. Object Object Identifier pimJoinPruneInterval 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.1 pimInterfaceTable (PIM interface table) Object Object Identifier pimInterfaceIfIndex 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.1 pimInterfaceAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.2 pimInterfaceNetMask 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.3 pimInterfaceMode 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.4 pimInterfaceDR 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.5 pimInterfaceHelloInterval 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.6 pimInterfaceStatus 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.7 pimInterfaceJoinPruneInter 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.8 val pimInterfaceCBSRPreferen ce 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.9 pimNeighborTable (PIM neighbor table) Object Object Identifier pimNeighborAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.1 pimNeighborIfIndex 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.2 pimComponentTable (PIM component table) FastIron devices do not support PIM Border. Object Object Identifier pimComponentIndex 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.1 pimComponentBSRAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.2 pimComponentBSRExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.3 Support on other devices On other devices, support for RFC 2934 is available on the following devices: IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 35 RFC 2934 PIM MIB for IPv4 • • • • Devices running Enterprise software release 08.0.00 and later NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX Series devices NetIron CES and NetIron CER devices Brocade MLXe devices NOTE On Brocade MLXe and NetIron XMR, MLX, CES, and CER and devices, only default VRF is supported. Support for the RFC in these devices is presented below. Object Object Identifier Supported? pimJoinPruneInterval 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.1 Yes pimInterfaceTable (PIM interface table) Object Object Identifier Supported? pimInterfaceIfIndex 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.1 Yes pimInterfaceAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.2 Yes pimInterfaceNetMask 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.3 Yes pimInterfaceMode 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.4 Yes pimInterfaceDR 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.5 Yes pimInterfaceHelloInterval 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.6 Yes. Global value only. NOTE: On Brocade MLXe and NetIron XMR, MLX, CES, and CER and devices, only read-only is supported for this object. pimInterfaceStatus 36 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.7 Yes pimInterfaceJoinPruneInter 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.8 val Yes. Global value only. pimInterfaceCBSRPreferen ce Yes. Global value only. 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.2.1.9 NOTE: On Brocade MLXe and NetIron XMR, MLX, CES, and CER and devices, only read-only is supported for this object. NOTE: On Brocade MLXe and NetIron XMR, MLX, CES, and CER and devices, only read-only is supported for this object. The constant value for this object is 0. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 2934 PIM MIB for IPv4 pimNeighborTable (PIM neighbor table) Object Object Identifier Supported? pimNeighborAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.1 Yes pimNeighborIfIndex 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.2 Yes pimNeighborUpTime 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.3 Yes pimNeighborExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.4 Yes pimNeighborMode 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.3.1.5 Yes pimIpMRouteTable (PIM IP multicast route table) NOTE The PIM IP Multicast Route Table MIBs are not supported on the following products: • • • • • • • BigIron RX NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX BigIron MG8 NetIron 40G NetIron IMR 640 Router NetIron CES and NetIron CER Brocade MLXe Object Object Identifier Supported? pimIpMRouteUpstreamAssertTimer 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.4.1.1 Yes pimIpMRouteAssertMetric 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.4.1.2 Yes pimIpMRouteAssertMetricPref 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.4.1.3 Yes pimIpMRouteAssertRPTBit 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.4.1.4 Yes pimIpMRouteFlags 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.4.1.5 Yes pimIpMRouteNextHopTable (PIM next hop table) The pimIpMRouteNextHopTable is not supported. pimRpTable (PIM RP table) NOTE The pimRPTable has been deprecaed on the following products: • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 BigIron RX NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX BigIron MG8 NetIron 40G 37 RFC 2934 PIM MIB for IPv4 • • • • NetIron IMR 640 Router NetIron CES and NetIron CER Brocade MLXe FastIron devices Object Object Identifier Supported? pimRPGroupAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.1 Yes, but read-only and only active groups. pimRPAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.2 Yes, but read-only. pimRPState 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.3 Yes, but read-only and value is always up(1). pimRPStateTimer 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.4 No pimRPLastChange ( 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.5 No pimRPRowStatus 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.5.1.6 Yes, but read-only. pimRpSetTable (PIM RP set table) NOTE This table is not supported on FastIron devices. Object Object Identifier Supported? pimRpSetGroupAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.1 Yes pimRpSetGroupMask 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.2 Yes pimRpSetAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.3 Yes pimRpSetHoldTime 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.4 Yes pimRpSetExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.5 Yes pimRpSetComponent 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.6.1.6 Yes, but only one PIM domain is supported. pimCandidateRPTable (PIM candidate-RP table) NOTE This table is not supported on FastIron devices. Object Object Identifier Supported? pimCandidateRPGroupAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.11.1.1 Yes pimCandidateRPGroupMask 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.11.1.2 Yes pimCandidateRPAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.11.1.3 Yes pimCandidateRPRowStatus 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.11.1.4 Yes pimComponentTable (PIM component table) SET operation for this table is not available, since the BSR is in one domain only. This table has only one row. 38 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 3176: InMon corporation’s sFlow: A method for monitoring traffic in switched and routed networks Use the CLI command ip pim border at the interface level to stop the flooding of the bootstrap messages. NOTE: The pimComponentTable MIBs are not supported on the following products: • • • • BigIron RX BigIron MG8 NetIron 40G NetIron IMR 640 Router Object Object Identifier Supported? pimComponentIndex 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.1 Yes pimComponentBSRAddress 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.2 Yes pimComponentBSRExpiryTime 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.3 Yes pimComponentCRPHoldTime 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.4 Yes pimComponentStatus 1.3.6.1.3.61.1.1.12.1.5 Yes, but read-only RFC 3176: InMon corporation’s sFlow: A method for monitoring traffic in switched and routed networks RFC 3176 MIBS enable you to configure the sFlow Export feature. Support for this RFC is available on the following devices: • • • • Devices running Enterprise IronWare software release 07.5.01 and later provide NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX Series devices NetIron CES and NetIron CER devices Brocade MLXe devices The following groups from this RFC are supported in these devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Object Name Object Identifier Description sFlowAgent 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1 sFlowVersion 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.1 Returns a version string (for example, “1.2; Brocade” sFlowAgentAddressType 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.2 Returns value 1 (ipv4) sFlowAgentAddress 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.3 Management IP sFlowTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4 sFlow Table sFlowDataSource 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.1 ifIndex of sFlow port sFlowOwner 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.2 Always null. Not supported in the CLI. sFlowTimeout 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.3 Always 0. Not supported in the CLI. 39 RFC 3815: Managed objects for MPLS and LDP Object Name Object Identifier Description sFlowPacketSamplingRate 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.4 Port sampling rate. Set this value to 0 to disable sflow for a port. sFlowCounterSamplingInterval 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.5 Global counter poll interval sFlowMaximumHeaderSize 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.6 Always 128 sFlowMaximumDatagramSize 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.7 Always 1400 sFlowCollectorAddressType 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.8 Always 1 (ipv4) sFlowCollectorAddress 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.9 Address of first collector. For other collectors, use snSflowCollectorTable. (Refer to “sFlow collector” on page 505.) sFlowCollectorPort 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.10 Port of first collector. For other collectors, use snSflowCollectorTable. (Refer to “sFlow collector” on page 505.) sFlowDatagramVersion 1.3.6.1.4.1.4300.1.1.4.1.11 Always 4 RFC 3815: Managed objects for MPLS and LDP Multi-Service IronWare release 03.7.00 and later for the NetIron XMR and MLX Series provides support for RFC 3815, Managed Objects for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS), and Label Distribution Protocol (LDP). This MIB is also supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Support for this MIB enables configuration and monitoring of the Label Distribution Protocol (LDP). mplsLdpLsr objects Object Name Object Identifier Supported mplsLdpLsrId 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.1 Yes mplsLdpLsrLoopDetectionCapable 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2 Returns none(1) or hopCountAndPathVector(5) mplsLdpEntity objects Object Name Object Identifier Supported mplsLdpEntityLastChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.1 Always returns 0. mplsLdpEntityIndexNext 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.2 Always returns 0. mplsLdpEntity table This mplsLdpEntity table contains information about MPLS Label Distribution Protocol Entities which exist on this Label Switching Router (LSR) or Label Edge Router (LER). 40 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 3815: Managed objects for MPLS and LDP NOTE This table currently supports read-only access. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Object Name Object Identifier Supported mplsLdpEntityLdpId 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.1 Index mplsLdpEntityIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.2 Index mplsLdpEntityProtocolVersion 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.3 Yes mplsLdpEntityAdminStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.4 The administrative status of this LDP Entity. The values are: • up(1) mapped to enable(1) • down(2)/testing(3) mapped to disable(2) mplsLdpEntityOperStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.5 Displays the operational status of this LDP Entity. The values are: • up(1) mapped to enabled (2) • down(2) mapped to disabled(3) • testing(3) mapped to disabled(3) • unknown(4) mapped to unknown(1) • dormant(5) mapped to disabled(3) • notpresent(6) mapped to disabled(3) mplsLdpEntityTcpPort 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.6 Yes mplsLdpEntityUdpDscPort 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.7 Yes mplsLdpEntityMaxPduLength 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.8 Yes mplsLdpEntityKeepAliveHoldTimer 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.9 Yes mplsLdpEntityHelloHoldTimer 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.10 Yes mplsLdpEntityInitSessionThreshold 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.11 Yes mplsLdpEntityLabelDistMethod 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.12 Yes mplsLdpEntityLabelRetentionMode 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.13 Yes mplsLdpEntityPathVectorLimit 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.14 Yes mplsLdpEntityHopCountLimit 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.15 Yes mplsLdpEntityTransportAddrKind 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.16 Displays the IP address of the interface from which hello messages are sent is used as the transport address in the hello message. Returns interface(1) mplsLdpEntityTargetPeer 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.17 Yes 41 RFC 3815: Managed objects for MPLS and LDP Object Name Object Identifier Supported mplsLdpEntityTargetPeerAddrType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.18 Displays the type of the internetwork layer address used for the Extended Discovery. Possible types: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) • unknown(0) mplsLdpEntityTargetPeerAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.19 Yes mplsLdpEntityLabelType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.20 Yes mplsLdpEntityDiscontinuityTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.21 Yes mplsLdpEntityStorageType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.22 Yes mplsLdpEntityRowStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.3.1.23 Yes mplsLdpEntityStats Table The mplsLdpEntityStats table is a read-only table which augments the mplsLdpEntityTable. This table keeps statistical information about the LDP Entities on the LSR. This table is read-only. 42 Object Name Object Identifier Supported mplsLdpEntityStatsSessionAttempts 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.1 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsSessionRejectedNoHelloErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.2 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsSessionRejectedAdErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.3 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsSessionRejectedMaxPduErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.4 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsSessionRejectedLRErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.5 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsBadLdpIdentifierErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.6 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsBadPduLengthErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.7 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsBadMessageLengthErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.8 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsBadTlvLengthErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.9 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsMalformedTlvValueErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.10 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsKeepAliveTimerExpErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.11 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsShutdownReceivedNotifications 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.12 Yes mplsLdpEntityStatsShutdownSentNotifications 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.2.4.1.13 Yes IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 3815: Managed objects for MPLS and LDP mplsLdpSession objects Object Name Object Identifier Supported mplsLdpPeerLastChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.1 Unsupported, Always returns 0 mplsLdpLspFecLastChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.2 Yes mplsLdpPeer table The mplsLdpPeer table has Information about LDP peers known by Entities in the mplsLdpEntityTable. The information in this table is based on information from the Entity-Peer interaction during session initialization but is not appropriate for the mplsLdpSessionTable, because objects in this table may or may not be used in session establishment. Object Name Object Identifier Supported mplsLdpPeerLdpId 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.2.1.1 Yes mplsLdpPeerLabelDistMethod 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.2.1.2 Yes mplsLdpPeerPathVectorLimit 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.2.1.3 Yes mplsLdpPeerTransportAddrType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.2.1.4 Displays the type of the Internet address for the mplsLdpPeerTransportAddr object. Possible types: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) • unknown(0) mplsLdpPeerTransportAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.2.1.5 Yes mplsLdpSession table The mplsLdpSession table contains information of sessions between the LDP Entities and LDP Peers. This table augments the mplsLdpPeerTable. Each row in this table represents a single session. This table is read-only. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Object Name Object Identifier Supported mplsLdpSessionStateLastChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.1 Unsupported. Returns 0 mplsLdpSessionState 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.2 Yes mplsLdpSessionRole 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.3 Yes mplsLdpSessionProtocolVersion 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.4 Yes mplsLdpSessionKeepAliveHoldTime Rem 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.5 Yes mplsLdpSessionKeepAliveTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.6 Yes mplsLdpSessionMaxPduLength 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.7 Yes mplsLdpSessionDiscontinuityTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.3.1.8 Yes 43 RFC 3815: Managed objects for MPLS and LDP mplsLdpSessionStats table A table of statistics between the LDP entities and LDP peers. This table is read-only. Object Name Object Identifier Supported mplsLdpSessionStatsUnknownMesType Errors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.4.1.1 Yes mplsLdpSessionStatsUnknownTlvErrors 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.4.1.2 Yes mplsLdpHelloAdjacency table A table of hello adjacencies for the sessions. This table is read-only. Object Name Object Identifier Supported mplsLdpHelloAdjacencyIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.5.1. Index mplsLdpHelloAdjacencyHoldTimeRem 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.5.1.1.2 Yes mplsLdpHelloAdjacencyHoldTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.5.1.1.3 Yes mplsLdpHelloAdjacencyType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.5.1.1.4 Yes mplsFec objects Object Name Object Identifier Supported mplsFecLastChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.1 Same data as mplsLdpLspFecLastChange mplsFecIndexNext 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.2 Unsupported. Always returns 0. mplsFec table The mplsFec table represents the FEC (Forwarding Equivalence Class) information associated with an LSP. NOTE This table currently supports read-only access. 44 Object Name Object Identifier Supported mplsFecIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.3.1.1 Index mplsFecType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.3.1.2 Yes mplsFecAddrPrefixLength 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.3.1.3 Yes mplsFecAddrType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.3.1.4 Displays the value of this object and the type of the Internet address. Possible values: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) • unknown(0) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 4022: MIB for the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) mplsFecAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.3.1.5 Yes mplsFecStorageType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.3.1.6 Yes mplsFecRowStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.8.3.1.7 Yes mplsLdpSessionPeerAddr table The mplsLdpSessionPeerAddr table 'extends' the mplsLdpSessionTable. This table is used to store Label Address Information from Label Address Messages received by this LSR from Peers. This table is read-only and should be updated when Label Withdraw Address Messages are received, i.e., Rows should be deleted as appropriate. NOTE Since more than one address may be contained in a Label Address Message, this table 'sparse augments', the mplsLdpSessionTable's information. Object Name Object Identifier Supported mplsLdpSessionPeerAddrIndex 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.11.1.1 Index mplsLdpSessionPeerNextHopAddrType 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.11.1.2 Displays the internetwork layer address type of this Next Hop Address as specified in the Label Address Message associated with this Session. Possible values: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) • unknown(0) mplsLdpSessionPeerNextHopAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.4.1.3.11.1.3 Yes RFC 4022: MIB for the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) RFC 4022 replaces RFC 2012 and RFC 2452. The following devices supports RFC 4022: • NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 04.0.00 and later. • Brocade MLXe running software release 05.0.00 and later. • NetIron CES and NetIron CER devices running software release 05.1.00 ad later. These devices support the entire RFC 4022. All objects have read-only access, except for the tcpConnectionState object in the tcpConnectionTable. The tcpConnectionState object has read-write access. RFC 4087: IP Tunnel MIB The following tables in RFC 4087 are supported on the NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX software release 04.0.00 and later. The tables are also supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 45 RFC 4087: IP Tunnel MIB tunnelIfTable The tunnelIfTable contains information on configured tunnels. Support for this table is as given below. tunnelInetConfigTable tunnelIfLocalAddress Not supported as it is deprecated. tunnelIfRemoteAddress Not supported as it is deprecated. tunnelIfEncapsMethod Read-only. Only 6to4 and GRE tunnel types are suppored. This is the encapsulation method used by the tunnel. tunnelIfHopLimit Read-only. This is the IPv4 TTL or IPv6 Hop Limit to use in the outer IP header. A value of 0 indicates that the value is copied from the payload's header. tunnelIfSecurity Read-only. Always returns "none(1)". tunnelIfTOS Read-only. tunnelIfFlowLabel Read-only. Always returns -1 which indicates a wildcard as suggested by RFC3595. tunnelIfAddressType Read-only. tunnelIfLocalInetAddress Read-only. tunnelIfRemoteInetAddress Read-only. tunnelIfEncapsLimit Read-only. This is the maximum number of additional encapsulations permitted for packets undergoing encapsulation at this node. A value of -1 indicates that no limit is present, except as a result of the packet size. The tunnelInetConfigTable can be used to map a set of tunnel endpoints to the associated ifIndex value. Every row in the tunnelIfTable with a fixed destination address should have a corresponding row in the tunnelInetConfigTable. Support for this table is as follows. 46 tunnelInetConfigAddressType Read-only. Index value tunnelInetConfigLocalAddress Read-only. Index value tunnelInetConfigRemoteAddress Read-only. Index value tunnelInetConfigEncapsMethod Read-only. Index value. This is the encapsulation method used by the tunnel. Only 6to4 and GRE tunnel types are supported. tunnelInetConfigID Read-only. Index value. Always 1 in 6to4 tunnel type. tunnelInetConfigIfIndex Read-only. tunnelInetConfigStatus Read-only. Always returns active(1). tunnelInetConfigStorageType Read-only. Always returns nonVolatile(3). IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 4087: IP Tunnel MIB ifTable support Support for the tunnelIfTable and tunnelInetConfigTable affects the ifTable (RFC 1213) support as follows. ifIndex Read-only. Index value. ifDescr Read-only. ifType Read-only. ifMtu Read-only. ifSpeed Not supported. ifPhysAddress Not supported. ifAdminStatus Read-only. ifOperStatus Read-only. ifLastChange Read-only. Always return 0. ifInOctets Not supported. ifInUcastPkts Read-only. Reports total received packet count from tunnel. ifInNUcastPkts Not supported. Returns 0. ifInDiscards Not supported. ifInErrors Not supported. ifInUnknownProtos Not supported. ifOutOctets Not supported. ifOutUcastPkts Read-only. Reports total transmitted packet count to tunnel and total received packet count from tunnel. ifOutNUcastPkts Not supported. Returns 0. ifOutDiscards Not supported. ifOutErrors Not supported. ifXTable Support for the tunnelIfTable and tunnelInetConfigTable also affects ifXTable (RFC 2233) as follows. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 ifName Read-only. ifInMulticastPkts Not supported. Returns 0 ifInBroadcastPkts Not supported. Returns 0 ifOutMulticastPkts Not supported. Returns 0 ifOutBroadcastPkts Not supported. Returns 0 ifHCInOctets Not supported. Returns 0 ifHCInUcastPkts Read-only. Reports total received packet count from tunnel. ifHCInBroadcastPkts Not supported. Returns 0 ifHCOutOctets Not supported. Returns 0 47 RFC 4113: MIB for the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) ifHCOutUcastPkts Read-only. Reports total received packet count from tunnel. ifHCOutMulticastPkts Not supported. Returns 0 ifHCOutBroadcastPkts Not supported. Returns 0 ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable Read-only. Always returns disabled(2). ifHighSpeed Not supported. Returns 0 ifPromiscuousMode Read-only. Always returns true(1). ifConnectorPresent Read-only. Always returns false(2). ifAlias Read-only. ifCounterDiscontinuityTime Read-only. RFC 4113: MIB for the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) RFC 4113 replaces RFC 2013 and RFC 2454. The following devices supports RFC 4113: • NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 04.0.00 and later. • Brocade MLXe running software release 05.0.00 and later. • NetIron CES and NetIron CER devices running software release 05.1.00 ad later. All objects have read-only access. RFC 4273: Definitions of managed objects for BGP-4 RFC 4273 is supported on the NetIron XMR Series routers and the NetIron MLX Series routers Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.6.00 and later. RFC 4273 is also supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES and NetIron CER devices. NOTE The Definitions of Managed Objects for BGP-4 (OID 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3) is used instead of RFC 1657. The Definitions of Managed Objects for the Fourth Version of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP-4) using SMIv2 has been obsoleted in RFC 4273. 48 Object Group Name Object Identifier Notes bgpLocalAS 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.2 The local autonomous system number. The Brocade MLXe and NetIron devices running release 04.0.00 and later, returns “AS_TRANS (23456)” if the number is greater than 16 bits. bgpPeerTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3 The “bgpPeerRemoteAs” object is the remote autonomous system number received in the BGP OPEN message. The Brocade MLXe and NetIron devices running release 04.0.00 and later, returns “AS_TRANS (23456)” for this object, if the number is greater than 16 bits. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 4273: Definitions of managed objects for BGP-4 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Object Group Name Object Identifier bgpPeerEntry 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1 bgpPeerIdentifier 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.1 bgpPeerState 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.2 bgpPeerAdminStatus 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.3 bgpPeerNegotiatedVersion 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.4 bgpPeerLocalAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.5 bgpPeerLocalPort 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.6 bgpPeerRemoteAddr 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.7 bgpPeerRemotePort 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.8 bgpPeerRemoteAs 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.9 bgpPeerInUpdates 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.10 bgpPeerOutUpdates 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.11 bgpPeerInTotalMessages 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.12 bgpPeerOutTotalMessages 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.13 bgpPeerLastError 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.14 bgpPeerFsmEstablishedTransitions 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.15 bgpPeerFsmEstablishedTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.16 bgpPeerConnectRetryInterval 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.17 bgpPeerHoldTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.18 bgpPeerKeepAlive 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.19 bgpPeerHoldTimeConfigured 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.20 bgpPeerKeepAliveConfigured 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.21 bgpPeerMinASOriginationInterval 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.22 bgpPeerMinRouteAdvertisementInterv al 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.23 bgpPeerInUpdateElapsedTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.3.1.24 bgp4PathAttrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6 Notes This table is supported on the Brocade MLXe and NetIron devices running release 04.0.00 and later. 49 RFC 4292 IP forwarding table MIB Object Group Name Object Identifier Notes bgp4PathAttrASPathSegment 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.5 This object is the sequence of AS path segments. Each AS path segment is represented by a triplet of , , and . The NetIron XMR or NetIron MLX running release 04.0.00 and later, as well as the NetIron CES and NetIron CER running release 04.1.00 and later, returns “AS_TRANS” if the AS number is greater than 2 bytes. The value is also return on Brocade MLXe devices. bgp4PathAttrAggregatorAS 1.3.6.1.2.1.15.6.1.10 The AS number of the last BGP4 speaker that performed route aggregation. A value of zero (0) indicates the absence of this attribute. The NetIron XMR or NetIron MLX running release 04.0.00 and later, as well as the NetIron CES and NetIron CER running release 04.1.00 and later, returns “AS_TRANS (23456)” for this object, if remote AS is greater than 16 bits. The value is also returned on Brocade MLXe devices. RFC 4292 IP forwarding table MIB The NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 04.0.00 and later supports the entire RFC 4292, with the following exceptions: • The object inetCidrRouteDiscards is not supported • The objects inetCidrRouteMetric2, inetCidrRouteMetric3, inetCidrRouteMetric4, and inetCidrRouteMetric5 in the inetCidrRouteTable are not supported. • All objects have read-only access. In the NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX software release 04.0.00, this RFC replaces RFC 2096 and RFC 2465. Is this supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES and NetIron CER? RFC 4293: MIB for the Internet Protocol (IP) RFC 4293 obsoletes the following: • RFC 2011 - SNMPv2 Management Information Base for the Internet Protocol using SMIv2 • RFC 2465 - Management Information Base for IP Version 6: Textual Conventions and General Group • RFC 2466 - Management Information Base for IP Version 6: ICMPv6 Group This RFC is supported on the NetIron XMR and MLX devices, running software release 03.9.00 and later. It is also supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 50 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 4444: MIB for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) The following summarizes the tables from the RFC that are supported. Object Group Name Object Identifier Supported IP Version Access IP scalar variables 1.3.6.1.2.1.4 IPv4 and IPv6 Only the following objects have read-write access: ipDefaultTTL ipv6IpDefaultHopLimit ipv6IpForwarding All other scalar variable are read-only, ipv4InterfaceTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.28 IPv4 All objects are read-only. ipv6InterfaceTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.30 IPv6 All objects are read-only. ipSystemStatsTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.1 IPv4 and IPv6 All objects are read-only. ipIfStatsTableLastChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.2 IPv4 and IPv6 All objects are read-only. ipIfStatsTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.31.3 IPv4 and IPv6 Not supported ipAddressPrefixTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.32 IPv4 and IPv6 All objects are read-only. ipAddressTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.34 IPv4 and IPv6 All objects are read-only. ipNetToPhysicalTable Only ARP entries that are currently being used are included in the ARP table. 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.35 IPv4 and IPv6 Only the following objects have read-create access. ipNetToPhysicalPhysAddress ipNetToPhysicalType ipNetToPhysicalRowStatus All other object are read-only. ipv6ScopeZoneIndexTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.36 IPv6 All objects are read-only ipDefaultRouterTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.37 IPv4 and IPv6 All objects are read-only. Ipv6RouterAdvertTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.39 IPv6 Only the following objects have read-write access; all others are read-only: • ipv6RouterAdvertSendAdverts • ipv6RouterAdvertManagedFlag • ipv6RouterAdvertOtherConfigFlag • ipv6RouterAdvertReachableTime • ipv6RouterAdvertRetransmitTime • ipv6RouterAdvertCurHopLimit • ipv6RouterAdvertDefaultLifetime icmpStatsTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.5.29 IPv4 and IPv6 All objects are read-only. icmpMsgStatsTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.5.30 IPv4 and IPv6 All objects are read-only. RFC 4444: MIB for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) This RFC is supported on the NetIron Series routers Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. It is also supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Refer to the RFC for details. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 51 RFC 4444: MIB for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) Scalar isisSysobject The following scaler objects are supported in the IronWare MIB; however, only read only access is provided. Object Group Name Object Identifier Supported? Notes isisSysVersion 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.1 Yes Always returns 1 isisSysLevelType 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.2 Yes • • • level1(1) Level2(2) level 1 and 2(3) isisSysID 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.3 Yes isisSysMaxPathSplits 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.4 Yes isisSysMaxLSPGenInt 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.5 Yes isisSysPollESHelloRate 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.6 No isisSysWaitTime 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.7 No isisSysAdminState 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.8 Yes • • on(1) off(2) isisSysL2toL1Leaking 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.9 Yes isisSysMaxAge 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.10 Yes isisSysReceiveLSPBufferSize 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.11 Yes isisSysProtSupported 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.12 Yes isisSysNotificationEnable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.1.13 Yes BITS: ipv4(1) ipv6(2) • • Supported tables The following tables in RFC 4444 are supported; however only read-only access is allowed. NOTE Tables in RFC 4444 not listed in the table below are not supported. For example, the isisRATable is not supported. 52 Object Group Name Object Identifier isisManAreaAddrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.2 isisAreaAddrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.3 isisSummAddrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.4 isisRedistributeAddrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.5 isisRouterTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.1.6 isisSysLevelTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.2.1 Comments IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 RFC 4444: MIB for Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) Object Group Name Object Identifier Comments isisCircTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.3.2 The following objects from this table are not supported: • isisCircMeshGroupEnabled - will return INACTIVE • isisCircMeshGroup will return zero (0). Also, the object isisCirc3WayEnabled is always ON for Pt 2 Pt. isisCircLevelTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.4.1 isisSystemCounterTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.5.1 isisCircuitCounterTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.5.2 isisPacketCounterTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.5.3 isisIsAdjTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.6.1 isisIsAdjAreaAddrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.6.2 isisIsAdjIPAddrTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.6.3 isisIsAdjProtSuppTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.6.4 isisIPRATable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.8.1 isisLSPSummaryTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.9.1 isisLSPTLVTable 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.9.2 isisNOTIFICATION 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10 Notifications IS-IS notification is enabled by default. To disable notification, issue the command no snmp-server enable traps isis at the device CLI. Use the snmp-server enable traps isis to re-enable notification. Table 4 list the notifications in RFC 4444 that are supported in NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. NOTE Only one IS-IS trap is generated for each notification type within a 60 second (1 minute) period. For example, if several authentication failure notification types occur within a 60 second period, only one trap is generated for the authentication failure notification type. This duration is different from what is specified in RFC 4444. TABLE 4 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Support RFC 4444 Notifications Object Group Name Object Identifier isisDatabaseOverload 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.1 isisAttemptToExceedMaxSequence 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.4 isisIDLenMismatch 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.5 isisMaxAreaAddressesMismatch 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.6 isisOwnLSPPurge 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.7 isisSequenceNumberSkip 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.8 53 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB TABLE 4 Support RFC 4444 Notifications Object Group Name Object Identifier isisAuthenticationFailure 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.10 isisAreaMismatch 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.12 isisAdjacencyChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.17 isisLSPErrorDetected 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.18 Table 5 list the notifications in RFC 4444 that are not supported in NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. TABLE 5 Unsupported RFC 4444 Notifications Object Group Name Object Identifier isisManualAddressDrops 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.2 isisCorruptedLSPDetected 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.3 isisAuthenticationTypeFailure 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.9 isisVersionSkew 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.11 isisRejectedAdjacency 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.13 isisLSPTooLargeToPropagate 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.14 isisOrigLSPBuffSizeMismatch 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.15 isisProtocolsSupportedMismatch 1.3.6.1.2.1.138.1.10.16 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB The following tables in the IEEE8021-CFM-MIB are supported on NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices running software release 04.1.00 and later. It is also supported on Brocade MLXe devices. The following scalars are supported, but read-only access is available. • dot1agCfmDefaultMdDefLevel (OID: 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.2.1) - This object always returns 0. • dot1agCfmDefaultMdDefMhfCreation (OID: 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.2.2) - This object always returns defMHFdefault(2). • dot1agCfmDefaultMdDefIdPermission (OID: 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.2.3) - This object always returns sendIdNone(1). The following table are supported, but read-only access for these tables is available at this time: • • • • • • • 54 dot1agCfmMdTable dot1agCfmMaNetTable dot1agCfmMaCompTable dot1agCfmMaMepListTable dot1agCfmMepTable dot1agCfmLtrTable dot1agCfmMepDbTable IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB Other tables or the dot1agCfmFaultAlarm notification are not supported. dot1agCfmMdTable The dot1agCfmMdTable is the Maintenance Domain table. Each row in the domain represents a different Maintenance Domain. It is indexed by the dot1agCfmMdIndex object. Only read-only access is available for these objects. Object Group Name Type Object Identifier Comments dot1agCfmMdIndex Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.1 Index variable. Supported. dot1agCfmMdFormat Dot1agCfmMaintDomainNameType 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.2 Supported dot1agCfmMdName Dot1agCfmMaintDomainName 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.3 Supported dot1agCfmMdMdLevel Dot1agCfmMDLevel 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.4 Supported dot1agCfmMdMhfCreati on Dot1agCfmMhfCreation 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.5 Supported dot1agCfmMdMhfIdPer mission Dot1agCfmIdPermission 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.6 Always returns sendIdNone(1). dot1agCfmMdMaNextInd Dot1afCfmIndexIntegerNextFree ex 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.7 Supported dot1agCfmMdRowStatus 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.5.2.1.8 Always return active(1). RowStatus dot1agCfmMaNetTable Each row in the dot1agCfmMaNetTable represents a MA, which is a set of MEPs. Each MEP is configured with a single service instance. It is indexed by the dot1agCfmMdIndex and dot1agCfmMaIndex objects. Only read-only access is available for these objects. Object Group Name Type Object Identifier Comments dot1agCfmMaIndex Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.1.1.1 Index variable. Supported. dot1agCfmMaNetFormat Dot1agCfmMaintAssocNameType 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.1.1.2 Supported. dot1agCfmMaNetName Dot1agCfmMaintAssocName 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.1.1.3 Supported. dot1agCfmMaNetCcmInt erval Dot1agCfmCcmInterval 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.1.1.4 Supported. dot1agCfmMaNetRowSt atus RowStatus 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.1.1.5 Always return active(1). IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 55 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB dot1agCfmMaCompTable The dot1agCfmMaCompTable is the Maintenance Association Component table. Each row in the table represents a MA, which is a set of MEPs. Each MEP is configured with a single service instance. It is indexed by dot1agCfmMaComponentId, dot1agCfmMdIndex, and dot1agCfmMaIndex. Only read-only access is available for this table. Object Group Name Type Object Identifier Comments ieee8021CfmMaComponentId IEEE8021PbbComponentIde ntifierTC 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.4.1.1 Index variable. Supported. Integer: vlandid(1) isid(2) 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.4.1.2 Supported. ieee8021CfmMaCompPrimarySelectorOrNo ne ieee8021ServiceSelectorVal ueOrNone 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.4.1.3 Supported. ieee8021CfmMaCompMhfCreation Dot1agCfmMhfCreation 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.4.1.4 Supported. ieee8021CfmMaCompIdPermission Dot1agCfmIdPermission 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.4.1.5 Always return sendIdNone(1). ieee8021CfmMaCompNumberOfVids Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.4.1.6 Supported. ieee8021CfmMaCompRowStatus RowStatus 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.4.1.7 Always return active(1). ieee8021CfmMaCompPrimarySelectorType • • dot1agCfmMaMepListTable The table contains the list of known MEPs for a given MA. It is indexed by dot1agCfmMdIndex, dot1agCfmMaIndex, and dot1agCfmMaMepListIdentifier. Object Group Name Type Object Identifier Comments dot1agCfmMaMepListIdentifier Dot1agCfmMepId 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.3.1.1 Index variable. Supported. dot1agCfmMaMepListRowStatus RowStatus 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.6.3.1.2 Always return active(1). dot1agCfmMepTable The dot1agCfmMepTable is the Maintenance Association End Point (MEP) table. Each row in the table represents a different MEP. It is indexed by dot1agCfmMdIndex, dot1agCfmMaIndex, and dot1agCfmMepIdentifier. Unless otherwise noted, all objects have read-only access. Object Group Name Type Object Identifier Comments dot1agCfmMepIdentifier Dot1agCfmMepId 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.1 Index variable. Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepIfIndex InterfaceIndexOrZero 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.2 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepDirection Dot1agCfmMpDirection 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.3 Supported. Read-only. 56 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB Object Group Name Type Object Identifier Comments dot1agCfmMepPrimaryVid Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.4 Always returns 0. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepActive TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.5 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepFngState Dot1agCfmFngState 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.6 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepCciEnabled TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.7 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepCcmLtmPriority Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.8 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepMacAddress MacAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.9 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepLowPrDef Dot1agCfmLowestAlarmPri 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.10 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepFngAlarmTime TimeInterval 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.11 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepFngResetTime TimeInterval 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.11.12 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepHighestPrDefect Dot1agCfmHighestDefectPri 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.13 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepDefects Dot1agCfmMepDefects 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.14 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepErrorCcmLastFailure OCTET STRING 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.15 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepXconCcmLastFailure OCTET STRING 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.16 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepCcmSequenceErrors Counter32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.17 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepCciSentCcms Counter32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.18 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepNextLbmTransId Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.19 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepLbrIn Counter32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.20 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepLbrInOutOfOrder Counter32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.21 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepLbrBadMsdu Counter32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.22 Always returns 0. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepLtmNextSeqNumber Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.23 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepUnexpLtrIn Counter32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.24 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepLbrOut Counter32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.25 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmStatus TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.26 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmDestMacA ddress MacAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.27 Supported. Read-write dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmDestMepI d Dot1agCfmMepIdOrZero 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.28 Supported. dot1agCfmMepTransm itLbmDestMepId Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmDestIsMe pId TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.29 Supported. Read-write dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmMessages Integer32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.30 Supported. Read-write. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmDataTlv OCTET STRING 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.31 Always returns Null string. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmVlanPriorit y Integer32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.32 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmVlanDropE nable TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.33 Al wy as returns false(2). Read-only. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 57 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB Object Group Name Type Object Identifier Comments dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmResultOK TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.34 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLbmSeqNumb er Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.35 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmStatus TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.36 Supported. Read-write. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmFlags BITS 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.37 Always returns "0". Read-write. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmTargetMac Address MacAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.38 Supported. Read-write. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmTargetMep Id Dot1agCfmMepIdOrZero 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.39 Supported. Read-write. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmTargetIsM epId TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.40 Supported. Read-write. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmTtl Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.41 Supported. Read-write. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmResult TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.42 Supported. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmSeqNumb er Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.43 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepTransmitLtmEgressIde ntifier OCTET STRING 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.44 Supported. Read-only. dot1agCfmMepRowStatus RowStatus 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.1.1.45 Always return active(1). Read-only. dot1agCfmLtrTable The dot1agCfmLtrTable extends the MEP table and contains a list of Linktrace replies received by a specific MEP in response to a Linktrace message. It is indexed by dot1agCfmMdIndex, dot1agCfmMaIndex, dot1agCfmMepIdentifier, dot1agCfmLtrSeqNumber, and dot1agCfmLtrReceiveOrder. Only one Linktrace number sequence, which is the last one sent, is supported in this table. Only read-only access is available for this table. Object Group Name Type Object Identifier Comments dot1agCfmLtrSeqNumber Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.1 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrReceiveOrder Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.2 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrTtl Unsigned32 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.3 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrForwarded TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.4 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrTerminalMep TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.5 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrLastEgressIdentifier OCTET STRING 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.6 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrNextEgressIdentifier OCTET STRING 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.7 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrRelay Dot1agCfmRelayActionFiel dValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.8 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrChassisIdSubtype LldpChassisIdSubtype 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.9 Supported. 58 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB Object Group Name Type Object Identifier Comments dot1agCfmLtrChassisId LldpChassisId 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.10 Always returns a NULL string. dot1agCfmLtrManAddressDomain TDomain 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.11 Always returns {0.0}. dot1agCfmLtrManAddress TAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.12 Always returns a NULL string. dot1agCfmLtrIngress Dot1agCfmIngressActionFi eldValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.13 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrIngressMac MacAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.14 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrIngressPortIdSubtype LldpPortIdSubtype 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.15 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrIngressPortId Dot1agCfmEgressActionFi eldValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.16 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrEgress Dot1agCfmEgressActionFi eldValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.17 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrEgressMac MacAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.19 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrEgressPortIdSubtype LldpPortIdSubtype 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.19 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrEgressPortId LldpPortId 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.20 Supported. dot1agCfmLtrOrganizationSpecificTlv OCTET STRING 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.2.1.21 Always returns a NULL string. dot1agCfmMepDbTable The dot1agCfmMepDbTable is the MEP Database. This database is maintained by every MEP. It maintains the information received about other MEPs in the Maintenance Domain. It is indexed by dot1agCfmMdIndex, dot1agCfmMaIndex, dot1agCfmMepIdentifier, and dot1agCfmMepDbRMepIdentifier. Only read-only access is available. dot1agCfmMepDbRMepIdentifier Dot1agCfmMepId 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.1 Supported. dot1agCfmMepDbRMepState Dot1agCfmRemoteMep State 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.2 Supported. dot1agCfmMepDbRMepFailedOkTime TimeStamp 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.3 Supported. dot1agCfmMepDbMacAddress MacAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.4 Supported. dot1agCfmMepDbRdi TruthValue 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.5 Supported. dot1agCfmMepDbPortStatusTlv Dot1agCfmPortStatus 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.6 Supported. dot1agCfmMepDbInterfaceStatusTlv Dot1agCfmInterfaceSta tus 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.7 Supported. dot1agCfmMepDbChassisIdSubtype LldpChassisIdSubtype 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.8 Supported. dot1agCfmMepDbChassisId LldpChassisId 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.9 Always returns a Null string. dot1agCfmMepDbManAddressDomain TDomain 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.10 Always returns {0,0}. dot1agCfmMepDbManAddress TAddress 1.3.111.2.802.1.1.8.1.7.3.1.11 Always returns a Null string. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 59 IEEE8021-CFM-MIB 60 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Chapter 3 Registration Registration objects identify the Foundry product that is being managed. The following table presents the objects for product registration. The sysOID will return one of these values. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Object Name and Identifier Description snFIWGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.1.1 Stackable FastIron Workgroup Switch snFIBBSwitch brcdIp.1.3.1.2 Stackable FastIron Backbone Switch snNIRouter brcdIp.1.3.2.1 Stackable NetIron Router snSI brcdIp.1.3.3.1 Stackable ServerIron snSIXL brcdIp.1.3.3.2 Stackable ServerIronXL snSIXLTCS brcdIp.1.3.3.3 Stackable ServerIronXL TCS snTISwitch brcdIp.1.3.4.1 Stackable TurboIron/8 Switch snTIRouter brcdIp.1.3.4.2 Stackable TurboIron/8 Router snT8Switch brcdIp.1.3.5.1 Stackable TurboIron/8 Switch snT8Router brcdIp.1.3.5.2 Stackable TurboIron/8 Router snT8SI brcdIp.1.3.5.3 Stackable ServerIronXL snT8SIXLG brcdIp.1.3.5.4 Stackable ServerIronXLG snBI4000Switch brcdIp.1.3.6.1 BigIron 4000 Switch snBI4000Router brcdIp.1.3.6.2 BigIron 4000 Router snBI4000SI brcdIp.1.3.6.3 BigServerIron, 4-slot snBI8000Switch brcdIp.1.3.7.1 BigIron 8000 Switch snBI8000Router brcdIp.1.3.7.2 BigIron 8000 Router 61 Registration 62 Object Name and Identifier Description snBI8000SI brcdIp.1.3.7.3 BigServerIron snFI2Switch brcdIp.1.3.8.1 FastIron II Switch snFI2Router brcdIp.1.3.8.2 FastIron II Router snFI2PlusSwitch brcdIp.1.3.9.1 FastIron II Plus switch snFI2PlusRouter brcdIp.1.3.9.2 FastIron II Plus router snNI400Router brcdIp.1.3.10.1 NetIron Router snNI800Router brcdIp.1.3.11.1 NetIron 800 Router snFI2GCSwitch brcdIp.1.3.12.1 FastIron II GC switch snFI2GCRouter brcdIp.1.3.12.2 FastIron II GC router snFI2PlusGCSwitch brcdIp.1.3.13.1 FastIron II Plus GC switch snFI2PlusGCRouter brcdIp.1.3.13.2 FastIron II Plus GC router snBigIron15000 brcdIp.1.3.14.1 BigIron 15000 Switch snBI15000Router brcdIp.1.3.14.2 BigIron 15000 Router snBI15000SI brcdIp.1.3.14.3 BigIron 15000 ServerIron for M2-M4 modules running the BS2 ServerIron code snNI1500Router brcdIp.1.3.15.1 NetIron 1500 Router snFI3Switch brcdIp.1.3.16.1 FastIron III Switch snFI3Router brcdIp.1.3.16.2 FastIron III Router snFI3GCSwitch brcdIp.1.3.17.1 FastIron III GC switch snFI3GCRouter brcdIp.1.3.17.2 FastIron III GC router snSI400Switch brcdIp.1.3.18.1 ServerIron 400 switch snSI400Router brcdIp.1.3.18.2 ServerIron 400 router IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Registration IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Object Name and Identifier Description snSI800Switch brcdIp.1.3.19.1 ServerIron 800 switch snSI800Router brcdIp.1.3.19.2 ServerIron 800 router snSI1500Switch brcdIp.1.3.20.1 ServerIron 1500 switch snSI1500Router brcdIp.1.3.20.2 ServerIron 1500 router snSI1500Switch brcdIp.1.3.20.1 ServerIron 1500 switch for M5 modules running the WSM ServerIron code. snSI1500Router brcdIp.1.3.20.2 ServerIron 1500 router for M5 modules running the WSM ServerIron code. sn4802Switch brcdIp.1.3.21.1 Stackable FastIron 4802 switch sn4802Router brcdIp.1.3.21.2 Stackable FastIron 4802 router sn4802SI brcdIp.1.3.21.3 Stackable FastIron 4802 ServerIron snFI400Switch brcdIp.1.3.22.1 FastIron 400 switch snFI400Router brcdIp.1.3.22.2 FastIron 400 router snFI800Switch brcdIp.1.3.23.1 FastIron 800 switch snFI800Router brcdIp.1.3.23.2 FastIron 800 router snFI1500Switch brcdIp.1.3.24.1 FastIron 1500 switch snFI1500Router brcdIp.1.3.24.2 FastIron 1500 router snFES2402Switch brcdIp.1.3.25.1 FastIron Edge Switch 2402 Switch snFES2402Router brcdIp.1.3.25.2 FastIron Edge Switch 2402 Router snFES4802Switch brcdIp.1.3.26.1 FastIron Edge Switch 4802 Switch snFES4802Router brcdIp.1.3.26.2 FastIron Edge Switch 4802 Router snFES9604Switch brcdIp.1.3.27.1 FastIron Edge Switch 9604 Switch snFES9604Router brcdIp.1.3.27.2 FastIron Edge Switch 9604 Router 63 Registration 64 Object Name and Identifier Description snFES12GCFSwitch brcdIp.1.3.28.1 FastIron Edge Switch 12GCF Switch snFES12GCFRouter brcdIp.1.3.28.2 FastIron Edge Switch 12GCF Router snFES2402POESwitch brcdIp.1.3.29.1 FastIron Edge Switch 2402 Power Over Ethernet Switch snFES2402POERouter brcdIp.1.3.29.2 FastIron Edge Switch 2402 Power Over Ethernet Router snFES4802POESwitch brcdIp.1.3.30.1 FastIron Edge Switch 4802 Power Over Ethernet Switch snFES4802POERouter brcdIp.1.3.30.2 FastIron Edge Switch 4802 Power Over Ethernet Router snNI4802Switch brcdIp.1.3.31.1 NetIron 4802 Switch snNI4802Router brcdIp.1.3.31.2 NetIron 4802 Router snBIMG8Switch brcdIp.1.3.32.1 BigIron MG8 Switch snBIMG8Router brcdIp.1.3.32.2 BigIron MG8 Router snNI40GRouter brcdIp.1.3.33.2 NetIron 40G Router snFESXFamily brcdIp.1.3.34 FastIron Edge Switch X Series Family snFESX424Family brcdIp.1.3.34.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Family snFESX424BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.34.1.1 FastIron Edge Swtich X Series 424 Base Family snFESX424 brcdIp.1.3.34.1.1.1 FastIron Edge Swtich X Series 424 snFESX424Switch brcdIp.1.3.34.1.1.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Switch snFESX424Router brcdIp.1.3.34.1.1.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Router snFESX424Prem brcdIp.1.3.34.1.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Premium snFESX424PremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.1.1.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Premium Switch snFESX424PremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.1.1.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Premium Router snFESX424Plus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.1.2.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Plus 1XG Switch IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Registration IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Object Name and Identifier Description snFESX424Plus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.1.2.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Plus 1XG Router snFESX424Plus1XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.1.2.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Plus 1XG Premium Switch snFESX424Plus1XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.1.2.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Plus 1XG Premium Router snFESX424Plus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.1.3.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Plus 2XG Switch snFESX424Plus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.1.3.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Plus 2XG Router snFESX424Plus2XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.1.3.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Plus 2XG Premium Switch snFESX424Plus2XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.1.3.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Plus 2XG Premium Router snFESX448Switch brcdIp.1.3.34.2.1.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Switch snFESX448Router brcdIp.1.3.34.2.1.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Router snFESX448PremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.2.1.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Premium Switch snFESX448PremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.2.1.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Premium Router snFESX448Plus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.2.2.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Plus 1XG Switch snFESX448Plus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.2.2.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 1XG Router snFESX448Plus1XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.2.2.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Plus 1XG Premium Switch snFESX448Plus1XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.2.2.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Plus 1XG Premium Router snFESX448Plus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.2.3.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Plus 2XG Switch snFESX448Plus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.2.3.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Plus 2XG Router snFESX448Plus2XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.2.3.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Plus 2XG Premium Switch snFESX448Plus2XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.2.3.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Plus 2XG Premium Router snFESX424FiberSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.3.1.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Fiber Switch snFESX424FiberRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.3.1.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Fiber Router 65 Registration 66 Object Name and Identifier Description snFESX424FiberPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.3.1.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Fiber Premium Switch snFESX424FiberPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.3.1.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Fiber Premium Router snFESX424FiberPlus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.3.2.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Switch snFESX424FiberPlus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.3.2.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Router snFESX424FiberPlus1XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.3.2.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Switch snFESX424FiberPlus1XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.3.2.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Router snFESX424FiberPlus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.3.3.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Switch snFESX424FiberPlus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.3.3.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Router snFESX424FiberPlus2XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.3.3.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Switch snFESX424FiberPlus2XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.3.3.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Router snFESX448FiberSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.4.1.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Fiber Switch snFESX448FiberRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.4.1.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Fiber Router snFESX448FiberPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.4.1.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Fiber Premium Switch snFESX448FiberPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.4.1.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Fiber Premium Router snFESX448FiberPlus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.4.2.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Switch snFESX448FiberPlus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.4.2.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Router snFESX448FiberPlus1XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.4.2.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Switch snFESX448FiberPlus1XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.4.2.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Router snFESX448FiberPlus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.4.3.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Switch snFESX448FiberPlus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.4.3.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Router snFESX448FiberPlus2XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.4.3.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Switch IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Registration IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Object Name and Identifier Description snFESX448FiberPlus2XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.4.3.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 448 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Router snFESX424POESwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.5.1.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 POE Switch snFESX424POERouter brcdIp.1.3.34.5.1.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 POE Router snFESX424POEPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.5.1.2.124 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 POE Premium Switch snFESX424POEPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.5.1.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 POE Premium Router snFESX424POEPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.5.1.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 POE PREM6 Router snFESX424POEPlus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.5.2.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 POE plus 1 10-Gb port Switch snFESX424POEPlus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.5.2.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 POE plus 1 10-Gb port Router snFESX424POEPlus1XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.5.2.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 POE plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Switch snFESX424POEPlus1XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.5.2.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 POE plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Router snFESX424POEPlus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.5.3.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 POE plus 2 10-Gb ports Switch snFESX424POEPlus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.5.3.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 POE plus 2 10-Gb ports Router snFESX424POEPlus2XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.5.3.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 POE plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Switch snFESX424POEPlus2XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.5.3.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 424 POE plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Router snFESX624Switch brcdIp.1.3.34.6.1.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Switch snFESX624Router brcdIp.1.3.34.6.1.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Router snFESX624PremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.6.1.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Premium Switch snFESX624PremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.6.1.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Premium Router snFESX624Prem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.6.1.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 PREM6 Router snFESX624Plus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.6.2.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 plus 1 10-Gb port Switch snFESX624Plus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.6.2.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 plus 1 10-Gb port Router 67 Registration 68 Object Name and Identifier Description snFESX624Plus1XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.6.2.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Switch snFESX624Plus1XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.6.2.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Router snFESX624Plus1XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.6.2.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 plus 1 10-Gb port PREM6 Router snFESX624Plus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.6.3.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 plus 2 10-Gb ports Switch snFESX624Plus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.6.3.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 plus 2 10-Gb ports Router snFESX624Plus2XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.6.3.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Switch snFESX624Plus2XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.6.3.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Router snFESX624Plus2XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.6.3.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 plus 2 10-Gb ports PREM6 Router snFESX648PremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.7.1.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Premium Switch snFESX648PremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.7.1.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Premium Router snFESX648Prem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.7.1.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 PREM6 Router snFESX648Plus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.7.2.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 plus 1 10-Gb port Switch snFESX648Plus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.7.2.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 plus 1 10-Gb port Router snFESX648Plus1XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.7.2.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Switch snFESX648Plus1XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.7.2.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Router snFESX648Plus1XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.7.2.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 plus 1 10-Gb port PREM6 Router snFESX648Plus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.7.3.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 plus 2 10-Gb ports Switch snFESX648Plus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.7.3.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 plus 2 10-Gb ports Router snFESX648Plus2XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.7.3.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Switch snFESX648Plus2XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.7.3.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Router snFESX648Plus2XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.7.3.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 plus 2 10-Gb ports PREM6 Router IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Registration Object Name and Identifier Description snFESX624FiberSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.8.1.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Fiber Switch snFESX624FiberRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.8.1.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Fiber Router snFESX624FiberPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.8.1.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Fiber Premium Switch snFESX624FiberPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.8.1.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Fiber Premium Router snFESX624FiberPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.8.1.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Fiber PREM6 Router snFESX624FiberPlus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.8.2.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Switch snFESX624FiberPlus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.8.2.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Router snFESX624FiberPlus1XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.8.2.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Switch snFESX624FiberPlus1XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.8.2.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Router snFESX624FiberPlus1XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.8.2.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port PREM6 Router snFESX624FiberPlus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.8.3.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Switch snFESX624FiberPlus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.8.3.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Router snFESX624FiberPlus2XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.8.3.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Switch snFESX624FiberPlus2XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.8.3.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Router snFESX624FiberPlus2XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.8.3.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports PREM6 Router md end IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 snFESX648FiberSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.9.1.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Fiber Switch snFESX648FiberRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.9.1.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Fiber Router snFESX648FiberPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.9.1.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Fiber Premium Switch snFESX648FiberPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.9.1.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Fiber Premium Router snFESX648FiberPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.9.1.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Fiber PREM6 Router 69 Registration 70 Object Name and Identifier Description snFESX648FiberPlus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.9.2.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Switch snFESX648FiberPlus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.9.2.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Router snFESX648FiberPlus1XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.9.2.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Switch snFESX648FiberPlus1XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.9.2.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Router snFESX648FiberPlus1XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.9.2.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port PREM6 Router snFESX648FiberPlus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.9.3.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Switch snFESX648FiberPlus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.9.3.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Router snFESX648FiberPlus2XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.9.3.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Switch snFESX648FiberPlus2XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.9.3.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Router snFESX648FiberPlus2XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.9.3.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648 Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports PREM6 Router snFESX624POESwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.10.1.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 POE Switch snFESX624POERouter brcdIp.1.3.34.10.1.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 POE Router snFESX624POEPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.10.1.2.124 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 POE Premium Switch snFESX624POEPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.10.1.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 POE Premium Router snFESX624POEPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.10.1.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 POE PREM6 Router snFESX624POEPlus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.10.2.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 POE plus 1 10-Gb port Switch snFESX624POEPlus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.10.2.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 POE plus 1 10-Gb port Router snFESX624POEPlus1XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.10.2.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 POE plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Switch snFESX624POEPlus1XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.10.2.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 POE plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Router snFESX624POEPlus1XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.10.2.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 POE plus 1 10-Gb port PREM6 Router snFESX624POEPlus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.10.3.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 POE plus 2 10-Gb ports Switch IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Registration IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Object Name and Identifier Description snFESX624POEPlus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.10.3.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 POE plus 2 10-Gb ports Router snFESX624POEPlus2XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.10.3.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 POE plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Switch snFESX624POEPlus2XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.10.3.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 POE plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Router snFESX624POEPlus2XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.10.3.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624 POE plus 2 10-Gb ports PREM6 Router snFESX624ESwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.11.1.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Switch snFESX624ERouter brcdIp.1.3.34.11.1.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Router snFESX624EPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.11.1.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Premium Switch snFESX624EPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.11.1.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Premium Router snFESX624EPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.11.1.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E PREM6 Router snFESX624EPlus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.11.2.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E plus 1 10-Gb port Switch snFESX624EPlus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.11.2.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E plus 1 10-Gb port Router snFESX624EPlus1XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.11.2.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Switch snFESX624EPlus1XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.11.2.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Router snFESX624EPlus1XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.11.2.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E plus 1 10-Gb port PREM6 Router snFESX624EPlus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.11.3.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E plus 2 10-Gb ports Switch snFESX624EPlus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.11.3.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E plus 2 10-Gb ports Router snFESX624EPlus2XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.11.3.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Switch snFESX624EPlus2XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.11.3.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Router snFESX624EPlus2XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.11.3.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E plus 2 10-Gb ports PREM6 Router snFESX624EFiberSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.12.1.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Fiber Switch snFESX624EFiberRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.12.1.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Fiber Router 71 Registration 72 Object Name and Identifier Description snFESX624EFiberPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.12.1.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Fiber Premium Switch snFESX624EFiberPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.12.1.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Fiber Premium Router snFESX624EFiberPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.12.1.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Fiber PREM6 Router snFESX624EFiberPlus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.12.2.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Switch snFESX624EFiberPlus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.12.2.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Router snFESX624EFiberPlus1XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.12.2.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Switch snFESX624EFiberPlus1XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.12.2.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Router snFESX624EFiberPlus1XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.12.2.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Fiber plus 1 10-Gb port PREM6 Router snFESX624EFiberPlus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.12.3.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Switch snFESX624EFiberPlus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.12.3.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Router snFESX624EFiberPlus2XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.12.3.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Switch snFESX624EFiberPlus2XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.12.3.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Router snFESX624EFiberPlus2XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.12.3.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 624E Fiber plus 2 10-Gb ports PREM6 Router snFESX648ESwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.13.1.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648E Switch snFESX648ERouter brcdIp.1.3.34.13.1.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648E Router snFESX648EPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.13.1.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648E Premium Switch snFESX648EPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.13.1.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648E Premium Router snFESX648EPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.13.1.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648E PREM6 Router snFESX648EPlus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.13.2.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648E plus 1 10-Gb port Switch snFESX648EPlus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.13.2.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648E plus 1 10-Gb port Router snFESX648EPlus1XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.13.2.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648E plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Switch IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Registration IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Object Name and Identifier Description snFESX648EPlus1XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.13.2.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648E plus 1 10-Gb port Premium Router snFESX648EPlus1XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.13.2.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648E plus 1 10-Gb port PREM6 Router snFESX648EPlus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.13.3.1.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648E plus 2 10-Gb ports Switch snFESX648EPlus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.13.3.1.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648E plus 2 10-Gb ports Router snFESX648EPlus2XGPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.34.13.3.2.1 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648E plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Switch snFESX648EPlus2XGPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.34.13.3.2.2 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648E plus 2 10-Gb ports Premium Router snFESX648EPlus2XGPrem6Router brcdIp.1.3.34.13.3.2.3 FastIron Edge Switch X Series 648E plus 2 10-Gb ports PREM6 Router snFWSX424Switch brcdIp.1.3.35.1.1.1.1 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 424 Switch snFWSX424Router brcdIp.1.3.35.1.1.1.2 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 424 Router snFWSX424Plus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.35.1.2.1.1 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 424 plus 1 10-Gb port switch snFWSX424Plus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.35.1.2.1.2 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 424 plus 1 10-Gb port router snFWSX424Plus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.35.1.3.1.1 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 424 Plus 2 10-Gb ports switch snFWSX424Plus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.35.1.3.1.2 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 424 Plus 2 10-Gb ports router snFWSX448Switch brcdIp.1.3.35.2.1.1.1 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 448 switch snFWSX448Router brcdIp.1.3.35.2.1.1.2 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 448 router snFWSX448Plus1XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.35.2.2.1.1 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 448 switch plus 1 10-Gb port switch snFWSX448Plus1XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.35.2.2.1.2 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 448 switch plus 1 10-Gb port router snFWSX448Plus2XGSwitch brcdIp.1.3.35.2.3.1.1 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 448 switch plus 2 10-Gb port switch snFWSX448Plus2XGRouter brcdIp.1.3.35.2.3.1.2 FastIron Workgroup Switch X Series (FWSX) 448 switch plus 2 10-Gb port router snFastIronSuperXSwitch brcdIp.1.3.36.1.1 FastIron SuperX Switch snFastIronSuperXRouter brcdIp.1.3.36.1.2 FastIron SuperX Router 73 Registration 74 Object Name and Identifier Description snFastIronSuperXBaseL3Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.1.3 FastIron SuperX Base L3 Switch snFastIronSuperXPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.36.2.1 FastIron SuperX Premium Switch snFastIronSuperXPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.36.2.2 FastIron SuperX Premium Router snFastIronSuperXPremBaseL3Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.2.3 FastIron SuperX Premium Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperX800Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.3.1 FastIron SuperX 800 Switch snFastIronSuperX800Router brcdIp.1.3.36.3.2 FastIron SuperX 800 Router snFastIronSuperX800BaseL3Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.3.3 FastIron SuperX 800 Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperX800PremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.36.4.1 FastIron SuperX 800 Premium Switch snFastIronSuperX800PremRouter brcdIp.1.3.36.4.2 FastIron SuperX 800 Premium Router snFastIronSuperX800PremBaseL3Switc h brcdIp.1.3.36.4.3 FastIron SuperX 800 Premium Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperX1600Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.5.1 FastIron SuperX 1600 Switch snFastIronSuperX1600Router brcdIp.1.3.36.5.2 FastIron SuperX 1600 Router snFastIronSuperX1600BaseL3Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.5.3 FastIron SuperX 1600 Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperX1600PremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.36.6.1 FastIron SuperX 1600 Premium Switch snFastIronSuperX1600PremRouter brcdIp.1.3.36.6.2 FastIron SuperX 1600 Premium Router snFastIronSuperX1600PremBaseL3Swit ch brcdIp.1.3.36.6.3 FastIron SuperX 1600 Premium Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperXV6Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.7.1 FastIron SuperX IPv6 Switch snFastIronSuperXV6Router brcdIp.1.3.36.7.2 FastIron SuperX IPv6 Router snFastIronSuperXV6BaseL3Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.7.3 FastIron SuperX IPv6 Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperXV6PremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.36.8.1 FastIron SuperX IPv6 Premium Switch snFastIronSuperXV6PremRouter brcdIp.1.3.36.8.2 FastIron SuperX IPv6 Premium Router IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Registration IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Object Name and Identifier Description snFastIronSuperXV6PremBaseL3Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.8.3 FastIron SuperX IPv6 Premium Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperXV6Prem6Router brcdIp.1.3.36.8.4 FastIron SuperX IPv6 PREM6 Router snFastIronSuperX800V6Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.9.1 FastIron SuperX 800 IPv6 Switch snFastIronSuperX800V6Router brcdIp.1.3.36.9.2 FastIron SuperX 800 IPv6 Router snFastIronSuperX800V6BaseL3Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.9.3 FastIron SuperX 800 IPv6 Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperX800V6PremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.36.10.1 FastIron SuperX 800 IPv6 Premium Switch snFastIronSuperX800V6PremRouter brcdIp.1.3.36.10.2 FastIron SuperX 800 IPv6 Premium Router snFastIronSuperX800V6PremBaseL3Swi tch brcdIp.1.3.36.10.3 FastIron SuperX 800 IPv6 Premium Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperX800V6Prem6Router brcdIp.1.3.36.10.4 FastIron SuperX 800 IPv6 PREM6 Router snFastIronSuperX1600V6Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.11.1 FastIron SuperX 1600 IPv6 Switch snFastIronSuperX1600V6Router brcdIp.1.3.36.11.2 FastIron SuperX 1600 IPv6 Router snFastIronSuperX1600V6BaseL3Switch brcdIp.1.3.36.11.3 FastIron SuperX 1600 IPv6 Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperX1600V6PremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.36.12.1 FastIron SuperX 1600 IPv6 Premium Switch snFastIronSuperX1600V6PremRouter brcdIp.1.3.36.12.2 FastIron SuperX 1600 IPv6 Premium Router snFastIronSuperX1600V6PremBaseL3S witch brcdIp.1.3.36.12.3 FastIron SuperX 1600 IPv6 Premium Base Layer 3 Switch snFastIronSuperX1600V6Prem6Router brcdIp.1.3.36.12.4 FastIron SuperX 1600 IPv6 PREM6 Router snBigIronSuperXFamily brcdIp.1.3.37 BigIron SuperX Family snBigIronSuperX brcdIp.1.3.37.1 BigIron SuperX snBigIronSuperXSwitch brcdIp.1.3.37.1.1 BigIron SuperX Switch snBigIronSuperXRouter brcdIp.1.3.37.1.2 BigIron SuperX Router snBigIronSuperXBaseL3Switch brcdIp.1.3.37.1.3 BigIron SuperX Base L3 Switch 75 Registration 76 Object Name and Identifier Description snTurboIronSuperXFamily brcdIp.1.3.38 TurboIron SuperX Family snTurboIronSuperX brcdIp.1.3.38.1 TurboIron SuperX snTurboIronSuperXSwitch brcdIp.1.3.38.1.1 TurboIron SuperX Switch snTurboIronSuperXRouter brcdIp.1.3.38.1.2 TurboIron SuperX Router snTurboIronSuperXBaseL3Switch brcdIp.1.3.38.1.3 TurboIron SuperX Base L3 Switch snTurboIronSuperXPrem brcdIp.1.3.38.2 TurboIron SuperX Premium snTurboIronSuperXPremSwitch brcdIp.1.3.38.2.1 TurboIron SuperX Premium Switch snTurboIronSuperXPremRouter brcdIp.1.3.38.2.2 TurboIron SuperX Premium Router snTurboIronSuperXPremBaseL3Switch brcdIp.1.3.38.2.3 TurboIron SuperX Premium Base Layer 3 Switch snIMRFamily brcdIp.1.3.39 IMR family snNetIronIMR brcdIp.1.3.39.1 NetIron IMR 640 family snNIIMRRouter brcdIp.1.3.39.1.2 NetIron IMR 640 router snBIRX16Switch brcdIp.1.3.40.1.1 BigIron RX-16 Switch snBIRX16Router brcdIp.1.3.40.1.2 BigIron RX-16 Router snBIRX8Switch brcdIp.1.3.40.2.1 BigIron RX-8 Switch snBIRX8Router brcdIp.1.3.40.2.2 BigIron RX-8 Router snBIRX4Switch brcdIp.1.3.40.3.1 BigIron RX-4 Switch snBIRx32Router brcdIp.1.3.40.4.2 BigIron RX-32 Router snBIRX4Router brcdIp.1.3.40.3.2 BigIron RX-4 Router snNetIronXMR16000 brcdIp.1.3.41.1 NetIron XMR-16000 Family snNIXMR16000Router brcdIp.1.3.41.1.2 NetIron XMR-16000 Router IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Registration IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Object Name and Identifier Description snNetIronXMR8000 brcdIp.1.3.41.2 NetIron XMR-8000 Family snNIXMR8000Router brcdIp.1.3.41.2.2 NetIron XMR-8000 Router snNetIronXMR4000 brcdIp.1.3.41.3 NetIron XMR-4000 Family snNIXMR4000Router brcdIp.1.3.41.3.2 NetIron XMR-4000 Router snNetIronXMR32000 brcdIp.1.3.41.4 NetIron XMR32000 Family snNetIronXMR32000Router brcdIp.1.3.41.4.2 NetIron XMR32000 Router snSecureIronFamily brcdIp.1.3.42 SecureIron Product Family snSecureIronLSFamily brcdIp.1.3.42.9 SecureIron LS Product Family snSecureIronLS100 brcdIp.1.3.42.9.1 SecureIron LS 100 Group snSecureIronLS100Switch brcdIp.1.3.42.9.1.1 SecureIron LS 100 Switch snSecureIronLS100Router brcdIp.1.3.42.9.1.2 SecureIron LS 100 Router snSecureIronLS300 brcdIp.1.3.42.9.2 SecureIron LS 300 Group snSecureIronLS300Switch brcdIp.1.3.42.9.2.1 SecureIron LS 300 Switch snSecureIronLS300Router brcdIp.1.3.42.9.2.2 SecureIron LS 300 Router snSecureIronTMFamily brcdIp.1.3.42.10 SecureIron TM Product Family snSecureIronTM100 brcdIp.1.3.42.10.1 SecureIron TM 100 Group snSecureIronTM100Switch brcdIp.1.3.42.10.1.1 SecureIron TM 100 Switch snSecureIronTM100Router brcdIp.1.3.42.10.1.2 SecureIron TM 100 Router snSecureIronTM300 brcdIp.1.3.42.10.2 SecureIron TM300 Group snSecureIronTM300Switch brcdIp.1.3.42.10.2.1 SecureIron TM 300 Switch snSecureIronTM300Router brcdIp.1.3.42.10.2.2 SecureIron TM 300 Router 77 Registration 78 Object Name and Identifier Description snNetIronMLX16Router brcdIp.1.3.44.1.2 NetIron MLX-16 Router snNetIronMLX8Router brcdIp.1.3.44.2.2 NetIron MLX-8 Router snNetIronMLX4Router brcdIp.1.3.44.3.2 NetIron MLX-4 Router snNetIronMLX-32Router brcdIp.1.3.44.4 NetIron MLX-32Router snFGSFamily brcdIp.1.3.45 FastIron GS Series Family snFGS624Family brcdIp.1.3.45.1 FastIron GS624 Series Family snFGS624PBaseFamily brcdIp.13.45.1.1 FastIron GS624P Base Series Family snFGS624P brcdIp 1.3.45.1.1.1 FastIron GS Switch (FGS) 24-port 10/100/1000 POE-Ready snFGS624PSwitch brcdIp.1.3.45.1.1.1.1 FastIron GS624P Switch snFGS624PRouter brcdIp.1.3.45.1.1.1.2 FastIron GS624P Router snFGS624XGPFamily brcdIp.1.3.45.1.2 FastIron GS624XGP Series Family snFGS624XGP brcdIp.1.3.45.1.2.1 FastIron GS Switch (FGS) 24-port 10/100/1000 POE-Ready +1 10G snFGS624XGP brcdIp.1.2.45.1.2.1.1 FastIron GS624XGP Switch snFGS624XGPRouter brcdIp.1.3.45.1.2.1.2 FastIron GS624XGP Router snFGS624PPOEFamily brcdIp.1.3.45.1.3 FastIron GS624PPOE Series Family snFGS624PPOE brcdIp.1.3.45.1.3.1 FastIron GS Switch (FGS) 24-port 10/100/1000 POE snFGS624PPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.45.1.3.1.1 FastIron GS624PPOE Switch snFGS624PPOERouter brcdIp.1.3.45.1.3.1.2 FastIron GS624PPOE Router snFGS624XGPPOEFamily brcdIp.1.2.45.1.4 FastIron GS624XGPPOE Series Family snFGS624XGPPOE brcdIp.1.3.45.1.4.1 FastIron GS624XGPPOE Switch (FGS) 24-port 10/100/1000 POE +1 10G snFGS624XGPPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.45.1.4.1.1 FastIron GS624XGPPOE Switch IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Registration IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Object Name and Identifier Description snFGS624XGPPOERouter brcdIp.1.3.45.1.4.1.2 FastIron GS624XGPPOE Router snFGS648Family brcdIp.1.3.45.2.1 FastIron GS648 Series Family snFGS648PBaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.45.2.1 Fastiron GS648P Base Family snFGS648P brcdIp.1.3.45.2.1.1 FastIron GS Switch (FGS) 48-port 10/100/1000 POE ready snFGS648PSwitch brcdIp.1.3.45.2.1.1.1 FastIron GS648P Switch snFGS648PRouter brcdIp.1.3.45.2.1.1.2 FastIron GS648P Router snFSG648PPOEFamily brcdIp.1.3.45.2.2 FastIron GS648P POE Series Family snFGS648PPOE brcdIp.1.3.45.2.2.1 FastIron GS648 Switch (FGS) 48-port 10/100/1000 POE snFGS648PPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.45.2.2.1.1 FastIron GS648PPOE Switch snFGS648PPOERouter brcdIp.1.3.45.2.2.1.2 FastIron GS648PPOE Router snFLSFamily brcdIp.1.3.46 FastIron LS Series Family snFLS624Family brcdIp.1.3.46.1 FastIron LS624 Family snFLS624BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.46.1.1 FastIron LS624 Base Family snFLS624 brcdIp.1.3.46.1.1.1 FastIron LS Switch (FLS) 24-port 10/100/1000 serverIronAdx1000 brcdIp.1.3.47.12 ServerIron ADX 1000 series serverIronAdx1000Switch brcdIp.1.3.47.12.1 ServerIron ADX 1000 switch serverIronAdx1000Router brcdIp.1.3.47.12.2 ServerIron ADX 1000 router serverIronAdx1000Ssl brcdIp.1.3.47.13 ServerIron ADX 1000 SSL series serverIronAdx1000SslSwitch brcdIp.1.3.47.13.1 ServerIron ADX 1000 SSL switch serverIronAdx1000SslRouter brcdIp.1.3.47.13.2 ServerIron ADX 1000 SSL router serverIronAdx4000 brcdIp.1.3.47.14 ServerIron RouterADX 4000 series 79 Registration 80 Object Name and Identifier Description serverIronAdx4000Switch brcdIp.1.3.47.14.1 ServerIron ADX 4000 switch serverIronAdx4000Router brcdIp.1.3.47.14.2 ServerIron ADX 4000 router serverIronAdx4000Ssl brcdIp.1.3.47.15 ServerIron ADX 4000 SSL series serverIronAdx4000SslSwitch brcdIp.1.3.47.15.1 ServerIron ADX 4000 SSL switch serverIronAdx4000SslRouter brcdIp.1.3.47.15.2 ServerIron ADX 4000 SSL router serverIronAdx8000 brcdIp.1.3.47.16 ServerIron ADX 8000 series serverIronAdx8000Switch brcdIp.1.3.47.16.1 ServerIron ADX 8000 switch serverIronAdx8000Router brcdIp.1.3.47.16.2 ServerIron ADX 8000 router serverIronAdx8000Ssl brcdIp.1.3.47.17 ServerIron ADX 8000 SSL series serverIronAdx8000SslSwitch brcdIp.1.3.47.17.1 ServerIron ADX 8000 SSL switch serverIronAdx8000SslRouter brcdIp.1.3.47.17.2 ServerIron ADX 8000 SSL router serverIronAdx10000 brcdIp.1.3.47.18 ServerIron ADX 10000 series serverIronAdx10000Switch brcdIp.1.3.47.18.1 ServerIron ADX 10000 switch serverIronAdx10000Router brcdIp.1.3.47.18.2 ServerIron ADX 10000 router serverIronAdx10000Ssl brcdIp.1.3.47.19 ServerIron ADX 10000 SSL series serverIronAdx10000SslSwitch brcdIp.1.3.47.19.1 ServerIron ADX 10000 SSL switch serverIronAdx10000SslRouter brcdIp.1.3.47.19.2 ServerIron ADX 10000 SSL router snFastIronStack brcdIp.1.3.48.1 FastIron stack family snFastIronStackSwitch brcdIp.1.3.48.1.1 FGS/FLS switch in a stack snFastIronStackRouter brcdIp.1.3.48.1.2 FGS/FLS router in a stack snFastIronStackFCX brcdIp.1.3.48.2 FastIron FCX Switch Family in a stack IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Registration IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Object Name and Identifier Description snFastIronStackFCXSwitch brcdIp.1.3.48.2.1 FastIron FCX Switch in a stack snFastIronStackFCXBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.48.2.2 FastIron FCX Base Layer 3 Router in a stack snFastIronStackFCXRouter brcdIp.1.3.48.2.3 FastIron FCX Router in a stack snFastIronStackFCXAdvRouter brcdIp.1.3.48.2.3 FastIron FCX Advanced Premium Router in a stack snCes2024F brcdIp.1.3.49.1 NetIron CES 2024F Switch snCes2024C brcdIp.1.3.49.2 NetIron CES 2024C Switch snCes2048F brcdIp.1.3.49.2 NetIron CES 2048F Switch snCes2048C brcdIp.1.3.49.4 NetIron CES 2048C Switch snCes2048FX brcdIp.1.3.49.5 NetIron CES 2048FX Switch snCes2048CX brcdIp.1.3.49.6 NetIron CES 2048CX Switch snCer2024F brcdIp.1.3.51.1 NetIron CER 2024F Switch snCer2024C brcdIp.1.3.51.2 NetIron CER 2024C Switch snCer2048F brcdIp.1.3.51.3 NetIron CER 2048F Switch snCer2048C brcdIp.1.3.51.4 NetIron DER 2048F Switch snCer2048FX brcdIp.1.3.51.5 NetIron CER 2048FX Switch snCer2048CX brcdIp.1.3.51.6 NetIron CER 2048CX Switch snFWS624 brcdIp.1.3.52.1.1.1 FastIron WS Switches (FWS) 24-port 10/100 snFWS624Switch brcdIp.1.3.52.1.1.1.1 FWS624 switch snFWS624BaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.52.1.1.1.2 FWS624 Base L3 router snFWS624EdgePremRouter brcdIp.1.3.52.1.1.1.3 FWS624 Edge Prem router snFWS624G brcdIp.1.3.52.1.2.1 FastIron WS Switch (FWS) 24-port 10/100/1000 81 Registration 82 Object Name and Identifier Description snFWS624GSwitch brcdIp.1.3.52.1.2.1.1 FWS624G switch snFWS624GBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.52.1.2.1.2 FWS624G Base L3 router snFWS624GEdgePremRouter brcdIp.1.3.52.1.2.1.3 FWS624G Edge Prem router snFWS648 brcdIp.1.3.52.2.1.1 FastIron WS Switch (FWS) 48-port 10/100 POE Ready snFWS648Switch brcdIp.1.3.52.2.1.1.1 FWS648 switch snFWS648BaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.52.2.1.1.2 FWS648 Base L3 router snFWS648EdgePremRouter brcdIp.1.3.52.2.1.1.3 FWS648 Edge Prem router snFWS648G brcdIp.1.3.52.2.2.1 FastIron WS Switch (FWS) 48-port 10/100/1000 POE Ready snFWS648GSwitch brcdIp.1.3.52.2.2.1.1 FWS648G switch snFWS648GBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.52.2.2.1.2 FWS648G Base Layer3 router snFWS648GEdgePremRouter brcdIp.1.3.52.2.2.1.3 FWS648G Edge Prem router snTI2X24Switch brcdIp.1.3.53.1.1.1 TurboIron 24X Switch snFCXFamily brcdIp.1.3.54 FastIron CX Family snFCX624Family brcdIp.1.3.54.1 FastIron CX 624 Family snFCX624BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.54.1.1 FastIron CX 624 Base Family snFCX624S brcdIp.1.3.54.1.1.1 FastIron CX 624S snFCX624SSwitch brcdIp.1.3.54.1.1.1.1 FastIron CX 624S Switch snFCX624SBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.54.1.1.1.2 FastIron 624S Base L3 Router snFCX624SRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.1.1.1.3 FastIron CX 624S Router snFCX624SAdvRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.1.1.1.4 FastIron CX 624S Advanced Router snFCX624SHPOEFamily brcdIp.1.3.54.1.2 FastIron CX 624S HPOE Family IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Registration IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Object Name and Identifier Description snFCX624SHPOE brcdIp.1.3.54.1.2.1 FastIron CX 624S HPOE snFCX624SHPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.54.1.2.1.1 FastIron CX 624S HPOE Switch snFCX624SHPOEBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.54.1.2.1.2 FastIron CX 624S HPOE Base L3 Router snFCX624SHPOERouter brcdIp.1.3.54.1.2.1.3 FastIron CX 624S HPOE Router snFCX624SHPOEAdvRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.1.2.1.4 FastIron CX 624S HPOE Advanced Router snFCX624SFFamily brcdIp.1.3.54.1.3 FastIron 624S-F Family snFCX624SF brcdIp.1.3.54.1.3.1 FastIron 624S-F snFCX624SFSwitch brcdIp.1.3.54.1.3.1.1 FastIron 624S-F Switch snFCX624SFBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.54.1.3.1.2 FastIron 624S-F Base Layer 3 Router snFCX624SFRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.1.3.1.3 FastIron 624S-F Router snFCX624SFAdvRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.1.3.1.4 FastIron 624S-F Advanced Router snFCX624BaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.54.1.4 FastIron 24-port 10/100/1000 FCX624-E and FCX624-I Base Family snFCX624 brcdIp.1.3.54.1.4.1 FastIron FCX624-E and FCX624-I family snFCX624Switch brcdIp.1.3.54.1.4.1.1 FastIron FCX624-E or FCX624-I Switch snFCX624BaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.54.1.4.1.2 FastIron FCX624-E or FCX624-I Base Layer Router snFCX624Router brcdIp.1.3.54.1.4.1.3 FastIron FCX624-E or FCX624-I Premium Router snFCX624AdvRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.1.4.1.4 FastIron FCX624-E-ADV or FCX624-I-ADV Advanced Router snFCX648Family brcdIp.1.3.54.2 FastIron CX 648 Family snFCX648SBaseFamily brcdIp.1.3.54.2.1 FastIron CX 648S Base Family snFCX648S brcdIp.1.3.54.2.1.1 FastIron CX 648S snFCX648SSwitch brcdIp.1.3.54.2.1.1.1 FastIron CX 648S Switch 83 Registration 84 Object Name and Identifier Description snFCX648SBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.54.2.1.1.2 FastIron CX 648S Base L3 Router snFCX648SRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.2.1.1.3 FastIron CX 648S Router snFCX648SAdvRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.2.1.1.4 FastIron CX 648S Advanced Router snFCX648SHPOEFamily brcdIp.1.3.54.2.2 FastIron CX 648S HPOE Family snFCX648SHPOE brcdIp.1.3.54.2.2.1 FastIron CX 648S HPOE snFCX648SHPOESwitch brcdIp.1.3.54.2.2.1.1 FastIron CX 648S HPOE Switch snFCX648SHPOEBaseL3Router brcdIp.1.3.54.2.2.1.2 FastIron CX 648S HPOE Base L3 Router snFCX648SHPOERouter brcdIp.1.3.54.2.2.1.3 FastIron CX 648S HPOE Router snFCX648SHPOEAdvRouter brcdIp.1.3.54.2.2.1.4 FastIron CX 648S HPOE Advanced Router snBrocadeMLXeFamily brcdIp.1.3.55 Brocade MLXe Core Router family snBrocadeMLXeSlot16 brcdIp.1.3.55.1 Brocade MLXe 16-slot chassis family snBrocadeMLXeSlot16Router brcdIp.1.3.55.1.2 Brocade MLXe16-slot router snBrocadeMLXeSlot8 brcdIp.1.3.55.2 Brocade MLXe 8-slot chassis family snBrocadeMLXeSlot8Router brcdIp.1.3.55.2.2 Brocade MLXe 8-slot router snBrocadeMLXeSlot4 brcdIp.1.3.55.3 Brocade MLXe 4-slot chassis family snBrocadeMLXeSlot4Router brcdIp.1.3.55.3.2 Brocade MLXe 4-slot router snBrocadeMLXeSlot32 brcdIp.1.3.55.4 Brocade MLXe 32-slot chassis family snBrocadeMLXeSlot32Router brcdIp.1.3.55.4.2 Brocade MLXe 32-slot router edgeIron brcdIp.1.4 EdgeIron adjourning brcdIp.1.4.1 EdgeIron MIB edgeIronType2 brcdIp.1.5 EdgeIron Type 2 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Registration Object Name and Identifier Description edgeIronType2Mib brcdIp.1.5.1 EdgeIron Type 2 MIB wirelessAp brcdIp.1.6 Iron Point 200 Access Point wireless Probe brcdIp.1.7 Iron Point 200 Sensor access Iron brcdIp.1.8 Access Iron vendors brcdIp.2 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 digitalChina brcdIp.2.1 Digital China dcrs7504Switch brcdIp.2.1.1.1 DCRS 7504 switch dcrs7504Router brcdIp.2.1.1.2 DCRS 7504 router dcrs7508Switch brcdIp.2.1.2.1 DCRS 7508 switch dcrs7508Router brcdIp.2.1.2.2 DCRS 7508 router dcrs7515Switch brcdIp.2.1.3.1 DCRS 7508 switch dcrs7515Router brcdIp.2.1.3.2 DCRS 7508 router 85 Registration 86 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Physical Properties of a Device 4 Common objects This chapter presents the global objects for the general management of a device’s physical properties, such as the current status of the power supply, fan, and modules. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on power supplies, fans, modules, and other features discussed in this chapter. The objects in this section are common to most devices: Power supply The following object applies to all devices. Refer to the chapter, “Traps and Objects to Enable Traps” on page 627, for information on power supply traps. Fan The following object applies to all stackable devices. Refer to the chapter, “Traps and Objects to Enable Traps” on page 627, for information on traps for fans. This table has been deprecated in NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX software release 03.6.00 and the BigIron RX 02.5.00 software release and is no longer supported. It has been replaced by the “Fan table” on page 115. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snChasFanStatus brcdIp.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the status of fans in stackable products. There are six fans per device. This is a packed bit string. Each bit shows one of the following values: • 0 – Fan failure. • 1 – Fan is operational The following shows the meaning of each bit: Bit positionMeaning 6 – 31reserved 5 Fan6 status 4 Fan5 status 3 Fan4 status 2 Fan3 status 1 Fan2 status 0 Fan1 status (Bit 0 is the least significant bit.) 87 Common objects Boards Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snChasMainBrdId brcdIp.1.1.1.1.13 Syntax: OctetString Read only Applies to all stackable products. It identifies the main board. This is an encoded octet string. Each octet provides the following information: Octet 0 – Identifies the format of this octet string. Octets 1 and 2: If the value of Octet 0 is 1, then: Octet 1 – Product type: • FIWG – 0x57 • FIBB – 0x42 • FIMLS – 0x4D • NI – 0x4E • TI – 0x54 • TIRT – 0x52 Octet 2 – Board type: • POWERPC – 1 • ALPHA – 2 The length of the octet string is 27. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. If Octet 0 has a value of 2, then: Octet 1 – Product type: • BI_WG – 0x57 • BI_BB – 0x42 • BI_NI – 0x4E • NI_M4 – 0x4D • BI_SLB – 0x53 Octet 2 – Module type: • MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x0 • MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x1 • MASTER_COPPER_16 – 0x2 • FI_MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x4 • FI_MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x5 • MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x6 FI_MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x7 88 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Common objects Name, Identifier, and Syntax snChasMainBrdId (continued) Access Description Octet 2 – Module type (continued): • MASTER_COPPER_12_2 – 0x9 • MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x12 • MASTER_FIBER_0G – 0x14 • FI_MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x1D • FI_MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x1F • FI_MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x20 • MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x21 • MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x22 • MASTER_M4_8G – 0x23 • MASTER_M4_4G – 0x24 • MASTER_M4_0G – 0x26 The length of the octet string is 28. Octet 3 – Processor type (both format version 1 and 2): • PVR_M603 – 3 • PVR_M604 – 4 • PVR_M603E – 6 • PVR_M603EV – 7 • PVR_M604E – 9 Octet 4 to Octet 5 – Processor speed in MHz (both format version 1 and 2): Octet 6 – MAC type: • MAC_NONE – 0 • MAC_SEEQ_10_100 – 1 • MAC_DEC_10_100 – 2 • PHY_ICS – 3 • MAC_XI0GMAC_1000 – 4 • MAC_SEEQ_1000 – 5 • MAC_GMAC_1000 – 6 • MAC_VLSI_1000 – 7 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 89 Common objects Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access snChasMainBrdId (continued) Description Octet 7 – PHY type (both format version 1 and 2): • PHY_NONE – 0 • PHY_QSI – 1 • PHY_BROADCOM – 2 • PHY_ICS – 3 • PHY_NATIONAL – 4 • PHY_LEVEL1 – 6 • PHY_LEVEL16 – 7 • PHY_LEVEL24 – 8 Octet 8 – Port type: • COPPER – 0 • FIBER – 1 Octet 9 – Fiber port type (both format version 1 and 2): • NONFIBER – 0 • SX_FIBER – 1 • LX_FIBER – 2 • LHX_FIBER – 3 • LX_SX_FIBER – 4 • LHB_FIBER – 5 Octet 10 to Octet 13 – DRAM size in KBytes (both format version 1 and 2) Octet 14 to Octet 17 – Boot flash size in KBytes (both format version 1 and 2) Octet 18 to Octet 21 – Code flash size in KBytes (both format version 1 and 2) Octet 22 to Octet 27 – Serial number (both format version 1 and 2) Octet 28 – Chassis backplane type (format version 1 only): This octet applies only if Octet 0 is equal to 1. • chassis4000 – 0x00 • chassis8000 – 0x04 • chassis15000 – 0x05 • Turbo8 – 0x07 (stack2) • FastIron2 – 0x06 (stack1) Chassis number Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snChasIdNumber brcdIp.1.1.1.1.17 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the device identity number. This not the number on the label of the device. It might be used by a distributor for the devices part number By default, this object displays a null string. It can have up to 64 characters. Agent board table The Agent Board Table provides information about the boards. It contains the board ID, board status, LEDs, status, and other information about the main and expansion board. The table applies to all devices, except for the ServerIron products and the stacking devices. For stacking devices, refer to “Agent board table for stacking” on page 533. 90 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Common objects NOTE The objects snAgentBrdStatusLedString, snAgentBrdTrafficLedString, snAgentBrdMediaLedString, snAgentBrdSpeedLedString, snAgentBrdAlarmLedString, snAgentBrdTxTrafficLedString, and snAgentBrdRxTrafficLedString provide information on the status LEDs on a device. However, some of these objects apply only to POS modules. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentBrdTable brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1 None A table of each physical board information. snAgentBrdEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1 None A row in the Agent Board table. snAgentBrdIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The index to the Agent Board Table. Valid values: 1 – 32 snAgentBrdMainBrdDescription brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Contains the main board description. This object can have up to 128 characters. snAgentBrdMainBrdId brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read only The main board identifier, which can uniquely identify a board type. It is an encoded octet string. The octets in the string provide the following information: Octet 0 – Identifies the format of this object’s octet string. If the format version has a value of 2, the octets after the version octel have the following meaning: Octet 1 – Product type: • BI_WG – 0x57 • BI_BB – 0x42 • BI_NI – 0x4E • NI_M4 – 0x4D • BI_SLB – 0x53 91 Common objects Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentBrdMainBrdId (continued) 92 Access Description Octet 2 – Module type: MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x0 MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x1 MASTER_COPPER_16 – 0x2 SLAVE_FIBER_4G – 0x3 FI_MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x4 FI_MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x5 MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x6 FI_MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x7 SLAVE_FIBER_8G – 0x8 MASTER_COPPER_12_2 – 0x9 SLAVE_COPPER_24 – 0xA FI_SLAVE_COPPER_24 – 0xB SLAVE_100FX_16 – 0xC SLAVE_100FX_8 – 0xD SLAVE_COPPER_8G – 0xE SLAVE_COPPER_16_2 – 0xF STACK_FIBER_8G – 0x10 STACK_COPPER_8G – 0x11 MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x12 SLAVE_100FX_24 – 0x13 MASTER_FIBER_0G – 0x14 POS_622M – 0x15 POS_155M – 0x16 SLAVE_FIBER_2G – 0x17 SLAVE_COPPER_2G – 0x18 FI_SLAVE_FIBER_2G – 0x19 FI_SLAVE_FIBER_4G – 0x1A FI_SLAVE_FIBER_8G – 0x1B FI_SLAVE_COPPER_8G – 0x1C FI_MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x1D POS_155M2P – 0x1E FI_MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x1F FI_MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x20 MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x21 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Common objects Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentBrdMainBrdId (continued) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Access Description Octet 2 – Module type (continued): MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x22 MASTER_M4_8G – 0x23 MASTER_M4_4G – 0x24 MASTER_M4_2G – 0x25 MASTER_M4_0G – 0x26 MASTER_M5_0G – 0x27 POS_2488M – 0x28 SLAVE_M5_0G – 0x29 POS_N2488M – 0x2A STACK_IPC_48_2 – 0x2B SLAVE_NPA_FIBER_4G – 0x2C ATM_2PORT – 0x2D ATM_4PORT – 0x2E SLAVE_FIBER_10G – 0x2F SLAVE_JC_48E – 0xC3 SLAVE_JC_48T – 0xC4 MASTER_JC_M4_8G – 0xC5 SLAVE_JC_8G – 0xC6 SLAVE_JC_B16GF – 0xC8 MASTER_JC_B2404 – 0xC9 SLAVE_JC_B16GC – 0xCA SLAVE_JC_B24FX – 0xCE Octet 3 – Processor type: • PVR_M603 – 3 • PVR_M604 – 4 • PVR_M603E – 6 • PVR_M603EV – 7 • PVR_M750 – 8 • PVR_M604E – 9 Octet 4 to Octet 5 – Processor speed in MHz • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 93 Common objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access snAgentBrdMainBrdId (continued) Description Octet 6 – MAC type: MAC_None – 0 MAC_SEEQ_10_100 – 1 MAC_DEC_10_100 – 2 MAC_3COM_10_100 – 3 MAC_X10GMAC_10000 – 4 MAC_SEEQ_1000 – 5 MAC_GMAC_1000 – 6 MAC_VLSI_1000 – 7 PHY_LEVEL24 – 8 Octet 7 – PHY type: • PHY_NONE – 0 • PHY_QSI – 1 • PHY_BROADCOM – 2 • PHY_ICS – 3 • PHY_NATIONAL – 4 • PHY_LEVEL1 – 6 • PHY_LEVEL16 – 7 • PHY_LEVEL24 – 8 • PHY_BROADCOM_10000 – 9 Octet 8 – Port type: • COPPER – 0 • FIBER – 1 Octet 9 – Fiber port type: • NONFIBER – 0 • SX_FIBER – 1 • LX_FIBER – 2 • LHX_FIBER – 3 Octet 10 to Octet 13 – Size of DRAM in KBytes Octet 14 to Octet 17 – Size of boot flash in KBytes Octet 18 to Octet 21 – Size of code flash in KBytes Octet 22 to Octet 27 – Serial number • • • • • • • • • Octet 28 – Chassis backplane type. • chassis4000 = 0x00 • chassis8000 = 0x02 • chassis15000 = 0x01 • chassisFISX = 0x04 • Turbo8 = 0x07 (stack2) • FastIron2 = 0x06 (stack1) snAgentBrdMainPortTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 94 Read only Shows the total number of ports on the main board. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Common objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentBrdExpBrdDescription brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Contains the expansion board description string. Expansion boards are those boards attached to the main board. This object can have up to 128 characters. Read only The expansion board identifier. Expansion boards are those boards attached to the main board. It is an encoded octet string with the following meaning: Octet 0 – Identifies the format of this string. This octet has a value of 1. Octet 1 – Expansion board type: • HUNDRED_MEG_1PORT – 1 • HUNDRED_MEG_2PORT – 2 • HUNDRED_MEG_1PORT_COPPER – 3 • HUNDRED_MEG_2PORT_COPPER – 4 • HUNDRED_MEG_2PORT_LX – 5 • GIGA_1PORT – 8 • GIGA_2PORT – 9 Octet 2 – Fiber port type: • NONFIBER – 0 • SX_FIBER – 1 • LX_FIBER – 2 • LHX_FIBER – 3 • LX_SX_FIBER – 4 Read only Shows the total number of ports for the expansion board. Read only Applies to devices running IronWare release 07.1.00 and earlier. Refer to the “Bit Map of LEDs” in Figure 1 on page 110. It is replaced by the object snAgentBrdStatusLedString in Release 07.2. and later. The value of this LED can be one of the following: 0 – Link off 1 – Link on NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snAgentBrdExpBrdId brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.6 Syntax: OctetString NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snAgentBrdExpPortTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snAgentBrdStatusLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 95 Common objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentBrdTrafficLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Applies to devices running IronWare release 07.1.00 and earlier. Refer to the “Bit Map of LEDs” in Figure 1 on page 110. It is replaced by the object snAgentBrdTrafficLedString in Release 07.2. and later. The value of this LED can be one of the following: 0 – No traffic. 1 – Traffic is flowing. snAgentBrdMediaLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Applies to devices that have an LED for media type and are running IronWare release 07.1.00 and earlier. Refer to the “Bit Map of LEDs” in Figure 1 on page 110. It is replaced by the object snAgentBrdMediaLedString in Release 07.2. and later. The value of this LED can be one of the following: 0 – Half duplex. 1 – Full duplex. snAgentBrdSpeedLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Applies to devices that have an LED for board speed and are running IronWare release 07.1.00 and earlier. Refer to the “Bit Map of LEDs” in Figure 1 on page 110. It is replaced by the object snAgentBrdSpeedLedString in Release 07.2. and later. The value of this LED can be one of the following: 0 – 10 Mbit 1 – 100Mbit snAgentBrdModuleStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the status of a module: • notActivated(0) – The module is not activated • moduleEmpty(0) – The slot of the chassis is empty • moduleGoingDown(2) – The module is going down • moduleRejected(3) – The module is being rejected due to a wrong configuration • moduleBad(4) – The module hardware is bad • moduleComingUp(9) – The module is in power-up cycle • moduleRunning(10) – The module is running By default, this mode is set to notActivated(0). snAgentBrdRedundantStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the status of the redundant module. Non-management modules always return other(1). The management module returns the rest of the states: • other(1) • active(2) • standby(3) • crashed(4) • comingUp(5) NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. 96 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Common objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentBrdAlarmLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read only Applies to devices with an alarm LED and are running IronWare release 07.1.00 and earlier. Refer to the “Bit Map of LEDs” in Figure 1 on page 110. It is replaced by the object snAgentBrdAlarmLedString in Release 07.2. and later. The value of this LED can be one of the following: 0 – No alarm 1 – Alarm Read only Applies only to POS modules that have an LED for transmit traffic and are running Release 07.1.00 and earlier. Refer to the “Bit Map of LEDs” in Figure 1 on page 110. It is replaced by the object snAgentBrdTxTrafficLedString in Release 07.2. and later. The value of this LED can be one of the following: 0 – No transmit traffic 1 – Transmit traffic Read only Applies only to POS modules that have an LED for transmit traffic and are running Release 07.1.00 and earlier. Refer to the “Bit Map of LEDs” in Figure 1 on page 110. It is replaced by the object snAgentBrdRxTrafficLedString in Release 07.2. and later. The value of this LED can be one of the following: 0 – No receive traffic (off) 1 – Has receive traffic (on) NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, and NetIron CES, NetIron CER devices. snAgentBrdTxTrafficLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snAgentBrdRxTrafficLeds brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snAgentBrdStatusLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.17 Syntax: OctetString snAgentBrdTrafficLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.18 Syntax: OctetString Read only Applies to devices running IronWare release 07.2.00 and later. It contains an octet string that shows the status of the traffic. There are 64 bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following: 0 – No traffic 1 – Traffic is flowing snAgentBrdMediaLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.19 Syntax: OctetString Read only Applies to devices with an LED for media type and running Release 07.2.00 and later. It contains an octet string with 64 bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following: 0 – Half duplex 1 – Full duplex NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Applies to devices IronWare release 07.2.00 and later. It contains an octet string that shows the value of the status of the link LED on the front panel. There are 64 bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following: 0 – Link is off 1 – Link is on 97 Common objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentBrdSpeedLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.20 Syntax: OctetString Read only Applies to devices that have an LED for traffic speed and are running IronWare release 07.2.00 and later. Contains an octet string with 64 bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following: 0 – 10 Mbit 1 – 100 Mbit snAgentBrdAlarmLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.21 Syntax: OctetString Read only Applies to devices that have an alarm LED and are running IronWare release 07.2.00 and later. Contains an octet string with 64 bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following: 0 – No alarm 1 – Alarm snAgentBrdTxTrafficLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.22 Syntax: OctetString Read only Applies only to POS modules running IronWare release 07.2.00 and later. Contains an octet string with 64 bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following: 0 – No transmit traffic 1 – Has transmit traffic snAgentBrdRxTrafficLedString brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.23 Syntax: OctetString Read only Applies only to POS modules running IronWare release 07.2.00 and later. Contains an octet string with 64 bits per slot. The value of each bit can be one of the following: 0 – No receive traffic 1 – Has receive traffic snAgentBrdSerialNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.26 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Only for NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX running software release 04.0.01 and later and for Brocade MLXe. Indicates the serial number of the board. No string is displayed if the serial number has not been programed in the EEPROM or the module does not support a serial number. snAgentBrdPartNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.2.1.1.27 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Only for NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX running software release 04.0.01 and later and for Brocade MLXe. Indicates the part number of the board. Nothing is displayed if the part number has not been programed in the EEPROM or the module does not support a part number. Agent temperature table (snAgentTemp table) This section displays the SNMP MIB objects for temperature readings on the following devices: • FastIron series devices, excluding FastIron Edge Switch, IronCore and JetCore FastIron devices, and FastIron Workgroup (JetCore) Switches. • • • • BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX Brocade MLXe For Stacking devices, refer to “Agent temperature table for stacking” on page 542. The Agent Temperature Table shows temperature reading information for each module’s temperature sensor. NOTE When performing an SNMP ISO MIB walk of the BigIron RX, increase the snmpwalk timeout to 10 seconds; otherwise, the MIB walk may time out before SNMP obtains the temparature values for the modules. 98 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Common objects The Agent Temperature Table shows temperature reading information for each module’s temperature sensor. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentTempTable brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1 N/A A table that displays the temperature reading for each module’s temperature sensor. Note that temperature readings are displayed only for those modules that have temperature sensors. snAgentTempEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1.1 N/A A row in the Agent Temperature table. snAgentTempSlotNum brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 N/A The slot number of the module to which the temperature sensor is attached. snAgentTempSensorId brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 N/A The identification number of the module’s temperature sensor. The following applies to the Management modules: • Sensor 1 – the intake temperature • Sensor 2 – the exhaust-side temperature snAgentTempSensorDescr brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1.1.3 Syntax: Display string Read only A description of the temperature sensor. snAgentTempValue brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only The temperature reading for the temperature sensor. This value is displayed in units of 0.5 degrees Celsius. Valid values: -110 – 250 snAgentTempThresholdM odule brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer N/A The module in the system for which threshold levels represented by this row are applicable. snAgentTempThresholdLe vel brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer N/A The temperature threshold level of the module for which threshold levels represented by this row are applicable. Configured module table The Configured Module Table contains information about modules. It includes the object “snAgentConfigModuleSerialNumber”, which contains the serial number of a device. These objects are available in the following devices: • • • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BigIron 4000, BigIron 8000, and BigIron 15000 FastIron III FastIron 400, FastIron 800, and FastIron 1500 NetIron 400, NetIron 800, and NetIron 1500 NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX Brocade MLXe ServerIron JetCore 99 Common objects For Stacking devices, refer to “Configuration module table for stacking” on page 537. For ServerIron ADX products, refer to the section “CPU utilization table” on page 561. 100 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentConfigModuleT able brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1 None A table of information about each configured module. snAgentConfigModuleE ntry brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1 None A row in the Agent Configured Module table. snAgentConfigModuleI ndex brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The index to the Agent Configured Module Table. The modules configured are using the “#module“command. The “show run” command may list these modules at the beginning of the list, but these modules may not really exist in the system. snAgentConfigModuleT ype brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Readwrite The module type that has been configured for the device: bi8PortGigManagementModule(0) bi4PortGigManagementModule(1) bi16PortCopperManagementModule(2) bi4PortGigModule(3) fi2PortGigManagementModule(4) fi4PortGigManagementModule(5) bi8PortGigCopperManagementModule(6) fi8PortGigManagementModule(7) bi8PortGigModule(8) bi12PortGigCopper2PortGigFiberManagement(9) bi24PortCopperModule(10) fi24PortCopperModule(11) bi16Port100FXModule(12) bi8Port100FXModule(13) bi8PortGigCopperModule(14) bi12PortGigCopper2PortGigFiber(15) bi2PortGigManagementModule(18) bi24Port100FXModule(19) bi0PortManagementModule(20) pos622MbsModule(21) pos155MbsModule(22) bi2PortGigModule(23) bi2PortGigCopperModule(24) fi2PortGigModule(25) fi4PortGigModule(26) fi8PortGigModule(27) fi8PortGigCopperModule(28) fi8PortGigCopperManagementModule(29) pos155Mbs2PModule(30) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Common objects Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentConfigModuleT ype (continued) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Access Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • fi4PortGigCopperManagementModule(31) fi2PortGigCopperManagementModule(32) bi4PortGigCopperManagementModule(33) bi2PortGigCopperManagementModule(34) bi8PortGigM4ManagementModule(35) bi4PortGigM4ManagementModule(36) bi2PortGigM4ManagementModule(37) bi0PortGigM4ManagementModule(38) bi0PortWSMManagementModule(39) biPos2Port2488MbsModule(40) bi0PortWSMModule(41) niPos2Port2488MbsModule(42) ni4802(43) bi4PortGigNPAModule(44) biAtm2Port155MbsModule(45) biAtm4Port155MbsModule(46) bi1Port10GigModule(47) fes4802Module(48) fes2402Module(49) fes9604Module(50) fes12GigCopperAndGigFiberModule(51) fesx24GigModule(52) fesx24Gig2TenGigModule(53) fesx24Gig1TenGigModule(54) fesx48GigModule(55) fesx48Gig2TenGigModule(56) fesx48Gig1TenGigModule(57) superx12ComboPortManagementModule(64) superx2PortTenGigModule(65) superx24PortGigCopperModule(66) superx24PortGigFiberModule(67) superx2PortTenGigLanWanModule(68) superx24Port100tx1PortGigFiberModule(69) superx12ComboPortManagement2Module(74) superxR2PortTenGigManagementModule(80) superxRManagementModule(81) 101 Common objects Name, OID, and Syntax snAgentConfigModuleT ype (continued) 102 Access Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • fesx24GigFiberGigCopperModule(112) fesx24GigFiber2TenGigModule(113) fesx24GigFiber1TenGigModule(114) biFiJc48ePort100fxIpcModule(195) biFiJc48tPort100fxIpcModule(196) biFiJc8PortGigM4ManagementModule(197) biFiJc8PortGigIgcModule(198) biFiJc16PortGigIgcModule(200) biJc24PortCopperIpc4GigIgcModule(201) biJc16PortGigCopperIgcModule(202) biFiJc24Port100fxIpcModule(206) bi2Port10GigModule(207) biJc48tPortRJ21OmpModule(208) biJc48ePortRJ45OmpModule(209) biJc24PortIpcRJ45PoeModule(212) biJc2PortGigIgcM4ManagementModule(214) fdryBi4Port10GigModule(1048) fdryBi40PortGigModule(1049) fdryBi1Port100FXManagementModule(1050) fdryBi2Port10GigModule(1051) fdryBi40PortGigCopperModule(1052) fdryBi60PortGigCopperModule(1053) fdryBi4Port10GigHVModule(1054) fdryBi2Port10GigHVModule(1055) fdryBi8Port10GigHVModule(1056) fdryBi40PortGigHVModule(1057) fdryBi40PortGigCopperHVModule(1058) fdryBi60PortGigCopperHVModule(1059) fdryBi8Port10GigModule(1060) fdryBi10PortGigHVModule(1061) fdryBi20PortGigHVModule(1062) fdryBi24PortGigModule(1063) fdryBi24PortGigCopperModule(1064) fdryBi48PortGigCopperModule(1065) fdryBi24PortGigFiberModule(1066) fdryNi4Port10GigSPModule(1075) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Common objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • snAgentConfigModuleT ype (continued) fdryNi40PortGigSPModule(1076) fdryNi40PortGigCopperSPModule(1077) fdryNi2Port10GigSPModule(1078) fdryNi10PortGigSPModule(1079) fdryNi20PortGigSPModule(1080) fdryXmr4Port10GigSPModule(1081) fdryXmr20PortGigSPModule(1082) fdryXmr2Port10GigSPModule(1083) fdryXmr20PortGigCopperSPModule(1084) fdryXmr20PortGigFXSPModule(1085) fdryNiImrMrManagementModule(1086) fdryNiXmrMrManagementModule(1087) fdryMlx4Port10GigSPModule(1088) fdryMlx2Port10GigSPModule(1089) fdryMlx20PortGigCopperSPModule(1090) fdryMlx20PortGigFXSPModule(1091) brMlx4Port10GigXModule(1093) brMlx24PortGigCopperXModule(1094) brMlx24PortGigSfpXModule(1095) fdryMlx48PortGigMrj21SPModule(1103) fdryXmr2PortOC192SPModule(1104) fdryXmr1PortOC192SPModule(1105) fdryXmr8PortOC48SPModule(1106) fdryXmr4PortOC48SPModule(1107) fdryXmr2PortOC48SPModule(1108) niMlx8Port10GigMModule (1110) niMlx8Port10GigDModule (1111) snAgentConfigModuleR owStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Readwrite To create or delete a configured module table entry. other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) snAgentConfigModuleD escription brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read only A description of the configured module. snAgentConfigModuleO perStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Module operational status. A blank indicates that the physical module has not been inserted to the chassis. snAgentConfigModuleS erialNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Module serial number. A blank indicates that the serial number has not been programmed in the module’s EEPROM or the serial number is not supported in the module. In IronWare releases before 07.5.0, this object returns a NULL string, indicating that it is a place holder for a serial number. Beginning with IronWare release 07.5.0 this object returns the device serial number. • • • • NOTE: This object has been deprecated for the NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX running software release 04.0.01 and later. Use the snAgentBrdSerialNumber in the snAgentBrdTable instead. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 103 Common objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentConfigModuleN umberOfPorts brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The number of ports in the module. snAgentConfigModule MgmtModuleType brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only snAgentConfigModuleN umberOfCpus brcdIp.1.1.2.8.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The management module type: other(1) nonManagementModule(2) unknownManagementModule(3) m1ManagementModule(4) m2ManagementModule(5) m3ManagementModule(6) m4ManagementModule(7) m5ManagementModule(8) jetcoreStackManagementModule(9) muchoManagementModule(10) rottWeilerManagementModule(11) fesXStackManagementModule(12) fgsStackManagementModule(13) • • • • • • • • • • • • • The number of CPUs in the module. Redundant modules Use these objects to manage redundant management modules in all devices except for the ServerIron products. Refer to the chapter “Traps and Objects to Enable Traps” on page 627 for objects dealing with traps. 104 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentRedunActiveMg mtMod brcdIp.1.1.2.10.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the slot number of the active management module. Setting this object does not take effect immediately. You must save the configuration data to flash storage, then reboot the system before the new value takes effect. Setting a value of 0 requests the system to auto-select an active management module after power up. Default: 0. snAgentRedunSyncCon fig brcdIp.1.1.2.10.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows how often the data in the active management module will be copied to the backup management module. The value for this object is in seconds. Setting this object to 0 disables the copy process. Setting it to a negative value starts the process immediately, but runs only once. Default: every 10 seconds IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Common objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentRedunBkupCop yBootCode brcdIp.1.1.2.10.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write If enabled, the backup management module copies the boot code of the active management module to its boot code flash storage after power up, and whenever the active management module’s boot code is updated. The backup management module does not copy the boot code if is identical to what is already in flash storage: • Disabled(0) • Enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snAgentRedunBkupBoo tLoad brcdIp.1.1.2.10.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Downloads a new boot code from boot flash storage of the active management module to the backup management module. In a set operation, enter the value downloadBackup(20) to download the boot code from the active management module to the backup management module. A set operation is rejected during a download until error or normal state is reached. One of the following values are returned by a get operation: • normal(1) – no operation • operationError(17) – error codes • downloadbackup(20) – download boot code from active module to backup to the backup module snAgentRedunSwitchOv Read-write er brcdIp.1.1.2.10.1.6 Syntax: Integer Switches a backup management module to an active management module. • other(1) • reset(2) – Resets the backup module to active. Chassis table The snChasUnitTable manages the temperature for the devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snChasUnitTable brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1 N/A A table of information for each unit in a stack. Only active units appears in a table row. snChasUnitEntry brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1 N/A A row in the table for the unit. snChasUnitIndex brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The index to the table snChasUnitSerNum brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The serial number of the unit. If the serial number is unknown or unavailable, then the value should be a zero length string There can be up to 128 characters for the serial number. snChasUnitNumSlots brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Number of slots of the chassis for each unit. 105 Stackable products Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snChasUnitActualTemp erature brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Temperature of the chassis. Each unit is 0.5 degrees Celsius. This object applies only to management modules with temperature sensors in hardware. For management modules without temperature sensors, it returns “no-such-name”. Values are from -110 to 250. Read only Actual temperature higher than this threshold value triggers the switch to send a temperature warning trap. Each unit is 0.5 degrees Celsius. This object applies only to management modules with temperature sensors in hardware. For management modules without temperature sensors, it returns “no-such-name”. Values are from 0 to 250 degrees Celsius. Read only Actual temperature higher than this threshold value will shutdown a partial of the switch hardware to cool down the system. Each unit is 0.5 degrees Celsius. This object applies only to management modules with temperature sensors in hardware. For management modules without temperature sensors, it returns “no-such-name”. Values are from 0 to 250 degrees Celsius. Read only Only for NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX running software release 04.0.01 and later and for Brocade MLXe devices. Indicates the part number of the chassis. Nothing is displayed if the part number is unknown or unavailable. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snChasUnitWarningTem perature brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snChasUnitShutdownTe mperature brcdIp.1.1.1.4.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snChasUnitPartNum brcdIp. 1.1.1.4.1.1.7 Syntax: DisplayString Stackable products The objects in this section are specific to IronCore/JetCore Stackable devices, which include the following models: • FastIron • ServerIron • NetIron The objects for stackable devices are presented in the following sections: 106 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Stackable products • “Boards” on page 108 • “LEDs” on page 110 Refer to the “Agent board table” on page 90 for objects that apply to chassis devices. NOTES: The MIB contains objects under the snStackGen (General Stackable Management Information) and snStackSecSwitchInfo (Stackable Management Secondary Switch Information Table) groups are not supported. They include the following objects: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 snStackPriSwitchMode snStackMaxSecSwitch snStackTotalSecSwitch snStackSyncAllSecSwitch snStackSmSlotIndex snStackFmpSetProcess snStackSecSwitchTable snStackSecSwitchEntry snStackSecSwitchIndex snStackSecSwitchSlotId snStackSecSwitchPortCnts snStackSecSwitchEnabled snStackSecSwitchAck snStackSecSwitchMacAddr snStackSecSwitchSyncCmd snStackSecSwitchIpAddr snStackSecSwitchSubnetMask snStackSecSwitchCfgCmd 107 Stackable products Boards The following objects apply only to stackable ServerIron products. Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snChasMainBrdDes cription brcdIp.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the main board. This object can have up to 128 characters. Read only Shows the total number of ports on the main board. Valid values: 1 – 24 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snChasMainPortTot al brcdIp.1.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. 108 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Stackable products Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snChasExpBrdDescr Read only iption brcdIp.1.1.1.1.7 Syntax: DisplayString Shows the description of the expansion board. This object can have up to 128 characters. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 109 Stackable products Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snChasExpPortTotal brcdIp.1.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the total number of ports ion the expansion board. Valid values: 1 – 24 Read only Applies only to stackable ServerIron products. It identifies the expansion board, the board that attaches to the main board. It is an encoded octet string. The octets provide the following information: Octet 0 – Identifies the format of this octet string. If Octet 0 has a value of 1, the values of the remaining octets are: Octet 1 – Expansion board type: • HUNDRED_MEG_1PORT – 1 • HUNDRED_MEG_2PORT – 2 • HUNDRED_MEG_1PORT_COPPER – 3 • HUNDRED_MEG_2PORT_COPPER – 4 • HUNDRED_MEG_2PORT_LX – 5 • GIGA_1PORT – 8, GIGA_2PORT – 9 Octet 2 – Fiber port type: • NONFIBER – 0 • SX_FIBER – 1 • LX_FIBER – 2 • LHX_FIBER – 3 • LX_SX_FIBER – 4 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snChasExpBrdId brcdIp.1.1.1.1.14 Syntax: OctetString NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. LEDs This section presents the objects that apply to LEDs in stackable ServerIron devices. Figure 1 shows a bit map of LEDs in products. Some objects in the MIB refer to this bit map. FIGURE 1 110 Bit Map of LEDs Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 Port 6 Port 7 Port 8 Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Byte 1 LED 1 LED 2 LED 3 LED 4 LED 5 LED 6 LED 7 LED 8 Byte 2 LED 9 LED 10 LED 11 LED 12 LED 13 LED 14 LED 15 LED 16 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Stackable products Byte 3 LED 17 LED 18 LED 19 LED 20 LED 21 LED 22 LED 23 LED 24 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... Each LED contains one bit representing a switch port. Each bit shows the value of the LED. The expansion port number always begins from the last main port number. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snChasStatusLeds brcdIp.1.1.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read only Applies to devices running Release 07.1.00 and earlier. It is replaced by the object snAgentBrdStatusLedString in later releases. This LED on the front panel of a device shows the status of the link. It is represented by one bit. There can be up to 32 bits per slot. Refer to the “Bit Map of LEDs” in Figure 1 on page 110. Status can be one of the following: 0 – Link off 1 – Link on Read only Applies to devices running Release 07.1.00 and earlier. It is replaced by the object snAgentBrdTrafficLedString in later releases. This LED on the front panel of a device shows the traffic status. It is represented by one bit. There can be up to 32 bits per slot. Refer to the “Bit Map of LEDs” in Figure 1 on page 110. Status can be one of the following: 0 – No traffic 1 – Traffic is flowing Read only Applies to devices that have an LED for media type and are running Release 07.1.00 and earlier. It is replaced by the object snAgentBrdMediaLedString in later releases. It is represented by one bit. There can be up to 32 bits per slot. Refer to the “Bit Map of LEDs” in Figure 1 on page 110. Status can be one of the following: 0 – Half duplex 1 – Full duplex Read only Applies to devices that have an LED for media speed and are running Release 07.1.00 and earlier. It is replaced by the object snAgentBrdSpeedLedString in later releases. It is represented by one bit. There can be up to 32 bits per slot. Refer to the “Bit Map of LEDs” in Figure 1 on page 110. Status can be one of the following: 0 – 10 Mbit 1 – 100 Mbit NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snChasTrafficLeds brcdIp.1.1.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snChasMediaLeds brcdIp.1.1.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snChasSpeedLeds brcdIp.1.1.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 111 Chassis products Chassis products The objects in this section apply to the following devices: • • • • • • • • • • • BigIron 4000, BigIron 8000, and BigIron 15000 FastIron 4802 FastIron II, and FastIron III FastIron 400, FastIron 800, and FastIron 1500 NetIron 400, NetIron 800, and NetIron 1500 ServerIron 400 and ServerIron 800 TurboIron/8 BigIron RX NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX Brocade MLXe ServerIron ADX The objects for these devices are presented in the following sections: • • • • • 112 “General chassis” on page 113 “Power supply table” on page 114 “Fan table” on page 115 “Temperature” on page 115 “Flash Card” on page 116 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chassis products General chassis The following objects apply to all chassis-based devices. Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description Read only Shows the type of device being managed. This object can have up to 128 characters. Possible value – 1 snChasSerNum brcdIp.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the serial number of the device stored in the EEPROM of the device. This is not the serial number on the label of the device. If the device serial number is available, it is the lowest three octets of the lowest MAC address in the device. For example, if the lowest MAC address is 00e0 52a9 2b20, then the serial number of the chassis is a92b20. If the serial number is unknown or unavailable, then the value is a null string. This object can have up to 128 characters. snchasProductType brcdIp.1.1.1.1.26 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the product type. The following shows the meaning of each bit: • invalid(0) • BigIron MG8(1) • NetIron 40G(2) • NetIron IMR 640(3) • NetIron RX 800(4) • NetIron XMR 16000(5) • BigIron RX 400(6) • NetIron XMR 8000(7) • BigIron RX 200(8) • NetIron XMR 4000(9) • NetIron MLX-32(13) • NetIron XMR 32000(14) • BigIron RX-32(15) • niCES2000Series(16) • niCER2000Series(17) • brMlxESlot4(18) • brMlxESlot8(19) • brMlxESlot16(20) • brMlxESlot32(21) snChasType brcdIp.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 113 Chassis products Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snChasSystemMode brcdIp.1.1.1.1.27 Syntax: Integer Read only This object displays the mode of the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, or NetIron MLX device. It returns one of the following values: • xmr(1) • mlx(2) Values are returned as follows: • If snChasProductType is niXmr4000, niXmr8000, niXmr160000, or niXmr32000, then this object returns xmr(1). • if snChasProductType is niMlx4, niMlx8, niMlx16, or niMlx32 then this object returns mlx(2). • If snChasProductType is brMlxE4, brMlxE8, brMlxE16, or brMlxE32 this object returns either xmr(1) or mlx(2)depending on the mode of the system. This object is not supported on other products. snChasFactoryPartNumb er brcdIp.1.1.1.1.28 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Manufacturer serial number. snChasFactorySerialNum ber brcdIp.1.1.1.1.29 Syntax: DisplayString Read only NOTE: This object is supported only on Brocade MLXe and NetIron devices running software release 05.1.00 and later. Distributor serial number NOTE: This object is supported only on Brocade MLXe and NetIron devices running software release 05.1.00 and later. Power supply table The following table applies to the power supplies in all devices, except for devices that support the Stacking functionality. For devices with Stacking functionality, refer to “Stacking power supply table” on page 541. 114 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snChasPwrSupplyTable brcdIp.1.1.1.2.1 None A table containing power supply information. Only installed power supplies appear in the table. snChasPwrSupplyEntry brcdIp.1.1.1.2.1.1 None A row in the power supply table. One row appears for each power supply. snChasPwrSupplyIndex brcdIp.1.1.1.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The index to power supply table. snChasPwrSupplyDescription brcdIp.1.1.1.2.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The power supply description. For example, you may see the description, “right side power supply”. This object can have up to 128 characters. snChasPwrSupplyOperStatus brcdIp.1.1.1.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the status of the power supply: other(1) – Status is neither normal(2) or failure(3). This value is not used for stackables including FastIron 4802, BigIron 4000, BigIron 8000, and BigIron 15000. • normal(2) • failure(3) • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chassis products Fan table The following table applies to the fans in all devices, except for devices that support the Stacking functionality. For devices with Stacking functionality, refer to “Stacking fan table” on page 541. Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snChasFanTable brcdIp.1.1.1.3.1 None A table containing fan information. Only installed fans appear in the table. snChasFanEntry brcdIp.1.1.1.3.1.1 None A row in the fan table. One row appears for each installed fan. snChasFanIndex brcdIp.1.1.1.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The index to the fan table. snChasFanDescription brcdIp.1.1.1.3.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The fan description. For example, you may see the description “left side panel, back fan”. This object can have up to 128 characters. snChasFanOperStatus brcdIp.1.1.1.3.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the status of the fan operation: other(1) – Beginning with IronWare software release 7.6.01, this value means “not manageable” to refer to Fans 5 and 6 in the BigIron 15000. It has no meaning for other devices. • normal(2) • failure(3) • Temperature The following objects manage temperature sensors in all devices listed under “Chassis products” on page 112 except BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX. Also refer to “Chassis table” on page 105. Refer to the chapter “Traps and Objects to Enable Traps” on page 627 for objects dealing with traps. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snChasActualTemperature brcdIp.1.1.1.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read only Applies only to management modules with temperature sensors. Shows the temperature of the chassis. Each unit is 0.5 degrees Celsius. NOTE: If you are comparing this value to the value you get when you enter a show chassis command on the CLI, divide this value by 2. The result is the actual temperature you see in the CLI. This was done intentionally to represent tenth decimal values in SNMP, as SNMP can only report INTEGER values. Valid values: 110 – 250 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 115 Chassis products Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snChasWarningTemperatu re brcdIp.1.1.1.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to management modules with temperature sensors. Shows the threshold for the warning temperature. When the actual temperature exceeds this value, the switch sends a temperature warning trap. Each unit is 0.5 degrees Celsius. Valid values: 0 – 250 snChasShutdownTempera ture brcdIp.1.1.1.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to management modules with temperature sensors. Shows the temperature threshold that triggers the device to shut down. When the actual temperature exceeds this value the switch shuts down a portion of the hardware to cool down the device. Each unit is 0.5 degrees Celsius. Valid values: 0 – 250 Flash Card The following objects manage the flash cards in all devices, except the ServerIron products. 116 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snChasFlashCard brcdIp.1.1.1.1.22 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Applies only to M4 management modules. This object is a bit array that contains the flash card status. This is a packed bit string. The status of each flash card is encoded into one bit. There can be up to two flash cards. The bits are: • 2 to 31 – Reserved • 1 – Flash card 2 status • 0 – Flash card 1 status (Bit 0 is the least significant bit.) Flash card status can be one of the following: • 0 – Flash card is absent • 1 – Flash card is present snChasFlashCardLeds brcdIp.1.1.1.1.23 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the status of LEDs on a flash card. This is a 32-bit integer type object. Each bit shows one of the following: • 0 – Flash card is off • 1 – Flash card is on snChasNumSlots brcdIp.1.1.1.1.24 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the number of slots in the chassis. snChasArchitectureType brcdIp.1.1.1.1.25 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the architecture type. stackable(1), -- old stackable bigIron(2), terathon(3), fifthGen(4)} IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Optical monitoring MIB objects Optical monitoring MIB objects The following MIB objects are available in software release 03.4.00 for the NetIron XMR Series and NetIron MLX Series. They are used to monitor optics on the fiber-optic modules installed on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIfOpticalMonitoringInfoT able brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6 None This table lists the instrumented parameters of all optical interfaces. REFERENCE: "ITU recommendations G.783, G.784, G.953" snIfOpticalMonitoringInfoE ntry brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1 None This table is indexed by ifIndex standard MIB of the physical optical ports that are to be monitored. Only the ifIndexes of optical interfaces whose parameters need to be monitored will be used to index this table. snIfOpticalMonitoringTemp erature brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString (SIZE(0..32)) Read only This object shows the temperature of the transmitter laser diode for the interface, and indicates the health of the transmitter. The format is xxx.yyyy Celsius, followed by whether the measured value is normal, high/low alarm, or high/low warning. For example, you may see “30.9453 C: Normal”. snIfOpticalMonitoringTxPo wer brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString (SIZE(0..32)) Read only This object shows the signal power for the transmitter optical signal for the interface. Signal power is measured in dBm, followed by whether this is a normal value, or high/low warning, or alarm. For example, you may see “-002.1119 dBm: Normal”. snIfOpticalMonitoringRxPo wer brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString (SIZE(0..32)) Read only This object shows the signal power of the receiver optical for the interface. Signal power is measured in dBm, followed by whether this is a normal value, or high/low warning, or alarm. For example, you may see “-003.7582 dBm: Normal”. snIfOpticalMonitoringTxBia sCurrent brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString (SIZE(0..32)) Read only This object shows the Transmit Bias Current. It is measured in mA, and is followed by whether this is a normal value, or high/low warning, or alarm. For example, you may see, “32.426 mA: Normal”. 117 Optical monitoring MIB objects 118 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter Basic Configuration and Management 5 Software Image This chapter describes objects to manage the software image and configuration in a device. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for detailed explanation on the features discussed in this chapter. • • • • • “Reload” on page 119 “NVRAM” on page 120 “File download and upload” on page 121 “Software image details” on page 125 “Boot sequence table” on page 126 Reload The following object allows you to reload the agent. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgReload brcdIp.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Reboots the agent. The following value can be written: • reset(3) – Do a hard reset NOTE: To use reset(3), make sure that either the “no snmp-server pw-check" CLI command has been configured in the device or the varbind, and snAgGblPassword, with the appropriate password has been added to the SetRequest PDU. The default value of snAgGblPassword is the “enable” super-user password. If the CLI command "aaa authentication snmp-server default..." is configured, then the method list determines the value expected in the snAgGblPassword MIB object. The agent will return a response before the action occurs. The following values can only be read: • other(1) – Agent is in unknown or other state • running(2) – Agent is running This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 119 Software Image NVRAM The objects in this section apply to all devices that use non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM), a type of memory that retains its contents when power is turned off. These objects are available in all devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgEraseNVRAM brcdIp.1.1.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Erases the NVRAM of the agent. This object can have one of the following values: • normal(1) – NVRAM is not being erased. • error(2) – Either the erase operation failed or the flash memory is bad • erase(3) – NVRAM is set to be erased • erasing(4) – NVRAM is being erased. Once the process starts, you cannot set this object to erase(3) until the process is finished and the value of this object is either normal(1) or error(2) snAgWriteNVRAM brcdIp.1.1.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Saves all configuration information to NVRAM of the agent. The following values can only be read: • normal(1) • error(2) – Operation failed or the flash is bad • writing(4) – Agent is writing NVRAM flash The following value can be written: • write(3) – Write operation The agent will return a response even before the write operation is complete. The read values will be written until write operation is finished. New write requests will be rejected until an error(2) or normal(1) value is obtained. NOTE: To use reset(3), make sure that either the “no snmp-server pw-check" CLI command has been configured in the device or the varbind and snAgGblPassword, with the appropriate password, has been added to the SetRequest PDU. The default value of snAgGblPassword is the “enable” super-user password. If the CLI command "aaa authentication snmp-server default ..." is configured, then the method list determines the value expected in the snAgGblPassword MIB object. This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object. snAgConfigFromNVRA M brcdIp.1.1.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. 120 None Configures the switch from NVRAM of the agent. The following value can be written: • config(3) – Do configuration The following values can only be read: • normal(1) • error(2) – Operation failed or bad flash • configing(4) – Configuring from NVRAM flash is in process. The agent returns a response after configuration is done. This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Software Image Configuration notes on snAgEraseNVRAM and snAgWriteNVRAM Refer to configuration notes for the snAgGblPassword object in the section “General security objects” on page 158 for more information on how to use snAgEraseNVRAM and snAgWriteNVRAM. File download and upload The following objects manage file downloads and uploads. They are available in all devices. NOTES: When uploading or downloading configuration files to and from the TFTP server using SNMP, check the following: • If the SNMP password check is enabled on the device, the object “snAgGblPassword” on page 158 must be sent with the following information in the same PDU as the TFTP objects: If the AAA is used for SNMP authentication and the authentication method is enable or line, then the value of snAgGlbPassword must be in cleartext format. If the AAA is used for SNMP authentication and the authentication method is local, RADIUS, TELNET, TACACS, or TACACS+, then the value of the snAgGlbPassword must be in the format. The space between and is the delimiter. If AAA is not used for authentication, then the value of snAgGlbPassword for the enable password must be in cleartext format. Make sure that user has administrative access (privilege=0) on the device; otherwise, the user will not be able to upload files to the TFTP server. • NOTE An atomic set of snAgImgLoad, snAgImgFname, and snAgTftpServerIp (or snAgTftpServerAddrType and snAgTftpServerAddr), is required for a successful download or upload. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgTftpServerIp brcdIp.1.1.2.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the TFTP server that will be used to download and upload image and configuration files. snAgImgFname brcdIp.1.1.2.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write NOTE: FastIron X Series IPv6 switches running software release FSX 04.1.00 or later use snAgTftpServerAddrType and snAgTftpServerAddr. Shows the name of the image file, including path, that is currently associated with the system. When the object is not used, the value is blank. It can have up to 32 characters. 121 Software Image Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgImgLoad brcdIp.1.1.2.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Downloads or uploads a new software image to the agent. Use one of the following values in an SNMP set: • uploadMPPrimary(19) – Uploads the primary image from the management processor flash memory to the TFTP server. • downloadMPPrimary(20) – Downloads the primary image from the TFTP server to management processor flash. • uploadMPSecondary(21) – Uploads the secondary image from the management processor flash memory to the TFTP server. • downloadMPSecondary(22) – Downloads the secondary image from the TFTP server to management processor flash. • downloadSPPrimary(24) – Downloads the secondary image from the TFTP server to secondary processor flash. • downloadSPSecondary(25) – Downloads the secondary image from the TFTP server to secondary processor flash. The following messages may be displayed: • normal(1) • flashPrepareReadFailure(2) • flashReadError(3) • flashPrepareWriteFailure(4) • flashWriteError(5) • tftpTimeoutError(6) • tftpOutOfBufferSpace(7) • tftpBusy(8) • tftpRemoteOtherErrors(9) • tftpRemoteNoFile(10) • tftpRemoteBadAccess(11) • tftpRemoteDiskFull(12) • tftpRemoteBadOperation(13) • tftpRemoteBadId(14) • tftpRemoteFileExists(15) • tftpRemoteNoUser(16) • operationError(17) • loading(18) – operation is in process • uploadMPPrimary(19) • • • • • • downloadMPPrimary(20) uploadMPSecondary(21) downloadMPSecondary(22) tftpWrongFileType(23) downloadSPPrimary(24) downloadSPSecondary(25) This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object. snAgImgLoad (continued) snAgCfgFname brcdIp.1.1.2.1.8 Syntax: DisplayString 122 Read-write Shows the name of the configuration file, including its path, currently associated with the system. If there are multiple configuration files, the names are separated by semicolons (;). This object can have up to 32 characters. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Software Image Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgCfgLoad brcdIp.1.1.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Downloads or uploads a configuration file to the agent. Use one of the following values for SNMP set: • uploadFromFlashToServer(20) – Uploads the configuration file from the flash to the TFTP server. • downloadToFlashFromServer(21) – Downloads the configuration file from the TFTP server to flash. • uploadFromDramToServer(22) – Uploads the configuration file from the DRAM to the TFTP server. • downloadToDramFromServer(23) – Downloads the configuration file from the TFTP server to DRAM. • uploadFromFlashToNMS(24) – Uploads the configuration file from flash to the network management system. • downloadToFlashFromNMS(25) – Downloads the configuration file from the network management system to flash. • uploadFromDramToNMS(26) – Uploads the configuration file from DRAM to a network management system. • downloadToDramFromNMS(27) – Downloads the configuration file from the network management system to DRAM. The following values may be read: • normal(1) • flashPrepareReadFailure(2) • flashReadError(3) • flashPrepareWriteFailure(4) • flashWriteError(5) • tftpTimeoutError(6) • tftpOutOfBufferSpace(7) • tftpBusy(8) • tftpRemoteOtherErrors(9) • tftpRemoteNoFile(10) • tftpRemoteBadAccess(11) • tftpRemoteDiskFull(12) • tftpRemoteBadOperation(13) • tftpRemoteBadId(14) • tftpRemoteFileExists(15) • tftpRemoteNoUser(16) • operationError(17) • loading(18) • tftpWrongFileType(29) snAgCfgLoad (continued) • • • operationDoneWithNMS(28) tftpWrongFileType(29) downloadToDramFromServerOverwrite(30) NOTE: The objects “snAgCfgFname” and “snAgTftpServerIp” are required to allow the download or upload process to occur. No write requests will be allowed while a download or upload process is in progress. The snAgCfgEosTable objects must be sent along in one PDU for network management systems to recognize values from (24) to (27). A separate write memory using the CLI or an SNMP “set snAgWriteNVRAM” is required to save the configuration to NVRAM. This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 123 Software Image In addition to the objects above, the following objects are available in all devices except in the ServerIron products. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgImgLoadSPModuleType brcdIp.1.1.2.1.56 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the switch processor module type that receives the downloaded image: • other(1) • vm1(2) • pos12(3) • pos48(4) • atm(5) • gignpa(6) snAgImgLoadSPModuleNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.1.57 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the slot number of a switch processor module that receives the downloaded image. Setting this object to 0 means that switch processor modules will receive the image. The following objects are available in FastIron X Series IPv6 switches running software release FSX 04.1.00 or later. Releases prior to FSX 04.1.00 use snAgTftpServerIp. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgTftpServerAddrType brcdIp.1.1.2.1.65 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-write Shows the IP address type of the TFTP server that will be used to download and upload image and configuration files. Read-write Shows the IP address of the TFTP server that will be used to download and upload image and configuration files. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snAgTftpServerAddr brcdIp.1.1.2.1.66 Syntax: InetAddress NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. 124 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Software Image Software image details The following objects show information about software images in a device. These objects are available in all devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgImgVer brcdIp.1.1.2.1.11 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the version of the running software. The software image file name is displayed in the format: major.minor.maintenance[letters]. It can have up to 32 characters. snAgFlashImgVer brcdIp.1.1.2.1.12 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the version of the software image that has been saved in the local storage, such as the flash memory. The software image file name is displayed in the format: major.minor.maintenance[letters] It can have up to 32 characters. If this file is unknown or not available, then this object displays a a null string. snAgSoftwareFeature brcdIp.1.1.2.1.41 Syntax: OctetString Read only Contains a bit string representing the software feature of the running software image. Each bit can have one of the following values: • 0 – The feature is available • 1 – The feature is available Bit 0 is the least significant bit of an octet, and bit 7 is the most significant bit of an octet. • Octet 0, bit 0 – RMON • Octet 0, bit 1 – IPX switching • Octet 0, bit 2 – Server Load Balancing • Octet 0, bit 3 – Layer 3 filter in switch • Octet 0, bit 4 – IPX routing • Octet 0, bit 5 – AppleTalk routing • Octet 0, bit 6 – IP multicast routing • Octet 0, bit 7 – Local access control • Octet 1, bit 0 – BGP routing • Octet 1, bit 1 – Loopback interface • Octet 1, bit 2 – BigIron multi-management module • Octet 1, bit 3 – BigIron SYSIF II • Octet 1, bit 4 – BigIron POS support • Octet 1, bit 5 – AppleTalk cable VLAN • Octet 1, bit 6 – 64 subnet • Octet 1, bit 7 – multi-slot trunk • Octet 2, bit 0 – TACACS • Octet 2, bit 1 – Gigabit Ethernet port auto-negotiation mode • Octet 2, bit 2 – FSRP • Octet 2, bit 3 – Exodus requested OSPF enhancement • Octet 2, bit 4 – OSPF NSSA • Octet 2, bit 5 – POS • Octet 2, bit 6 – QoS • Octet 2, bit 7 – Single Span 125 Software Image Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • snAgSoftwareFeature (continued) Octet 3, bit 0 – Fast Span Octet 3, bit 1 – Base L3 Octet 3, bit 2 – static log buffer Octet 3, bit 3 – L2 POS Octet 3, bit 4 – BI15K Octet 3, bit 5 - L2 ATM Octet 3, bit 6 - ATM Octet 3, bit 7 - NETFLOW Octet 4, bit 0 - SFLOW Octet 4, bit 1 - GVRP Octet 4, bit 2 - GARP Octet 4, bit 3 - Dynamic trunk Octet 4, bit 4 - IGC 8G Octet 4, bit 5 - Rate limit Octet 4, bit 6 - IPC rate limit Octet 4, bit 7 - MPLS Octet 5, bit 0 - ISIS Octet 5, bit 1 - Link aggregation Octet 5, bit 2 - Port dual mode Octet 5, bit 3 - Private vlan Octet 5, bit 4 - MBGP Octet 5, bit 5 - IPV6 protocol vlan Octet 5, bit 6 - X10G Octet 5, bit 7 - FastIron Edge switch/router Octet 6, bit 0 - FDP Octet 6, bit 1 – port tag Bit 0 is the least significant bit of an octet; bit 7 is the most significant bit. Additional bits are added for new features. Check the MIB file for the software version you are running. snAgBuildDate brcdIp.1.1.2.1.47 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the date when the software was built. It can display up to 32 characters. snAgBuildtime brcdIp.1.1.2.1.48 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the time when the software was built. It can display up to 32 characters. snAgBuildVer brcdIp.1.1.2.1.49 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the version of the software in the format: major.minor.maintenance[letters] It can display up to 32 characters. Boot sequence table This table shows a list of software image loads. The images are in the sequence that will be used at boot up. When the devices is booted, the first image in the table will be loaded into the device. If that software image fails, the second image will be tried. The process continues until a successful load is completed. This table is available in all devices. The combination of all the objects in this table must be unique. Duplicate instructions are rejected. 126 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Software configuration NOTE Make sure that each entry is unique. It is possible to create entries with the same instructions by creating a new sequence index. Duplicate instructions may cause loops. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgBootSeqTable brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1 None Identifies the boot sequence table snAgBootSeqEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1 None A row in the boot sequence table. snAgBootSeqIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The index to the boot sequence table. snAgBootSeqInstruction brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write snAgBootSeqIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write If the object “snAgBootSeqInstruction” is set to “fromTftpServer”, this object shows the IP address of the TFTP server that contains the image that will be used in the boot. snAgBootSeqFilename brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the name of the image filename on the TFTP server that will be used in the boot. This object applies only if the object “snAgBootSeqInstruction” is set to “fromTftpServer”. This object can have up to 32 characters. snAgBootSeqRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.4.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the image from which the device will boot. fromPrimaryFlash(1) fromSecondaryFlash(2) fromTftpServer(3) fromBootpServer(4). • • • • Creates or deletes an entry in the Boot Sequence Table: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) • • • • Software configuration The following sections control common configurations for devices: • • • • • • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 “Switch IP configurations” on page 128 “Agent system parameters configuration table” on page 128 “Switch group configuration” on page 129 “Switch configuration summary group” on page 135 “DNS group (IPv4)” on page 135 “DHCP gateway list table” on page 139 “NTP general group” on page 139 “NTP server table (IPv4)” on page 141 “Banners” on page 143 “Encoded octet strings table” on page 143 127 Software configuration • “Agent’s global group” on page 144 Switch IP configurations Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgGblIfIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.2.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the IP address of the interface. snAgGblIfIpMask brcdIp.1.1.2.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the IP address mask of the interface. snAgDefGwayIp brcdIp.1.1.2.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the IP address of the default gateway router. Agent system parameters configuration table The Agent System Parameters Configuration Table presents the definition of the configuration system parameters. For example, the table may show the maximum number of VLANs a network can have. The table is available in the following chassis devices: • BigIron • ServerIron 400 • ServerIron 800 128 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentSysParaConfigTable brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1 None A table of Agent of each board. snAgentSysParaConfigEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1 None A row in the Agent System Parameters Configuration table. snAgentSysParaConfigIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The index to the Agent System Parameters Configuration Table. snAgentSysParaConfigDescription brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The parameter description string. This object can have up to 32 characters. snAgentSysParaConfigMin brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The minimum value of this Agent System Parameter. snAgentSysParaConfigMax brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The maximum value of this Agent System Parameter. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Software configuration Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentSysParaConfigDefault brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The default value of this Agent System Parameter. snAgentSysParaConfigCurrent brcdIp.1.1.2.7.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The current configured value of this Agent System Parameter. Switch group configuration The objects in this group are available in BigIron and in ServerIron devices. Refer to the chapter “Traps and Objects to Enable Traps” on page 627 for switch group trap objects. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwGroupOperMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if switch ports have VLANs defined: • noVLan(1) – All switch ports with no port VLANs and no tag assigned. • vlanByPort(2) – All switch ports with basic port-based VLANs. snSwGroupIpL3SwMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the Layer 3 IP switch is enabled for the switch group. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snSwGroupIpMcastMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the IP multicast pruning mode is enabled for the switch group. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snSwGroupDefaultCfgMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the switch group contains a default configuration. If the default configuration is overwritten, the state will change to non-default. • default(1) – Has a default configuration • nonDefault(2) – Has a non-default configuration snSwGroupSwitchAgeTime brcdIp.1.1.3.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Sets the aging period for ports on the device, defining how long a port address remains active in the address table. Valid values: 0 = no aging, or 67 – 65535 seconds Default: 300 seconds snVLanGroupVlanCurEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the number of VLANs that are currently configured. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 129 Software configuration Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanGroupSetAllVLan brcdIp.1.1.3.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the VLanIndex of a particular entry in snVLanByPortTable (snVLanByPortVLanIndex). All the attributes of the row except for PortMask will be used to set the same attributes for the entire VLAN group. VLanId and PortMask must be set for the particular entry prior to setting this object. Switch software will be based on this VLAN information to set the entire VLAN. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snSwPortSetAll brcdIp.1.1.3.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: All the intended attributes of the given row of the table (given VLAN) must be set prior setting this object. When this object is set, Set-All-VLAN action takes place simultaneously. The previous setting is overwritten by the new one. Read-write NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. NOTE: Before setting this object, all the intended attributes of the given row of the table must be set. Otherwise, the current data of the row will be used to set the entire port-table. The previous setting will be overwritten by the new one. snFdbTableCurEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the total number of entries in the Filtering Databse (FDB) that are configured currently. snFdbTableStationFlush brcdIp.1.1.3.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the state of the flush operation for the FDB table. The following value can be written: • flush(3) – Perform the flush operation. Once the flush operation starts, any new flush requests will be rejected until the operation is complete or failed. The following values can only be read: • normal(1) – Normal state • error(2) – Operation failed • flushing(4) – Operation is in process snPortStpSetAll brcdIp.1.1.3.1.11 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The value of this object is 1, which means that Port STP Set-all command is invoked. The snPortStpPriority and, snPortStpPathCost, which are the read-write STP related attributes of the first row of table, will be used to set the same attributes for all the ports in the system. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. 130 The value of this object is the index number of the snSwPortInfoTable (snSwPortInfoPortIndex). snSwPortInfoMonitorMode, snSwPortInfoTagType, snSwPortInfoChnMode, snSwPortInfoSpeed, snSwPortInfoAdminStatus are all the read-write attributes of that row of table. They will be used to set the same attributes for all the ports in the system. NOTE: Before setting this object, all the intended attributes of the given row of the table must be set. Otherwise, the current data of the row will be used to set the entire port-table. The previous setting will be overwritten by the new one. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Software configuration Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwProbePortNum brcdIp.1.1.3.1.12 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Indicates which chassis port is assigned as the chassis switch probe port. That port operates as a traffic analyzer port. Only one port in the chassis or stackable switch can be assigned as the traffic analyzer port. The value of this object represents the following: • Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number • Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number Read-write Indicates whether or not IEEE802.1q has been enabled for the switch group. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) Read-write Indicates whether or not Spanning Tree System Global Mode has been enabled for the switch group. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snSwIpMcastQuerierMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write The IP Multicast pruning mode is configured either Non-Querier or Querier mode • querier(1) – Send out host queries. (active) • nonQuerier(2) – Do not send out host queries.(passive) Default: querier(1) snSwViolatorPortNumber brcdIp.1.1.3.1.17 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Indicates the port number of the switch or router that receives the violator packet. This number is included in the locked address violation trap. The value of this object contains the following: • Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number • Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number (for chassis devices only) Read only Indicates the source MAC address of the violator packet received by the switch or router. This number is included in the locked address violation trap. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snSw8021qTagMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.13 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snSwGlobalStpMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.14 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snSwViolatorMacAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.1.18 Syntax: MAC address IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 131 Software configuration Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanGroupVlanMaxEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.1.19 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the maximum number of VLAN entries that can be configured. snSwEosBufferSize brcdIp.1.1.3.1.20 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Specifies buffer size for all the different EOS buffers. Read only Specifies the size of each VLAN table entry. Read only Specifies the size of each port table entry. Read only Specifies the size of each FDB station table entry. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snVLanByPortEntrySize brcdIp.1.1.3.1.21 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snSwPortEntrySize brcdIp.1.1.3.1.22 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snFdbStationEntrySize brcdIp.1.1.3.1.23 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. 132 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Software configuration Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPortStpEntrySize brcdIp.1.1.3.1.24 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Specifies the size of each port STP table entry. snSwIpxL3SwMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.28 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether or not Layer 3 IPX Switch mode is enabled. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snVLanByIpSubnetMaxSub nets brcdIp.1.1.3.1.29 Syntax: Integer Read only Applies only to ServerIron products. Shows the maximum number of subnets for each IP VLAN. Read only Applies only to ServerIron products. Shows the maximum number of networks for each IPX VLAN. snSwProtocolVLanMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.31 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether or not protocol VLAN is enabled. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snMacStationVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.1.32 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the MAC Station’s VLAN ID index in the standard Forwarding Database for Transparent Bridge Table. (dot1dTpFdbTable). Since the dot1dTpFdbTable index is the MAC Address assigned to one of the ports in the bridge (VLAN) and each MAC address can be re-assigned to different ports belonging to different bridges (VLANs), the snMacStationVLanId can be used to specify which bridge (VLAN) MAC Station information of the dot1dTpFdbTable to retrieve. If you do not specify the VLAN ID in this MIB, the default VLAN (bridge) ID will be used when dot1dTpFdbTable is retrieved. Valid values: 1 – 4095 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snVLanByIpxNetMaxNetwor ks brcdIp.1.1.3.1.30 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 133 Software configuration Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwClearCounters brcdIp.1.1.3.1.33 Syntax: Integer Read-write snSw8021qTagType brcdIp.1.1.3.1.34 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Specifies the IEEE802.1q tag type that is embedded in the length/type field of an Ethernet packet. It specifies that the two octets after the length/type field in an Ethernet packet are the tag value. Default: 33024 snSwBroadcastLimit brcdIp.1.1.3.1.35 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Specifies the number of broadcast packets per second. This limits the number of broadcast packets to forward out of the switch ports. Setting this object to 0 disables the limitation check. Default: 0 snSwMaxMacFilterPerSyste m brcdIp.1.1.3.1.36 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the maximum number of MAC Filters per system in the MAC Filter table. Read only Specifies the maximum number of MAC Filters per port in the Port MAC Access Filter table. snSwDefaultVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.1.38 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the VLAN ID of the default port VLAN. Valid values: 1 – 4095 snSwGlobalAutoNegotiate brcdIp.1.1.3.1.39 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to Gigabit Ethernet ports. Specifies the negotiation mode of the port: • disable(0) – All Gigabit Ethernet ports are in non- negotiation mode. • enable(1) – All Gigabit Ethernet ports will start auto-negotiation indefinitely until they succeed. • negFullAuto(2) – All Gigabit Ethernet ports will start with auto-negotiation. If the negotiation fails, then they will automatically switch to non-negotiation mode. Gigabit Ethernet ports on all stackable products except for TurboIron/8 do not support negFullAuto(2). • other(3) Default: negFullAuto(2) Clears software counters: valid(0) – an SNMP-GET of this MIB shows that it is valid command to use. • clear(1) – Clear counter command of the following counters: Dot3, MIB2, IP and IPX counters for all ports. • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. snSwMaxMacFilterPerPort brcdIp.1.1.3.1.37 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. 134 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Software configuration The following objects apply only to all devices, except ServerIron products. snSwQosMechanism brcdIp.1.1.3.1.40 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the quality of service (QoS) mechanism: strict(0) weighted(1) Default: weighted(1) snSwSingleStpMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.41 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies if the Single Spanning Tree System Mode in the Switch Group is enabled. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snSwFastStpMode brcdIp.1.1.3.1.42 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if Fast Spanning Tree System Mode in the Switch Group is enabled. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snSwViolatorIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.1.43 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The port number of the device that received a violator packet. This number is included in the locked address violator trap. • • Switch configuration summary group The following object applies to all devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwSummaryMode brcdIp.1.1.3.7.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether or not the Switch Configuration Summary is enabled. disabled(0) enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. • • DNS group (IPv4) NOTE Starting in software release FSX 04.1.00 to FSX 05.1.00, FastIron devices use the DNS Address Table on page 136 and the Domain Name Server Table on page 137. FastIron devices running software release FSX 05.1.00 or later use the DNS Address Table on page 136 and the Domain Name Server Table on page 138. The Domain Name Server (DNS) resolver feature lets you use a host name to perform Telnet, ping, and traceroute commands. You can also define a DNS domain on a Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch and thereby recognize all hosts within that domain. For more information on DNS on devices, refer to the Configuration Guide for the device. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 135 Software configuration The following objects provide information on DNS. They apply to all IPv4 devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDnsDomainName brcdIp.1.1.3.9.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the DNS Domain Name. This object can have up to 80 characters. snDnsGatewayIpAddrList brcdIp.1.1.3.9.2 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows the DNS Gateway IP addresses. This list contains up to four IP addresses, represented by octet strings. This object has 16 octets. DNS address table (FSX 04.1.00 to 04.3.00) The Domain Name Server (DNS) address table lists the IPv4 and IPv6 DNS addresses. These objects apply to FastIron devices beginning with software release FSX 04.1.00 to pre-release FSX 05.1.00. NOTE FastIron devices running software release FSX 05.1.00 and later use the DNS Address Table on page page 136. Releases prior to FSX 04.1.00 use the snDnsGatewayIpAddrList in the table “DNS group (IPv4)” on page 135. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryDnsServerAddressTable brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.2.1 Syntax: FdryDnsServerAddressEntry None The DNS address list table that lists the IPv4 and IPv6 DNS addresses. fdryDnsServerAddressEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.2.1.1 Syntax: FdryDnsServerAddressEntry None An entry in the DNS address table. This table uses a running index as the index to the table. fdryDnsServerAddressIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The index to the DNS address table. Up to four DNS IP addresses are supported for each IPv4 and IPv6 protocol. fdryDnsServerAddressAddrType brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.2.1.1.2 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-create The DNS IP address type: ipv4(1) ipv6(2) Default: IPv4 fdryDnsServerAddressAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.2.1.1.3 Syntax: InetAddress Read-create The DNS IP address. fdryDnsServerAddressRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.2.1.1.4 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except for this object. • • DNS address table (FSX 05.1.00 and later) The Domain Name Server (DNS) address table lists the IPv4 and IPv6 DNS addresses. These objects apply to FastIron devices running software release FSX 05.1.00 and later. 136 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Software configuration NOTE FastIron devices running pre-release FSX 05.1.00 software use the DNS Address Table on page page 136. Releases prior to FSX 04.1.00 use the snDnsGatewayIpAddrList in the table “DNS group (IPv4)” on page 135. NOTE This objects in the table are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryDnsServerTable brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1 Syntax: FdryDnsServerTable None The DNS address list table that lists the IPv4 and IPv6 DNS addresses. fdryDnsServerEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1.1 Syntax: FdryDnsServerEntry None An entry in the DNS address table. This table uses a running index as the index to the table. fdryDnsServerAddrType brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1.1.1 Syntax: InetAddressType None The DNS IP address type: ipv4(1) ipv6(2) Default: IPv4 fdryDnsServerIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The index to the DNS address table. Up to four DNS IP addresses are supported for each IPv4 and IPv6 protocol. fdryDnsServerAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1.1.3 Syntax: InetAddress Read-cr eate The DNS IP address. fdryDnsServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.34.2.1.1.4 Syntax: RowStatus Read-cr eate This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except for this object. • • Domain name server table (FSX 04.1.00 to 04.3.00) This table applies only to FastIron X series devices running software release FSX 04.1.00 to pre-release FSX 05.1.00) NOTE This objects in this section are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. The Domain Name Server (DNS) name table lists the IPv4 and IPv6 DNS service names for FastIron devices running software release FSX 04.1.00 to pre-release FSX 05.1.00. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 137 Software configuration NOTE Software releases FSX 05.1.00 and later use the Domain Name Server Table on page page 138. Releases prior to FSX 04.1.00 use the “DNS group (IPv4)” on page 135. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryDnsDomainNameTable brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1 Syntax: Sequence of FdryDnsDomainNameEntry None The Domain Name Service name table. fdryDnsDomainNameEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1.1 Syntax: FdryDnsDomainNameEntry None An entry in the DNS name table. This table uses a running index as the index to the table. fdryDnsDomainNameIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The index to the DNS name table. fdryDnsServerAddressAddrType brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.2.1.1.2 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-create The DNS IP address type: md • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) Default: IPv4 fdryDnsDomainNameName brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString (size(0..64)) Read-create The DNS Domain Name string. fdryDnsDomainNameRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except for this object. Domain name server table (FSX 05.1.00 and later) The Domain Name Server (DNS) name table lists the IPv4 and IPv6 DNS service names for FastIron devices running software release FSX 05.1.00 or later. NOTE Releases prior to FSX 05.1.00 use the Domain Name Server Table on page page 137. Releases prior to FSX 04.1.00 use the “DNS group (IPv4)” on page 135. 138 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryDns2DomainNameTable brcdIp.1.1.3.34.1.1 Syntax: Sequence of FdryDns2DomainNameTable None The Domain Name Service name table. fdryDns2DomainNameEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.34.1.1.1 Syntax: FdryDns2DomainNameEntry None An entry in the DNS name table. This table uses a running index as the index to the table. fdryDns2DomainNameIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.34.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The index to the DNS name table. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Software configuration Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryDns2DomainNameAddrType brcdIp.1.1.3.34.1.1.1.2 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-create The DNS IP address type: ipv4(1) ipv6(2) Default: IPv4 fdryDns2DomainNameName brcdIp.1.1.3.34.1.1.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString (size(0..64)) Read-create The DNS Domain Name string. fdryDns2DomainNameRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.34.1.1.1.4 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except for this object. • • DHCP gateway list table The following objects provide information on DHCP gateways. They apply only to ServerIron products. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDhcpGatewayListTable brcdIp.1.1.3.8.1 None A table of DHCP gateway addresses. snDhcpGatewayListEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.8.1.1 None An entry in the IP Port Address table. snDhcpGatewayListId brcdIp.1.1.3.8.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the ID for a DHCP gateway. Valid values: 1 – 32. snDhcpGatewayListAddrList Read-writ e brcdIp.1.1.3.8.1.1.2 Syntax: OctetString Lists the DHCP gateway addresses in each DHCP gateway list. This list contains 1 to 8 IP addresses represented by octet strings. This object can have 4 to 32 octets. snDhcpGatewayListRowSta tus brcdIp.1.1.3.8.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid Read-writ e NTP general group You can configure Layer 2 and Layer 3 Switches to consult Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) servers for the current system time and date. Since Layer 2 and Layer 3 switches do not retain time and date information across power cycles, using the SNTP feature alleviates the need to reconfigure time and date after a system reset. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 139 Software configuration The following objects provide information on the network time processor (NTP) server. These objects apply to all devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snNTPGeneral brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1 None Begins the NTP configuration objects. snNTPPollInterval brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how often to poll the NTP server. Each unit is one second. Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: 1800 seconds snNTPTimeZone brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write snNTPTimeZone (Continued) 140 Time zone: alaska(0) aleutian(1) arizona(2) central(3) eastIndiana(4) eastern(5) hawaii(6) michigan(7) mountain(8) pacific(9) samoa(10) gmtPlus12(11) gmtPlus11(12) gmtPlus10(13) gmtPlus9(14) gmtPlus8(15) gmtPlus7(16) gmtPlus6(17) gmtPlus5(18) gmtPlus4(19) gmtPlus3(20) gmtPlus2(21) gmtPlus1(22) gmt(23) – The default gmtMinus1(24) gmtMinus2(25) gmtMinus3(26) gmtMinus4(27) gmtMinus5(28) gmtMinus6(29) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • gmtMinus7(30) gmtMinus8(31) gmtMinus9(32) gmtMinus10(33) gmtMinus11(34) gmtMinus12(35)} IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Software configuration Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snNTPSummerTimeEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write snNTPSystemClock brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1.4 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows the format of the system clock: octet 0 – Seconds after the minute [0-60] octet 1 – Minutes after the hour [0-59] octet 2 – Hours since midnight [0-23] octet 3 – Day of the month [1-31] octet 4 – Months since January [0-11] octet 5 – Years since 1900 octet 6 – Days since Sunday [0-6] Octets 0 to 5 must have valid values and Octet 6 must be set to 0. To disable the system clock set all octets to zero. snNTPSync brcdIp.1.1.3.11.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Initiates the time synchronization to the NTP servers. For set operation, only "synchronize(2)" is accepted. For get operation, always return "other(1)". Indicates if daylight saving time is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) – Enables daylight saving time starting at 02:00:00 on the first Sunday in April and ending at 02:00:00 in last Sunday in October. Default: disabled(0) • • • • • • • • • NTP server table (IPv4) The following objects apply to all IPv4 devices. They provide information on the NTP server. NOTE For FastIron X Series devices running IPv6 (software releases FSX 04.1.00 and later), see “SNTP server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices)” on page 142. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snNTPServerTable brcdIp.1.1.3.11.2 None NTP (Network Time Protocol) server table. snNTPServerEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.11.2.1 None An entry in the NTP server table. snNTPServerIp brcdIp.1.1.3.11.2.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of the NTP server. snNTPServerVersion brcdIp.1.1.3.11.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the version in the NTP server. Default: 1 snNTPServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.11.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates or deletes an NTP server table entry: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) • • • • 141 Software configuration SNTP server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) The following objects apply to FastIron X Series IPv6 devices running software release FSX 04.1.00 or later. These objects provide information on the SNTP server. NOTE Releases prior to FSX 04.1.00 use the “NTP server table (IPv4)” on page 141. NOTE In a specific configuration and with IPv4 SNTP servers only, SNMP may stop working when the SNTP server table is viewed. If this occurs, add rfc4001-inetAddressMIB.mib or rfc4001.mib. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. 142 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdrySntpServerTable brcdIp.1.1.7.1.1.1 None SNTP (Simple Network Time Protocol) server table. fdrySntpServerEntry brcdIp.1.1.7.1.1.1.1 None An entry in the SNTP server table. fdrySntpServerIndex brcdIp.1.1.7.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The index to the SNTP server table. A maximum of three SNTP servers are supported. fdrySntpServerAddrType brcdIp.1.1.7.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-create The SNTP server IP address type: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) • Default: IPv4 fdrySntpServerAddr brcdIp.1.1.7.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: InetAddress Read-create The SNTP server IP address. fdrySntpServerVersion brcdIp.1.1.7.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-create The SNTP server version. fdrySntpServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.7.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Software configuration Banners Banners are messages that are displayed when a user logs into the device. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgGblBannerExec brcdIp.1.1.2.1.61 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Enter a message that will be displayed when a user enters the Privileged EXEC CLI level of a device. Enter up to 2048 characters for this banner. Use the character "\n" within the string to start a new line. Leave this object blank if no message is to be displayed. snAgGblBannerIncoming brcdIp.1.1.2.1.62 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Enter a message that will be displayed on the console when a user establishes a Telnet session. This message includes the location where the user is connecting from and displays a text message that can be configured. Enter up to 2048 characters for this banner. Use the character "\n" within the string to start a new line. Leave this object blank if no message is to be displayed. snAgGblBannerMotd brcdIp.1.1.2.1.63 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Enter the message of the day that will be displayed on a user’s terminal when he or she establishes a Telnet CLI session. Enter up to 2048 characters for this banner. Use the character "\n" within the string to start a new line. Leave this object blank if no message is to be displayed. Encoded octet strings table Each row in the Encoded Octet Strings (EOS) Table represents a fragmented configuration file data packet, including its checksum. An SNMP SET represents a configuration file download process, while an SNMP GET represents a configuration file upload. This action occurs only if the SNMP-SET of snAgCfgLoad command is sent along with this table consecutively. Consecutive SETs are performed until the network management system has no more packets to send. Likewise, consecutive GETs are done until the agent has no more packets to send. The applicable snAgCfgLoad command value is as follows: • • • • uploadFromFlashToNMS(23), downloadToFlashFromNMS(24), uploadFromDramToNMS(25), downloadToDramFromNMS(26) NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgCfgEosTable brcdIp.1.1.2.5.1 None The EOS table snAgCfgEosEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.5.1.1 None An EOS row in the table of encoded octet strings for table snAgCfgEosTable. 143 Error management Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgCfgEosIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.5.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Each VLAN EOS Buffer Identifier has multiple VLAN table entries. snAgCfgEosPacket brcdIp.1.1.2.5.1.1.2 Syntax: OctetString Read-write An encoded octet string. On reads it contains an integral number of configuration file data packets. The size of each encoded octet string is less than or equal to 1400 bytes. This object can contain up to 1000 octets. snAgCfgEosChkSum brcdIp.1.1.2.5.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write A checksum of each configuration file data packet. Agent’s global group Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgGblDataRetrieveMode brcdIp.1.1.2.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-write Retrieves the VLAN Table and Port-STP Table data as indicated by the selected mode. The mode can be one of the following: • nextbootCfg(0) – Retrieve the next boot configuration data • operationalData(1) – Retrieve the current running data Default: nextbootCfg(0). Error management The following objects are for general resource management in a device. They are available in all Foundry devices. 144 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgGblQueueOverflow brcdIp.1.1.2.1.30 Syntax: Integer Read only The device queues are overflowing: • No(0) • Yes(1) snAgGblBufferShortage brcdIp.1.1.2.1.31 Syntax: Integer Read only There is a shortage in the device buffers: • No(0) • Yes(1) snAgGblDmaFailure brcdIp.1.1.2.1.32 Syntax: Integer Read only The device DMAs are in good condition: • No(0) • Yes(1) snAgGblResourceLowWarning brcdIp.1.1.2.1.33 Syntax: Integer Read only The device has low resources available: • No(0) • Yes(1) snAgGblExcessiveErrorWarning brcdIp.1.1.2.1.34 Syntax: Integer Read only The device has excessive collision, FCS errors, alignment warnings, and other excessive warnings: • No(0) • Yes(1) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 FDP and CDP FDP and CDP This section presents the MIB objects and tables that can be used to manage FDP/CDP using SNMP. • • • • “FDP/CDP global configuration objects” on page 145 “FDP interface table” on page 145 “FDP cache table” on page 146 “FDP cached address entry table” on page 148 FDP/CDP global configuration objects The following objects are used to configure FDP globally. In FES devices, these objects supported in release 03.1.02 and later. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFdpGlobalRun brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.3.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the Foundry Discovery Protocol (FDP) is enabled: • false(0) – FDP is disabled. FDP entries in the snFdpCacheTable are deleted when FDP is disabled. • true(1) – FDP is enabled. Enabling FDP automatically enables CDP globally. Default: false(0) snFdpGlobalMessageInterval brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.3.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the interval at which FDP messages are to be generated. Valid values: 5 – 900 seconds Default: 60 seconds snFdpGlobalHoldTime brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.3.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates how long the receiving device will hold FDP messages. Valid values: 10 – 255 seconds Default: 180 seconds snFdpGlobalCdpRun brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.3.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows if the Cisco Discovery Proctocol (CDP) is enabled: • false(0) – CDP is disabled. CDP entries in the snFdpCacheTable are deleted when FDP is disabled. • true(1) – CDP is enabled. Enabling CDP does not automatically enable FDP globally. Default: false (0) FDP interface table The FDP Interface Table shows whether or not FDP is enabled on a physical interface. You can use this table to disable or enable FDP on individual interfaces. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 145 FDP and CDP NOTE You cannot disable CDP on individual interfaces. Also, in FES devices, this table is supported in release 03.1.02 and later. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFdpInterfaceTable brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.1.1 None The FDP Interface table snFdpInterfaceIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.1.1.1.1 None An entry in the FDP Cache Table, showing the ifIndex value of the local interface. snFdpInterfaceEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if FDP is enabled on the interface: false(0) – FDP is disabled. true(1) – FDP is enabled. Default: true(1) snFdpInterfaceCdpEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if CDP is enabled on the interface: false(0) – CDP is disabled. true(1) – CDP is enabled. Default: true(1) This object is available beginning with IronWare software release 07.6.02. • • • • FDP cache table Each entry in the FDP Cache Table contains information received from FDP/CDP on one interface of one device. This table is available if FDP or CDP is enabled globally. Entries appear when an FDP/CDP advertisement is received from a neighbor device. Entries are deleted when FDP/CDP is disabled on an interface or globally. In FES devices, this table is supported in release 03.1.02 and later. 146 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFdpCacheTable brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1 None The FDP Cache Table snFdpCacheEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1 None An entry in the FDP Cache Table. snFdpCacheIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.1 None An entry in the FDP Cache Table, showing the ifIndex value of the local interface. snFdpCacheDeviceIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read only A unique value for each device from which FDP or CDP messages are being received. For example, you may see 1. snFdpCacheDeviceId brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows a description for the device as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. For example, you may see DeviceB. A zero-length string indicates no Device-ID field (TLV) was reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 FDP and CDP Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFdpCacheAddressType brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates the type of address contained in the “snFdpCacheAddress” object for this entry: • ip(1) • ipx(2) • appletalk(3) snFdpCacheAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.5 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the network-layer address of the device's SNMP-agent, as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. A device may have more than one address. This object shows the first address on the device. The format of this object depends on the value of the snFdpCacheAddressType object: • ip(1) – 4 octets • ipx(2) – 10 octets: Octets 1 – 4: Network number Octets 5 – 10: Host number • appletalk(3) – 3 octets: Octets 1 – 2: Network number Octet 3: Host number snFdpCacheVersion brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the software version running in the device as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. For example, you may see the following: Brocade Networks, Inc. Router, IronWare Version 07.6.01b1T53 Compiled on Aug 28 2002 at 20:23:58 labeled as B2R07601 snFdpCacheDevicePort brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.7 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the port ID of the device as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. This will typically be the value of the ifName object. For example, you may see Ethe 2/3. A zero-length string indicates no Port-ID field (TLV) was reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. snFdpCachePlatform brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.8 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the device's hardware platform as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. For example, you may see BigIron Router. A zero-length string indicates that no Platform field (TLV) was reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. snFdpCacheCapabilities brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.9 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the device's functional capabilities as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. For example, you may see Router. snFdpCacheVendorId brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.1 0 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates if FDP or CDP received the entry: • fdp(1) • cdp(2) snFdpCacheIsAggregateV Read only lan brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.1 1 Syntax: Integer snFdpCacheDeviceTagTy pe brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.1 2 Syntax: Integer IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Read only Indicates if this entry is from a neighbor device that is in an aggregated VLAN: • false(0) – It is not in an aggregated VLAN • true(1) – It is in an aggregate VLAN Shows the tag type of the neighbor device that sent this entry. For example, you may see 0x8100. 147 FDP and CDP Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFdpCacheDevicePortVl anMask brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.1 3 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the port VLAN masks, in 512-byte octet string, of the neighbor that sent this entry. snFdpCachePortTagMod e brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.1 4 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the port tag mode on the neighbor device: • untagged(1) • tagged(2) • dual(3) snFdpCacheDefaultTraffi ceVlanIdForDualMode brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.2.1.1.1 5 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the default traffic vlan ID for neighbor devices that have dual-mode ports. FDP cached address entry table The FDP Cached Address Entry Table shows all the cached addresses from which FDP or CDP messages are being received. This table is available if FDP or CDP is enabled globally. Also, in FES devices, this table is supported in release 03.1.02 and later. 148 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFdpCachedAddressTable brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1 None The FDP Cached Address Entry Table snFdpCachedAddressEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1 None An entry in the FDP Cached Address Table. snFdpCachedAddrIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer None Shows the ifIndex value of the local interface. snFdpCachedAddrDeviceInd Read only ex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Shows a unique value for each device from which FDP or CDP messages are being received. snFdpCachedAddrDeviceAd drEntryIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Shows a unique value for each address on the device from which FDP or CDP messages are being received. A device may have several addresses. There will be one entry for each address. Read only IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Show media table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFdpCachedAddrType brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates the type of address contained in the “snFdpCachedAddrValue” object for this entry: • ip(1) • ipx(2) • appletalk(3) snFdpCachedAddrValue brcdIp.1.1.3.20.1.4.1.1.5 Syntax: OctetString Read only Indicates the network-layer address of the device’s SNMP-agent as reported in the most recent FDP or CDP message. The format of this object depends on the value of the snFdpCachedAddrValue object: • ip(1) – 4 octets • ipx(2) – 10 octets: Octets 1 – 4: Network number Octets 5 – 10: Host number • appletalk(3) – 3 octets: Octets 1 – 2: Network number Octet 3: Host number Show media table The Show Media Table retrieves information from the show media CLI output using SNMP. This table applies only to the NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 04.0.01 and later and to Brocade MLXe devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIfMediaInfoTable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.9.1 None This table lists the information for the media device (SFP, XFP, or copper) installed in the physical Ethernet port.Only the ifIndices of Ethernet ports that are associated with the operational cards are included in this table. snIfMediaInfoEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.3.9.1.1 None An entry in the Interface Media Information table. The ifIndex of the Ethernet interface is used to index this table." snIfMediaType brcdIp.1.1.3.3.9.1.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The type of the media installed in the physical port. This object displays up to 128 characters. snIfMediaVendorName brcdIp.1.1.3.3.9.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The media vendor name. The full name of the corporation is displayed. This object displays up to 128 characters. snIfMediaVersion brcdIp.1.1.3.3.9.1.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The media vendor product version number. This object displays up to 128 characters. snIfMediaPartNumber brcdIp.1.1.3.3.9.1.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The media vendor part number. This object displays up to 128 characters. snIfMediaSerialNumbe r brcdIp.1.1.3.3.9.1.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The vendor serial number of the media device. This object displays up to 128 characters. 149 Software licensing Software licensing The fdryLicenseTable contains information about the software licenses configured on the device. Note: This table is supported on the following devices: • • • • 150 NetIron CES and CER devices running software release 05.0.00 and later. FastIron devices running software release 07.1.00 and later. Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX running software release 05.1.00 and later. ServeIron ADX devices running software release 12.2.1 and later. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryLicenseEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1 N/A An entry in a license table. This is indexed by: fdryLicensePackageName, fdryLicenseLid, and IMPLIED fdryLicenseHash fdryLicensePackageNa me brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString (SIZE(1..24)) N/A Name of the package, whose license information this entry displays. fdryLicenseLid brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString (SIZE(1..11)) N/A License Id (LID) of the device or the line module for which the license information is being displayed. fdryLicenseHash brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString (SIZE(1..17)) N/A A unique hash for identifying a license entry in the system. This helps traverse through the entries with the same package name and LID. fdryLicenseType brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.4 Syntax: INTEGER Read-only The type of the license: • normal(1) • trial(2) fdryLicensePrecedence Read-only brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 (0..65535) Defines the priority of a particular trial license among other trial licenses that have the same package and LID. This is primarily used to determine which license to use when there are many trial and normal licenses with same package name and LID. fdryLicenseTrialDays brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 (0..65535) Read-only The number of trial days for the license, if it's a trial license; otherwise, the value has no meaning for normal licenses and is read as 0 on a Get operation. fdryLicenseTrialTimeEl apsed brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 (0..65535) Read-only The cumulative number of hours used for this trial license. This counts all the usages of the trial license. For a normal license, this is 0 and is read as 0 on a Get operation. fdryLicenseTrialTimeLe ft brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 (0..65535) Read-only The number of hours left for the trial license. This is derived from the total number of hours and the cumulative number of hours used. For a normal license, this is 0 and is read as 0 on a Get operation. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Software licensing Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryLicenseTrialState brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.9 Syntax: INTEGER Read-only fdryLicenseVendorInfo brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.10 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only This contains encoded information of license specific information such as package bit mask, number of ports, etc. The information is in an octet display string format. fdryLicenseSlot brcdIp.1.1.2.15.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only This indicates the slot number of the module to which the license belongs. There is a one-to-one mapping between the license ID and slot number since each module has a unique licensde ID and the module can be present only in one slot. The state of the trial license: invalid(1) = The license is not valid for the device. unused(2) = The license has never been used active(3) = The license has been used at least once expired(4) = The license has expired and can no longer be used. • • • • NOTE: This object is supported only on the following devices: • Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER running software release 05.1.00 and later. • FastIron devices running software release 07.2.00 and later. License information The following object indicates what feature (license) is installed on the device. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryLicensedFeatureInf o brcdIp.1.1.2.15.2 Syntax: Bits Read-only The feature or package for which the license has been enabled on the device: • ospf(0) • isis(1) • bgp(2) • mpls(3) NOTE: This object is supported only on the following devices: • Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER running software release 05.1.00 and later. • FastIron devices running software release 07.2.00 and later. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 151 Software licensing 152 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 6 Power Over Ethernet MIB This chapter presents the Power Over Ethernet (POE) MIBs that are supported only on FastIron devices that support POE. The FastIron devices must be running software release 07.2.02 and later. Power Over Ethernet global objects The following objects apply globally to FastIron X Series POE devices. The information in these objects are available in the output of the show inline power CLI command. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentPoeGblPowerCap acityTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.14.1. Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only This object shows the total inline power capacity available in the device. Inline power capacity is measured in milliwatts. snAgentPoeGblPowerCap acityFree brcdIp.1.1.2.14.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only This object shows the inline power capacity currently available in the device that is unallocated. Inline power capacity is measured in milliwatts. snAgentPoeGblPowerAllo cationsRequestsHonored brcdIp.1.1.2.14.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only This object shows number of times the inline power allocations requests were honored. Power Over Ethernet port table The snAgentPoePortTable presents information about the FastIron X-Series POE ports. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentPoePortNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.1 Syntax:InterfaceIndex Read-only The port number in ifIndex value. snAgentPoePortControl brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.2 Syntax: INTEGER Read-create Powers on or off the inline power on a port. If a port does not have inline power capability, reading this object returns other(1). Valid values are: • other(1) • disable(2) • enable(3) • enableLegacyDevice(4) 153 Power over module table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentPoePortWattage brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-create Adjusts the inline power wattage. Valid values are between 1000 to 15400(IEEE802_3AF)/30000(IEEE802_3AT). Each unit is in milliwatts. This object can only be set after snSwIfInLinePowerControl has been set to “enable(3)” or “enableLegacyDevice(4)”. If a port does not have inline power capability, reading this object returns an undefined value. snAgentPoePortClass brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-create Adjusts the inline power class. Valid values are between 0 to 3(IEEE802_3AF)/4(IEEE802_3AT). This object can only be set after snSwIfInLinePowerControl has been set to “enable(3)” or “enableLegacyDevice(4)”. If a port does not have inline power capability, reading this object returns an undefined value. snAgentPoePortPriority brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.5 Syntax: INTEGER Read-create snAgentPoePortConsume d brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Amount of inline power consumed by the port. Each unit is milliwatts. snAgentPoePortType brcdIp.1.1.2.14.2.2.1.7 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Inline Power device type: 802.3af, 802.3at or Legacy device. Shows the inline power allocation priority for the power device invalid(0) = Not a POE port critical(1) high(2) low(3) medium(4) other(5) • • • • • • Power over module table The snAgentPoeModuleTable shows the configuration of modules on the FastIron X-Series devices. The information in this table is available in the output of the show module CLI command. 154 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentPoeModuleNumb er brcdIp.1.1.2.14.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only This objects is the POE module number. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Power over unit table Name, OID, and Syntax Access snAgentPoeModuleBudge Read-create t brcdIp.1.1.2.14.3.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 snAgentPoeModuleMaxP DTypeSupport brcdIp.1.1.2.14.3.1.1.3 Syntax: INTEGER Read-only NOTE: This object is supported only on FastIron SuperX devices Description This objects shows the module power budget in watts. This object shows the POE module type that is capable to support Power Device (PD) type: • ieee802dot3af(0) = Supports only ieee802dot3af modules • ieee802dot3at(1) = Also called POE plus type. This module can support ieee802.3at and ieee802.3af Power over unit table The snAgentPoeUnitTable provides POE information for each unit on a stack. Only the unit that has POE capability appears in a table row. The information in these objects are available in the output of the show inline power CLI command for a POE device in a stack. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentPoeUnitIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.14.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The index for the POE unit table. snAgentPoeUnitPowerCap Read-only acityTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.14.4.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 This object shows the total inline power capacity available on a unit (device). Inline power capacity is measured in milliwatts. snAgentPoeUnitPowerCap Read-only acityFree brcdIp.1.1.2.14.4.1.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 This object shows the unallocated inline power capacity currently available on a unit (device). Inline power capacity is measured in milliwatts. snAgentPoeUnitPowerAllo cationsRequestsHonored brcdIp.1.1.2.14.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 This object shows number of times the inline power allocations requests were honored on the unit (device). Read-only 155 Power over unit table 156 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Chapter 7 User Access Agent user access group This chapter presents the objects used to control user access to devices. Refer to the Security Guide for detailed explanation on the features discussed in this chapter. The objects in this section apply to user accounts in all devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentUserMaxAccnt brcdIp.1.1.2.9.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the maximum number of user accounts that can be configured on the device. snAgWebMgmtServerTcpPort brcdIp.1.1.2.1.63 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object allows you to specify which TCP port will be used for the Web management interface. Also, Element Manager of IronView Network Manager will query the device for this port number before it sends HTTP packets to the device. Enter a number from 1 – 65535. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. Agent user account table The objects in this table provide information about user accounts. They apply to all devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentUserAccntTable brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2 None A table of user account information. snAgentUserAccntEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1 None Represents a row in the Agent User table. snAgentUserAccntName brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Displays the user name. This object can have up to 48 characters snAgentUserAccntPassword brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Contains the user password. Valid values: Up to 48 characters 157 General security objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentUserAccntEncryptCode brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write snAgentUserAccntPrivilege brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write snAgentUserAccntRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.9.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write States the password encryption method code. 0 – no encryption 1 – simple encryption 7– MD5 encryption • • • Shows the user’s privilege. 0 – administration 4 – Port configuration 5 – Read only • • • Creates, modifies, or deletes a user account table entry: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) modify(5) • • • • • General security objects The following objects are used to manage general security functions in all devices. 158 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgGblPassword brcdIp.1.1.2.1.15 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the system security access password, which is used only for an SNMP-Set. An SNMP-Get will return a zero string. If the password-change any command (the default) is configured on the device, then this object needs to be part of the SNMP Set operation on some critical SNMP objects. The value of this object depends on the authentication method for SNMP operation: • If there is no AAA authentication configuration for SNMP, then this object will have the enable superuser password. • If AAA authentication for SNMP is configured and has the leading method as “enable” or “line”, this object will have the corresponding “enable” or “line” password. • If the switch has AAA authentication for SNMP operation, and the method specified is one of local, TACACS+, or RADIUS, this object will have format with one space character between and . The maximum size allows concatenation of max 48 octets of username and 48 octets of password, with one blank character Refer to “Configuration notes” on page 161 for more details. Valid values: Up 48 octets. snAgGblSecurityLevelSe t brcdIp.1.1.2.1.28 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the security level required to set an “enable” password. This security level can be from 0 to 5. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 General security objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgGblPasswordChang Read only eMode brcdIp.1.1.2.1.24 Syntax: Integer Specifies which management entity is allowed to change the “enable” password for the device. For security reasons, this object can only be modified using the device’s CLI. Valid values: • anyMgmtEntity(1) – Any SNMP management station, console command line interface or Telnet command line interface can be used to change the password. • consoleAndTelnet(2) – The password can be changed using the console command line interface or the Telnet command line interface • consoleOnly(3) – Only the console command line interface can be used • telnetOnly(4) – Only telnet command line interface can be used. Default: consoleAndTelnet(2) snAgGblLevelPasswords Mask brcdIp.1.1.2.1.29 Syntax: Integer32 Shows the bitmap of level passwords which were successfully assigned to the system. • Bit 0 – Level 0 = admin • Bit 4 – Level 4 = port configuration • Bit 5 – Level 5 = read only Read only snAgGblReadOnlyComm Read-write unity brcdIp.1.1.2.1.25 Syntax: DisplayString Allows you to configure SNMP read-only community strings for the device. This object can be used in an SNMP-Set, but not SNMP-Get. Get will return a blank. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. NOTE: To use this object, make sure that "password-change any" has been configured in the device, to allow passwords to be updated from SNMP or any method snAgGblReadWriteCom munity brcdIp.1.1.2.1.26 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Allows you to configure SNMP read-write community strings for the device. This object can be used in an SNMP-Set, but not SNMP-Get. Get will return a blank. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. NOTE: To use this object, make sure that "password-change any" has been configured in the device, to allow passwords to be updated from SNMP or any method. snAgGblCurrentSecurity Level brcdIp.1.1.2.1.27 Syntax: Integer IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Read only Represents the current login security level (0 to 5). Each level of security requires a password to permit users for different system configurations. Levels are defined in the “snAgGblLevelPasswordsMask” object. 159 General security objects 160 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgSystemLog brcdIp.1.1.2.1.20 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates whether any network management system has login privileges. The agent allows only one network management to be logged in. The value of this object consists of an octet string, with the first byte representing the value described below. The following four bytes contain a secret code. The value of the first byte can be one of the following: • login(1) – Login for a network management system. • heartbeat(2) – a value for the login NMS periodically to check in; Otherwise, the Agent will automatically set this object to logout(3) after a timeout period. • logout(3) – a value for a NMS to logout. • changePassword(4) – a value for the login NMS to change password, only if snAgGblPasswordChangeMode was configured to “anyMgmtEntity”. • changeReadOnlyCommunity(5) – a value for the login NMS to change the read-only community string, only if snAgGblPasswordChangeMode was configured to “anyMgmtEntity”. • changeReadWriteCommunity(6) – a value for the login NMS to change the read-write community string, only if snAgGblPasswordChangeMode was configured to “anyMgmtEntity”. This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object. snAgGblTelnetTimeout brcdIp.1.1.2.1.37 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows how many minutes a Telnet session can remain idle before it times out. The value of this object can be up to 240 minutes. A value of 0 means that the Telnet session never times out. snAgGblEnableWebMg mt brcdIp.1.1.2.1.38 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables access to the device from the Web management interface: • disable(0) • enable(1) snAgGblSecurityLevelBi nding brcdIp.1.1.2.1.39 Syntax: Integer32 Read only After a network management system logs in to a device with a user ID and password, the privilege level assigned to that system is saved in this object. Privilege level can be one of the following: • 0 – Administration • 4 – Port configuration • 5 – Read only • 255 – Invalid binding snAgGblEnableSLB brcdIp.1.1.2.1.40 Syntax: Integer Read only Enables or disables Server Load Balancing: • disable(0) • enable(1) snAgGblEnableTelnetSe rver brcdIp.1.1.2.1.45 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables the Telnet server in a device: • Disable(0) • Enable(1) Default: enable(1) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 General security objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgGblTelnetPassword brcdIp.1.1.2.1.46 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Contains the Telnet access password, which is only used with SNMP Set. An SNMP-Get produces a zero string. This object can have 48 characters. This object requires a password to be set for the snAgGblPassword object. snAgGblTelnetLoginTim eout brcdIp.1.1.2.1.60 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates how many minutes you have to log in before Telnet is disconnected. Valid values: 1 – 10 minutes. Default: 1 minute Configuration notes When using the snAgGblPassword object in a Set operation, keep the following in mind: The device will always insist on a password to be part of the object snAgGblPassword. You can override this requirement by entering a no snmp-server pw-check command on the device’s CLI. By default, the object uses the value of the enable super-user password configured on the device as the default password. To allow a device to use other authentication schemes, use one of the following commands: • aaa authen snmp default enable | local | none Using enable tells the device to use the configured enable super-user password. If the enable super-user password is missing, then the device checks for the if implicit TACACS+ enable password. The device will store a previous (unrelated to SNMP) implicit enable operation result, and remember the enable password that was approved by TACACS+. You can enter the following command to use this method: SnmpSet(snAgGblPassword.0=" ", snAgEraseNVRAM.0=3) Using local instructs the device to use a configured local username and password value. You can enter the following SNMP command to use this method: SnmpSet(snAgGblPassword.0=" ", snAgEraseNVRAM.0=3) Using none tells the device to ignore the value of snAgGblPassword and authentication check will always pass. You can enter the following SNMP command to use this method: SnmpSet(snAgGblPassword.0=" ", snAgEraseNVRAM.0=3) • aaa authentication login default TACACS+ • aaa authentication enable default TACACS+ • aaa authentication enable implicit-user The snAgGblPassword object must be set for the following objects: • • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 snAgCfgLoad snAgImgLoad snAgConfigFromNVRAM snAgEraseNVRAM snAgWriteNVRAM snAgGblTelnetPassword 161 IP community list table • snAgReload • snAgSystemLog IP community list table This table has been deprecated in IronWare software release 07.5.00 and is no longer supported. It has been replaced by the “IP community list string table” on page 163. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. 162 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpCommunityListTable brcdIp.1.2.2.13 None IP Community List Table. snIpCommunityListEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1 None An entry in the IP Community List Table. snIpCommunityListIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only An index for an entry in the table. snIpCommunityListSequence brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Identifies the sequence of this entry in this table. snIpCommunityListAction brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines what action to take if the address in the packet matches this filter: • deny(0) • permit(1) snIpCommunityListCommNum brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.4 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the community number. This is a number from 1 to 0xFFFFFFFF. There are 20 numbers. Each number is represented by four octets. snIpCommunityListInternet brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the community is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snIpCommunityListNoAdvertise brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if routes will not be advertised to any internal or external peer: • false(0) • true(1) snIpCommunityListNoExport brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if the route will not be advertised to an EBGP peer: • false(0) • true(1) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IP community list string table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpCommunityListRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snIpCommunityListLocalAs brcdIp.1.2.2.13.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this route will be sent to peers (advertised) in other sub-autonomous systems within the local confederation: • false(0) – Do not advertise this route to an external system. • true(1) – Advertise this route. IP community list string table This table contains the list of community strings used. Beginning with IronWare software release 07.5.00, this table replaces the “IP community list string table” on page 163. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpCommunityListStringTable brcdIp.1.2.2.17 None IP Community ListString Table. snIpCommunityListStringEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1 None An entry in the IP Community ListString Table. snIpCommunityListStringName brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.1 Syntax: OctetString Read only An index for an entry in the table. This object can have up to 32 octets. snIpCommunityListStringSequen ce brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1. Syntax: Integer32 Read only Indicates the sequence of this entry in the table. snIpCommunityListStringAction brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the action to take if the community string on the packet matches this filter: • deny(0) • permit(1) snIpCommunityListStringCommN um brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the community string’s number, represented by four octets. This number can be from 1 to 0xFFFFFFFF. There can be up to 20 community string numbers. snIpCommunityListStringInternet brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the community is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) 163 IP community list string table Name, OID, and Syntax 164 Access Description snIpCommunityListStringNoAdver Read-write tise brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.6 Syntax: Integer Indicates the community string will not be advertised to any internal or external peers: • false(0) • true(1) snIpCommunityListStringNoExpor Read-write t brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.7 Syntax: Integer Indicates if this route is not advertised as an EBGP peer: • false(0) • true(1) snIpCommunityListStringRowStat us brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snIpCommunityListStringLocalAs brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.9 Read-write Determines if this route will be sent to peers in other sub autonomous systems within the local confederation. Do not advertise this route to an external system. snIpCommunityListStringType brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.10 Read-write Displays the type of the community list, whether standard or extended. snIpCommunityListStringRegExpr brcdIp.1.2.2.17.1.11 Read-write This will display the regular expression string for extended community list. This object will return NULL for standard community list. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Authorization and accounting Authorization and accounting The following objects are for authorization, and accounting functions. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAuthorizationCommand Methods brcdIp.1.1.3.15.2.1 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the sequence of authorization methods. This object can have zero to three octets. Each octet represents a method to authorize the user command. Each octet has the following value: • radius(2) – Authorize by the requesting RADIUS server • tacplus(5) – Authorize by requesting TACACS server • none(6) – Skip authorization Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous authorization methods. snAuthorizationCommandLev el brcdIp.1.1.3.15.2.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the commands that need to be authorized. Any command that is equal to or less than the selected level will be authorized: • level(0) – Privilege level 0 • level(4) – Privilege level 4 • level(5) – Privilege level 5 snAuthorizationExec brcdIp.1.1.3.15.2.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows the sequence of authorization methods for exec programs. This object can have zero to three octets. Each octet represents a method for Telnet or SSH login authorization. Each octet can have one of the following values: • radius(2) – Send EXEC authorization request to RADIUS server • tacplus(5) – Send EXEC authorization request to TACACS+ server • none(6) – No EXEC authorization method Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all authorization methods. snAccounting brcdIp.1.1.3.15.3 (??) (??) snAccountingCommandMeth ods brcdIp.1.1.3.15.3.1 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows a sequence of accounting methods. This object can have zero to three octets. Each octet represents an accounting method. Each octet can have one of the following values: • radius(2) – Send accounting information to RADIUS server • tacplus(5) – Send accounting information to TACACS+ server • none(6) – No accounting method Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all authorization methods. snAccountingCommandLevel brcdIp.1.1.3.15.3.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the commands that need to be accounted for. Any command that is equal to or less than the selected level will be accounted for: • level(0) – Privilege level 0 • level(4) – Privilege level 4 • level(5) – Privilege level 5. 165 RADIUS general group Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAccountingExec brcdIp.1.1.3.15.3.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows the sequence of accounting methods for exec programs. This object can have zero to three octets. Each octet represents a method for Telnet or SSH login authorization. Each octet can have one of the following values: • radius(2) – Send accounting information to the RADIUS server • tacplus(5) – Send accounting information to the TACACS+ server • none(6) – No accounting method Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all authorization methods. snAccountingSystem brcdIp.1.1.3.15.3.4 Syntax: OctetString Read-write A sequence of accounting methods. This object can have zero to three octets. Each octet represents a method to account for the system related events. Each octet has the following enumeration values: • radius(2) – send accounting information to the RADIUS server • tacplus(5) – send accounting information to the TACACS+ server • none(6) – skip accounting Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous accounting methods. RADIUS general group You can use a Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server to secure the following types of access to the switch or router: • • • • Telnet access SSH access Web management access Access to the Privileged EXEC level and CONFIG levels of the CLI The following objects provide information on RADIUS authentication. They apply to all devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRadiusSNMPAccess brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates if the RADIUS group MIB objects can be accessed by an SNMP manager: • disabled(0) – All RADIUS group MIB objects return a “general error” • enabled(1) Default: disabled snRadiusEnableTelnetAuth brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if Telnet authentication as specified by the object “snRadiusLoginMethod” is enabled. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled snRadiusGeneral brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1 166 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 RADIUS general group IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRadiusRetransmit brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the number of authentication query retransmissions that can be sent to the RADIUS server. Valid values: 0 – 5 Default: 3 snRadiusTimeOut brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the number of seconds to wait for authentication reply from the RADIUS server. Valid values: 0 – 60 Default: 3 snRadiusDeadTime brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the RADIUS server dead time, each unit is one minute. Valid values: 0 – 5 Default: 3 snRadiusKey brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the authentication key as encrypted text. This object can have up to 32 characters. snRadiusLoginMethod brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.7 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows the sequence of authentication methods for the RADIUS server. Each octet represents a method for authenticating the user at login. Each octet can have one of the following values: • enable(1) – Authenticate by the “Enable” password for the command line interface • radius(2) – Authenticate by requesting the RADIUS server • local(3) – Authenticate by local user account table • line(4) – Authenticate by the Telnet password • tacplus(5) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS Plus server • none(6) – Do not authenticate • tacacs(7) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS server Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous authentication methods. snRadiusEnableMethod brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.8 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows the sequence of authentication methods for the RADIUS server. Each octet represents a method for authenticating the user after login, as the user enters the privilege mode of the command line interface. Each octet can have one of the following values: • enable(1) – Authenticate by the “Enable” password for the command line interface • radius(2) – Authenticate by requesting the RADIUS server • local(3) – Authenticate by local user account table • line(4) – Authenticate by the Telnet password • tacplus(5) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS Plus server • none(6) – Do not authenticate • tacacs(7) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS server Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous authentication methods. 167 RADIUS server table (IPv4) Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRadiusWebServerMethod brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.9 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows the sequence of authentication methods. Each octet represents a method for authenticating the user who is accessing the Web-server. Each octet can have one of the following values: • enable(1) – Authenticate by the “Enable” password for the command line interface • radius(2) – Authenticate by requesting the RADIUS server • local(3) – Authenticate by local user account table • line(4) – Authenticate by the Telnet password • tacplus(5) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS Plus server • none(6) – Do not authenticate • tacacs(7) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS server Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous authentication methods. snRadiusSNMPServerMeth od brcdIp.1.1.3.12.1.10 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows the sequence of authentication methods. Each octet represents a method to authenticate the user who is accessing the SNMP server. Each octet can have one of the following values: • enable(1) – Authenticate by the “Enable” password for the command line interface • radius(2) – Authenticate by requesting the RADIUS server • local(3) – Authenticate by local user account table • line(4) – Authenticate by the Telnet password • tacplus(5) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS Plus server • none(6) – Do not authenticate • tacacs(7) – Authenticate by requesting TACACS server Setting a zero length octet string invalidates all previous authentication methods. RADIUS server table (IPv4) The following objects provide information on the RADIUS server. They apply to all IPv4 devices. NOTE FastIron X Series IPv6 devices running software release 04.1.00 or later use the ““RADIUS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices)” on page 169. 168 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRadiusServerTable brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2 None RADIUS server table. snRadiusServerEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1 None An entry in the RADIUS server table. snRadiusServerIp brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the RADIUS server IP address. snRadiusServerAuthPort brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the UDP port number for authentication. Default: 1812 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 RADIUS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRadiusServerAcctPort brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the UDP port number used for accounting. Default: 1813 snRadiusServerRowStatu s brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates or deletes a RADIUS server table entry: • other(1) • valid(2) • delete(3) • create(4) snRadiusServerRowKey brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the authentication key, displayed as encrypted text. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. snRadiusServerUsage brcdIp.1.1.3.12.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Allows this server to be dedicated for a particular AAA activity: • default(1), • authenticationOnly(2), • authorizationOnly(3), • accountingOnly(4) RADIUS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) The following objects provide information on the RADIUS server. They apply to FastIron X Series IPv6 devices running software releases FSX 04.1.00 or later. NOTE Releases prior to FSX 04.1.00 use the “RADIUS server table (IPv4)” on page 168. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryRadiusServerTable brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1 None RADIUS server table listing the RADIUS authentication servers. fdryRadiusServerEntry brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1 Syntax: FdryRadiusServerEntry None An entry in the RADIUS server table. fdryRadiusServerIndex brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The index to the RADIUS server table. A maximum of eight RADIUS servers are supported. fdryRadiusServerAddrType brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-create The RADIUS server IP address type. Supported types are: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) Default: ipv4 fdryRadiusServerAddr brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: InetAddress Read-create The RADIUS server IP address. 169 TACACS general objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryRadiusServerAuthPort brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create The authentication UDP port number. Default: 1645 fdryRadiusServerAcctPort brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create The account UDP port number. Default: 1646 fdryRadiusServerRowKey brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString (size(0..32)) Read-create The authentication key displayed as encrypted text. fdryRadiusServerUsage brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.7 Syntax: ServerUsage Read-create Allows this server to be dedicated for a particular AAA activity. fdryRadiusServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.8.1.1.1.1.8 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object. TACACS general objects The Terminal Access Controller Access Control System (TACACS) or security protocols can be used to authenticate the following types of access to devices: • • • • • Telnet access SSH access Securing Access to Management Functions Web management access Access to the Privileged EXEC level and CONFIG levels of the CLI The TACACS and protocols define how authentication, authorization, and accounting information is sent between a device and an authentication database on a TACACS server. The following objects provide information on TACACS authentication. They apply to all devices. Refer to the Security Guide for more information on TACACS. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snTacacsRetransmit brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of authentication query retransmissions to the TACACS server. Valid values: 0 – 5. Default: 3 snTacacsTimeOut brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how many seconds to wait for authentication reply from the TACACS server. Valid values: 0 – 15 Default: 3 seconds snTacacsGeneral brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1 170 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 TACACS server table (IPv4) Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snTacacsDeadTime brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the TACACS server dead time in minutes. Valid values: 0 – 5 Default: 3 minutes snTacacsKey brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Authentication key displayed as encrypted text. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. snTacacsSNMPAccess brcdIp.1.1.3.13.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates whether the TACACS group MIB objects can be accessed by an SNMP manager. • disabled(0) – All TACACS group MIB objects return "general error" • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) TACACS server table (IPv4) The following objects provide information on the TACACS server. They apply to all IPv4 devices. NOTE For FastIron IPv6 devices running software release FSX 04.1.00 or later, see “TACACS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices)” on page 172. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snTacacsServerTable brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2 None TACACS server table. snTacacsServerEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1 None An entry in the TACACS server table. snTacacsServerIp brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the TACACS server IP address. snTacacsServerAuthPort brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Specifies the UDP port used for authentication. Default: 49 snTacacsServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write snTacacsServerRowKey brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write snTacacsServerUsage brcdIp.1.1.3.13.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates or deletes a TACACS server table entry: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) • • • • Authentication key displayed as encrypted text. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. Allows this server to be dedicated to a particular AAA activity: default(1), authenticationOnly(2), authorizationOnly(3), accountingOnly(4) • • • • 171 TACACS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) TACACS server table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) The following objects provide information on the TACACS server. These objects apply to FastIron X Series IPv6 devices running software release FSX 04.1.00 or later. NOTE Releases prior to FSX 04.1.00 use the “TACACS server table (IPv4)” on page 171. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryTacacsServerTable brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1 None The TACACS server table listing the TACACS authentication servers. fdryTacacsServerEntry brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1.1 None An entry in the TACACS server table. This table uses a running index as the index to the table. fdryTacacsServerIndex brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The index to the TACACS server table. Up to eight TACACS servers are supported. fdryTacacsServerAddrType brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: InetAddresstype Read-create The TACACS server IP address type. Supported address types are: ipv4(1) ipv6(2) Default: ipv4 fdryTacacsServerAddr brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Inetaddress Read-create The TACACS server IP address. fdryTacacsServerAuthPort brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create The UDP port used for authentication. Default: 49 fdryTacacsServerRowKey brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString (size(0..32)) Read-create The authentication key displayed as encrypted text. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. fdryTacacsServerUsage brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1.1.6 Syntax: ServerUsage Read-create Allows this server to be dedicated to a particular AAA activity: Default: default fdryTacacsServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.9.1.1.1.1.7 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object. • • Show statistics DOS-attack The following objects have been created to provide DOS attack statistics through SNMP as shown in the following table. NOTES: The DOS-Attack Global MIBs are supported on the following products: 172 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Denial of service attacks • • • • BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX Brocade MLXe Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDosAttackICMPDropCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.1 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Provides the contents of the ICMP drop counter. snDosAttackICMPBlockCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.2 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Provides the contents of the ICMP block counter. snDosAttackSYNDropCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Provides the contents of the SYN drop counter. snDosAttackSYNBlockCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Provides the contents of the SYN block counter. Denial of service attacks NOTES: The following objects are supported on the following products: • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX Brocade MLXe Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDosAttackGlobal brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1 N/A Global scalars for denial of service attacks. snDosAttackICMPDropCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.1 Syntax: Counter32 Read only ICMP drop counter. snDosAttackICMPBlockCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.2 Syntax: Counter32 Read only ICMP block counter. snDosAttackSYNDropCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read only SYN drop counter. snDosAttackSYNBlockCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read only SYN block counter. 173 DOS attack port table DOS attack port table The following objects have been created to filter traffic for DOS attacks through SNMP as shown in the following table. NOTES: The DOS-Attack Port MIBs are supported on the following products: • • • • 174 BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX Brocade MLXe Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDosAttackPortTable brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.2 Syntax: Sequence of snDosAttackPortEntry None Denial of service attack port table. snDosAttackPortEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.2.1 Syntax: snDosAttackPortEntry None An entry of the denial of service attack port table. snDosAttackPort brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 read only Index value of a port. snDosAttackPortICMPDropCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.2.1.2 Syntax: Counter32 read only Value of the ICMP drop counter. snDosAttackPortICMPBlockCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.2.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 read only Value of the ICMP block counter. snDosAttackPortSYNDropCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.2.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 read only Value of the SYN drop counter. snDosAttackPortSYNBlockCount brcdIp.1.1.3.14.3.2.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 read only Value of the SYN block counter. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 8 802.1X Authentication MIB This chapter presents the SNMP MIB objects for 802.1X authentication. These MIB objects are supported on the FLS, FGS, FCX, FSX, and FWS devices running software release 07.2.02 and later. 802.1X authentication scalar group types The 802.1X authentication scalar group provides information that is displayed in the outputs of the following CLI commands: • show dot1x • show dot1x configuration all • show dot1x configuration ethernet Name, OID, and Syntax IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Access Description brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConf Read-write igQuietperiod brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 (1..4294967294) If the Brocade device is unable to authenticate a client, this object shows the amount of time, in seconds, the Brocade device waits before it retries to authenticate that client Default: 60 seconds brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConf Read-write igTxPeriod brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 (1..4294967294) When a client does not return an EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol)-response/identity frame, this object shows the amount of time, in seconds, the Brocade device waits before retransmitting the EAP-request/identity frame to the client Default: 30 seconds brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConf Read-write igSuppTimeOut brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 (1..4294967294) When a supplicant (client) does not respond to an EAP-request frame, this object shows the amount of time, in seconds, before the Brocade device retransmits the frame Default: 30 seconds brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConf Read-write igAuthServerTimeOut brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 When the authentication server (RADIUS) does not respond to a message sent from the Client, this object shows the amount of time, in seconds, before the Brocade device retransmits the message. Default: 30 seconds brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConf Read-write igMaxReq brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 (1..4294967294) The number of times the Brocade device retransmits an EAP-request or identity request frame if it does not receive an EAP-response or identity response frame from a client Default: 2 times 175 802.1X port statistics table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConf Read-write igReAuthMax brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 (1..4294967294) The number of reauthentication attempts that are permitted before the port becomes unauthorized. Default: 2 times brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConf Read-write igReAuthPeriod brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 (1..4294967294) How often (number of seconds) the device automatically reauthenticates clients when periodic reauthentication is enabled. Default: 3600 seconds brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConf Read-only igProtocolVersion brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 The EAP protocol version. brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConf Read-only igTotalPortsEnabled brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.9 Syntax: Unsigned32 The total number of ports that have 802.1x enabled. brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConf Read-write igReauthStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.10 Syntax: EnabledStatus Enables or disables reauthentication globally. Default: disabled brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConf Read-write igMacSessionMaxAge brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.11 Syntax: Unsigned32 The maximum age of the 802.1x MAC session. A value between 0 and 65535 brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConf Read-write igNoAgingDeniedSession s brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.12 Syntax: EnabledStatus Enables or disables mac-session-no aging for denied sessions. Default: disabled brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConf Read-write igNoAgingPermittedSessi ons brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.13 Syntax: EnabledStatus Enables or disables mac-session-no aging for permitted sessions. Default: disabled brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConf Read-write igAuthFailAction brcdIp.1.1.3.38.1.14 Syntax: INTEGER Configures the action to take when the authentication fails: • blockTraffic(1) • restrictedVlan(2)} 802.1X port statistics table The brcdDot1xAuthPortStatTable contains Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) information specific to interfaces. EAP is an authentication framework that provides common functions and negotiation of authentication methods called EAP methods (for example, EAP-MD5, EAP-TLS, and EAP-GTC). The statistics provided by this table are equivalent to those provided in the output of the following commands: 176 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 802.1X port statistics table • show dot1x statistics ethernet • show dot1x statistics all IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdDot1xAuthPortStatRx EAPFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Total number of EAPOL frames received on the port. The frames received include EAP frames. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatTx EAPFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Number of EAPOL frames transmitted on the port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatRx EAPStartFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Number of EAPOL-Start frames received on the port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatRx EAPLogOffFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Number of EAPOL-Logoff frames received on the port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatRx EAPRespIdFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Number of EAP frames other than Response/Identity frames received on the port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatTx EAPReqIdFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Number of EAP-Request/Identity frames transmitted on the port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatRx EAPInvalidFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Number of invalid EAPOL frames received on the port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatEA PLastFrameVersionRx brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Version of last EAP frame received. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatRx EAPRespOrIdFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.9 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Number of received EAP response or Id frames on the port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatRx LengthErrorFrame brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Length EAP Error frame received. 177 802.1X port configuration table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdDot1xAuthPortStatTx RequestFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Number of transmitted EAP request frames on the port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStatLa stEAPFrameSource brcdIp.1.1.3.38.2.1.1.12 Syntax: MacAddress Read-only MAC address of the source from which the last EAP frame came. 802.1X port configuration table The brcdDot1xAuthPortConfigTable contains configuration parameters specific to interfaces. The information in this table is equivalent to the output of the following CLI commands: • • • • 178 show dot1x port-control auto show dot1x port-control force-authorized show dot1x port-control force-unauthorized show dot1x configuration ethernet Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdDot1xAuthPortConfig PortControl brcdIp.1.1.3.38.3.1.1.1 Syntax: INTEGER Read-write The control type configured for the interface: • forceUnauthorized(1) = the controlled port is placed unconditionally in the unauthorized state • controlauto(2) = the controlled port is unauthorized until authentication takes place between the client and the RADIUS server • forceAuthorized(3) = the controlled port is placed unconditionally in the authorized state brcdDot1xAuthPortConfig FilterStrictSec brcdIp.1.1.3.38.3.1.1.2 Syntax: EnabledStatus Read-write Enables or disables filter strict security on the interface: enabled(1) or disabled(2) brcdDot1xAuthPortConfig Dot1xOnPort brcdIp.1.1.3.38.3.1.1.3 Syntax: EnabledStatus Read-write Enables or disables 802.1x on an interface IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 802.1x port state table 802.1x port state table The brcdDot1xAuthPortStateTable contains the port specific parameters indicating the dynamic state that the interface is in. The information in this table is equivalent to the information in the show dot1x configuration output. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdDot1xAuthPortState MacSessions brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Number of 802.1x MAC sessions per port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStateA uthMacSessions brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Number of authorized MAC sessions per port. brcdDot1xAuthPortStateO riginalPVID brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only PVID (port's default VLAN ID) that was originally configured on the port (not dynamically assigned). brcdDot1xAuthPortStateP VIDMacTotal brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The number of devices transmitting untagged traffic on the port's PVID. brcdDot1xAuthPortStateP VIDMacAuthorized brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The number of devices transmitting untagged traffic on the port's PVID as a result of dynamic VLAN assignment. brcdDot1xAuthPortStateP ortVlanState brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.6 Syntax: INTEGER Read-only brcdDot1xAuthPortStateP VID Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The 802.1X authentication default port VLAN ID. brcdDot1xAuthPortStateR estrictPVID brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Restricted PVID. brcdDot1xAuthPortStateR adiusAssignPVID brcdIp.1.1.3.38.4.1.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only RADIUS assigned PVID. The current VLAN state the port is in: radius(1) = The port's PVID was dynamically assigned by a RADIUS server • restricted(2) = The port's PVID is the restricted VLAN • normal(3) = The port's PVID is not set by a RADIUS server, nor is it the restricted VLAN • 179 802.1X MAC sessions table 802.1X MAC sessions table The brcdDot1xAuthMacSessionTable contains information about the 802.1X MAC sessions. The information in this table is equivalent to the information in the output of the following CLI commands: • show dot1x mac-sessions • show dot1x mac-sessions ip-address Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nAuthMac brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.1 Syntax: MacAddress Not-accessib le MAC address of the client, which represents the user name used for RADIUS authentication. brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio Read-only nUserName brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.2 Syntax: SnmpAdminString 180 User name of the 802.1x MAC session. brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nIncomingVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.3 Syntax: VlanId Read-only Incoming VLAN ID. brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nCurrentVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.4 Syntax: VlanId Read-only The VLAN to which the port is currently assigned. brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nAccessStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.5 Syntax: INTEGER Read-only brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nMaxAge brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Maximum age of the MAC session in which the MAC address is authenticated. brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nAddrType brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.7 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-only IP address type of the client (supplicant). Supported address types are: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) Default: ipv4(1) brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.8 Syntax: InetAddress Read-only The IP address of the client brcdDot1xAuthMacSessio nAging brcdIp.1.1.3.38.5.1.1.9 Syntax: INTEGER Read-only Authentication state of the 802.1X MAC session: permit(1) blocked(2) restrict(3) init(4) • • • • The type of aging being performed: software(1) hardware(2) ena(3) = aging has not started notapplicable(4) = fake 802.1x MAC session • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 802.1x authentication global administration 802.1x authentication global administration The following scalar enables or disables 802.1X authentication globally. Name, OID, and Syntax brcdDot1xAuthGlobalConf igAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.38.6.1 Syntax: EnabledStatus IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Access Description Enables or disables 802.1x authentication globally Default: disabled 181 802.1x authentication global administration 182 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-01 Chapter 9 Multi-Device Port Authentication NOTE This objects in this chapter not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, andNetIron CER devices. They are also not supported on FastIron devices running software release 07.1.00 and later. Multi-device port authentication Multi-Device Port Authentication is also known as MAC Authentication. The following tables describe the Multi-Device Port Authentication MIB objects. Global multi-device port authentication objects The following global objects are available for Multi-Device Port Authentication. TABLE 6 MAC Authentication Global Objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMacAuthClearGlobalCmd brcdIp.1.1.3.28.1.1 Syntax: integer Read-write Valid(0) - a SNMP-GET of this MIB shows that it is a valid command. Clear(1) - represents clear MAC Authentication table for all ports. snMacAuthGlobalConfigState brcdIp.1.1.3.28.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables MAC authentication on a global level. Clear interface multi-device port authentication objects The following clear interface objects are available for Multi-Device Port Authentication. TABLE 7 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 MAC Authentication Clear Interface Objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMacAuthClearIFCmdTable brcdIp.1.1.3.28.2 Syntax: Sequence of SnMacAuthClearIfCmdEntry None The status of clearing a MAC authentication entry for an interface. snMacAuthClearIfCmdEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.28.2.1 Syntax: SnMacAuthClearIfCmdEntry None An entry clearing a MAC authentication entry for an interface. 183 Multi-device port authentication TABLE 7 MAC Authentication Clear Interface Objects (Continued) Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMacAuthClearIfCmdIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.28.2.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None The ifIndex value of the local interface on which a clear command is issued and monitored. snMacAuthClearIfCmdAction brcdIp.1.1.3.28.2.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-write valid(0) - An SNMP-GET of this command shows that it is valid. clear(1) - Represents clearing a MAC authentication entry for an interface. Multi-device port authentication objects The following objects are available for Multi-Device Port Authentication. TABLE 8 184 Multi-Device Port Authentication Objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMacAuthTable brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3 Syntax: SEQUENCE OF SnMacAuthEntry None Displays the MAC Authentication table. snMacAuthEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3.1 Syntax: SnMacAuthEntry None An entry in the MAC Authentication table. snMacAuthIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None In order to identify a particular interface, this object identifies the instance of the ifIndex object, defined in RFC 2863. snMacAuthVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3.1.2 Syntax: INTEGER None The ID of a VLAN of which the port is a member. The port must be untagged. For a tagged port which belongs to multiple VLANs, this object returns 0, which is an invalid VLAN ID value. snMacAuthMac brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3.1.3 Syntax: MacAddress None MAC Address to be authenticated snMacAuthState brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3.1.4 Syntax: INTEGER Read-only The state of MAC Authentication snMacAuthTimeStamp brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3.1.5 Syntax:OBJECT-TYPE Read-only Timestamp at which the MAC was authenticated or failed to be authenticated. snMacAuthAge brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3.1.6 Syntax: INTEGER Read-only Age of the mac session in which the MAC address is authenticated. snMacAuthDot1x brcdIp.1.1.3.28.3.1.7 Syntax: INTEGER Read-only Indicates whether the Dot1x is enabled or not. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Multi-device port authentication Multi-device port authentication clear sessions The following clear sessions objects are available for Multi-Device Port Authentication. TABLE 9 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 MAC Authentication Clear Mac Session MIBs Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMacAuthClearMacSessionTable brcdIp.1.1.3.28.4 Syntax: SEQUENCE OF SnMacAuthClearMacSessionEntry None The status of clearing a MAC Session entry indexed by a MAC address. snMacAuthClearMacSessionEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.28.4.1 Syntax: SnMacAuthClearMacSessionEntry None An entry of clearing a MAC Session entry indexed by a MAC address. snMacAuthClearMacSessionIfInde x brcdIp.1.1.3.28.4.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None The ifIndex value of the local interface on which a clear command is issued and monitored. snMacAuthClearMacSessionMac brcdIp.1.1.3.28.4.1.2 Syntax: MacAddress None A MAC Session entry indexed by a MAC address. snMacAuthClearMacSessionAction brcdIp.1.1.3.28.4.1.3 Syntax: INTEGER Read-write Valid(0) - An SNMP-GET of this MIB shows that it is a valid command. Clear(1) - Represents clearing a MAC Session entry indexed by a MAC address. 185 Multi-device port authentication 186 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 10 MAC Port Security About MAC port security This chapter presents the objects used to secure MAC addresses on an interface. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on the features discussed in this chapter. NOTES: MAC Port Security MIBs are not supported on the following products: • • • • • • • BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX BigIron MG8 NetIron 40G NetIron IMR 640 Router Brocade MLXe MAC port security table The MAC Port Security table shows the same information as the show port security mac CLI command. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityTable brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1 N/A The MAC Port Security table. snPortMacSecurityEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1 N/A An entry in the MAC Port Security table. snPortMacSecurityIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The ifIndex value (ID) of the Ethernet interface on which MAC port security is enabled. snPortMacSecurityResource brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates how the MAC addresses on an interface are secured: local(1) – Local resource was used. The interface secures at least one secure MAC address entry. Each interface can store up to 64 local resources. shared(2) – Shared resource was used. When an interface has secured enough MAC addresses to reach its limit for local resources, it can secure additional MAC addresses by using global or shared resources. snPortMacSecurityQueryIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only An index for a MAC address entry that was secured for this interface. 187 About MAC port security Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityMAC brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only The secured MAC address. snPortMacSecurityAgeLeft brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The number of minutes the MAC address will remain secure. snPortMacSecurityShutdownS tatus brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates if the interface has been shut down due to a security violation. • up(1) – The port is up. • down(2) – The port has been shut down. snPortMacSecurityShutdownT imeLeft brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only If the value of the snPortMacSecurityShutdownStatus is down(2), this object shows the number of seconds before it is enabled again. If the value is up(1), this object shows 0. snPortMacSecurityVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only Shows the VLAN membership of this interface. This object shows a value from1 – 65535. MAC port security module statistics table This table shows the same information as the show port security statistics CLI command. 188 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityModuleStatTabl e brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2 N/A The MAC Port Security Module Statistics table that shows the MAC port security statistics for each module. snPortMacSecurityModuleStatEntr y brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1 N/A An entry in the MAC Port Security Module Statistics table. snPortMacSecurityModuleStatSlot Num brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The slot number of the MAC port security module. snPortMacSecurityModuleStatTotal SecurityPorts brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The total number of Ethernet interfaces on which MAC security is configured in this module. snPortMacSecurityModuleStatTotal MACs brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The total number of secure MAC addresses learned or configured in this module. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 About MAC port security Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityModuleStatViola tionCounts brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The number of security violations that occurred in this module. snPortMacSecurityModuleStatTotal ShutdownPorts brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.2.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The number of Ethernet interfaces in this module that were shut down due to security violations. MAC port security interface content table This table shows the same information as the show port security ethernet CLI command. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityIntfContentTabl e brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3 N/A The MAC Port Security Interface Content table that shows the MAC port security statistics for an Ethernet interface. snPortMacSecurityIntfContentEntr y brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1 N/A An entry in the MAC Port Security Interface Content table. snPortMacSecurityIntfContentIfIn dex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex N/A An entry in the MAC Port Security Interface Content table, showing the ifIndex value of the local interface. snPortMacSecurityIntfContentSec urity brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read- write Indicates whether MAC port security is enabled or disabled on this interface. • 0 = disabled • 1 = enabled snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViol ationType brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write snPortMacSecurityIntfContentShu tdownTime brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write If the snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViolationType is 0 (shutdown), this value indicates the number of seconds the interface shuts down when the violation occurs. If the snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViolationType is 1 (restrict), this value will always be 0. snPortMacSecurityIntfContentShu tdownTimeLeft brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only If the snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViolationType is 0 (shutdown), this value indicates the number of seconds before this interface will be re-enabled. If the snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViolationType is 1 (restrict), this value will always be 0. snPortMacSecurityIntfContentAge OutTime brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write The amount of time, in minutes, the MAC addresses learned on this interface will remain secure. A value of 0 indicates no aging is in effect. The port security violation type for this interface: 0 = shutdown 1 = restricted • • 189 About MAC port security Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access snPortMacSecurityIntfContentMax Read-write LockedMacAllowed brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Description The maximum number of secure MAC addresses that can be locked to this interface. snPortMacSecurityIntfContentTot alMACs brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The total number of secure MAC addresses that are locked to this interface. snPortMacSecurityIntfContentViol ationCounts brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.3.1.9 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The total number of security violations that occurred on this interface. MAC port security interface MAC table This table shows the same information as the show port security mac ethernet CLI command. 190 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityIntfMacTable brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4 N/A The MAC Port Security Interface MAC table that shows the MAC port security status for each Ethernet interface. snPortMacSecurityIntfMacEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4.1 N/A An entry in the MAC Port Security Interface MAC table. snPortMacSecurityIntfMacIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only An entry in the MAC Port Security Interface MAC table, showing the ifIndex value of the local interface. snPortMacSecurityIntfMacAddres s brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4.1.2 Syntax: MAC Address Read only The secure MAC addresses for this local Ethernet interface on which the secure MAC address is configured and learned. The maximum number of the secure MAC addresses is restricted by the object snPortMacSecurityIntfContentMaxLockedMacAllowed. snPortMacSecurityIntfMacVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write The VLAN membership of this interface. A value of zero indicates it is not applicable. snPortMacSecurityIntfMacRowSt atus brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.4.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 About MAC port security MAC port security autosave MAC table This table shows the same information as the show port security autosave CLI command. Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac Table brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5 N/A The MAC Port Security Autosave MAC table that shows the secure MAC addresses that were saved automatically. snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac Entry brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5.1 N/A An entry in the MAC Port Security Autosave MAC table. snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac IfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only An entry in the MAC Port Security Autosave MAC table, showing the ifIndex value of the local interface. snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac Resource brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read only snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac QueryIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The index entry within the given resource of the local interface on which MAC port security is autosaved. snPortMacSecurityAutosaveMac Address brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.1.5.1.4 Syntax: MAC Address Read only The secure MAC addresses for this local Ethernet interface on which the secure MAC address is autosaved. Indicates the resource used to autosave secure MAC addresses: 1 = local 2 = shared • • MAC port security global MIB group This table shows the global MIBs for MAC port security. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snPortMacGlobalSecurityFeat ure brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.2.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether port security for this device is disabled or enabled. • 0 = disabled • 1 = enabled snPortMacGlobalSecurityAgeO utTime brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.2.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write The amount of time, in minutes, the MAC addresses learned on this device will remain secure. A value of 0 indicates no aging is in effect. snPortMacGlobalSecurityAuto save brcdIp.1.1.3.24.1.2.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write The port security autosave value for this device. 191 About MAC port security 192 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 11 Traffic Security This chapter presents the SNMP MIB objects for various traffic security features such as Dynamic ARP Inspections, DHCP Snooping, and IP Source Guard. The MIB objects in this chapter are supported on FastIron devices running software release 07.2.00. Dynamic ARP Inspection VLAN configuration table Dynamic ARP Inspection (DAI) is a security mechanism which validates all ARP packets in a subnet and discard those packets with invalid IP to MAC address bindings. To configure the feature using SNMP MIB objects, do the following: 1. Enable DAI on a VLAN DAI on a VLAN is disabled by default. To enable DAI on an existing VLAN, set the object fdryDaiVlanDynArpInspEnable in the fdryDaiVlanConfigTable to true. Set it to false to disable it. 2. Enable trust on a port The default trust setting for a port is untrusted. To enable trust on a port, set the object fdryDaiIfTrustValue in the fdryDaiIfConfigTable to true. Set it to false to disable trust on a port. 3. Configure a DAI ARP entry To configure a DAI ARP entry, set the fdryDaiArpInspectIpAddr, fdryDaiArpInspectMacAddr and fdryDaiArpInspectRowStatus (value as createAndGo) in the fdryDaiArpInspectTable. This table displays all DAI entries. A row instance contains the configuration to map a device IP address with its MAC address and its type, state, age and port. DAI VLAN configuration table f IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description fdryDaiVlanConfigTable brcdIp.1.1.3.35.1.1 N/A This table provides the mechanism to control Dynamic ARP Inspection per VLAN. fdryDaiVlanConfigEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.35.1.1.1 N/A When a VLAN is created on a device supporting this table, a corresponding entry of this table is added. This entry represents a row that contains the configuration to enable or disable Dynamic ARP Inspection on the existing VLAN. It is indexed by fdryDaiVlanVLanId. 193 Dynamic ARP Inspection VLAN configuration table Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description fdryDaiVlanVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.35.1.1.1.1 Syntax: VlanIndex N/A This object indicates the VLAN number on which Dynamic ARP Inspection feature is configured. fdryDaiVlanDynArpInspEn able brcdIp.1.1.3.35.1.1.1.2 Syntax: TruthValue Read-write This object indicates whether Dynamic ARP Inspection is enabled in this VLAN. If this object is set to “true”, Dynamic ARP Inspection is enabled. If this object is set to “false”, Dynamic ARP Inspection is disabled. Dynamic ARP Inspection Interface configuration table Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description fdryDaiIfConfigTable brcdIp.1.1.3.35.2.1 N/A This table allows you to configure the trust state for Dynamic ARP Inspection purpose on each physical interface. fdryDaiIfConfigEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.35.2.1.1 N/A A row in the fdryDaiConfigTable. Each row contains the configuration to enable or disable the trust state for Dynamic ARP Inspection at each physical interface capable of this feature. fdryDaiIfTrustValue brcdIp.1.1.3.35.2.1.1.1 Syntax: TruthValue Read-write This object indicates whether the interface is trusted for Dynamic ARP Inspection. If this object is set to 'true', the interface is trusted. ARP packets coming to this interface will be forwarded without being checked. If this object is set to “false”, the interface is not trusted. ARP packets received on this interface will be subjected to ARP inspection. Dynamic ARP Inspection entry table Use this table to configure and display the Dynamic ARP Inspection entries. 194 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description fdryDaiArpInspectTable brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1 N/A This table provides controls Dynamic ARP Inspection entries. When an IP address to MAC address mapping entry is created on a device supporting this table, a corresponding entry of this table will be added. fdryDaiArpInspectEntry brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1 N/A A row instance contains the configuration to map a device IP address with its MAC address. This table is indexed by fdryDaiArpInspectIpAddr. fdryDaiArpInspectIpAddr brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress N/A The IP address of the device. fdryDaiArpInspectMacAddr Read-create brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.2 Syntax: MacAddress The MAC address of the device. fdryDaiArpInspectRowStat us brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.3 Syntax: RowStatus This variable is used to create or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object. Read-create IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description fdryDaiArpInspectType brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.4 Syntax: ArpType Read-only fdryDaiArpInspectState brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.5 Syntax: ArpState Read-only fdryDaiArpInspectAge brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The timer of the ARP entry. fdryDaiArpInspectPort brcd.Ip.1.1.3.35.3.1.1.7 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The port of the ARP entry. The type of the ARP entry: other(1) static(2) dynamic(3) inspect(4) dhcp(5) dynamicDhcp(6) staticDhcp(7) host(8) • • • • • • • • The state of the ARP entry: other(1) valid(2) pending(3) • • • Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) snooping enables the device to filter untrusted DHCP packets in a subnet. DHCP snooping can prevent man-in-the-middle (MiM) attacks, such as a malicious user who is posing as a DHCP server and is sending false DHCP server reply packets with the intention of misdirecting other users. It can also stop unauthorized DHCP servers and prevent errors due to misconfiguration of DHCP servers. SNMP DHCP snooping MIB objects describes how to configure the DHCP snooping feature using SNMP. It consists of the following: • fdryDhcpSnoopGlobalClearOper: A scalar used to clear all entries in the DHCP binding database • fdryDhcpSnoopVlanConfigTable: A table that provides the mechanism to control DHCP snooping per VLAN. When a VLAN is created on a device that supports this table, a corresponding entry of this table will be added. • fdryDhcpSnoopIfConfigTable: A table that provides the mechanism to configure the trust state for DHCP snooping at each physical interface. • fdryDhcpSnoopBindTable: A table that provides the information for DHCP snooping binding database learned by the device. The DHCP binding database is integrated with the enhanced ARP table. It contains the information of a DHCP entry, such as IP address, MAC address, type, state, port, VLAN ID, and lease time. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 195 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP Snooping global scalar object One scalar object can clear all entries in the DHCP binding database. Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access fdryDhcpSnoopGlobalClea rOper brcdIp.1.1.3.36.1.1. Syntax: ClearAction Read-write Description Determines if all entries in the DHCP database is cleared: valid(0) - this values is always returned when the variable is read. • clear(1) - clears all entries in the DHCP binding database. • DHCP Snooping VLAN configuration table Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description fdryDhcpSnoopVlanConfig Table brcdIp.1.1.3.36.2.1 N/A A table controls DHCP Snooping per VLAN. When a VLAN is created in a device supporting this table, a corresponding entry of this table will be added. fdryDhcpSnoopVlanConfig Entry brcdIp.1.1.3.36.2.1.1 N/A A row in the table. It contains the configuration to either enable or disable DHCP Snooping on the existing VLAN. It is indexed by fdryDhcpSnoopVlanVLanId fdryDhcpSnoopVlanVLanId N/A brcdIp.1.1.3.36.2.1.1.1 Syntax: VlanIndex This object indicates the VLAN number on which DHCP Snooping feature is configured. fdryDhcpSnoopVlanDhcpS noopEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.36.2.1.1.2 Syntax: TruthValue This object indicates whether DHCP Snooping is enabled in this VLAN. If set to "true", DHCP snooping is enabled. If set to "false" it is disabled. Read-write DHCP Snooping Interface configuration table 196 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description fdryDhcpSnoopIfConfigTab le brcdIp.1.1.3.36.3.1 N/A This table provides allows you to configure the trust state for DHCP Snooping at each physical interface. fdryDhcpSnoopIfConfigEnt ry brcdIp.1.1.3.36.3.1.1 N/A A row instance contains the configuration to enable or disable the trust state for DHCP Snooping at each physical interface capable of this feature. It is index by the ifIndex. fdryDhcpSnoopIfTrustValu e brcdIp.1.1.3.36.3.1.1.1 Syntax: TruthValue Read-write DHCP packets received on this interface will be subjected to DHCP checks. This object indicates whether the interface is trusted for DHCP Snooping. If this object is set to “true”, the interface is trusted. DHCP packets coming to this interface will be forwarded without checking. If this object is set to “false”, the interface is not trusted. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IP Source Guard DHCP Snooping binding database table Use this table to display DHCP Snooping entries. Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description fdryDhcpSnoopBindTable brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1 N/A This table provides the information about the DHCP snooping binding database learned by the device. fdryDhcpSnoopBindEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1 N/A A row that contains the information for a DHCP snooping entry. fdryDhcpSnoopBindIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress N/A The device IP address. fdryDhcpSnoopBindMacA ddr brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.2 Syntax: MacAddress Read-only The device MAC address. fdryDhcpSnoopBindType brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.3 Syntax: ArpType Read-only fdryDhcpSnoopBindState brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.4 Syntax: ArpState Read-only fdryDhcpSnoopBindPort brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only The port of the ARP entry. fdryDhcpSnoopBindVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.6 Syntax: VlanIndex Read-only This object indicates the VLAN number on which DHCP snooping feature is configured. fdryDhcpSnoopBindClearO Read-write per brcdIp.1.1.3.36.4.1.1.7 Syntax: ClearAction The type of the ARP entry: other(1) static(2) dynamic(3) inspect(4) dhcp(5) dynamicDhcp(6) staticDhcp(7) host(8) • • • • • • • • The state of the ARP entry: other(1) valid(2) pending(3) • • • This object allows you to clear the entry from the DHCP binding database: • valid(0) - always returned when the variable is read. • clear(1) - clears this entry in the DHCP binding database. IP Source Guard IP Source Guard is a security feature that restricts IP traffic on untrusted ports. IP Source Guard filters traffic based on the DHCP snooping binding database or the manually configured IP source bindings. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 197 IP Source Guard When IP Source Guard is first enabled, only DHCP packets are allowed and all IP traffic is blocked. When the system learns a valid IP address, IP Source Guard then allows IP traffic. Only the traffic with valid source IP addresses is permitted. SNMP IP Source Guard MIB objects manage information for the configuration of the IP Source Guard feature. There are three tables for IP Source Guard: • fdryIpSrcGuardIfConfigTable - enables or disables IP Source Guard on each physical interface. • fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanConfigTable - enables or disables IP Source Guard on a port on a VLAN • fdryIpSrcGuardBindTable - provides the IP addresses used for IP Source Guard purposes at each physical interface, with or without specific VLAN memberships. IP Source Guard Interface configuration table Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description fdryIpSrcGuardIfConfigTab le brcdIp.1.1.3.37.1.1 N/A This table enables or disables IP Source Guard on each physical interface. fdryIpSrcGuardIfConfigEnt ry brcdIp.1.1.3.37.1.1.1 N/A A row indicates if IP Source Guard is enabled or disabled on each physical interface. It is indexed by ifIndex. fdryIpSrcGuardIfEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.37.1.1.1.1 Syntax: TruthValue Read-write This object indicates whether IP Source Guard is enabled on this interface. If this object is set to "true”, IP Source Guard is enabled. Traffic coming to this interface will be forwarded the traffic is from the list of IP addresses obtained from DHCP snooping. Otherwise it is denied. If this object is set to “false”, IP Source Guard is disabled. IP Source Guard per-port-per-VLAN configuration table 198 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanCo nfigTable brcdIp.1.1.3.37.2.1 N/A This table enables or disables IP Source Guard per port per VLAN. fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanCo nfigEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.37.2.1.1 N/A A row contains the configuration to enable or disable IP Source Guard per port per VLAN fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanPo rtId brcdIp.1.1.3.37.2.1.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex N/A The ifIndex of the port for IP Source Guard per port per VLAN. fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanVla nId brcdIp.1.1.3.37.2.1.1.2 Syntax: VlanIndex N/A The number of VLANs for IP Source Guard per port per VLAN. fdryIpSrcGuardPortVlanEn able brcdIp.1.1.3.37.2.1.1.3 Syntax: TruthValue Read-write This object indicates whether IP Source Guard is enabled at this interface and this VLAN number. If this object is set to “true”, IP Source Guard per-port-per-VLAN is enabled. If this object is set to “false”, IP Source Guard per-port-per-VLAN is disabled. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IP Source Guard IP Source Guard binding table Use this table to configure IP source entries IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description fdryIpSrcGuardBindTable brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1 N/A This table provides the IP addresses used for IP Source Guard on each physical interface with or without specific VLAN memberships. fdryIpSrcGuardBindEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1 N/A A row in the table. It contains the IP address used for IP Source Guard on each physical interface with or without specific VLAN memberships. It is indexed by ifIndex and fdryIpSrcGuardBindIpAddr fdryIpSrcGuardBindIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1.1} Syntax: IpAddress N/A The IP address of the device. fdryIpSrcGuardBindVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1.2 Syntax: VlanIndex Read-create This object indicates the specific VLAN memberships on this interface. The VLAN number is optional. If you configure a VLAN number, the bindings applies to that VLAN only. If you do not configure a VLAN number, the static applies to all VLANs associated with the port. In this case, the VLAN number will be displayed as 0. fdryIpSrcGuardBindRowSt atus brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1.3 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object. fdryIpSrcGuardBindMode brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1.4 Syntax: BindMode Read-only The mode of the IP Source Guard entry: • other(1) • active(2) • inactive(3) fdryIpSrcGuardBindType brcdIp.1.1.3.37.3.1.1.5 Syntax: BindType Read-only The type of the IP Source Guard entry: • other(1) • ip(2) 199 IP Source Guard 200 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 12 MAC-Based VLAN MAC-based VLAN global objects NOTE The MIB objects explained in this chapter are supported for FastIron GS and FastIron LS devices effective with FGS Release 04.0.00. They are not supported on other devices. The following MAC-Based VLAN global objects have been created to provide support through SNMP. TABLE 10 MAC-Based VLAN MIB Global Objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMacVlanGlobalObjects brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1 None Displays the Global MAC VLAN Objects table. snMacVlanGlobalClearOper brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1 Syntax: INTEGER Read-write valid(0) - a SNMP-GET of this MIB shows that it is valid command to use. clear(1) - represents clear operational MAC-based Vlan entry for all ports." snMacVlanGlobalDynConfigState brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.2 Syntax: INTEGER Read-write Enables or disables MAC-Based VLAN dynamic activation on the global level. MAC-based VLAN port member objects The following MAC-Based VLAN port member objects have been created to provide support through SNMP. TABLE 11 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 MAC-Based VLAN Port Member Objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMacVlanTableObjects brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2 None Use this table to create or delete a port to a MAC-Based VLAN. snMacVlanPortMemberTable brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.1 Syntax: SEQUENCE OF SnMacVlanPortMemberEntry None Displays the MAC-Based VLAN Port Member table. snMacVlanPortMemberEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.1.1 Syntax: SnMacVlanPortMemberEntry None An entry in the MAC-Based VLAN Port Member table. 201 MAC-based VLAN If objects TABLE 11 MAC-Based VLAN Port Member Objects (Continued) Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMacBasedVlanPortMemberVl anId brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.1.1.1 Syntax: INTEGER None The VLAN identifier. snMacBasedVlanPortMemberP ortId brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.1.1.2 Syntax: INTERFACE INDEX None The IfIndex which is a member of the MAC-Based VLAN. snMacBasedVlanPortMemberR owStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.1.1.3 Syntax: INTEGER Read-write This object is used to create and delete rows in the table, and control if they are used. Values are: delete(3) - deletes a row create(4) - creates a new row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a “wrong value” error. Deleted rows disappear immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: noSuchName - no such row other(1) - some other cases valid(2) - the row exists and is valid MAC-based VLAN If objects The following MAC-Based VLAN If objects have been created to provide support through SNMP. TABLE 12 202 MAC-Based VLAN If Objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMacVlanIfTable brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.2 Syntax: SEQUENCE OF SnMacVlanIfEntry None Displays the MAC VLAN Interface table. snMacVlanIfEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.2.1 Syntax: SnMacVlanIfEntry None An entry in the MAC-Based VLAN interface table. snMacVlanIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.2.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None The IfIndex which is a member of the MAC-Based VLAN. snMacVlanIfEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read write The administrative status requested by management for MAC-Based VLAN on this interface. The value enabled(1) indicates that MAC-Based VLAN should be enabled on this interface. Disabled(2), indicates that MAC-Based VLAN is disabled on this interface. snMacVlanIfMaxEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.2.1.3 Syntax: INTEGER32 Read write The maximum number of allowed and denied MAC addresses (static and dynamic) that can be learned on the interface. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 MAC-based VLAN objects TABLE 12 MAC-Based VLAN If Objects (Continued) Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMacVlanIfClearOper brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read write Valid(0) - an SNMP-GET of this MIB shows that it is a valid command. Clear(1) - Represents clearing operational MAC-Based VLAN entry for a port. snMacVlanIfClearConfig brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read write Valid(0) - an SNMP-GET of this MIB shows that it is a valid command. Clear(1) - Represents clearing configured MAC-Based VLAN entry for a port. MAC-based VLAN objects The following objects have been created to provide MAC-Based VLAN support through SNMP. TABLE 13 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 MAC-Based VLAN Objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMacBasedVlanTable brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.3 Syntax: SEQUENCE OF SnMacBasedVlanEntry None The MAC-Based VLAN table. snMacBasedVlanEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.3.1 Syntax: SnMacBasedVlanEntry None An entry in the MAC-Based VLAN table. snMacBasedVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer None The ID of a VLAN of which this port is a mac-vlan-permit member. Port must be untagged. This object returns 0, which is an invalid VLAN ID value. snMacBasedVlanMac brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.3.1.2 Syntax: MacAddress None A host source MAC address to be authenticated. snMacBasedVlanPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read write The priority of the source MAC address. snMacBasedVlanRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.30.2.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read write Creates and deletes rows in the table, and controls if the rows are used. The values are: delete(3) - deletes the row create(4) - creates a new row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a “wrong value” error. Deleted rows disappear immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: noSuchName - no such row other(1) - some other cases valid(2) - the row exists and is valid 203 MAC-based VLAN objects 204 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 13 Interfaces Switch port information This chapter presents the objects used to define interfaces on a device. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on the features discussed in this chapter. The following table contains information about the switch port groups. Switch port information group The snSwIfInfoTable contains information about the switch port groups. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwIfInfoTable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5 None The Switch Port Information Table. snSwIfInfoEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1 None An entry in the snSwIfInfo table indicates the configuration for a specified port. An SNMP SET PDU for a row of the snSwPortInfoTable requires the entire sequence of the MIB Objects in each snSwPortInfoEntry stored in one PDU. Otherwise, GENERR return-value will be returned. snSwIfInfoPortNum brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read only Shows the port or interface index. snSwIfInfoMonitorMode brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the method used to monitor traffic on a port: disabled(0) – No traffic monitoring. input(1) – Traffic monitoring is activated on packets received output(2) – Traffic monitoring is activated on packets transmitted • both(3) – Traffic monitoring is activated on packets received and transmitted. Default: disabled(0) snSwIfInfoMirrorPorts brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Contains a list of port or interface indexes (ifindex) that mirror this interface when monitoring is enabled. snSwIfInfoTagMode brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write snSwIfInfoTagType brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write • • • Indicates if the port has an 802.1q tag: tagged(1) – Ports can have multiple VLAN IDs since these ports can be members of more than one VLAN. • untagged(2) – There is only one VLAN ID per port. • Indicated the interface’s IEEE802.1q tag type. The tag type is embedded in the two octets in the length/type filed of an Ethernet packet. 205 Switch port information 206 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwIfInfoChnMode brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the port operates in half- or full-duplex mode: • halfDuplex(1) – Half duplex mode. Available only for 10/100 Mbps ports. • fullDuplex(2) – Full duplex mode. 100BaseFx, 1000BaseSx, and 1000BaseLx ports operate only at fullDuplex(2). The read-back channel status from hardware can be: • none(0) – Link down or port disabled. • halfDuplex(1) – Half duplex mode. • fullDuplex(2) – Full duplex mode. The port media type (expansion or regular) and port link type (trunk or feeder) determine the value of this object. The port cannot be set to half duplex mode if the port connect mode is m200e(4). However, the value of this parameter may be automatically set whenever the expansion port is connected, for example, in the case of cascade connecting device. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Switch port information IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwIfInfoSpeed brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the speed configuration for a port: none(0) – Link down or no traffic. sAutoSense(1) – Auto-sensing 10 or 100Mbits. s10M(2) – 10Mbits per second. s100M(3) – 100Mbits per second. s1G(4) – 1Gbits per second. s45M(5) – 45Mbits per second (T3) (for expansion board only). s155M(6) – 155Mbits per second (ATM) (for expansion board only). • s10G(7) – 10Gbits per second. • s622M(8) – OC12 - 622Mbits per second. (NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX software release 03.4.00 and later and Brocade MLXe.) • s2488M(9) – OC48 - 2.488Gbits per second. (NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX software release 03.4.00and later and Brocade MLXe.) • s9953M(10) – OC192 - 9.953Gbits per second. (NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX software release 03.4.00and later and Brocade MLXe.) The read-back hardware status are the following: • none(0) – Link down or no traffic. • s10M(2) – 10Mbits per second. • s100M(3) – 100Mbits per second. • s1G(4) – 1Gbits per second. • s45M(5) – 45Mbits per second (T3) (for expansion board only). • s155M(6) – 155Mbits per second (ATM) (for expansion board only). • s10G(7) – 10Gbits per second. • s622M(8) – OC12 - 622Mbits per second. (NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX software release 03.4.00 and later and Brocade MLXe) • s2488M(9) – OC48 - 2.488Gbits per second. (NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX software release 03.4.00 and later and Brocade MLXe) • s9953M(10) – OC192 - 9.953Gbits per second. (NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX software release 03.4.00 and later and Brocade MLXe) The port media type (expansion or regular) and port link type (trunk or feeder) determine whether this object can be written and the valid values for this object. It is not allowed to change speed for trunks ports. For expansion ports, all of the above speeds can be set; however, the value of this parameter may be automatically set whenever the expansion port is connected, for example, in the case of cascade connecting device. • • • • • • • 207 Switch port information 208 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwIfInfoMediaType brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the media type for the port: • other(1) – other or unknown media. • m100BaseTX(2) – 100Mbits per second copper. • m100BaseFX(3) – 100Mbits per second fiber. • m1000BaseFX(4) – 1Gbits per second fiber. • mT3(5) – 45Mbits per second (T3). • m155ATM(6) – 155Mbits per second (ATM). • m1000BaseTX(7) – 1Gbits per second copper. • m622ATM(8) – 622Mbits per second (ATM). • m155POS(9) – 155Mbits per second (POS). • m622POS(10) – 622Mbits per second (POS). • m2488POS(11) – 2488Mbits per second (POS). • m10000BaseFX(12) – 10Gbits per second fiber. • m9953POS(13) – 9953Mbits per second (POS). (NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX software release 03.4.00 and later and Brocade MLXe.) snSwIfInfoConnectorType brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the type of connector that the port offers: • other(1) – Other or unknown connector • copper(2) – Copper connector • fiber(3) – Fiber connector This describes the physical connector type snSwIfInfoAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write snSwIfInfoLinkStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the current operational state of the interface. • up(1) – Ready to pass packets • down(2) • testing(3) – No operational packets can be passed (same as ifAdminStatus in MIB-II) snSwIfInfoPortQos brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the quality of service level selected for the port. For stackable devices other than the FES, the QoS can be one of the following: • low(0) – low priority • high(1) – high priority. For FES devices running software release 03.5.00 or later, the QoS can be one of the following: • level0(0) best-effort queue • level1(1) normal priority queue • level2(2) high priority queue • level3(3) premium (highest-priority) queue For chassis devices, the values can be: • level0(0) • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3) • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) Shows the desired state of all ports. up(1) – Ready to pass packets down(2) testing(3) – No operational packets can be passed (same as ifAdminStatus in MIB-II) • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Switch port information IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwIfInfoPhysAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.13 Syntax: Physical address Read only Shows the port’s physical address. snSwIfLockAddressCount brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the number of source MAC addresses that are allowed on the interface. Valid values: 0 – 2048. If you enter 0 allow an unlimited number of addresses. Default: 8 snSwIfStpPortEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if STP is enabled for the port: disabled(0) enabled(1) Refer to the document IEEE 802.1D-1990: Section 4.5.5.2, dot1dStpPortEnable. snSwIfDhcpGateListId brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the ID for a DHCP gateway list entry relative to this switch port. Valid values: 0 – 32. A value of 0 means that the ID is unassigned. snSwIfName brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.17 Syntax: Display string Read-write Indicates the port name or description. This description may have been entered using the CLI. Valid values: Up to 32 characters for most devices. Up to 255 characters for Brocade MLXe, NetIron and FES devices. snSwIfDescr dry.1.1.3.3.5.1.18 Syntax: Display string Read-write The name of the interface. snSwIfInfoAutoNegotiate brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to Gigabit Ethernet ports. Indicates if auto-negotiation mode is enabled on the port. • disable(0) – The port will be placed in non-negotiation mode. • enable(1) – The port will start auto-negotiation indefinitely until it succeeds. • negFullAuto(2) – The port will start with auto-negotiation. If the negotiation fails, then it will automatically switch to non-negotiation mode. This option is not supported in stackable products with Gigabit Ethernet ports, except for TurboIron/8. • global(3) – The port negotiation mode follows the value of snSwGlobalAutoNegotiate. • other(4) – Non-Gigabit Ethernet. Default: global(3) snSwIfInfoFlowControl brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if port flow control is enabled: disable(0) enable(1) Default: enabled(1) • • • • 209 Switch port information 210 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwIfInfoGigType brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.21 Syntax: Integer Read only Applies only to Gigabit Ethernet ports. Shows the media type for the port: • m1000BaseSX(0) – 1-Gbps fiber, with a short wavelength transceiver • m1000BaseLX(1) – 1-Gbps fiber, with a long wavelength transceiver (3km) • m1000BaseLH(2) – 1-Gbps fiber, with a special wavelength transceiver (50km) • m1000BaseLHB(4) – 1-Gbps fiber, with a special wavelength transceiver (150km). • m1000BaseTX(5) – 1-Gbps copper (100meter). • m10000BaseSR(6) – 10-Gbps fiber, with a short range wavelength transceiver (100m). • m10000BaseLR(7) – 10-Gbps fiber, with a long range wavelength transceiver (10km). • m10000BaseER(8) – 10-Gbps fiber, with a extended range wavelength transceiver (40km). • notApplicable(255) – a non-gigabit port. snSwIfFastSpanPortEnab le brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.22 Syntax: Integer Read-write snSwIfFastSpanUplinkEn able brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.23 Syntax: Integer Read-write snSwIfVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.24 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the ID of a VLAN of which this port is a member. Port must be untagged. Valid values: 0 – 4095; where 0 means an invalid VLAN ID value, which is returned for tagged ports. snSwIfRouteOnly brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.25 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if Layer 2 switching is enabled on a routing switch port. • disable(0) – Instructs the routing switch to perform routing first. If that fails, it performs switching. • enable(1) – Instructs the routing switch to perform routing only. For a Layer 2 switching only product, reading this object always returns "disabled". Writing "enabled" to this object takes no effect. Default: disabled(0) snSwIfPresent brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.26 Syntax: Integer Read only Applies only to M4 modules and FES. Indicates if the mini-GBIC optic is absent or present. • false(0) • true(1) snSwIfGBICStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.27 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates if the Gigabit port has a GBIC or miniGBIC port: • GBIC(1) – GBIC • miniGBIC(2) – MiniGBIC • empty(3) – GBIC is missing • other(4) – Not a removable Gigabit port Indicates if fast span is enabled on the port. disable(0) enable(1) • • Indicates if fast span uplink is enabled on the port. disable(0) enable(1) • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Switch port information Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwIfLoadInterval brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.28 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of seconds for which average port utilization should be calculated. Valid values: 30 – 300, in 30 second increments. Default: 300 seconds NOTE: This object is implemented in IronWare release 07.5.04, TrafficWorks release 8.x, and FES release 03.5.00. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 snSwIfStatsInFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.29 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of packets received on the interface. snSwIfStatsOutFrames brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.30 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of packets transmitted out of the interface. snSwIfStatsAlignErrors brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.31 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of dot3StatsAlignmentErrors, which consists of frames received on a particular interface that are not an integral number of octets in length and do not pass the FCS check. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the alignmentError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user). According to the conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer Management, received frames for which multiple error conditions are obtain are counted exclusively according to the error status presented to the LLC. snSwIfStatsFCSErrors brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.32 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of dot3StatsFCSErrors, which consists of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the frameCheckError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user). According to the conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer Management, received frames for which multiple error conditions are obtain are counted exclusively according to the error status presented to the LLC. snSwIfStatsMultiColliFra mes brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.33 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames, which consists of successfully transmitted frames on a particular interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision. A frame that is counted by an instance of this object is also counted by the corresponding instance of either the ifOutUcastPkts, ifOutMulticastPkts, or ifOutBroadcastPkts and is not counted by the corresponding instance of the dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames object. snSwIfStatsTxColliFrame s brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.34 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of successfully transmitted frames on a particular interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision. This count is a combination of the dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames and dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames objects. snSwIfStatsRxColliFrame s brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.35 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of successfully received frames on a particular interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision. 211 Switch port information 212 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwIfStatsFrameTooLon gs brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.36 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of dot3StatsFrameTooLongs, which consists of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum permitted frame size. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the frameTooLong status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user). According to the conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer Management, received frames for which multiple error conditions are obtain are, counted exclusively according to the error status presented to the LLC. snSwIfStatsFrameTooSh orts brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.37 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number frames received on a particular interface that are below the minimum permitted frame size. snSwIfStatsInBcastFram es brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.38 Syntax: Counter Read-write Shows the total number of broadcast packets received on the interface. snSwIfStatsOutBcastFra mes brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.39 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of broadcast packets transmitted out of the interface. snSwIfStatsInMcastFram es brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.40 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of multicast packets received on the interface. snSwIfStatsOutMcastFra mes brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.41 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of multicast packets transmitted out of the interface. snSwIfStatsInDiscard brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.42 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of inbound packets that will be discarded even though they have no errors. These packets will be discarded to prevent them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For example, packets may be discarded to free up buffer space. snSwIfStatsOutDiscard brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.43 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of outbound packets that will be discarded even though they contain no errors. For example, packets may be discarded to free up buffer space. snSwIfStatsMacStations brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.44 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the total number of MAC Stations connected to the interface. snSwIfStatsLinkChange brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.45 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of link state changes on the interface. snSwIfInOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.46 Syntax: Octet string Read only Shows the total number of octets received on the interface, including framing characters. This object is a 64-bit counter of the ifInOctets object defined in RFC 1213. The octet string is in big-endian byte order. This object has eight octets. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Switch port information Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwIfOutOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.47 Syntax: Octet string Read only Shows the total number of octets transmitted out of the interface, including framing characters. This object is a 64-bit counter of the ifOutOctets object, defined in RFC 1213. The octet string is in big-endian byte order. This object has eight octets. snSwIfStatsInBitsPerSec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.48 Syntax: Gauge Read only Shows the number of bits per second received on the interface over a five-minute interval. snSwIfStatsOutBitsPerSe c brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.49 Syntax: Gauge Read only Shows the number of bits per second transmitted out of the interface over a five-minute interval. snSwIfStatsInPktsPerSec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.50 Syntax: Gauge Read only Shows the number of packets per second received on the interface over a five-minute interval. snSwIfStatsOutPktsPerS ec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.51 Syntax: Gauge Read only Shows the number of packets per second transmitted out of the interface over a five-minute interval. snSwIfStatsInUtilization brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.52 Syntax: Integer Read only Indentifies the input network utilization in hundredths of a percent over a five-minute interval. Valid values: 0 – 10000. snSwIfStatsOutUtilization brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.53 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the output network utilization in hundredths of a percent over a five-minute interval. Valid values: 0 – 10000. NOTE: Ethernet devices must allow a minimum idle period between transmission of frames known as interframe gap (IFG) or interpacket gap (IPG). The gap provides a brief recovery time between frames to allow devices to prepare to receive the next frame. The minimum IFG is 96 bit times, which is 9.6 microseconds for 10 Mbps Ethernet, 960 nanoseconds for 100 Mbps Ethernet, and 96 nanoseconds for 1 Gbps Ethernet. In addition, to account for the bit rate on the port, port utilization should also account for the IFG, which normally is filtered by the packet synchronization circuitry. Refer to the etherHistoryUtilization objects in the RFC 1757: Remote Network Monitoring Management Information Base for details. snSwIfStatsInKiloBitsPer Sec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.54 Syntax: Unsigned32 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Read-only Shows the bit rate, in kilobits per second, received on a 10 Gigabit or faster interface within a five minute interval. snSwIfStatsOutKiloBitsPe Read-only rSec brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.55 Syntax: Unsigned32 Shows the bit rate, in kilobits per second, transmitted from a 10 Gigabit or faster interface within a five minute interval. snSwlfStatsInJumboFram es brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.56 Syntax: Counter64 The total number of jumbo packets received on the interface. This always returns 0 when applied to BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron IMR, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices. Read only 213 Interface ID lookup table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwlfStatsOutJumboFra mes brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.57 Syntax: Counter64 Read only The total number of jumbo packets transmitted out of the interface. This always returns 0 when applied to BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron IMR, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices. snSwlfSInfoMirrorMode brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.58 Syntax: INTEGER Read only Provides the mirror mode status as described: • disable (0) • enable (1) snSwlfMacLearningDisab le brcdIp.1.1.3.3.5.1.59 Syntax: Syntax: TruthVal Read-write DIsplays the status of MAC Learning on an ethernet port. For POS ports, Get operation will return the default value and Set operation will return an error. Interface ID lookup table The Interface ID Lookup Table maps interface ID to the InterfaceIndex (ifIndex) Lookup Table. Given an interface ID, this table returns the ifIndex value. The table is useful for mapping a known interface to the corresponding ifIndex value. NOTE The contents of the table can only be accessed using Get operations. Unlike other SNMP tables, this table does not support GetNext operations. If you try to walk the table using GetNext, no rows will be returned. 214 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snInterfaceLookupTable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.3 None The Interface Lookup Table snInterfaceLookupEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.3.3.1 None An entry in the Interface Lookup Table. NOTE: This table is used only by IronView Network Manager for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron CES, NetIron CER, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices. You will receive an error if you try to implement a get-next. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Interface index lookup table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snInterfaceLookupInterfaceId brcdIp.1.1.3.3.3.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceId Read only Shows the interface ID which consists of the following: Octet 0 – Port type, which can be one of the following: • 1 – Ethernet • 2 – POS • 3 – ATM • 4 – Virtual • 5 – Loopback • 6 – GRE Tunnel Applies to NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX release 04.0.01 and later and to Brocade MLXe. • 7 – ATM Subif • 8 – MPLS Tunnel • 9 – ATM PVC • 10 – Management • 11 – Trunk • 12 – IP Tunnel (for IP tunnels, except MPLS) In NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX release 04.0.00 and later and to Brocade MLXe devices, this value also applies to 6to4 tunnels. Octet 1 • If the value of Octet 0 is 1,2,3,7 or 9, then this octet shows the device’s slot number. • If the value of Octet 0 is 6 or 8, then this octet shows the tunnel ID. • If the value of Octet 0 is 5, then this octet shows the loopback ID. • If the value of Octet 0 is 4, then this octet shows a virtual ID. Octet 2 – If the value of Octet 0 is 1,2,3,7 or 9, then this octet shows the port number. Octet 3 – If the value of Octet 0 is 7 0r 9, then this octet shows the ATM Subif number). Octet 4 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the ATM VPI number. Octet 5 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the ATM VCI number. snInterfaceLookupIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.3.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the interface in the ifIndex format. Interface index lookup table The Interface Index Lookup Table maps ifindex values to Interface ID Lookup Table. Given an ifIndex, this table returns the interface ID value. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIfIndexLookupTable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.4 None The Interface Index Lookup Table snIfIndexLookupEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.3.4.1 None An entry in the IF Index Lookup Table 215 Trunk port configuration group Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIfIndexLookupIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.3.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the interface in the ifIndex format. snIfIndexLookupInterfaceId brcdIp.1.1.3.3.4.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceId Read only Octet 0 – Port type, which can be one of the following: • 1 – Ethernet • 2 – POS • 3 – ATM • 4 – Virtual • 5 – Loopback • 6 – GRE Tunnel Applies to NetIron release 04.0.01 and later. • 7 – ATM Subif • 8 – MPLS Tunnel • 9 – ATM PVC • 10 – Management • 11 – Trunk • 12 – IP Tunnel (for IP tunnels, except MPLS) In NetIron release 04.0.00 and later, this value also applies to 6to4 tunnels. Octet 1 • If the value of Octet 0 is 1,2,3,7 or 9, then this octet shows the device’s slot number. • If the value of Octet 0 is 6 or 8, then this octet shows the tunnel ID. • If the value of Octet 0 is 5, then this octet shows the loopback ID. • If the value of Octet 0 is 4, then this octet shows a virtual ID. Octet 2 – If the value of Octet 0 is 1,2,3,7 or 9, then this octet shows the port number. Octet 3 – If the value of Octet 0 is 7 0r 9, then this octet shows the ATM Subif number). Octet 4 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the ATM VPI number. Octet 5 – If the value of Octet 0 is 9, then this octet shows the ATM VCI number. Trunk port configuration group The Trunk Group feature allows you to manually configure multiple high-speed, load-sharing links between two switches or routers or between a switch and router and a server. Details on trunk group configuration are discussed in the configuration guide for a product. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 216 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Multi-slot trunk port table The following objects contain configuration of trunk port memberships. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snTrunkTable brcdIp.1.1.3.6.1 None The Trunk Port Table. A specific snTrunkTable consists of a number of Trunk port-mask. snTrunkEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.6.1.1 None An entry in the trunk Port Table. snTrunkIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.6.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of the trunk port entries that can be configured. Valid values: 1 – 64. snTrunkPortMask brcdIp.1.1.3.6.1.1.2 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Shows the trunk port membership of the switch. snTrunkType brcdIp.1.1.3.6.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the trunk port is connected to a switch or a server: switch(1) server(2). • • Multi-slot trunk port table NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. The following table applies to multi-slot trunk ports. They show the ports that are members of a trunk group. They apply to all devices unless otherwise specified in their descriptions. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMSTrunkTable brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2 None The Multi-slot Trunk Port Configuration Table. snMSTrunkEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2.1 None An entry of the Multi-slot Trunk Port Configuration Table. snMSTrunkPortIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Identifies the port that is the primary port of a trunk group. For module with Gigabit ports, the primary port is port 1, 3, 5, or 7. For module with 10/100 ports, the primary port is port 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, or 21. snMSTrunkPortList brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2.1.2 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Contains a list of port indices that are members of a trunk group. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first port index must be the index of the primary port. 217 Multi-slot trunk port table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMSTrunkType brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies if the ports are connected to a switch or a server: • switch(1) • server(2) snMSTrunkRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.6.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies to all devices, except for ServerIron products. Creates, deletes, or modifies an entry in this table: • invalid(1) • valid(2) • delete(3) • create(4) • modify(5) Multi-slot trunk port table The snMSTrunkTable has been made obsolete and replaced with the snMSTrunkIfTable as described in the following. 218 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMSTrunkIfTable brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3 None The Multi-slot Trunk Interface Configuration Table. snMSTrunkIfEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3.1 None An entry of the Multi-slot Trunk Interface Configuration Table. snMSTrunkIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Identifies the port that is the primary port of a trunk group. For module with Gigabit ports, the primary port is port 1, 3, 5, or 7. For module with 10/100 ports, the primary port is port 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, or 21. snMSTrunkIfList brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3.1.2 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Contains a list of port indices that are members of a trunk group. Each port index is a 32-bit integer in big endian order. The first interface/port index must be the index of the primary port. snMSTrunkIfType brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies if the ports are connected to a switch or a server: • switch(1) • server(2) snMSTrunkIfRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.6.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates, deletes, or modifies an entry in this table: • invalid(1) • valid(2) • delete(3) • create(4) • modify(5) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Link Aggregation Group (LAG) table Link Aggregation Group (LAG) table snLinkAggregationGroupTable Beginning with release 03.7.00 of the IronWare software for XMR/MLX routers, the snMSTrunkIfTable has replaced with the snLinkAggregationGroupTable as described in the following table. However, the snLinkAggregationGroupTable has been made obsolete beginning with the NetIron release 04.1.00. It has been replaced by the fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snLinkAggregationGroupTable brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1 None The snLinkAggregation table. snLinkAggregationGroupEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1 None An entry of the Link Aggregation table, snLinkAggregationGroupName brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString (Size(1..255)) None Displays the name of a LinkAggregationGroup. snLinkAggregationGroupType brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-create Displays the LinkAggregationGroup type. snLinkAggregationGroupAdminSt atus brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-create Displays the desired deployed state of this LinkAggregationGroup entry. NOTE: This is not the operational status. Refer to ifTable for the operational status. • deploy(1)- deploy the LAG and set to LACP active if dynamic LAG. • deployPassive(2)-deploy the LAG and set to LACP passive if dynamic LAG. • undeploy(3)-undeploy the LAG if no more than 2 ports are enabled. • undeployForced(4)-undeploy the LAG regardless number of ports enabled. NOTE: undeployForced(4)is a write-only value. In particular, a row cannot be deployed until the corresponding instances of snLinkAggregationGroupIfList has been set. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 snLinkAggregationGroupIfList brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1.4 Syntax: OctetString Read-create Displays a list of interface indices which are the port membership of a trunk group. Each interface index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. snLinkAggregationGroupPrimaryP ort brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1.5 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-create DIsplays the primary port for the Link Aggregation Group. This must be set before deploying the LinkAggregateGroup unless this is a keepalive LinkAggregateGroup. 219 Link Aggregation Group (LAG) table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snLinkAggregationGroupTrunkTyp e brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-create Displays the trunk connection type which specifies what the scheme of load-sharing among the trunk ports is. snLinkAggregationGroupTrunkThr eshold brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create DIsplays the number of UP ports needed to keep the trunk up. snLinkAggregationGroupLacpTim eout brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-create Displays the LACP timeout value this LACP LAG will use. Applicable for dynamic and keepalive LAG only. snLinkAggregationGroupIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.9 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read only DIsplays the InterfaceIndex which represents the LinkAggregateGroup entry in the ifTable and ifXTable. NOTE: This object is not applicable to Keepalive LAGs. snLinkAggregationGroupPortCoun Read only t brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1.10 Syntax: Unsigned32 snLinkAggregationGroupRowStat us brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1.11 Syntax: RowSts Read-create Displays the number of member ports belong to this LAG. Displays the status of this conceptual row. NOTE: createAndWait(5) is not supported. To create a row in this table, a manager must set this object to createAndGo(4) together with the setting of snLinkAggregationGroupType. After that the row status becomes active(1) regardless the LAG entry is deployed or not. To deploy the LAG entry, set the corresponding instance of snLinkAggregationGroupAdminStatus to deployActive or deployPassive. snLinkAggregationGroupId brcdIp.1.1.3.30.1.1.1.12 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read only The numeric identifier assigned to this LAG. This is supported on the NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX running software release 04.0.01 and later and on Brocade MLXe devices. fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable The fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable replaces the snLinkAggregationGroupTable in the NetIron software release 04.1.00 and later. 220 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1 None The fdryLinkAggregation table. fdryLinkAggregationGroupEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1 None An entry of the Link Aggregation table, IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Link Aggregation Group (LAG) table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryLinkAggregationGroupName brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString (Size(1..255)) None Displays the name of a LinkAggregationGroup. fdryLinkAggregationGroupType brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-create Displays the LinkAggregationGroup type. fdryLinkAggregationGroupAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-create Displays the desired deployed state of this LinkAggregationGroup entry. NOTE: This is not the operational status. Refer to ifTable for the operational status. • deploy(1)- deploy the LAG and set to LACP active if dynamic LAG. • deployPassive(2)-deploy the LAG and set to LACP passive if dynamic LAG. • undeploy(3)-undeploy the LAG if no more than 2 ports are enabled. • undeployForced(4)-undeploy the LAG regardless number of ports enabled. NOTE: undeployForced(4)is a write-only value. In particular, a row cannot be deployed until the corresponding instances of fdryLinkAggregationGroupIfList has been set. fdryLinkAggregationGroupIfList brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.4 Syntax: OctetString Read-create Displays a list of interface indices which are the port membership of a trunk group. Each interface index is a 32-bit integer in big endian order. NOTE: This object accepts 32-bit integer only. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 fdryLinkAggregationGroupPrimaryPort brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.5 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-create DIsplays the primary port for the Link Aggregation Group. This must be set before deploying the LinkAggregateGroup unless this is a keepalive LinkAggregateGroup. fdryLinkAggregationGroupTrunkType brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-create Displays the trunk connection type which specifies what the scheme of load-sharing among the trunk ports is. fdryLinkAggregationGroupTrunkThresh old brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create DIsplays the number of UP ports needed to keep the trunk up. fdryLinkAggregationGroupLacpTimeout brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-create Displays the LACP timeout value this LACP LAG will use. Applicable for dynamic and keepalive LAG only. fdryLinkAggregationGroupIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.9 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read only After a LAG is deployed, this object dIsplays information for the LAG entry in the ifTable. Use this variabe to access the entry in the ifTable and ifXTable. Zero is returned for LAGs that have not been deployed. fdryLinkAggregationGroupPortCount brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.10 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only Displays the number of member ports belong to this LAG. NOTE: This object is not applicable to Keepalive LAGs. 221 Packet port information table Name, OID, and Syntax Access fdryLinkAggregationGroupRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.11 Syntax: RowSts Read-create Description Displays the status of this conceptual row. NOTE: createAndWait(5) is not supported. To create a row in this table, a manager must set this object to createAndGo(4) together with the setting of fdryLinkAggregationGroupType. After that the row status becomes active(1) regardless the LAG entry is deployed or not. To deploy the LAG entry, set the corresponding instance of fdryLinkAggregationGroupAdminStatus to deployActive or deployPassive. fdryLinkAggregationGroupId brcdIp.1.1.3.33.1.1.1.12 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read only The numeric identifier assigned to this LAG. fdryLinkAggregationGroupPortTable The fdryLinkAggregationGroupPortTable is introduced in the NetIron software release 04.1.00. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable brcdIp.1.1.3.33.2.1 N/A This table contains the Link Aggregation Control Configuration information about every aggregation port associated with this device. A row appears in this table for each physical port. fdryLinkAggregationGroupPortEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.33.2.1.1 N/A An entry in the fdryLinkAggregationGroupTable. fdryLinkAggregationGroupPortLacpPrio rity brcdIp.1.1.3.33.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write The LACP priority value assigned to this link aggregation port. Values can be 0 - 65535. The default is 1. Packet port information table Packet over SONET (POS) is the serial transmission of data over SONET frames through the use of Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP). The POS modules allow direct connection to interfaces within SONET. POS is a transport technology that encapsulates packet data such as an IP datagram directly into SONET. The POS modules are available on NetIron Internet Backbone routers and BigIron Layer 3 Switches with redundant management modules. The following table presents information about POS ports. 222 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Packet port information table NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPOSInfoTable brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1 None POS Port Information table. snPOSInfoEntry brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1 None An entry in the POS Port Information table. snPOSInfoPortNum brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only snPOSIfIndex brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Identifies the instance of the ifIndex object as defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1573. snPOSDescr brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Description of the chassis slot and port. snPOSName brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Name of the port. Valid values: Up to 255 characters. snPOSInfoSpeed brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write The bandwidth of the interface, which can be one of the following: • s155000(1) bps • s622000(2) bps • other(3) • s2488000(4) bps snPOSInfoAdminStatus brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write The desired state of the interface, which can be one of the following: • up(1) – The port is ready to pass packets. • down(2) – The port is not ready to pass packets. • testing(3) – The port is in test mode. No packets can be passed. snPOSInfoLinkStatus brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read only The current operational state of the link, which can be one of the following: • up(1) – The port is ready to pass packets. • down(2) – The port is not ready to pass packets. • testing(3) – The port is in test mode. No packets can be passed. snPOSInfoClock brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write The clock source, which can be one of the following: internal(1) – The interface is using the clock on the POS module. • line(2) – The interface is using the clock source supplied on the network. Default: internal(1) The chassis slot and port number. Bit 0 to bit 7 – port number. Bit 8 to bit 11 – slot number (for chassis devices only). • • • 223 Packet port information table 224 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPOSInfoLoopBack brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write The loopback state of the interface. The loopback state can be one of the following: • line(1) – The loopback path consists of both this POS interface and the POS interface at the remote end of the link. Use this mode to check the POS interface along the link. • internal(2) – The loopback path consists only of the POS circuitry on this interface. Use this mode to check the POS circuitry. • none(3) – The interface is not operating in loopback mode. snPOSInfoScrambleATM brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write The state of the ATM scramble mode, which can be one of the following: • disabled(0) – Scrambling is disabled. • enabled(1) – Scrambling of the Synchronous Payload Envelope (SPE) is enabled. Data in the SONET packet is scrambled for security. Default: disabled(0) snPOSInfoFraming brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write The frame type used on the interface. The frame type can be one of the following: • sonet(1) – Synchronous Optical Network. • sdh(2) – Synchronous Digital Hierarchy. Default: sonet(1) snPOSInfoCRC brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write The length of the CRC field in packets transmitted on the interface. The length can be one of the following: • crc32bits(1) – The field is 8 bits long. • crc16bits(2) – The field is 16 bits long. Default: crc32bits(1) snPOSInfoKeepAlive brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write The time interval when keepalive messages are sent. Default: 10 seconds snPOSInfoFlagC2 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write The value of the c2 flag in the SONET headers of packets transmitted by the interface. The c2 flag identifies the payload type of the packets transmitted on this interface. Default: 0xcf, which means that the payload is SONET or SDH. snPOSInfoFlagJ0 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write The value of the j0 flag in the SONET headers of packets transmitted by the interface. This flag sets the trace byte, which is used to trace the origin of an STS-1 frame on a SONET network. Default: 0xcc snPOSInfoFlagH1 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-write The value of the h1 flag in the SONET headers of packets transmitted by the interface. This flag sets the H1 pointer, which is used to indicate where the SPE (Synchronous Payload Envelope) starts within the packet. The SPE contains the packet’s payload: • 0x00 – The pointer for SONET frames. • 0x02 – The pointer for SDH frames. Default: 0x00 snPOSStatsInFrames brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.17 Syntax: Counter Read only The total number of packets received on the interface. snPOSStatsOutFrames brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.18 Syntax: Counter Read only The total number of packets transmitted out of the interface. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Packet port information table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPOSStatsAlignErrors brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.19 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of packets that contained frame alignment errors. snPOSStatsFCSErrors brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.20 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of packets that contained Frame Check Sequence errors. snPOSStatsFrameTooLong s brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.21 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of packets that were longer than the configured MTU. snPOSStatsFrameTooShort s brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.22 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of packets that were shorter than the minimum valid length. snPOSStatsInDiscard brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.23 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of inbound packets that were discarded to prevent them from being delivered to a higher-layer protocol, even though no errors had been detected. For example, a packet may be discarded to free up buffer space. snPOSStatsOutDiscard brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.24 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of outbound packets that were discarded to prevent them from being transmitted, even though they contain no errors. For example, a packet may be discarded to free up buffer space. snPOSInOctets brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.25 Syntax: OctetString Read only The total number of packets in octets that were received on the interface, including framing characters. This object is a 64-bit counter of the ifInOctets object, defined in RFC 1213. The octet string is in big-endian byte order. snPOSOutOctets brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.26 Syntax: OctetString Read only The total number of packets in octets that were transmitted out of the interface, including framing characters. This object is a 64-bit counter of the ifOutOctets object, defined in RFC 1213. The octet string is in big-endian byte order. snPOSStatsInBitsPerSec brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.27 Syntax: Gauge Read only The number of bits per second received on the interface over a five-minute interval. snPOSStatsOutBitsPerSec brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.28 Syntax: Gauge Read only The number of bits per second transmitted out of the interface over a five-minute interval. snPOSStatsInPktsPerSec brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.29 Syntax: Gauge Read only The number of packets per second received on the interface over a five-minute interval. snPOSStatsOutPktsPerSec brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.30 Syntax: Gauge Read only The number of packets per second transmitted out of the interface over a five minute interval. snPOSStatsInUtilization brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.31 Syntax: Integer Read only The network utilization by incoming traffic in hundredths of a percent over a five-minute interval. NOTE: This object is not supported. 225 Packet port information table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPOSStatsOutUtilization brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.32 Syntax: Integer Read only The network utilization by outgoing traffic in hundredths of a percent over a five-minute interval. snPOSTagType brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.33 Syntax: Integer Read only NOTE: This object is not supported. Shows whether or not the port has a VLAN tag: tagged(1) – The port has a VLAN tag. This port can have multiple VLANs. • untagged(2) – The port is not tagged. • POS alarms and error conditions The following MIB objects belong to the snPOSInfoTable. They allow you to collect errors for POS SONET links. SONET equipment detects alarms and error conditions from the three layers of the SONET protocol: section, line, and path. Other devices on the network are notified of these events. Use the MIB objects below to determine if alarms or error conditions have been reported for POS. The information is also available when you enter the show controllers pos CLI command. 226 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPOSStatsB1 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.34 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of received frames that have parity errors at the section layer of the SONET link. snPOSStatsB2 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.35 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of received frames that have parity errors at the line layer of the SONET link. snPOSStatsB3 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.36 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of received frames that have parity errors at the path layer of the SONET link. snPOSStatsAIS brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.37 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of Alarm Indicator Signals (AIS) that were received by the interface. snPOSStatsRDI brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.38 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of Remote Defect Indicator (RDI) signals that were received by the interface. snPOSStatsLOP brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.39 Syntax: Counter Read only Indicates a loss of pointer (LOP) that results from an invalid path pointer or if an excessive number of new data flag have been enabled. snPOSStatsLOF brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.40 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows how many times the interface experienced out of frame alignment problems, which is also called a loss of frame (LOF) condition. snPOSStatsLOS brcdIp.1.2.14.1.1.1.41 Syntax: Counter Read only Indicates the number of times the interface experienced a loss of signal (LOS). With LOS, incoming signals are all zeros during a 100 microsecond period. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Loopback interface configuration table Loopback interface configuration table NOTE This table is supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLXdevices. The following objects apply to all devices, except ServerIron products. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snLoopbackIntfConfigTable brcdIp.1.2.13.1 None The Loopback Interface Configuration table. snLoopbackIntfConfigEntry brcdIp.1.2.13.1.1 None An entry in the Loopback Interface Configuration table. snLoopbackIntfConfigPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.13.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the port index for loopback interface configuration entry. There can be up to eight entries in this table. snLoopbackIntfMode brcdIp.1.2.13.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if loopback interface is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snLoopbackIntfRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.13.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid Port STP configuration groups The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) eliminates Layer 2 loops in networks, by selectively blocking some ports and allowing other ports to forward traffic, based on global (bridge) and local (port) parameters you can configure. The tables in this section contain information about the ports on which STP is enabled. Port STP configuration groups (snPortStpTable) This table applies to all devices, except the FastIron X-Series devices, BigIron MG8, and NetIron 40G. These devices use the snIfStpTable. Refer to the “Port STP configuration group (snIfStpTable)” on page 230. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 227 Port STP configuration groups NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPortStpTable brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1 None A specific snPortStpTable consists of a number of switch ports. This table only exists if “snVLanByPortTable” on page 289 exists and “snVLanByPortStpMode” on page 290 is enabled for each VLAN. snPortStpEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1 None An entry in this table shows information about the configuration of a specified port. An SNMP SET PDU for a row in this table requires the entire sequence of the MIB objects in each snPortStpEntry to be stored in one PDU. Otherwise, GENERR return-value will be returned. snPortStpVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the VLAN ID of the VLAN switch community. Valid values: 1 – 65535. snPortStpPortNum brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read only snPortStpPortPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the value of the priority field, which is contained in the first (in network byte order) octet of the Port ID. The second octet of the Port ID is given by the value of dot1dStpPort. The two octets combine to form the identity of the root bridge in a spanning tree (instance of STP). The bridge with the lowest value has the highest priority and is the root. Valid values: 8 – 255 snPortStpPathCost brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the value of the dot1dStpPortPathCost, which is the port’s path cost to reach the root bridge. When selecting among multiple links to the root bridge, STP chooses the link with the lowest path cost and blocks the other paths. IEEE 802.1D-1990 recommends that the default value of this parameter be in inverse proportion to the speed of the attached LAN. Writing a value of zero to this object sets the path cost to a default value which automatically changes according to port speed. Reading a value of zero indicates an unknown path cost because the port speed cannot be determined due to the speed auto sense that is currently in progress. Each port type has its own default STP path cost. • 10 Mbps – 100 • 100 Mbps – 19 • Gigabit – 4 Valid values: 0 – 65535 Shows the port number of the Switch: Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number. Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number (slot for chassis only). • • NOTE: Over the value of 65535, this MIB stays at the upper value and the user should access which has a bigger upper range value. snPortStpOperState brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer 228 Read only Indicates if the port STP entry is activated and is in running mode. • notActivated(0) • activated(1) Default: notActivated(0) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Port STP configuration groups IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPortStpPortEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer None snPortStpPortForwardTransi tions brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 None Shows the number of times this port has transitional from the Learning state to the Forwarding state. snPortStpPortState brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the port’s current state as defined by application of the Spanning Tree Protocol. This state controls what action a port takes when it receives a frame. • disabled(1) – The port is not participating in STP. This can occur when the port is disconnected or STP is disabled on the port. • blocking(2) – STP has blocked Layer 2 traffic on this port to prevent a loop. The device or VLAN can reach the root bridge using another port, whose state is forwarding(5). When a port is in this state, the port does not transmit or receive user frames, but the port does continue to receive STP BPDUs. • listening(3) – STP is responding to a topology change and this port is listening for a BPDU from neighboring bridge(s) in order to determine the new topology. No user frames are transmitted or received during this state. • learning(4) – The port has passed the listening state and will change to the blocking or forwarding state, depending on the results of STP’s reconvergence. The port does not transmit or receive user frames during this state. However, the device can learn the MAC addresses of frames that the port receives during this state and make corresponding entries in the MAC table. • forwarding(5) – STP is allowing the port to send and receive frames. • broken(6) – Ports that are malfunctioning are placed into this state by the bridge. snPortStpPortDesignatedCo st brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The cost to the root bridge as advertised by the designated bridge that is connected to this port. If the designated bridge is the root bridge itself, then the cost is 0. The identity of the designated bridge is shown in the Design Bridge field. This value is compared to the Root Path Cost field in the receivedbridge PDUs. snPortStpPortDesignatedRo ot brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.10 Syntax: BridgeId Read only The root bridge as recognized on this port. The value is the same as the root bridge ID listed in the Root ID field. Shows the unique ID of the root bridge. The root bridge is recorded as the root in the configuration BPDUs, which are transmitted by the designated bridge for the segment to which the port is attached. Indicates whether or not the port is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • 229 Port STP configuration groups Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPortStpPortDesignatedBri dge brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.11 Syntax: BridgeId Read only Shows the ID of the designated bridge. The designated bridge is the device that connects the network segment to the root bridge. snPortStpPortDesignatedPo rt brcdIp.1.1.3.5.1.1.12 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the ID of the port on the designated bridge that connects to the root bridge on the network. This object has two octets. Port STP configuration group (snIfStpTable) The snIfStpTable contains information about ports where STP is enabled on FastIron X-Series devices, BigIron MG8, and NetIron 40G. Other devices use the snPortStpTable (refer to “Port STP configuration groups (snPortStpTable)” on page 227). 230 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIfStpTable brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2 None A specific snIfStpTable consists of a number of switch ports. This table only exists if “snVLanByPortTable” on page 289 exists and “snVLanByPortStpMode” on page 290 is enabled for each VLAN. snIfStpEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1 None An entry in this table shows information about the configuration of a specified port. An SNMP SET PDU for a row in this table requires the entire sequence of the MIB objects in each snIfStpEntry to be stored in one PDU. Otherwise, GENERR return-value will be returned. snIfStpVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the VLAN ID of the VLAN switch community. Valid values: 1 – 65535. snIfStpPortNum brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only snIfStpPortPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.3 Syntax: INTEGER Read-write Shows the port number of the Switch: Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number. Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number (slot for chassis only). • • Shows the value of the priority field, which is contained in the first (in network byte order) octet of the Port ID. The second octet of the Port ID is given by the value of dot1dStpPort. The two octets combine to form the identity of the root bridge in a spanning tree (instance of STP or RSTP). The bridge with the lowest value has the highest priority and is the root. Valid values: 8 – 255 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Port STP configuration groups Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIfStpPathCost brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the value of the dot1dStpPortPathCost, which is the port’s path cost to reach the root bridge. When selecting among multiple links to the root bridge, STP or RSTP chooses the link with the lowest path cost and blocks the other paths. IEEE 802.1D-1990 recommends that the default value of this parameter be in inverse proportion to the speed of the attached LAN. Writing a value of zero to this object sets the path cost to a default value which automatically changes according to port speed. Reading a value of zero indicates an unknown path cost because the port speed cannot be determined due to the speed auto sense that is currently in progress. Each port type has its own default STP path cost. • 10 Mbps – 100 • 100 Mbps – 19 • Gigabit – 4 Valid values: 0 – 65535 Read-write This MIB object replaces the MIB object snIfStpPathCost. Shows the value of the dot1dStpPortPathCost, which is the port’s path cost to reach the root bridge. When selecting among multiple links to the root bridge, STP or RSTP chooses the link with the lowest path cost and blocks the other paths. IEEE 802.1D-1990 recommends that the default value of this parameter be in inverse proportion to the speed of the attached LAN. Writing a value of zero to this object sets the path cost to a default value which automatically changes according to port speed. Reading a value of zero indicates an unknown path cost because the port speed cannot be determined due to the speed auto sense that is currently in progress. Each port type has its own default STP or RSTP path cost. • 10 Mbps – 100 • 100 Mbps – 19 • Gigabit – 4 Valid values: 0 – 65535 Read only Indicates if the port STP entry is activated and is in running mode. • notActivated(0) • activated(1) Default: notActivated(0) NOTE: On FastIron SuperX software release 02.2.01 and later, this object was replaced by “snIfStpCfgPath Cost” snIfStpCfgPathCost brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer NOTE: On FastIron SuperX software release 02.2.01 and later, this object replaces by “snIfStpPathCos t” snIfStpOperState brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 231 Port STP configuration groups 232 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIfStpPortState brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the port’s current state as defined by application of the Spanning Tree Protocol. This state controls what action a port takes when it receives a frame. • disabled(1) – The port is not participating in STP. This can occur when the port is disconnected or STP is disabled on the port. • blocking(2) – STP has blocked Layer 2 traffic on this port to prevent a loop. The device or VLAN can reach the root bridge using another port, whose state is forwarding(5). When a port is in this state, the port does not transmit or receive user frames, but the port does continue to receive STP BPDUs. • listening(3) – STP is responding to a topology change and this port is listening for a BPDU from neighboring bridge(s) in order to determine the new topology. No user frames are transmitted or received during this state. • learning(4) – The port has passed the listening state and will change to the blocking or forwarding state, depending on the results of STP’s reconvergence. The port does not transmit or receive user frames during this state. However, the device can learn the MAC addresses of frames that the port receives during this state and make corresponding entries in the MAC table. • forwarding(5) – STP is allowing the port to send and receive frames. • broken(6) – Ports that are malfunctioning are placed into this state by the bridge. • preforwarding(7) – The port is in an RSTP pre-forwarding mode. snIfStpPortDesignatedC ost brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read only The cost to the root bridge as advertised by the designated bridge that is connected to this port. If the designated bridge is the root bridge itself, then the cost is 0. The identity of the designated bridge is shown in the Design Bridge field. This value is compared to the Root Path Cost field in the receivedbridge PDUs. snIfStpPortDesignatedR oot brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.10 Syntax: BridgeId Read only The root bridge as recognized on this port. The value is the same as the root bridge ID listed in the Root ID field. Shows the unique ID of the root bridge. The root bridge is recorded as the root in the configuration BPDUs, which are transmitted by the designated bridge for the segment to which the port is attached. snIfStpPortDesignatedB ridge brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.11 Syntax: BridgeId Read only Shows the ID of the designated bridge. The designated bridge is the device that connects the network segment to the root bridge. snIfStpPortDesignatedP ort brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.12 Syntax: Octet string Read only Shows the ID of the port on the designated bridge that connects to the root bridge on the network. This object has two octets. snIfStpPortAdminRstp brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write snIfStpPortProtocolMigr ation brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables RSTP on a port that is a member of a VLAN: true(1) – RSTP is enabled false(2) – RSTP is not enabled; therefore, this object is not writable. • • This value can be one of the following: true(1) – The port is operating in RSTP version 2 mode. It will transmit RSTP BPDUs. • false(2) – The port is not operating in RSTP version 2 mode. • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Port monitor table Name, OID, and Syntax Access snIfStpPortAdminEdgeP ort brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write snIfStpPortAdminPointT oPoint brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-write snIfStpPortRole brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-only Description Indicates if the port is an edge or non-edge port: true(1) – Assumed this port is an edge-port false(2) – Assume this port is a non-edge-port • • Indicates the administrative point-to-point status of the LAN segment attached to this port. • true(1) – This port should always be treated as if it is connected to a point-to-point link. • false(2) – This port should be treated as having a shared media connection. Shows the STP/RSTP port role. For STP, the port role will be root if the port is a root port; otherwise, it will be a designated port. • For RSTP, port role is equivalent to the port role display from "show 802-1w vlan " command. • NOTE: This object was implemented in IronWare release 03.5.00 for the NetIron XMR/MLX and Ironware release 02.5.00 for the BigIron RX. snIfStpBPDUTransmitte d brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.19 Syntax: Counter Read-only snIfStpBPDUReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.20 Syntax: Counter Read-only snIfRstpConfigBPDURec eived brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.21 Syntax: Counter Read-only snIfRstpTCNBPDURecei ved brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.22 Syntax: Counter Read-only snIfRstpConfigBPDUTra nsmitted brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.23 Syntax: Counter Read-only snIfRstpTCNBPDUTrans mitted brcdIp.1.1.3.5.2.1.24 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the STP/RSTP bridge protocol unit transmitted counter. NOTE: This object was implemented in IronWare release 03.5.00 for the NetIron XMR/MLX and Ironware release 02.5.00 for the BigIron RX. It is also supported on Brocade MLXe devices. Shows the STP/RSTP bridge protocol unit received counter. NOTE: This object was implemented in IronWare release 03.5.00 for the NetIron XMR/MLX and Ironware release 02.5.00 for the BigIron RX. It is also supported on Brocade MLXe devices. Shows the STP/RSTP bridge protocol unit received counter. NOTE: This object was implemented in IronWare release 03.5.00 for the NetIron XMR/MLX and Ironware release 02.5.00 for the BigIron RX. It is also supported on Brocade MLXe devices. Shows the RSTP configuration bridge protocol unit received counter. NOTE: This object was implemented in IronWare release 03.5.00 for the NetIron XMR/MLX and Ironware release 02.5.00 for the BigIron RX. It is also supported on Brocade MLXe devices. Shows the RSTP configuration bridge protocol unit transmitted counter. NOTE: This object was implemented in IronWare release 03.5.00 for the NetIron XMR/MLX and Ironware release 02.5.00 for the BigIron RX. It is also supported on Brocade MLXe devices. Shows the RSTP topology change notification bridge protocol unit transmitted counter. NOTE: This object was implemented in IronWare release 03.5.00 for the NetIron XMR/MLX and Ironware release 02.5.00 for the BigIron RX. It is also supported on Brocade MLXe devices. Port monitor table The Port Monitor Table shows the status of port monitoring on an interface. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 233 MRP NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPortMonitorTable brcdIp.1.1.3.25.1. N/A The Port Monitor Table snPortMonitorEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.25.1.1. N/A An entry in the Port Monitor Table snPortMonitorIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.25.1.1.1 N/A ID of the port in the table snPortMonitorMirrorList brcdIp.1.1.3.25.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Lists the monitoring status of each port. The values in this object are space delimited. They consist of a sequence of a port’s ifIndex followed by the port’s monitoring mode. Port monitoring mode can be one of the following: • 0 – Monitoring is off • 1 – The port will monitor input traffic • 2 – The port will monitor output traffic • 3 – The port will monitor both input and output traffic For example, you may see the following values: 65 2 66 1 “65” may represent port 2/1 and “66” port 2/2. The entry means that port 2/1 is monitoring output traffic. Port 2/2 will monitor input traffic. MRP Metro ring table The Metro Ring Table contains information about Metro Ring Protocol (MRP) MIB objects.The MIB objects are supported on the following software releases: • • • • • 234 Multi-Service IronWare release 03.7.00 and later for the NetIron XMR Series Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.7.00 and later for the NetIron MLX Series Multi-Service IronWare software release 02.6.00 and later for the BigIron RX Series FastIron devices running FSX, FGS, and FCX software releases. Brocade MLXe IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 MRP • Multi-Service IronWare release 03.8.00 and later for the NetIron CES Series IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMetroRingTable brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1 Syntax: SEQUENCE of SnMetroRingEntry None The Metro Ring Table. snMetroRingEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1 Syntax: SnMetroRingEntry None An entry in the Metro Ring Table. snMetroRingVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 None Identifies a VLAN that controls the Metro Ring. snMetroRingId brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 None The Metro Ring identifier. snMetroRingConfigState brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read write The state of the Metro Ring. snMetroRingRole brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer [other(1), master(2), member(3)] Read write Shows the Metro Ring role: other(1) - non of the cases below master(2) - device which originates RHP packets member(3) - device which forwards RHP packets snMetroRingHelloTime brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read write The time interval to periodically transmit ring health protocol (RHP) in milliseconds. snMetroRingPreforwardingTime brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read write The time interval that a metro ring stays in preforwarding state before changing to forwarding state (in milliseconds). snMetroRingPort1 brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.7 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read write The ifIndex value of port 1 to configure into the metro ring. snMetroRingPort2 brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.8 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read write The ifIndex value of port 2 to configure into the metro ring. snMetroRingName brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.9 Syntax: DisplayString Read write The description of the metro ring. snMetroRingRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer [other(1), valid(2), delete(3), create(4)] Read write Creates and deletes rows in the table, and controls whether they are used. Values are: • delete(3) - deletes a row • create(4) - creates a new row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a badValue error. Deleted rows disappear immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuchName - no such row: • other(1) - some other cases • valid(2) - the row exists and is valid. 235 MRP 236 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMetroRingOperState brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer [other(1), enabled(2), disabled(3)] Read only Shows the metro ring operational state. snMetroRingTopoGroupId brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The ID of the topology group that controls the metro ring. snMetroRingRHPTransmitted brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.13 Syntax: Counter32 Read only The Ring Health Protocol (RHP) transmitted counter. snMetroRingRHPReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.14 Syntax: Counter32 Read only The counter receive Ring Health Protocol (RHP) snMetroRingStateChanged brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.15 Syntax: Counter32 Read only The counter for the number of times the ring state has changed. snMetroRingTCRBPDUReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.16 Syntax: Counter32 Read only The topology change protocol received counter. snMetroRingPriPort brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.17 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read only The ifIndex value of the primary port. snMetroRingSecPort brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.18 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read only The ifIndex value of the secondary port. snMetroRingPriPortState brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read only The state of the metro ring primary port: other(1) - none of the cases below preforwarding(2) - port transmits RHP packets, port does not transmit data packets. forwarding(3) - port transmits RHP and data packets blocking(4) - port receives RHP packets, does not receive data packets disabled(5) - port is disabled from the metro ring snMetroRingSecPortState brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read only The state of the metro ring secondary port: other(1) - none of the cases below preforwarding(2) - port transmits RHP packets, port does not transmit data packets. forwarding(3) - port transmits RHP and data packets blocking(4) - port receives RHP packets, does not receive data packets disabled(5) - port is disabled from the metro ring snMetroRingPriPortType brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.21 Syntax: Integer Read only The metro ring primary port type: other(1) - none of the cases below regular(2) - port is configured to operate on a single ring tunnel(3) - port is configured to operate on multiple rings snMetroRingSecPortType brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.22 Syntax: Integer Read only The metro ring secondary port type: other(1) - none of the cases below regular(2) - port is configured to operate on a single ring tunnel(3) - port is configured to operate on multiple rings IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 MRP IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMetroRingPriPortActivePort brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.23 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read only The ifIndex value of the active primary port. snMetroRingSecPortActivePort brcdIp.1.1.3.29.2.1.1.24 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read only The ifIndex value of the active secondary port. 237 MRP 238 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 14 Filtering Traffic MAC filters The objects in this chapter present filters that can be used to control incoming or outgoing traffic. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on the features discussed in this chapter. MAC layer filtering enables you to build access lists based on MAC layer headers in the Ethernet/IEEE 802.3 frame. You can filter on the source and destination MAC addresses as well as other information such as the EtherType, LLC1 DSAP or SSAP numbers, and a SNAP EtherType. The filters apply to incoming traffic only. For more information on MAC Layer filtering, refer to the configuration guide for a product. Note: MAC Filter MIB objects are not supported on the following products: • • • • • • • BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX BigIron MG8 NetIron 40G NetIron IMR 640 Router Brocade MLXe Objects available for MAC filtering are presented in the following sections: • “MAC filter table” on page 239 • “MAC filter port access tables” on page 241 • “Forwarding database static table information” on page 241 MAC filter table The objects in this table provide information on MAC filters. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMacFilterTable brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1 None The MAC filter table. snMacFilterEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1 None An entry in the MAC filter table. snMacFilterIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The table index for a filter entry. 239 MAC filters 240 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMacFilterAction brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates what action is to be taken if the MAC packet matches this filter: • deny(0) • permit(1) snMacFilterSourceMac brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.3 Syntax: MAC address Read-write Shows the source MAC address. snMacFilterSourceMask brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.4 Syntax: MAC address Read-write Shows the source MAC subnet mask. snMacFilterDestMac brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.5 Syntax: MAC address Read-write Shows the destination MAC address. snMacFilterDestMask brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.6 Syntax: MAC address Read-write Shows the destination MAC subnet mask. snMacFilterOperator brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write snMacFilterFrameType brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write snMacFilterFrameTypeNum brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the frame type number. Valid values: 0 – 65535, where 0 means that this object is not applicable. snMacFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.10.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid Indicates the type of comparison to perform: equal(0) notEqual(1) less(2) greater(3) • • • • Indicates the frame type: notUsed(0) ethernet(1) LLC(2) snap(3) • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 MAC filters MAC filter port access tables The tables show information about the MAC Filter Port Access. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snMacFilterPortAccessTable brcdIp.1.1.3.10.2 None MAC Filter Port Access table. snMacFilterPortAccessEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.10.2.1 None An entry in the MAC Filter Port Access Table. snMacFilterPortAccessPortIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.10.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The port index. For FastIron and NetIron products, port index value is from 1 – 42. For BigIron products, port index is an encoded number: • Bit 0 to bit 7– Port number • Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number For virtual router interfaces: • 15 – Slot number • 1 to 60 – Virtual router port, which is the port number. Therefore, port index value for BigIron is from 257 to 3900. snMacFilterPortAccessFilters brcdIp.1.1.3.10.2.1.2 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows the filter numbers of the ports. The first octet correspond to the first filter number, the second octet, to the second filter number, and so on. snMacFilterPortAccessRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.10.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, NetIron CER devices. Forwarding database static table information This table contains Forwarding Database information for each station known to the system. There is one entry per station. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFdbTable brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1 None The Forwarding Database Static Table. snFdbEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1 None Each entry represents the information of a static MAC station. 241 MAC filters Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFdbStationIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the FDB Station index to the Fdb Station Table. snFdbStationAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the snFdbs physical address. The physical address represents a MAC Station. snFdbStationPort brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the station slot or port number: Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number (slot for chassis only). • • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, NetIron CER devices. snFdbVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the Station VLAN ID. snFdbStationQos brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the quality of service values for the station: For stackable stations, the values can be: • low(0) – low priority • high(1) – high priority. For chassis stations, the values can be • level0(0) • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3) • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) snFdbStationType brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, NetIron CER devices. 242 Show the station type: notSupported(0) – a read value only: this product does not support multilayer Switching. • host(1) – any MAC station. • router(2) – a router-typed station. • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Layer 2 ACLs Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFdbRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snFdbStationIfindex brcdIp.1.1.3.4.1.1.8 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-write Station interface index number. Layer 2 ACLs The Layer 2 Access Control Lists (ACLs) MIB objects presented in this section apply to the following devices: • • • • BigIron RX running software release 02.7.00 and later NetIron XMR running software release 04.0.00 and later NetIron MLX running software release 04.0.00 and later Brocade MLXe Layer 2 ACLs filter traffic based on any of the following fields: • • • • • Source MAC address and source MAC mask Destination MAC address and destination MAC mask VLAN ID Ethernet type 802.1P priority and its mapping The following tables are used to define Layer 2 ACLs in SNMP: • “Layer 2 ACL next clause table” on page 244 • “Layer 2 ACL configuration table” on page 246 • “Layer 2 ACL binding configuration table” on page 248 You must obtain a clause index from the Layer 2 ACL Next Clause Table before creating a Layer 2 ACL. Use the Layer 2 ACL Configuration Table to create Layer 2 ACLs. Bind the Layer 2 ACLs to physical port using the Layer 2 ACL Binding Configuration Table. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 243 Layer 2 ACLs Textual conventions The Layer 2 ACL tables use the following textual conventions. Name and Syntax Description fdryVlanIdOrNoneTC Syntax: Integer32 The VLAN ID that uniquely identifies a specific VLAN, or no VLAN. The special value of zero is used to indicate that no VLAN ID is present or used. This can be used in any situation where an object or a table entry must refer either to a specific VLAN, or to no VLAN. Valid values: 0 or 1 - 4094 PortQosTC Syntax: Integer The port QOS Priority hardware queue. 0 is lowest priority, 7 is the highest. Values can be one of the following: Valid Values: • level0(0) • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3) • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) • invalid(127) fdryEnetTypeOrZeroTC Syntax: Integer Ethernet Type field within the Ethernet-II frame • invalid(0) • ipv4(1) • arp(2) • ipv6(3) fdryClauseIndexTC Syntax: Unsigned 32 One-based clause index value within a given ACL number. Layer 2 ACL next clause table The fdryL2AclNextClauseTable is a read-only table The Layer 2 ACL Next Clause Table (fdryL2AclNextClauseTable) contains the list of next lowest available clause index that can be used for creating a Layer 2 ACL in the fdryL2AclTable. (Refer to “Layer 2 ACL configuration table” on page 246.) Every Layer 2 ACL in the fdryL2AclTable has a clause index which consists of a list of ACL clause entries. A Layer 2 ACL cannot be created without any clause entries. There must be at least one clause entry in a Layer 2 ACL. Likewise, when all the clause entries are deleted from a Layer 2 ACL, the ACL itself will also be deleted. By default, there can be up to 64 clause entries for each Layer 2 ACL. This number can be changed by issuing the system-max l2-acl-table-entries command on the device CLI. You can specify up to 256 per Layer 2 ACL. The initial value of the fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex in each table row is 1. When a clause entry is created for a Layer 2 ACL, this value is incremented by one. When the number of clause entries created for an ACL reaches the maximum limit, a Get operation on fdryL2AclClauseIndex will return a “noSuchInstance” error. The error indicates that no more clauses can be added to the fdryL2AclTable for this ACL. 244 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Layer 2 ACLs When a clause entry for an ACL is removed (either in the beginning or middle or end) the clause index (where it was removed from) is available for adding a new clause entry for this ACL. The fdryL2AclClauseIndex always returns the lowest available clause index where a new clause should be added. The CLI displays the ACL clause in chronological order. However, SNMP is bounded by clause index, and therefore, it may not displays the rows in chronological order. The clause index does not map to the sequence in which the ACL clause is checked at run time. It is an internal value used to identify unique ACL clauses within a given ACL ID. For example, if only 3 clause entries can be created for a Layer 2 ACL, the following describes how ACL clause is assigned. 1. Before adding any clause to a Layer 2 ACL, a Get operation on the fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex returns 1. 2. When you add the first clause entry, a Get operation on the fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex returns 2. 3. When you add the second clause entry, a Get operation on the fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex returns 3. 4. When you add the third clause entry, a Get operation on the fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex returns a “noSuchInstance” 5. If you remove the second clause entry (#2), a Get operation on the fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex, returns 2 since it is the lowest available index. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryL2AclNextClauseTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.6 N/A This read-only table contains the list of the next lowest available clause index that can be used for creating a new entry in the fdryL2AclTable. The clause index values will not change as a result of switchovers or hitless upgrades, but may change as a result of a device reload. However, the relative order of persistent entries would remain the same. fdryL2AclNextClauseEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.15.6.1 N/A An entry specifying the next lowest available clause index for this ACL number. All ACL numbers will have an entry in this table. fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.6.1.1 Syntax: FdryClauseIndexTC Read-only The next lowest available clause index for a given Layer 2 ACL number. The maximum value of this object is the configured maximum number of clauses for a Layer 2 ACL. Even though the syntax of “fdryL2AclClauseIndex” is Unsigned32, its value will be between 1 to the configured maximum clause entries for each Layer 2 ACL. 245 Layer 2 ACLs Layer 2 ACL configuration table 246 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryL2AclTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7 N/A Table of Layer 2 ACLs. A Layer 2 ACL number can have 64 (default) to 256 clauses. The clause index values will not change as a result of switchovers or hitless upgrades, but may change as a result of a device reload. However, the relative order of persistent entries remains the same. fdryL2AclEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1 N/A An entry in the L2 Access Control List table. fdryL2AclNumber brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.1 Syntax: AclNumber N/A The access list number for this entry. For Layer 2 ACLs, valid values are 400 - 499. fdryL2AclClauseIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.2 Syntax: FdryClauseIndexTC N/A The index of the clause within a given ACL number. During row creation, the clause index value should match the next available clause index for a given ACL number. It is advisable to first do a Get operation on the fdryL2AclNextClauseTable for a given ACL number, and use the value of fdryL2AclNextClauseIndex returned by the agent. fdryL2AclAction brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.3 Syntax: Action Read-create Action to take if the Layer 2 packet on the port matches this ACL. fdryL2AclSourceMac brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.4 Syntax: MacAddress Read-create Optional Source MAC address. By default, it matches with any source MAC within a packet. Default: ‘000000000000'H fdryL2AclSourceMacMask brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.5 Syntax: MacAddress Read-create Optional Source MAC address mask. For a Set operation, this object can only be used in conjunction with fdryL2AclSourceMac. By default, this matches any source MAC within a packet. If you want to match the first two bytes of the address aabb.ccdd.eeff, use the mask ffff.0000.0000. In this case, the clause matches all source MAC addresses that contain 'aabb' as the first two bytes and any values in the remaining bytes of the MAC address. Default: '000000000000'H fdryL2AclDestinationMac brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.6 Syntax: MacAddress Read-create Optional destination MAC address. By default, it matches any destination MAC within a packet. Default: '000000000000'H fdryL2AclDestinationMacMask brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.7 Syntax: MacAddress Read-create Optional destination MAC address mask. For a Set operation, this object can only be used in conjunction with fdryL2AclDestinationMac. By default, it matches any destination MAC within a packet. If you want to match the first two bytes of the address aabb.ccdd.eeff, use the mask ffff.0000.0000. In this case, the clause matches all destination MAC addresses that contain 'aabb' as the first two bytes and any values in the remaining bytes of the MAC address. Default: '000000000000'H fdryL2AclVlanId brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.8 Syntax: “fdryVlanIdOrNoneTC” Read-create Optional VLAN ID to match against that of the incoming packet. By default, the VLAN ID field is ignored during the match and value 0 is returned. Default: 0 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Layer 2 ACLs Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryL2AclEthernetType brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.9 Syntax: FdryEnetTypeOrZeroTC Read-create Optional Ethernet Type to match against the etype field of the incoming packet. By default, etype field is ignored during the match. Default: invalid fdryL2AclDot1pPriority brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.10 Syntax: “PortQosTC” Read-create The object is optional. It assigns traffic that matches the ACL to a hardware forwarding queue. In addition to changing the internal forwarding priority, if the outgoing interface is an 802.1q interface, this option maps the specified priority to its equivalent 802.1p (QoS) priority and marks the packet with the new 802.1p priority. This option is applicable for inbound Layer 2 ACLs only. NOTE: fdryL2AclDot1pPriority following fdryL2AclDot1pPriorityForce cannot be used together in a Layer 2 ACL entry. NOTE: This MIB is not supported in the BigIron RX and will return “invalid 127”. Default: level0(0) fdryL2AclDot1pPriorityForce brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.11 Syntax: “PortQosTC” Read-create The object is optional. It assigns packets of outgoing traffic that match the Layer 2 ACL to a specific hardware forwarding queue, even though the incoming packet may be assigned to another queue. This option is applicable for inbound ACLs only. NOTE: fdryL2AclDot1pPriority following fdryL2AclDot1pPriorityForce cannot be used together in a Layer 2 ACL entry. NOTE: This MIB is not supported in the BigIron RX and will return “invalid 127”. Default: level0(0) fdryL2AclDot1pPriorityMapping brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.12 Syntax: “PortQosTC” Read-create The object is optional. It matches the packet's 802.1p value. This option does not change the packet's forwarding priority through the device or mark the packet. This keyword is applicable for both inbound and outbound Layer 2 ACLs. NOTE: This MIB is not supported in the BigIron RX and will return “invalid 127”. Default: level0(0) fdryL2AclMirrorPackets brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.13 Syntax: TruthValue IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Read-create This object is optional. It is applicable only for the ACLs with permit clause. When you bind a Layer 2 ACL to a port, you can configure the port to mirror the packets to another port using the acl-mirror-port CLI command. Then the packets permitted on this port (as a result of the bound ACL) will be mirrored on the other port. Default: “false” 247 Layer 2 ACLs Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryL2AclLogEnable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.14 Syntax: TruthValue Read-create Optional parameter to enable logging only when deny clause is specified. Note that traffic denied by implicit deny mechanism is not subject to logging. The implicit deny occurs when traffic does not match any of the clauses and there is no permit any any clause specified at the end of the Layer 2 ACL. Default: false fdryL2AclRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.15.7.1.15 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create The row status variable, used according to installation and removal conventions for conceptual rows. Setting this object to active(1) or createAndGo(4) results in the addition of a Layer 2 ACL filter in the router. Duplicate entry will be rejected during row creation. As part of row creation, entries are appended to this table. Row insertion may not be supported. Setting this object to destroy(6) removes the associated filter from the router. Other values in the enumeration are not used. Layer 2 ACL binding configuration table The Layer 2 ACL Binding Configuration Table lists the Layer 2 ACLs that have been bound to a port. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryL2AclIfBindTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.8 N/A Table of L2 ACL binding to port. Layer 2 ACLs and Layer 3 ACLs cannot be bound to the same port. However, you can configure a port to use Layer 2 ACLs, and another port on the same device to use Layer 3 ACLs. In general: • Layer 2 ACLs cannot be bound to virtual interfaces, unlike Layer 3 ACLs. • You cannot modify an existing Layer 2 ACL clause. You must first unbind the Layer 2 ACL, delete it, then create a new clause. fdryL2AclIfBindEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.15.8.1 N/A An entry in the Layer 2 ACL binding table. This uses the following indexes: • ifIndex: Identifies the port to be bound • fdryL2AclIfBindDirection: Identifies the direction of the traffic on the port. fdryL2AclIfBindDirection brcdIp.1.2.2.15.8.1.1 Syntax: Direction N/A Indicates if Layer 2 ACLs are bound to incoming or outgoing ports: • inbound(0) • outbound(1)) fdryL2AclIfBindAclNumber Read-create The Layer 2 ACL number that is to be bound to a physical interface. Valid values: 400 - 499 Read-create The row status variable, used according to the installation and removal conventions for conceptual rows. Setting this object to active(1) or createAndGo(4) binds the Layer 2 ACL to the specified physical port. Setting this object to destroy(6) unbinds the Layer 2 ACL from the port. Other values in the enumeration are not used. Syntax: Unsigned32 fdryL2AclIfBindRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.15.8.1.2 Syntax: RowStatus 248 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 ACLs ACLs Access Control Lists (ACL) can be used to permit or deny packets from entering or leaving a device. For additional information on ACLs, refer to the configuration guide for a product. Note: The ACL Port MIBs are supported on the following products: • • • • BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX Brocade MLXe This chapter contains the following sections: • “Global ACL” on page 249 • “IPv4 ACL table” on page 249 • “ACl bind to port table (snAgAclBindToPortTable)” on page 256 Global ACL The following objects are global to ACLs. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgAclGblCurRowIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the number of entries in the ACL table. IPv4 ACL table The IPv4 ACL Table contains the ACLs defined for the device. The snAgAclGblCurRowIndex object determines the number of ACLs that can be added to this table. Use this table to create ACLs. Apply the ACLs to interfaces using the snAgAclBindToPortTable. NOTE For IPv6 ACLs on FastIron IPv6 devices running software release FSX 04.1.00 or later, refer to “IPv6 ACL table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices)” on page 260. NOTE BigIron MG8 and NetIron 40G use the snAgAclIfBindTable (refer to “ACL port table (snAgAclIfBindTable)” on page 257). IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgAclTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2 None Access Control List Table snAgAclEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1 None An entry in the Access Control List Table 249 ACLs 250 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgAclIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the index for an ACL entry that is associated with this ACL. This number must be unique among all the entries, even though the value of other objects for an entry maybe the same those of another entry. snAgAclNumber brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.2 Syntax: AclNumber Read-write snAgAclName brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the ACL name. snAgAclAction brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if IP packets that matched this access control list are permitted or denied: • deny(0) • permit(1) The default action when no ACLs are configured on a device is to permit all traffic. However, once you configure an ACL and apply it to a port, the default action for that port is to deny all traffic that is not explicitly permitted on the port. Therefore: • If you want to tightly control access, configure ACLs consisting of permit entries for the access you want to permit. The ACLs implicitly deny all other access. • If you want to secure access in environments with many users, you might want to configure ACLs that consist of explicit deny entries, then add an entry to permit all access to the end of each ACL. The software permits packets that are not denied by the deny entries. snAgAclProtocol brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.5 Syntax: IPProtocol Read-write Indicates the protocol denied or permitted by the extended ACL. The IP protocol can be one of the following well-known names or any IP protocol number from 0 to 255: • Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) • Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) • Internet Gateway Routing Protocol (IGRP) • Internet Protocol (IP) • Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) • Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) • User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Entering “0” indicates any protocol. snAgAclSourceIp brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.6 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs. Identifies the source IP address of the packet that will either be permitted or denied. snAgAclSourceMask brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.7 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs. Identifies the source IP subnet mask of the packet that will either be permitted or denied. The access control list number for an entry: 1 to 99 – Standard access list 100 to 199 – Extended access list • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 ACLs Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgAclSourceOperator brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.8 Syntax: Operator Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs. Indicates how the policy will be compared to the ports specified in the “snAgAclSourceOperand1” and “snAgAclSourceOperand2” objects: • eq(0) – The policy applies only to packets whose source port number matches the port number specified in the objects. • neq(1) – The policy applies only to packets whose source port numbers are not included in the specified range. • lt(2) – The policy applies only to packets whose source port numbers are less than those in the specified range. • gt(3) – The policy applies only to packets whose source port numbers are greater than those in the specified range. • range(4) – The policy applies to packets whose source port numbers fall within the specified range. • undefined(7) snAgAclSourceOperand 1 brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs. Shows the source port number to be matched. If used with the “snAgAclSourceOperand2” object, it defines the start of the range of source port numbers to be matched. Valid values: 0 – 65535. A value of 0 means that this object is not applicable. snAgAclSourceOperand 2 brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs. Used with the “snAgAclSourceOperand1” object, it defines the end of the range of source port numbers to be matched. Valid values: 0 – 65535. A value of 0 means that this object is not applicable. On devices running Enterprise IronWare Release 07.8.00 and later, this object filters traffic containing ICMP packets based on the type number and the code number of the ICMP packets. Use this object to identify the ICMP message type number. Make sure you indicate a code number in the “snAgAclIcmpCode” object. Valid values for ICMP type number are: • 0 = not applicable • 1 = Echo reply • 4 = Destination unreachable • 5 = Source quench • 6 = Redirect • 9 = Echo request • 10 = Router advertisement • 11 = Router solicitation • 12 = Time exceeded • 13 = Parameter problem • 14 = Timestamp request • 15 = Timestamp reply • 16 = Information request • 17 = Information reply • 18 = Address mask request • 19 = Address mask reply snAgAclDestinationIp brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.11 Syntax: IpAddress IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs. Identifies the destination IP address of the packet that will either be permitted or denied. 251 ACLs 252 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgAclDestinationMas k brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.12 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs. Identifies the destination subnet mask of the packet that will either be permitted or denied. snAgAclDestinationOpe rator brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.13 Syntax: Operator Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs. Indicates how the policy will be compared to the ports specified in the “snAgAclDestinationOperand1” and “snAgAclDestinationOperand2” objects: • eq(0) – The policy applies only to packets whose destination port number matches the port number specified in the objects. • neq(1) – The policy applies only to packets whose destination port numbers are not included in the specified range. • lt(2) – The policy applies only to packets whose destination port numbers are less than those in the specified range. • gt(3) – The policy applies only to packets whose destination port numbers are greater than those in the specified range. • range(4) – The policy applies to packets whose destination port numbers fall within the specified range. • undefined(7) snAgAclDestinationOpe rand1 brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs. Shows the destination port number to be matched. If used with the “snAgAclDestinationOperand2” object, it defines the start of the range of destination port numbers to be matched. Valid values: 0 – 65535. A value of 0 means that this object is not applicable. snAgAclDestinationOpe rand2 brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to TCP or UDP ports in extended ACLs. Used with the “snAgAclDestinationOperand1” object, it defines the end of the range of destination port numbers to be matched. Valid values: 0 – 65535. A value of 0 means that this object is not applicable. snAgAclPrecedence brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.16 Syntax: PrecedenceValue Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs. Indicates the IP precedence value that a packet must have to be permitted or denied. • routine(0) • priority(1) • immediate(2) • flash(3) • flash-override(4) • critical(5) • internet(6) • network(7) The following priorities specify a hardware forwarding queue: routine(0), priority(1), immediate(2), flash(3) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 ACLs Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgAclTos brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.17 Syntax: TosValue Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs. Indicates the type of service a packet must have to be denied or permitted: • normal(0) – The ACL matches packets that have the normal TOS. If TOS is not defined, packets are matched to this value. • minMonetaryCost(1) – The ACL matches packets that have the minimum monetary cost TOS. • maxReliability(2) – The ACL matches packets that have the maximum reliability TOS. • maxThroughput(4) – The ACL matches packets that have the maximum throughput TOS. • minDelay(8) – The ACL matches packets that have the minimum delay TOS. snAgAclEstablished brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to extended ACLs. Enables or disables the filtering of established TCP packets that have the ACK or RESET flag turned on. This additional filter only applies to TCP transport protocol. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snAgAclLogOption brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.19 Syntax: TruthVal Read-write snAgAclStandardFlag brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.20 Syntax: TruthVal Read-write snAgAclRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.21 Syntax: SnRowStatus Read-write snAgAclFlowCounter brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.22 Syntax: Counter64 Read only Shows an approximate count of flows that match the individual ACL entry. snAgAclPacketCounter brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.23 Syntax: Counter64 Read only Shows the number of packets that matched the ACL entry. snAgAclComments brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.24 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Indicates the description of an individual ACL entry. snAgAclIpPriority brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.25 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the QoS priority option for this ACL. This priority assigns traffic that matches the ACL to a hardware forwarding queue. In addition to changing the internal forwarding priority, if the outgoing interface is an 802.1Q interface, this option maps the specified priority to its equivalent 802.1p (CoS) priority and marks the packet with the new 802.1p priority. Determines if ACL matches are logged: false(0) – Do not log ACL matches true(1) – Log ACL matches • • Indicates if this is a standard ACL: • false(0) – The ACL is an extended ACL • true(1) – The ACL is a standard ACL Creates or deletes an ACL entry. other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) • • • • NOTE: This option is available in IronWare software release 07.6.01 and later, and applies only to JetCore devices and 10 Gigabit Ethernet modules. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 253 ACLs Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgAclPriorityForce brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.26 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates priority that is being forced on the outgoing packet. This parameter allows you assign packets of outgoing traffic that match the ACL to a specific hardware forwarding queue, even though the incoming packet may be assigned to another queue. Valid values: • qosp0(0) • qosp1(1) • qosp2(2) • qosp3(3) • Not defined(4) Default: Not defined(4). NOTE: This option is available in IronWare software release 07.6.01 and later, and applies only to JetCore devices and 10 Gigabit Ethernet modules. snAgAclPriorityMapping brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.27 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the priority of the incoming packet to be matched. This option maps the packet’s 802.1p value. It does not change the packet’s forwarding priority through the device nor does it mark the packet. Valid values: 0 – 8 Default: Not defined(8) NOTE: This option is available in IronWare software release 07.6.01 and later, and applies only to JetCore devices. snAgAclDscpMarking brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.28 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the DSCP marking of a packet that will be matched. Valid values: 0 – 64 Default: Not defined(64) NOTE: This option is available in IronWare software release 07.6.01 and later, and applies only to JetCore devices and 10 Gigabit Ethernet modules. snAgAclDscpMapping brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.29 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the DCSP value of the incoming packet value to be matched. Valid values: 0 – 64 Default: Not defined(64) NOTE: This option is available in IronWare software release 07.6.01 and later, and applies only to JetCore devices and 10 Gigabit Ethernet modules. 254 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 ACLs Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgAclIcmpCode brcdIp.1.2.2.15.2.1.30 Syntax: Integer Read write If you entered a value for ICMP message type number in the “snAgAclSourceOperand2” object, enter the code number in this object. Valid value for type code 1, Echo reply • 1 = Echo reply Valid values for type code4, Destination unreachable • 1 = Network unreachable • 2 = Host unreachable • 3 = Protocol unreachable • 4 = Port unreachable • 5 = Fragmentation needed by don't fragment bit set • 6 = Source route failed • 7 = Destination network unknown • 8 = Destination host unknown • 9 = Source host isolated • 10 = Destination network administratively prohibited • 11 = Destination host administratively prohibited • 12 = Network unreachable for TOS • 13 = Host unreachable for TOS • 14 = Communication administratively prohibited by filter • 15 = Host precedence violation • 16 = Precedence cutoff in effect Valid values for type code 5, Source quench • 1 = Source quench Valid values for type code 6, Redirect • 1 = Redirect for network • 2 = Redirect for host • 3 = Redirect for TOS and network • 4 = Redirect for TOS and host snAgAclIcmpCode (continued) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Valid value for type code 9, Echo request • 1 = Echo request Valid value for type code 10, Router advertisement • 1 = Router advertisement Valid value for type code 11, Router solicitation • 1 = Router solicitation Valid values for type code 12, Time exceeded • 1 = Time to live equals 0 during transmit • 2 = Time to live equals 0 during reassembly Valid values for type code 13, Parameter problem • 1 = IP header bad (catchall error) • 2 = Required option missing Valid value for type code 14, Timestamp request • 1 = Timestamp request Valid value for type code 15,Timestamp reply • 1 = Timestamp reply Valid value for type code 16, Information request • 1 = Information request Valid value for type code 17 Information reply • 1 = Information reply Valid value for type code 18 Address mask request • 1 = Address mask request Valid value for type code 19 Address mask reply • 1 = Address mask reply 255 ACLs ACl bind to port table (snAgAclBindToPortTable) The ACL Bind to Port Table contains ACL port bindings for a Layer 3 Switch. Port numbers and bind direction are used to index entries. This table has been deprecated. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgAclBindToPortTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3 None The ACL Bind to Port Table snAgAclBindToPortEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3.1 None An entry in the ACL Bind to Port table snAgAclPortNum brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, NetIron CER devices. Shows the format of port number.. LS octet – port number (max 255) Next octet – slot number (max 255) MS Octet: • • • 0 (phy) – 0000 to 0FFFF 1 (ve) – 10000 to 1FFFF 256 snAgAclPortBindDirection brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3.1.2 Syntax: Direction Read only Shows the traffic direction to which the ACL will be applied: inbound(0) outbound(1) snAgAclNum brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the defined ACL number that will be bound to the port. snAgAclNameString brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the defined ACL name that will be bound to the port. snAgBindPortListInVirtualIn terface brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3.1.5 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Contains a list of ports for binding virtual interface snAgAclPortRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.15.3.1.6 Syntax: SnRowStatus Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 ACLs ACL port table (snAgAclIfBindTable) The snAgAclIfBindTable contains the ACLs defined for the BigIron MG8 and NetIron 40G. Other devices use the snAgAclTable (refer to “IPv4 ACL table”). Note: ACL port MIBs are supported on the following products: • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX NetIron IMR 640 Router Brocade MLXe Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgAclIfBindTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4 None The ACL Bind to Port Table snAgAclIfBindEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1 None An entry in the ACL Bind to Port table snAgAclIfBindIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read only The number of the virtual or physical interface to which this ACL is bound. snAgAclIfBindDirection brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.2 Syntax: Direction Read only Shows the traffic direction to which the ACL will be applied: • inbound(0) • outbound(1) snAgAclIfBindNum brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.3 Syntax: INTEGER Read-write Shows the defined ACL number that will be bound to the port. snAgAclIfBindNameString brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the defined ACL name that will be bound to the port. 257 ACLs 258 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgAclIfBindVifPortList brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.5 Syntax: Octet string Read-write Contains a list of ports for binding virtual interface. Each port index is an ifIndex. If there are four or more consecutive ifIndexes then, they will be encoded. Encoding and decoding scheme is range based. Each range prefix with 0000 (2 octets) where 0000 is not a valid ifIndex. The next 2 octets indicates lower range ifIndex, followed by 2 octets of higher range ifIndex. individual (non- range) ones will be displayed as is. For example: Port list: 0001..0005 0015 0032..0047 Port list in PDU: 0000 0001 0005 000f 0000 0020 002f snAgAclIfRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.15.4.1.6 Syntax: SnRowStatus Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 ACLs ACL port table (AgAclAccntTable) The AgAclAccnt Table contains the ACLs defined for the BigIron and NetIron devices. Note: The ACL Account MIBs are supported on the following products: • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX Brocade MLXe Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description agAclAccntTable brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5. None Table of ACL Accounting Statistics for router agAclAccntEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1 None An entry in the ACL Accounting table. agAclAccntKind brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer None Kind of ACL Accounting statistics needed. agAclAccntIfIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceIndex None Physical or virtual interface on which ACL accounting is desired. For Receive ACL, we use the lowest port of the management module as value for this object. agAclAccntDirection brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.3 Syntax: Direction None ACL port direction, inbound or outbound. For receive-acl kind, direction cannot be outbound. agAclAccntAclNumber brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.4 Syntax: AclNumber None The access-list number for this entry. agAclAccntFilterId brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned None Filter ID within a given ACL. This is a zero based value. agAclAccntAclName brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.6 Syntax: AclNameString Read-only ACL name for an entry, if applicable. Otherwise, null string is returned. agAclAccntOneSecond brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.7 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Last one second accounting data. agAclAccntOneMinute brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.8 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Last one minute accounting data. agAclAccntFiveMinute brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.9 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Last five minute accounting data. agAclAccntCumulative brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.10 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Cumulative accounting data since the ACL was installed. 259 ACLs Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description agAclAccntRaclDropCnt brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.11 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Receive-ACL drop counter used for rate limiting. Not used for other ACL kind. The value returned is per ACL, instead of per filter within the ACL. This object supports rate limiting statistics for ACL and L2 ACL enabled interfaces. agAclAccntRaclFwdCnt brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.12 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Receive-ACL forward counter used for rate limiting. Not used for other ACL kind. The value returned is per ACL, instead of per filter within the ACL. This object supports rate limiting statistics for ACL and L2 ACL enabled interfaces. agAclAccntRaclRemarkC nt brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.13 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Receive-ACL remark counter used for rate limiting. Not used for other ACL kind. The value returned is per ACL, instead of per filter within the ACL. This object supports rate limiting statistics for ACL and L2 ACL enabled interfaces. agAclAccntRaclTotalCnt brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.14 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Receive-ACL total counter used for rate limiting. Not used for other ACL kind. The value returned is per ACL, instead of per filter within the ACL. This object supports rate limiting statistics for ACL and L2 ACL enabled interfaces. agAclAccntRaclTotalSWH itCountCnt brcdIp.1.2.2.15.5.1.15 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Receive-ACL cumulative software hit counter. Not used for other ACL kind. The value returned is per ACL, instead of per filter within the ACL. IPv6 ACL table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) This table contains the IPv6 ACLs for FastIron X Series IPv6 devices running software release 04.1.00 or later. NOTE Releases prior to FSX 04.1.00 and IPv6 devices that support IPv4 routing only, use the “IPv4 ACL table”. 260 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 ACLs NOTE The objects in this section are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryIpv6AclTable brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1 Syntax: Sequence of FdryIpv6AclEntry None The IPv6 Access Control List table. fdryIpv6AclEntry brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1 Syntax: FdryIpv6AclEntry None An entry in the IPv6 Access Control List table. fdryIpv6AclIndex brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: None The index number for an ACL entry. This is a unique number even though the name is not unique for a given ACL with the same or different source address, prefix length, destination address, destination prefix length, protocol type, action (permit or deny) type, and operator (neq, eq, gt, and lt). fdryIpv6AclName brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString (size (0..199)) Read-create The ACL name for an entry. fdryIpv6AclAction brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Action Read-create The action to take if the IP packet matches this ACL. fdryIpv6AclProtocol brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: IpProtocol Read-create The transport protocols. 0 means any protocol. fdryIpv6AclSourceIp brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Ipv6Address Read-create The source IPv6 address. fdryIpv6AclSourcePrefixLen brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create The source IPv6 address prefix length. fdryIpv6AclSourceOperator brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.7 Syntax: Operator Read-create The type of comparison to perform. This applies only to TCP or UDP. fdryIpv6AclSourceOperand1 brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create This object refers to the transport protocol port number. fdryIpv6AclSourceOperand2 brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.9 Syntax: Unsigned32 (0..65535) Read-create This object refers to the transport protocol port number. fdryIpv6AclDestinationIp brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.10 Syntax: Ipv6Address Read-create The destination IPv6 address. 261 ACLs 262 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryIpv6AclDestinationPrefixLen brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.11 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-create The destination IPv6 address prefix length. fdryIpv6AclDestinationOperator brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.12 Syntax: Operator Read-create The type of comparison to perform. This applies only to TCP or UDP. fdryIpv6AclDestinationOperand1 brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.13 Syntax: Unsigned32 (0..65535) Read-create This object refers to the transport protocol port number. fdryIpv6AclDestinationOperand2 brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.14 Syntax: Unsigned32 (0..65535) Read-create This object refers to the transport protocol port number. fdryIpv6AclEstablished brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.15 Syntax: RtrStatus Read-create Enables or disables the filtering of established TCP packets for which the ACK or RESET flag is on. This filter applies only to the TCP transport protocol. fdryIpv6AclLogOption brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.16 Syntax: TruthValue Read-create The log flag. This should be set to one, which enables logging. fdryIpv6AclComments brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.17 Syntax: DisplayString (size (0..255)) Read-create A description of the individual ACL entry. fdryIpv6AclRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.16.1.1.1.1.18 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create Creates or deletes an ACL entry. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 15 Traffic Control and Prioritization Quality of service This chapter presents the objects that can be used to prioritize traffic. Quality of Service (QoS) provides guaranteed bandwidth for certain traffic flows, by assigning priorities to queues that will be used by the traffic. For more information on QoS, refer to the configuration guide for a product. The following tables are available to configure QoS: • “QoS profile table” on page 263 • “QoS bind table” on page 264 QoS profile table The following table contains the configuration of QoS profile groups. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snQosProfileTable brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1 None The QoS Profile Table. snQosProfileEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1.1 None An entry of the QoS Profile Table. Each entry represents a queue profile. snQosProfileIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The table index of QoS Profile. There can be up to four profiles in this table. snQosProfileName brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the name of the QoS profile. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. snQosProfileRequestedBandwi dth brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the requested bandwidth for the QoS profile. snQosProfileCalculatedBandwi dth brcdIp.1.1.3.14.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the calculated bandwidth of the QoS profile. 263 CAR QoS bind table The following table binds 802.1p tags to the entries in the “QoS profile table” on page 263. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snQosBindTable brcdIp.1.1.3.14.2 None The QoS Bind Table. snQosBindEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.14.2.1 None An entry of the snQosBindTable. snQosBindIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.14.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The table index of QoS Bind. snQosBindPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.14.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the QoS bind priority. snQosBindProfileIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.14.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer (1..8) Read-write Is an index that serves as a pointer to the index of the “snQosProfileTable”. CAR This section presents the objects for Committed Access Rate (CAR), a Rate Limiting feature. Rate Limiting is a method of traffic control. You can configure a set of fixed or adaptive rate limits to regulate network traffic flow on an interface. The objects in this section are for the Fixed Rate Limiting feature. Note: CAR is not supported on the following devices: • • • • • NetIron XMR NetIron MLX NetIron CES 2000 BigIron RX Brocade MLXe The following tables are available to configure CAR: • “CAR port table” on page 265 • “VLAN CAR objects” on page 266 264 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 CAR CAR port table The CAR Port Table shows the definitions of CAR objects. This table is indexed by the “snPortCARifIndex”, “snPortCARDirection”, and “snPortCARRowIndex” objects. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPortCARTable brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1 None The CAR Port Table snPortCAREntry brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1 None An entry in the CAR Port Table snPortCARifIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the ifIndex value for this rate limit entry. snPortCARDirection brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the transmission direction of the Rate-Limit object. • input(0) – for inbound traffic • output(1) – for outbound traffic snPortCARRowIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the table index for rate limit objects. Rows are numbered in sequential order. When a row is added, it is assigned the next sequential number. When a row is deleted, the row is skipped. snPortCARType brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.4 Syntax: RateLimitType Read only snPortCARAccIdx brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Indicates the index to the access list if rate limit type is one of the following: • standardAcc(1) – traffic matches standard access list. • quickAcc(2) – traffic matches rate-limit’s access list. snPortCARRate brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the committed access rate for the long term average transmission rate in bits per second. Traffic that falls under this rate always conforms to this rate. snPortCARLimit brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the normal burst size in bytes. Normal burst size is the number of bytes that are guaranteed to be transported by the network at the average rate under normal conditions during the committed time interval. snPortCARExtLimit brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the extended burst limit in bytes. The extended burst limit determines how large traffic bursts can be before all the traffic exceeds the rate limit. snPortCARConformActio Read only n brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Shows the type of traffic to which the rate limit is applied. all(3) – all traffic. standardAcc(1) – traffic matches standard access list. quickAcc(2) – traffic matches rate-limit’s access list. • • • Indicates what happens to packets when the traffic is within the Rate Limit. • continue(1) – Continue to evaluate the subsequent rate limits. • drop(2) – Drop the packet. • precedCont(3) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet. • precedXmit(4) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet. • xmit(5) – Transmit the packet. 265 CAR Name, OID, and Syntax Access snPortCARExceedAction Read only brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.1 0 Syntax: Integer Description Indicates what happens to packets when the traffic exceeds the Rate Limit. • continue(1) – Continue to evaluate the subsequent rate limits. • drop(2) – Drop the packet. • precedCont(3) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet. • precedXmit(4) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet. • xmit(5) – Transmit the packet. snPortCARStatSwitched Pkts brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.1 1 Syntax: Counter64 Read only Indicates the number of packets permitted by this rate limit. snPortCARStatSwitched Bytes brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.1 2 Syntax: Counter64 Read only Indicates the number of bytes permitted by this interface. snPortCARStatFilteredP kts brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.1 3 Syntax: Counter64 Read only Indicates the number of packets which exceeded this rate limit. snPortCARStatFilteredB ytes brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.1 4 Syntax: Counter64 Read only Indicates the number of bytes which exceeded this rate limit. snPortCARStatCurBurst brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.1.1.1 5 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only Shows the current burst size of received. VLAN CAR objects The objects in the following table contain the rate limit configuration for VLANs. This table is indexed by the “snVLanCARVLanId”, “snVLanCARDirection”, and “snVLanCARRowIndex” objects. 266 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanCARTable brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1 None The VLAN rate limit table. snVLanCAREntry brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1 None An entry in the VLAN CAR Table. snVLanCARVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the VLAN ID. VLAN ID is one of the indices of this table. Each VLAN ID can have a membership of multiple ports. Valid values: 1 – 4095 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 CAR IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanCARDirection brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the transmission direction of the Rate-Limit object. • input(0) – for inbound traffic • output(1) – for outbound traffic snVLanCARRowIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the table index for rate limit objects for the VLAN. Rows are numbered in sequential order. When a row is added, it is assigned the next sequential number. When a row is deleted, the row is skipped. snVLanCARType brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the type of traffic to which the rate limit is applied. • all(3) – all traffic. • standardAcc(1) – traffic matches standard access list. • quickAcc(2) – traffic matches rate-limit’s access list. snVLanCARAccIdx brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Indicates the index to the access list if rate limit type is one of the following: • standardAcc(1) – traffic matches standard access list. • quickAcc(2) – traffic matches rate-limit’s access list. snVLanCARRate brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the committed access rate for long term average transmission for this VLAN. This rate is in bits per second. Traffic that falls under this rate always conforms to this rate. snVLanCARLimit brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the normal burst size in bytes. Normal burst size is the number of bytes that are guaranteed to be transported by the network at the average rate under normal conditions during the committed time interval. snVLanCARExtLimit brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the extended burst limit in bytes. The extended burst limit determines how large traffic bursts can be before all the traffic exceeds the rate limit. snVLanCARConformActi on brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates what happens to packets when the traffic is within the Rate Limit. • continue(1) – Continue to evaluate the subsequent rate limits. • drop(2) – Drop the packet. • precedCont(3) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet. • precedXmit(4) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet. • xmit(5) – Transmit the packet. snVLanCARExceedActio Read only n brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Indicates what happens to packets when the traffic exceeds the Rate Limit. • continue(1) – Continue to evaluate the subsequent rate limits. • drop(2) – Drop the packet. • precedCont(3) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet. • precedXmit(4) – Rewrite the IP precedence and transmit the packet. • xmit(5) – Transmit the packet. snVLanCARStatSwitche Read only dPkts brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter64 Indicates the number of packets permitted by this rate limit. 267 Rate limit counter table (agRateLimitCounterTable) Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanCARStatSwitche Read only dBytes brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.12 Syntax: Counter64 Indicates the number of bytes permitted by this interface. snVLanCARStatFiltered Read only Pkts brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.13 Syntax: Counter64 Indicates the number of packets which exceeded this rate limit. snVLanCARStatFiltered Read only Bytes brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.14 Syntax: Counter64 Indicates the number of bytes which exceeded this rate limit. snVLanCARStatCurBurs Read only t brcdIp.1.1.3.17.1.1.1.15 Syntax: Gauge32 Shows the current burst size of received packets. Rate limit counter table (agRateLimitCounterTable) The following table shows rate limit counter entries. 268 agRateLimitCounterTable brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2 N/A The rate limit counter table. agRateLimitCounterEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2.1 N/A A collection of rate limit counter objects on a interface, direction and configuration row index within that interface. agRateLimitCounterFwdedOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Counter64 Read only The forwarded octet count for this rate limit entry. agRateLimitCounterDroppedOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2.1.2 Syntax: Counter64 Read only The dropped octet count for this rate limit entry. agRateLimitCounterReMarkedOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2.1.3 Syntax: Counter64 Read only The remarked octet count for this rate limit entry. agRateLimitCounterTotalOctets brcdIp.1.1.3.16.1.2.1.4 Syntax: Counter64 Read only The total octet count for this rate limit entry. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 16 Multicast IGMP The multicast feature allows packets to be simultaneously transmitted to a selected set of destinations, such one or more multicast groups. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on the features discussed in this chapter. The Internet Group Membership Protocol (IGMP) allows Layer 3 Switches to limit the multicast of IGMP packets to only those ports on the Layer 3 Switch that are identified as IP Multicast members. Devices support IGMP versions 1 and 2. The Layer 3 Switch actively sends out host queries to identify IP Multicast groups on the network, inserts the group information in an IGMP packet, and forwards the packet to IP Multicast neighbors. NOTE The objects in this section are not supported on the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Objects for IGMP are presented in the following sections: • “General IGMP objects” on page 270 • “IGMP interface table” on page 270 • “IGMP static group MIB table” on page 271 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 269 IGMP General IGMP objects The following general IGMP objects are available in all devices. Object Name and Number Access Description snIgmpQueryInterval brcdIp.1.2.6.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how often the Layer 3 Switch sends out IGMP host query packets to query an interface for group membership. Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds. Default: 60 seconds For a Layer 3 Switch, the object “snDvmrpEnable” must have been set to “enabled(1)” before this object can be written. For a Layer 2 Switch, the object “snSwGroupIpMcastMode” must have been set to “enabled(1)” and the object “snSwIpMcastQuerierMode” must have been set to “querier(1)” before this object can be written. snIgmpGroupMembershipTime brcdIp.1.2.6.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how many seconds an IP Multicast group can remain on a Layer 3 Switch interface in the absence of a group report. Valid values: 1 – 7200 seconds. Default: 60 seconds For a Layer 3 Switch, the object “snDvmrpEnable” must have been set to “enabled(1)” before this object can be written. For a Layer 2 Switch, the object “snSwGroupIpMcastMode” must have been set to “enabled(1)” before this object can be written. IGMP interface table The IGMP Interface Table contains the group membership information of a port. 270 Object Name and Number Access Description snIgmpIfTable brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3 None The IGMP Interface Table. snIgmpIfEntry brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3.1 None An entry in the IGMP Interface Table. snIgmpIfEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The table entry index. snIgmpIfPortNumber brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the port number (interface) on which the group was learned. snIgmpIfGroupAddress brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the group’s IP address learned from the interface. snIgmpIfGroupAge brcdIp.1.2.6.1.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Specifies how many seconds the Layer 3 Switch will wait for an IGMP response from an interface before concluding that the group member on that interface is down. The switch will then begin to remove the interface from the group. Valid values: 1 – 10 seconds Default: 5 seconds IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IGMP IGMP static group MIB table The IGMP Static Group MIB table is available beginning with IronWare software release 07.6.02. The table contains a list of IGMP static group entries. This table is available when IP Multicast Traffic Reduction is enabled on a Layer 2 Switch. The snSwGroupIpMcastMode MIB object enables or disables IP Multicast using SNMP. By default, Layer 2 Switches forward all IP multicast traffic out of all ports except the port on which the traffic was received. To reduce multicast traffic through the Layer 2 Switch, you can enable IP Multicast Traffic Reduction. This feature configures the Layer 2 Switch to forward multicast traffic only on the ports attached to multicast group members. The Layer 2 Switch determines the ports that are attached to multicast group members based on entries in the IGMP table. Each entry in the table consists of an IP multicast group address and the Layer 2 Switch ports from which the Layer 2 Switch has received Group Membership reports for that group. After you enable IP Multicast Traffic Reduction, when the Layer 2 Switch receives traffic for an IP multicast group, the Layer 2 Switch looks in the IGMP table for an entry for that group. If the Layer 2 Switch finds an entry, the Layer 2 Switch forwards the group traffic out the ports listed in the group entry. If the table does not contain an entry for the group, the Layer 2 Switch broadcasts the traffic. The IGMP table is populated by receipt of Group Membership messages from IP multicast group members. Each Group Membership message contains the member’s IP address and the group address. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIgmpStaticGroupTable brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4 None The IGMP Static Group Table snIgmpStaticGroupEntry brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4.1 None An entry in the IGMP static group. Each entry contains membership information. snIgmpStaticGroupIfIndex brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the interface for which the group was configured. snIgmpStaticGroupAddress brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address for the group. snIgmpStaticGroupPortList brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Contains a list of ports that are members of the static group. Each port contains a 16-bit integer ifIndex. snIgmpStaticGroupRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.6.1.4.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • other(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid 271 PIM PIM The sections below describe the SNMP support for Protocol-Independent Multicast (PIM). The products listed below support RFC 2934, except for the following tables: pimIpMRouteTable, pimIpMRouteNextHopTable and pimComponentTable. • • • • • • • • • BigIron MG8 NetIron 40G NetIron IMR 640 Router BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX NetIron CES NetIron CER Brocade MLXe The products listed above also support the proprietary scalar MIBs discussed in the section “Common PIM objects” on page 272. SNMP support for PIM on other products are discussed in the following sections: • • • • “PIM virtual interface table” on page 273 “PIM neighbor table” on page 275 “PIM virtual interface statistics table” on page 276 “PIM-SM” on page 278 Common PIM objects NOTE Only objects specified below are supported on the BigIron MG8, NetIron 40G, NetIron IMR 640, BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. The following table presents objects that are common to all PIM interfaces. 272 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPimEnable brcdIp.1.2.9.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if PIM is enabled on this Layer 3 Switch: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) The remaining object applies only if this object is set to enabled(1). snPimNeighborRouterTimeout brcdIp.1.2.9.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the number of seconds the PIM Layer 3 Switch waits before it considers a neighbor to be absent. Absence of PIM hello messages from a neighboring Layer 3 Switch indicates that a neighbor is not present. Valid values: 60 – 8000 seconds Default: 180 seconds IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 PIM Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPimHelloTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that periodic hellos are sent out on PIM interfaces. Layer 3 Switches use hello messages to inform neighboring Layer 3 Switches of their presence. Valid values: 10 – 3600 seconds Default: 60 seconds snPimPruneTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that a PIM Layer 3 Switch will maintain a prune state for a forwarding entry. The first multicast that the Layer 3 Switch receives from an interface is forwarded to all other PIM interfaces on the Layer 3 Switch. If there is no presence of groups on that interface, the leaf node sends a prune message upstream and stores a prune state. This prune state travels up the tree and installs a prune state. A prune state is maintained until the prune timer expires or a graft message is received for the forwarding entry. Valid values: 10 – 3600 seconds Default: 180 seconds snPimGraftRetransmitTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines the number of seconds between the transmission of graft messages. A graft message is sent by a Layer 3 Switch to cancel a prune state. When a Layer 3 Switch receives a graft message, the Layer 3 Switch responds with a Graft ACK (acknowledge) message. If this Graft ACK message is lost, the Layer 3 Switch that sent the graft message will resend it. Valid values: 10 – 3600 seconds Default: 180 seconds snPimInactivityTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how long a forwarding entry can remain unused before the Layer 3 Switch deletes it. The Layer 3 Switch deletes a forwarding entry if the entry is not used to send multicast packets. This object is used only to keep the forwarding entries for the active sessions. Valid values: 10 – 3600 seconds Default: 180 seconds NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. PIM virtual interface table The PIM Virtual Interface Table lists the PIM virtual interfaces on a Layer 3 Switch. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 273 PIM NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPimVInterfaceTable brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7 None The PIM Virtual Interface Table. snPimVInterfaceEntry brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1 None An entry in the PIM Virtual Interface Table. snPimVInterfaceVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The ifIndex value of this PIM virtual interface. There can be up to 48 entries. snPimVInterfaceType brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the type of PIM virtual interface the row represents: • tunnel(1) • subnet(2) or a physical interface snPimVInterfaceLocalAddr ess brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Indicates the IP address of the local end of the interface being configured. IP tunneling must also be enabled and defined on the destination Layer 3 Switch interface as well. snPimVInterfaceLocalSub netMask brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the network mask for the IP address of the PIM virtual interface. For a tunnel, this should be 0.0.0.0. snPimVInterfaceRemoteAd Read-write Shows the IP address of the remote end of this PIM virtual interface. dress brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress 274 snPimVInterfaceDR brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.6 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Defines the designated Layer 3 Switch on this PIM virtual interface. For point-to-point interfaces, this object has the value 0.0.0.0. snPimVInterfaceTtlThresh old brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines the minimum time-to-live value to forward the packets out of this interface. Valid values: 1 – 31 Default: 1 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 PIM Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPimVInterfaceStatus brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a “bad value” error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snPimVInterfaceMode brcdIp.1.2.9.1.7.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the configured mode of this PIM interface: • dense(1) – Traffic is initially flooded to all PIM interface neighbors. Branches that do not want the data are pruned. • sparse(2) – PIM interface neighbors must join the multicast group if they want to receive the traffic. PIM neighbor table The PIM Neighbor Table is a conceptual table that lists the Layer 3 Switch’s PIM neighbors. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPimNeighborTable brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8 None The PIM Neighbor Table snPimNeighborEntry brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1 None An entry in the PIM Neighbor Table snPimNeighborEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The table entry index. snPimNeighborVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the value of VifIndex for the virtual interface used to reach this PIM neighbor. snPimNeighborAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of the this PIM neighbor. snPimNeighborUpTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1.4 Syntax: Time ticks Read only Indicates the last time when this PIM neighbor became a neighbor of the local Layer 3 Switch. snPimNeighborExpiryTime brcdIp.1.2.9.1.8.1.5 Syntax: Time ticks Read only Displays the time remaining before this PIM neighbor will be aged out. 275 PIM PIM virtual interface statistics table The PIM Virtual Interface Statistics table lists the Layer 3 Switch’s PIM virtual interface statistical counters. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPimVIfStatTable brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9 None The PIM Virtual Interface Statistics Table. snPimVIfStatEntry brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1 None An entry in the PIM Virtual Interface Statistics Table. snPimVIfStatVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The ifIndex value of this PIM virtual interface. There can be up – 32 entries. snPimVIfStatInJoinPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.2 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of Join/Prune messages sent or received on the interface. snPimVIfStatOutJoinPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Indicates the number of join packets that have been sent on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatDiscardJoinPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of join packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatInPrunePkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of prune packets that have arrived on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatOutPrunePkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of prune packets that have been sent on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatDiscardPrunePkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of prune packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatInAssertPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.8 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of assert packets that have arrived on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatOutAssertPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.9 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of assert packets that have been sent on the PIM virtual interface. NOTE: Unlike PIM dense, PIM Sparse uses the same messages for Joins and Prunes.T snPimVIfStatDiscardAssertPkts Read only brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.10 Syntax: Counter32 276 Shows the number of assert packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 PIM IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPimVIfStatInHelloPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.11 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of hello packets that have arrived on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatOutHelloPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.12 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of hello packets that have been sent on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatDiscardHelloPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.13 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of hello packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatInGraftPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.14 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of graft packets that have arrived on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatOutGraftPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.15 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of graft packets that have been sent on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatDiscardGraftPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.16 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of graft packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatInGraftAckPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.17 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have arrived on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatOutGraftAckPkts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.18 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have been sent on the PIM virtual interface. snPimVIfStatDiscardGraftAckP kts brcdIp.1.2.9.1.9.1.19 Syntax: Counterv32 Read only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have been discarded by the PIM virtual interface. 277 PIM PIM-SM The following tables are available for the PIM Sparse feature. • “PIM sparse: candidate BSR table” on page 278 • “PIM RP set table” on page 279 • “PIM RP candidate table” on page 279 NOTE The tables in this section are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPimJoinPruneInterval brcdIp.1.2.9.2.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines the number of seconds when periodic PIM Spare Join/Prune messages are to be sent. These messages inform other PIM Sparse Layer 3 Switches about clients who want to become receivers (Join) or stop being receivers (Prune) for PIM Sparse groups. Valid values: 10 – 3600 seconds Default: 60 seconds PIM sparse: candidate BSR table The Candidate Bootstrap Router (BSR) Table contains information about BSRs that can are candidates to be the active BSR for the domain. The Bootstrap Router (BSR) distributes Rendezvous Point (RP) information to the other PIM Sparse routers within the domain. Each PIM Sparse domain has one active BSR. For redundancy, you can configure ports on multiple routers as candidate BSRs. The PIM Sparse protocol uses an election process to select one of the candidate BSRs as the active BSR for the domain. The BSR with the highest BSR priority is elected. If the priorities result in a tie, then the candidate BSR interface with the highest IP address is elected. 278 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPimCandidateBSRTable brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2 None The Candidate Bootstrap Router Table. snPimCandidateBSREntry brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2.1 None An entry in the Candidate Bootstrap Router Table. snPimCandidateBSRPortID brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write snPimCandidateBSRIPAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the unicast address of the candidate BSR. Valid values: 1 – 32. snPimCandidateBSRHashMaskLen brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the hash mask value for this Layer 3 Switch as a candidate bootstrap router. snPimCandidateBSRPreference brcdIp.1.2.9.2.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the preference value for this Layer 3 Switch as a candidate bootstrap router. Valid values: 0 – 255 Default: 100 Identifies the IP address of the PIM interface: Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number. Bit 8 to bit 11– Slot number. • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 PIM PIM RP set table The PIM RP Set Table contains information about candidate Rendezvous Points (RPs) for IP multicast groups. When the local Layer 3 Switch is the BSR, this information is obtained from the advertisements received from the Candidate-RP. When the local Layer 3 Switch is not the BSR, this information is obtained from the received RP-Set messages. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPimRPSetTable brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3 None The PIM RP Set Table snPimRPSetEntry brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3.1 None An entry in the PIM RP Set Table snPimRPSetGroupAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP multicast group address. This object plus the snPimRPSetGroupMask, form the group prefix for the Candidate-RP. snPimRPSetMask brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP multicast group address. This object plus the “snPimRPSetGroupAddress” object form the group prefix for the Candidate-RP. snPimRPSetIPAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of the Candidate-RP. snPimRPSetHoldTime brcdIp.1.2.9.2.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the holdtime, in seconds, of a Candidate-RP. If the local router is not the BSR, this value is 0. PIM RP candidate table The PIM Rendezvous Point Table listing the IP multicast groups for which the local router is to advertise itself as a Candidate-RP. If this table is empty, then the local router will advertise itself as a Candidate-RP for all groups snPimEnable must be "enabled" before this table is read or written. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPimCandidateRPTable brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4 None The PIM RP Candidate Table snPimCandidateRPEntry brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4.1 None An entry the PIM RP Candidate Table snPimCandidateRPGroupAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP multicast group address. This object combined with the snPimCandidateRPGroupMask object forms the group prefix for which the local router will advertise itself as a Candidate-RP. snPimCandidateRPMask brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the multicast group address mask. This object combined with snPimCandidateRPGroupMask forms the group prefix for which the local router will advertise itself as a Candidate-RP. 279 DVMRP Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPimCandidateRPIPAddress brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Indicates the unicast IP address of the interface that will be advertised as a Candidate-RP. snPimCandidateRPRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.9.2.4.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid DVMRP Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP) is one of the multicast routing protocol supported in Layer 3 Switches, such as the BigIron products. The objects in this section apply to the DVMRP feature, if that feature is enabled in the Layer 3 Switch. For additional information on DVMRP, refer to the configuration guide for a product. The following sections present the objects and tables for configuring DVMRP: • • • • • • 280 “Global DVMRP objects” on page 281 “DVMRP virtual interface table” on page 282 “DVMRP neighbor table” on page 284 “DVMRP route table” on page 285 “DVMRP routing next hop table” on page 285 “DVMRP virtual interface statistics table” on page 286 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 DVMRP Global DVMRP objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDvmrpVersion brcdIp.1.2.5.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the DVMRP version in the Layer 3 Switch. There can be up to 255 characters in this object. snDvmrpEnable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if DVMRP is enabled on this Layer 3 Switch: disabled(0) enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snDvmrpGenerationId brcdIp.1.2.5.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the generation identifier for the routing process. This is used by neighboring Layer 3 Switches to determine if pruning information should be resent. snDvmrpProbeInterval brcdIp.1.2.5.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how often neighbor probe messages are sent to the ALL-DVMRP-ROUTERS IP multicast group address. A Layer 3 Switch’s probe message lists those neighbor DVMRP routers from which it has received probes. Valid values: 5 – 30 seconds Default: 10 seconds snDvmrpReportInterval brcdIp.1.2.5.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how often Layer 3 Switches propagate their complete routing tables to other DVMRP neighbor routers. Valid values: 10 –2000 seconds Default: 60 seconds snDvmrpTriggerInterval brcdIp.1.2.5.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how often trigger updates, which reflect changes in the network topology, are sent. For example, changes in a network topology, including router up or down, or changes in the metric, would cause trigger updates to be sent. Valid values: 5 –30 seconds Default: 5 seconds snDvmrpNeighborRouterTi meout brcdIp.1.2.5.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the how long a router waits before it determines that an attached DVMRP neighbor router as down. Valid values: 40 – 8000 seconds Default: 180 seconds NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. • • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 281 DVMRP Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDvmrpRouteExpireTime brcdIp.1.2.5.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how long a route is considered valid in the absence of the next route update. Valid values: 20 – 4000 seconds Default: 200 seconds snDvmrpRouteDiscardTim e brcdIp.1.2.5.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how long a router waits before it deletes a route. Valid values: 40 – 8000 seconds Default: 340 seconds snDvmrpPruneAge brcdIp.1.2.5.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how long a prune state will remain in effect for a source-routed multicast tree. After the prune age period expires, flooding will resume. Valid values: 20 – 3600 seconds Default: 180 seconds snDvmrpGraftRetransmitTi me brcdIp.1.2.5.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines how long a router that is sending a graft message will wait for a the first graft acknowledgement from an upstream router before re-transmitting that message. Subsequent retransmissions are sent at an interval twice that of the preceding interval. Valid values: 5 – 3600 seconds Default: 10 seconds snDvmrpDefaultRoute brcdIp.1.2.5.1.12 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write This is the IP address of a router that is connected to one of the directly attached subnet. If a multicast route is not present on the local router, this default route will be used for multicast forwarding. “snDvmrpEnable” must be set to “enabled” before this object can be written. DVMRP virtual interface table The DVMRP Virtual Interface Table contains the router’s DVMRP virtual interfaces. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 282 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDvmrpVInterfaceTable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13 None The DVMRP Virtual Interface Table snDvmrpVInterfaceEntry brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1 None An entry in the The DVMRP Virtual Interface Table. This row augments ipMRouteInterfaceEntry in the IP Multicast MIB, where the threshold object resides. snDvmrpVInterfaceVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The ifIndex value of this DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVInterfaceType brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the type of this DVMRP virtual interface: • tunnel(1) – Tunnel interface, for which the interface is a querier. • subnet(3) – Physical interface, for which the interface is not a querier. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 DVMRP IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDvmrpVInterfaceOperState brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the current state of this DVMRP virtual interface: • up(1) • down(2) snDvmrpVInterfaceLocalAddress brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the local end of this DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVInterfaceRemoteAddress brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the remote end of this DVMRP virtual interface. For a tunnel, enter the IP address of the neighboring router. For a subnet, enter the subnet address. snDvmrpVInterfaceRemoteSubnet Mask brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.6 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the subnet mask for a directly connected subnet. For a tunnel, this should be 0.0.0.0. snDvmrpVInterfaceMetric brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines the distance metric for this DVMRP virtual interface. The router uses the metric when establishing reverse paths to some networks on directly attached interfaces. Valid values: 1 – 31 hops Default: 1 snDvmrpVInterfaceTtlThreshold brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines the minimum value required in a packet in order for the packet to be forwarded out of the interface. For example, if the TTL for an interface is set at 10, then only those packets with a TTL value of 10 or more are forwarded. Likewise, if an interface is configured with a TTL Threshold value of 1, all packets received on that interface are forwarded. Valid values: 1 – 64 Default: 1 snDvmrpVInterfaceAdvertiseLocal brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if advertising of this local route is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snDvmrpVInterfaceEncapsulation brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the encapsulation of the DVMRP control packets when using IPINIP encapsulation is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snDvmrpVInterfaceStatus brcdIp.1.2.5.1.13.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid • • 283 DVMRP DVMRP neighbor table The DVMRP Neighbor Table lists the router’s DVMRP neighbors, as discovered by the receiving Neighbor Probe messages. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 284 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDvmrpNeighborTable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14 None The DVMRP Neighbor Table. snDvmrpNeighborEntry brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1 None An entry in the DVMRP Neighbor Table. snDvmrpNeighborEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The table entry index. snDvmrpNeighborVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The value of VifIndex for the virtual interface used to reach this DVMRP neighbor. snDvmrpNeighborAddress brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of the DVMRP neighbor for which this entry contains information. snDvmrpNeighborUpTime brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.4 Syntax: Time ticks Read only Shows the last time since this DVMRP neighbor became a neighbor of the local router. snDvmrpNeighborExpiryTime brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.5 Syntax: Time ticks Read only Shows the number of seconds remaining before this DVMRP neighbor will be aged out. snDvmrpNeighborGenerationId brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the neighboring router’s generation identifier. snDvmrpNeighborMajorVersion brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the neighboring router’s major DVMRP version number. Valid values: 0 – 255 snDvmrpNeighborMinorVersion brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the neighboring router’s minor DVMRP version number. Valid values: 0 – 255 snDvmrpNeighborCapabilities brcdIp.1.2.5.1.14.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Describes the neighboring router’s capabilities. The following shows the position of each bit: Bit position and Meaning 3: trace bit. If on, neighbor can handle mtrace requests 2: generationID bit. If on, the neighbor sends its generationID in Probe messages 1: prune bit. If on, he neighbor supports pruning 0: leaf bit. If on, the neighbor has only one interface with other neighbors IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 DVMRP DVMRP route table DVMRP uses a routing table instead of the unicast routing table. The DVMRP Route Table contains information on the DVMRP source and destination routes. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDvmrpRouteTable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15 None The DVMRP Route Table snDvmrpRouteEntry brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1 None An entry in the DVMRP Route Table snDvmrpRouteEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The table entry index. snDvmrpRouteSource brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the network address of the source. This object plus the value of the “snDvmrpRouteSourceMask” object identifies the sources of this entry. snDvmrpRouteSourceMask brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the network mask of the source. This object plus the value of the “snDvmrpRouteSource” object identifies the sources of this entry. snDvmrpRouteUpstreamNeighbor brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the address of the upstream neighbor (for example, RPF neighbor) from which IP datagrams were received. snDvmrpRouteVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The value of snDvmrpVInterfaceVifIndex for the virtual interface on which IP datagrams sent by these sources are received. snDvmrpRouteMetric brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the number of hops to the source subnet. snDvmrpRouteExpiryTime brcdIp.1.2.5.1.15.1.7 Syntax: Time ticks Read only Shows the amount of time remaining before this entry will be aged out. DVMRP routing next hop table The DVMRP Routing Next Hop Table contains information on the next hop for routing IP multicast datagrams. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 285 DVMRP NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDvmrpRouteNextHopTable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16 None The DVMRP Routing Next Hop Table snDvmrpRouteNextHopEntry brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16.1 None An entry the DVMRP Routing Next Hop Table. snDvmrpRouteNextHopSource brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the network mask of the source. This object plus the “snDvmrpRouteNextHopSourceMask” object identify the source of the next hop. snDvmrpRouteNextHopSourceMask brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the network mask of the source. This object plus the “snDvmrpRouteNextHopSource” object identify the sources of the next hop. snDvmrpRouteNextHopVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The snDvmrpVInterfaceVifIndex value of the virtual interface for the outgoing interface for this next hop. snDvmrpRouteNextHopType brcdIp.1.2.5.1.16.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Identifies the type of router for the next hop: • leaf(1) – There are no neighbors at the next hop • branch(2) – Neighbors are attached to the next hop DVMRP virtual interface statistics table The DVMRP Virtual Interface Statistics Table provides information about the DVMRP routes. 286 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 DVMRP NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDvmrpVIfStatTable brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17 None The DVMRP Virtual Interface Statistics Table snDvmrpVIfStatEntry brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1 None An entry in the DVMRP Virtual Interface Statistics Table snDvmrpVIfStatVifIndex brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The ifIndex value of this DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatInPkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.2 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatOutPkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of packets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatInOctets brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of octets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatOutOctets brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of octets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatInProbePkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of probe packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatOutProbePkt s brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of probe packets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatDiscardProbe Read only Pkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.8 Syntax: Counter32 Shows the number of probe packets that have been discarded by the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatInRtUpdateP kts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.9 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of route update packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatOutRtUpdate Pkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.10 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of route update packets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatDiscardRtUp datePkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.11 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of route update packets that have been discarded by the DVMRP virtual interface. 287 DVMRP 288 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snDvmrpVIfStatInGraftPkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.12 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of graft packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatOutGraftPkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.13 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of graft packets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatDiscardGraft Pkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.14 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of graft packets that have been discarded by the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatInGraftAckPk ts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.15 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatOutGraftAck Pkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.16 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatDiscardGraft AckPkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.17 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of graft acknowledge packets that have been discarded by the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatInPrunePkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.18 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of prune packets that have arrived on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatOutPrunePkt s brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.19 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of prune packets that have been sent on the DVMRP virtual interface. snDvmrpVIfStatDiscardPrun ePkts brcdIp.1.2.5.1.17.1.20 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of prune packets that have been discarded by the DVMRP virtual interface. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 17 VLANs VLAN by port information table For VLAN MIB support on the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices refer to “Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX” on page 305 Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on the features discussed in this chapter. This table applies to a Layer 2 device if the object “snSwGroupOperMode” on page 129 is configured with a value of vlanByPort(2), allowing switch ports to be configured with a VLAN ID. Each VLAN switch port could have a number of VLAN IDs. NOTE This table is not supported on the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1 None The VLAN by Port Information Table for Layer 2 switches. snVLanByPortEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1 None An entry in the VLAN By Port Information table. snVLanByPortVLanIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the index to this table. The VLAN ID number must not be greater than the value of the object “snVLanGroupVlanMaxEntry” on page 132. Each VLAN Identifier can be a member of multiple ports. snVLanByPortVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.2 Read-write The VLAN ID index to the this table. Each VLAN Identifier can be a member of multiple ports. Valid values: 1 – 4095. snVLanByPortPortMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.3 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Applies only to ServerIron Stackable devices. Shows the standalone switch VLAN port membership. This object was obsoleted for Chassis devices. snVLanByPortQos brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the QoS settings for the devices. For Stackable device, the values can be one of the following: • low(0) – low priority • high(1) – high priority For Chassis devices, the value can be one of the following: • level0(0) • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3) • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) 289 VLAN by port information table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortStpMode brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write snVLanByPortStpPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the value of the dot1dStpPriority, which is the first two octets of the STP bridge ID. The STP bridge ID is eight octets long. This object contains the writable portion of the bridge ID. The last six octets are contained in the dot1dBaseBridgeAddress of the object “snVLanByPortBaseBridgeAddress”. Valid values: 1 – 65535. snVLanByPortStpGroupMax Age brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is the last six octets or the STP bridge ID. All bridges use this object for MaxAge when this bridge is acting as the root. Indicates whether or not Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime in the object “snVLanByPortStpGroupHelloTime”. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) Valid values: 6 – 40. Read-write Shows the value of the dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime, which is the value used by all bridges when this bridge is acting as the root. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB). Valid values: 1 – 10 snVLanByPortStpGroupForw Read-write ardDelay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay, which is the value used by all bridges for ForwardDelay when this bridge is acting as the root. snVLanByPortStpGroupHell o Time brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is in the object “snVLanByPortStpGroupMaxAge”. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB). Valid values: 2 –30. 290 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VLAN by port information table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snVLanByPortOperState brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read only Activates the VLAN entry and sets it to running mode. notActivated(0) – The VLAN entry is not activated and not in running mode • activated(1) – The VLAN entry is activated and in running mode Default: notActivated(0) snVLanByPortBaseNumPort s brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Indicates the number of ports controlled by this bridging entity. snVLanByPortBaseType brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates what type of bridging this bridge can perform. If a bridge is actually performing a certain type of bridging this will be indicated by entries in the port table for the given type. • unknown(1) • transparent-only(2) • sourceroute-only(3) • srt(4) snVLanByPortStpProtocolSp ecification brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read only snVLanByPortStpMaxAge brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpMaxAge, which is the maximum age that the STP information can exist before it is discarded. The STP information is the information learned from the network. The value of this object is in hundredths of a second, and is the actual value that this bridge is currently using. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortStpHelloTime brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.16 Syntax: Timeout Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpHelloTime, which is the interval between the transmission of Configuration bridge PDUs by this node. This value applies to any port when it is the root of the spanning tree or is trying to become the root. This is the actual value that this bridge is currently using. This value is in hundredths of a second. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) • Shows what version of STP is being run: unknown(1) decLb100(2) – Indicates the DEC LANbridge 100 Spanning Tree protocol • ieee8021d(3) – Returns "ieee8021d(3)". If future versions of the IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol are released that are incompatible with the current version, a new value will be defined. • • 291 VLAN by port information table 292 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortStpHoldTime brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.17 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpHoldTime, which is the interval when no more than two configuration bridge PDUs shall be transmitted by this node. The interval is in units of hundredths of a second. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortStpForwardDe Read only lay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.18 Syntax: Timeout Shows the value of dot1dStpForwardDelay, which is the time that controls how long a port stays in the listening and learning states as its spanning state moves towards the forwarding state. This value is also used when a topology change has been detected and is underway. The value is used to age all dynamic entries in the Forwarding Database. This value is the one that this bridge is currently using, in contrast to dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay in the object “snVLanByPortStpGroupForwardDelay”, which is the value that this bridge and all others would start using when this bridge becomes the root. This time value is in hundredths of a second, (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortStpTimeSince TopologyChange brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.19 Syntax: Time ticks Read only Shows the time since the last time the bridge detected a topology change. This time is in hundredths of a second. snVLanByPortStpTopChang es brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.20 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the total number of topology changes detected by this bridge since the management entity was last reset or initialized. snVLanByPortStpRootCost brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.21 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpRootCost, which is the cost of the path to the root as seen from this bridge. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortStpRootPort brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.22 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpRootPort, which is the number of the port that offers the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root bridge. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortStpDesignate dRoot brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.23 Syntax: BridgeId Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpDesignatedRoot, which is the bridge ID of the root of the spanning tree as determined by STP as executed by this node. This value is used as the Root Identifier parameter in all Configuration Bridge PDUs originated by this node. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortBaseBridgeAd dress brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.24 Syntax: BridgeId Read only Indicates the value of the dot1dBaseBridgeAddress, which is the MAC address used by this bridge when it must be referred to in a unique fashion. It is recommended that this is the smallest MAC address of all ports that belong to this bridge; however it must be unique. When concatenated with dot1dStpPriority a unique BridgeIdentifier is formed which is used in the STP. snVLanByPortVLanName brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.25 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Indicates the name of the community string that is allowed to access the VLAN. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VLAN by port membership table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.26 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Is optional and applies only to routers. It shows the ID of the virtual interface of a router to the VLAN. If an SNMP-Get value is zero, then this object was not configured. Valid values: 1 – 60. snVLanByPortChassisPortM ask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.27 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Applies only to devices running Release 07.1.00 and earlier. It is replaced by “snVLanByPortPortList” for later releases. It shows the VLAN switch port membership. This object has 32 octets. snVLanByPortPortList brcdIp.1.1.3.2.1.1.28 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Applies to all devices except ServerIron products. It lists the membership of a VLAN By Port. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8-bits are the slot number, the other 8-bits are the port number. NOTE: This object was deprecated on devices running FastIron software release 07.2.00 and later. It is not supported on the Brocade MLX Series, NetIron XMR, NetIron CES, or NetIron CER. Use snVLanByPortCfgRo uterIntf instead. VLAN by port membership table The following table is the Port VLAN (Layer 2 VLAN) port membership table. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortMemberTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6 None This table is used to create or delete a port VLAN (Layer 2 VLAN) entry. snVLanByPortMemberEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1 None An entry in the Port VLAN Port Membership table. snVLanByPortMemberVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The VLAN identifier (VLAN ID). Valid values: 1 – 4095 VLAN IDs. 293 Port VLAN configuration table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortMemberPortId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only The ifIndex which is a member of the port VLAN. snVLanByPortMemberRowStat us brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • other(1) – Some other case • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid Example If you want to delete port 11/14 (untagged) from VLAN 1964, then add it to VLAN 104, enter the following lines: /* 654=ifIndex of 11/14 (64*10+14), value 3=delete*/ SetRequest(snVLanByPortMemberRowStatus.1964.654=3) /* 654=ifIndex of 11/14 (64*10+14), value 4=create*/ SetRequest(snVLanByPortMemberRowStatus.104.654=4) The first line deletes port 11/14 from VLAN 1964. The second line adds port 11/14 to VLAN 104. Port VLAN configuration table 294 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7 None The Port VLAN (Layer 2 VLAN) configuration table. snVLanByPortCfgEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1 None An entry of the port VLAN configuration table. snVLanByPortCfgVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write The VLAN ID index to this table. Each VLAN Identifier can be a member of multiple ports. Valid values: 1 – 4095. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Port VLAN configuration table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortCfgQos brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.2 Syntax: PortQosTC Read-write Shows the quality of service settings for the devices. For Stackable devices, the values can be one of the following: • low(0) – low priority • high(1) – high priority For Chassis devices, the value can be one of the following: • level0(0) • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3) • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) snVLanByPortCfgStpMode brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether or not Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) The following values are supported on FES, FWSX, and FastIron SuperX software releases 02.2.00 and later: • disabled(0) • enableStp(1) • enableRstp(2) snVLanByPortCfgStpPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the value of the dot1dStpPriority, which is the first two octets of the STP or RSTP bridge ID. The STP and RSTP bridge IDs are eight octets long. This object contains the writable portion of the bridge ID. The last six octets are contained in the dot1dBaseBridgeAddress of the object “snVLanByPortBaseBridgeAddress.” Valid values: 1 – 65535. snVLanByPortCfgStpGroup MaxAge brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is the last six octets or the STP or RSTP bridge ID. All bridges use this object for MaxAge when this bridge is acting as the root. NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime in the object “snVLanByPortStpGroupHelloTime”. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) Valid values: 6 – 40. snVLanByPortCfgStpGroup Hello Time brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.6 Syntax: Integer IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Read-write Shows the value of the dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime, which is the value used by all bridges when this bridge is acting as the root. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) Valid values: 1 – 10 295 Port VLAN configuration table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortCfgStpGroupF orwardDelay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay, which is the value used by all bridges for ForwardDelay when this bridge is acting as the root. NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is in the object “snVLanByPortStpGroupMaxAge”. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB). 296 snVLanByPortCfgBaseNum Ports brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The number of ports controlled by this bridging entity. snVLanByPortCfgBaseType brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates what type of bridging this bridge can perform. If a bridge is actually performing a certain type of bridging this will be indicated by entries in the port table for the given type. • unknown(1), • transparentOnly(2), • sourcerouteOnly(3), • srt(4)) snVLanByPortCfgStpProtoc olSpecification brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read only snVLanByPortCfgStpMaxAg e brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpMaxAge, which is the maximum age that the STP information can exist before it is discarded. The STP information is learned from the network. The value of this object is in hundredths of a second, and is the actual value that this bridge is currently using. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgStpHelloTi me brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.12 Syntax: Timeout Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpHelloTime, which is the interval between the transmission of Configuration bridge PDUs by this node. This value applies to any port when it is the root of the spanning tree or is trying to become the root. This is the actual value that this bridge is currently using. This value is in hundredths of a second. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgStpHoldTi me brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.13 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpHoldTime, which is the interval when no more than two Configuration bridge PDUs shall be transmitted by this node. The interval is in units of hundredths of a second. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) Shows what version of STP is being run: unknown(1) decLb100(2) – Indicates the DEC LANbridge 100 Spanning Tree protocol • ieee8021d(3) – Return "ieee8021d(3)". If future versions of the IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol are released that are incompatible with the current version, a new value will be defined. • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Port VLAN configuration table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortCfgStpForwar dDelay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.14 Syntax: Timeout Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpForwardDelay, which controls how fast a port changes its spanning state when moving towards the forwarding state. The value determines how long the port stays in each of the listening and learning states, which precede the forwarding state. This value is also used, when a topology change has been detected and is underway, to age all dynamic entries in the forwarding database. NOTE: This value is the one that this bridge is currently using in contrast to dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay, which is the value that this bridge and all others would start using should this bridge become the root. This value is measured in hundredths of a second. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 snVLanByPortCfgStpTimeSi nceTopologyChange brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.15 Syntax: Time ticks Read only Shows the time since the last topology change was detected by the bridge entity. This time is in hundredths of a second. snVLanByPortCfgStpTopCh anges brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.16 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the total number of topology changes detected by this bridge since the management entity was last reset or initialized. snVLanByPortCfgStpRootCo st brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.17 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpRootCost, which is the cost of the path to the root as seen from this bridge. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgStpRootPo rt brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.18 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the value of dot1dStpRootPort, which is the port number of the port which offers the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root bridge. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgStpDesign atedRoot brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.19 Syntax: BridgeId Read only Shows the dot1dStpDesignatedRoot, which is the bridge identifier of the root of the spanning tree as determined by the Spanning Tree Protocol as executed by this node. This value is used as the root identifier parameter in all configuration bridge PDUs originated by this node. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgBaseBridg eAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.20 Syntax: MAC address Read only Shows the MAC address used by this bridge when it must be referred to in a unique fashion. It is recommended that this be the numerically smallest MAC address of all ports that belong to this bridge, however, it is only required to be unique. When concatenated with dot1dStpPriority a unique bridge identifier is formed which is used in the Spanning Tree Protocol. snVLanByPortCfgVLanNam e brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.21 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the name of the VLAN community string. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. snVLanByPortCfgRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.22 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write This object is optional. It identifies the virtual interface for the router to the VLAN, and applies only to the router. If an SNMP-Get value is zero, that means this object was not configured. 297 VLAN by protocol configuration table Name, OID, and Syntax Access snVLanByPortCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.23 Syntax: Integer Read-write snVLanByPortCfgStpVersion Read-write brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.24 Syntax: Integer Supported on FES, FWSX, and FastIron SuperX software releases 02.2.00 and later Description Determines whether or not the VLAN will be deleted: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) • • • Shows the version of Spanning Tree Protocol the bridge is currently running. • stpCompatible(0) – STP (IEEE 802.1D) • rstp(2) – RSTP (IEEE 802.1w) VLAN by protocol configuration table The following table applies to protocol VLANs. NOTE This table is not supported on the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 298 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByProtocolTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2 None The VLAN by Protocol Configuration Table. snVLanByProtocolEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1 None An entry in the VLAN By Protocol Configuration Table. snVLanByProtocolVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.1 Read only Shows the VLAN ID index to both the VLAN By Port Info Table and this table. snVLanByProtocolIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the protocol used by this VLAN. The following IP/IPX protocols are used by VLANs in Layer 3 VLAN: • IP(1) • IPX(2) The following protocols are used in Layer 2 bridging: • appleTalk(3) • decNet(4) • netBios(5) • others(6) – other protocols which are defined here. snVLanByProtocolDynamic brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies to only to switches. Indicates whether or not dynamic port inclusion is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snVLanByProtocolStaticMas k brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.4 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Applies to ServerIron stackable devices. It indicates the standalone switch Protocol VLAN port membership (portmask) applied in static mode. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VLAN by protocol configuration table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByProtocolExcludeMa sk brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.5 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Applies to ServerIron stackable devices. It indicates the standalone switch Protocol VLAN port membership (portmask) applied in exclusive mode. snVLanByProtocolRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies to routers only and is optional. It shows the virtual interface of a router to the VLAN. This object is not configured if an SNMP-Get is equal to zero snVLanByProtocolRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies to all devices, except for ServerIron products. Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snVLanByProtocolDynamicM ask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.8 Syntax: PortMask Read only Applies only to stackable ServerIron products. It shows the portmask, which is the standalone switch Protocol VLAN active port membership. This object was obsoleted for Chassis devices. snVLanByProtocolChassisSta Read-write ticMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.9 Syntax: OctetString Applies to all devices, except for ServerIron products. This object has 32 octets. It has been obsoleted after Release 07.1.00 and replaced by the object “snVLanByProtocolStaticPortList”. For Release 07.1.00 and earlier, this object shows the Chassis Protocol VLAN port membership applied in static mode. snVLanByProtocolChassisExc Read-write ludeMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.10 Syntax: OctetString Applies to all devices, except for ServerIron products. This object has 32 octets. It has been obsoleted after Release 07.1.00 and replaced by the object “snVLanByProtocolExcludePortList”. For Release 07.1.00 and earlier, this object shows the Chassis Protocol VLAN port membership applied in exclusive mode. snVLanByProtocolChassisDy namicMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.11 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Applies to all devices, except for ServerIron products. This object has 32 octets. It has been obsoleted after Release 07.1.00 and replaced by the object “snVLanByProtocolDynamicPortList”. For Release 07.1.00 and earlier, this object shows the Chassis Protocol VLAN active port membership. snVLanByProtocolVLanName brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.12 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the name of the community string that is allowed to access the VLAN. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. snVLanByProtocolStaticPortL ist brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.13 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Applies to all devices, except for ServerIron products. This object is an index of ports that are the configured to be members of the Protocol VLAN. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. 299 VLAN by IP subnet configuration table Name, OID, and Syntax Access snVLanByProtocolExcludePor Read-write tList brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.14 Syntax: OctetString snVLanByProtocolDynamicP ortList brcdIp.1.1.3.2.2.1.15 Syntax: OctetString Read only Description Applies to all devices, except for ServerIron products. This object is an index of ports that are excluded from port membership of the Protocol VLAN. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. Applies to all devices, except for ServerIron products. This object is an index of ports that can dynamically join the port membership of the Protocol VLAN. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8 its are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. VLAN by IP subnet configuration table The following table applies to protocol VLANs that use the IP routing protocol. NOTE This table is not supported on the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. The remaining objects for IP are presented in the chapter “Global Router and IP” on page 347. 300 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByIpSubnetTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3 None The VLAN by IP Subnet Configuration Table. snVLanByIpSubnetEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1 None An entry in the VLAN By IP Subnet Configuration table snVLanByIpSubnetVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.1Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the VLAN ID index to both of the VLAN By Port Info Table and this table. Valid values: 1 - 4095 snVLanByIpSubnetIpAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address for the subnet of the protocol-based IP VLAN. snVLanByIpSubnetSubnetMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Subnet mask associated with the subnet IP address. snVLanByIpSubnetDynamic brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to switches. Indicates whether or not dynamic port inclusion is enabled:odisabled(0)oenabled(1) snVLanByIpSubnetStaticMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.5 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Applies only to stackable ServerIron products.It shows the port membership of the standalone switch VLAN by Subnet in static mode. snVLanByIpSubnetExcludeMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.6 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Applies only to stackable ServerIron products.It shows the port membership of the standalone switch VLAN by Subnet in exclusive mode. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VLAN by IP subnet configuration table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByIpSubnetRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to routers and is optional. It shows the virtual interface of a router to the VLAN.Valid values: 0 - 60. It is not configured if an SNMP-Get is equal to zero. snVLanByIpSubnetRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) - Delete the row • create(4) - Create a new row • modify(5) - Modify an existing row. If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) - No such row • invalid(1) - Row is inoperative • valid(2) - Row exists and is valid snVLanByIpSubnetDynamicMask Read only brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.9 Syntax: PortMask IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Applies only to ServerIron stackable products.It shows the standalone switch VLAN by Subnet active port membership. snVLanByIpSubnetChassisStatic Mask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.10 Syntax: Octet string Read-write This object has 32 octets.It is replaced by the object "snVLanByIpSubnetStaticPortList" in later releases.It shows the chassis VLAN by Subnet port membership applied in static mode. snVLanByIpSubnetChassisExclu deMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.11 Syntax: Octet string Read-write This object has 32 octets.It is replaced by the object "snVLanByIpSubnetExcludePortList" in later releases.It shows the chassis VLAN by Subnet port membership applied in exclusive mode. snVLanByIpSubnetChassisDyna micMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.12 Syntax: Octet string Read-write This object has 32 octets.It is replaced by the object "snVLanByIpSubnetDynamicPortList" in later releases.It shows the chassis VLAN by Subnet port membership applied in exclusive mode. snVLanByIpSubnetVLanName brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.13 Syntax: Display string Read-write Shows the name of the community string that is allowed to access the VLAN. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. snVLanByIpSubnetStaticPortLis tfdry.1.1.3.2.3.1.14 Syntax: Octet string Read-write This object is an index of ports that are the configured to be members of the VLAN by IP Subnet. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. snVLanByIpSubnetExcludePortLi st brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.15 Syntax: Octet string Read-write This object is an index of ports that are excluded from port membership of the VLAN by IP Subnet. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. snVLanByIpSubnetDynamicPortL ist brcdIp.1.1.3.2.3.1.16 Syntax: Octet string Read only This object is an index of ports that can dynamically join the port membership of the VLAN By IP Subnet. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number; the other 8 bits are the port number. 301 VLAN by IPX network configuration table VLAN by IPX network configuration table NOTE This is not supported on the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. The following table applies to protocol VLANs that use the IPX routing protocol. Unless otherwise stated in the object description, all objects in this table apply to all devices. The remaining objects for IP are presented in the chapter “IPX” on page 443. 302 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByIpxNetTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4 None An entry of the VLAN By IPX Network Number Table. snVLanByIpxNetEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1 None An entry in the VLAN by IPX Network Configuration table. snVLanByIpxNetVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The VLAN ID index to both of the VLAN By Port Info Table and this table. Valid values: 1 – 4095. snVLanByIpxNetNetworkNum brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.2 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the IPX Network Number. This object has four octets. snVLanByIpxNetFrameType brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the frame type for the Layer 3 VLAN: notApplicable(0) – If none of the options below is selected ipxEthernet8022(1) ipxEthernet8023(2) ipxEthernetII(3) ipxEthernetSnap(4) Each IPX Network Number must be assigned with one unique Frame type; otherwise an SNMP-SET error will be returned. snVLanByIpxNetDynamic brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to switches. Indicates whether or not dynamic port inclusion is enabled. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snVLanByIpxNetStaticMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.5 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Applies only to stackable ServerIron products. It shows the VLAN by IPX network port membership applied in static mode. snVLanByIpxNetExcludeMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.6 Syntax: PortMask Read-write Applies only to stackable ServerIron products. It shows the VLAN by IPX network port membership applied in exclusive mode. snVLanByIpxNetRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to routers and is optional. It shows the virtual interface of a router to the VLAN. Valid values: 0 – 60; however, if this object is not configured if an SNMP-Get is equal to zero. • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VLAN by IPX network configuration table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByIpxNetRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snVLanByIpxNetDynamicMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.9 Syntax: PortMask Read only Applies only to stackable ServerIron products. It shows the VLAN By IPX network active port membership. snVLanByIpxNetChassisStatic Mask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.10 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Applies to all devices running Release 07.1.00 and earlier, except for ServerIron products. This object has 32 octets. It is replaced by snVLanByIpxNetStaticPortList in later releases. It shows the chassis VLAN by IPX network port membership applied in static mode. snVLanByIpxNetChassisExclud eMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.11 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Applies to all devices running Release 07.1.00 and earlier, except for ServerIron products. This object has 32 octets. It is replaced by snVLanByIpxNetExcludePortList in later releases. It shows the chassis VLAN by IPX network port membership applied in exclusive mode. snVLanByIpxNetChassisDyna micMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.12 Syntax: OctetString Read only Applies to all devices running Release 07.1.00 and earlier, except for ServerIron products. This object has 32 octets. It is replaced by snVLanByIpxNetDynamicPortList in later releases. It shows the chassis VLAN by IPX network port membership. snVLanByIpxNetVLanName brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.13 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Applies to all devices except for ServerIron products. It shows the name of the community string that can access this VLAN. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. snVLanByIpxNetStaticPortList brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.14 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Applies to all devices, except ServerIron products. Lists the membership of a VLAN By IPX network. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number, the other 8 bits are the port number. snVLanByIpxNetExcludePortLi st brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.15 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Applies to all devices, except ServerIron products. It lists the ports that are excluded from the VLAN by IPX network membership. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number, the other 8 bits are the port number. snVLanByIpxNetDynamicPortLi Read only st brcdIp.1.1.3.2.4.1.16 Syntax: OctetString IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Applies to all devices, except ServerIron products. It lists the ports that can dynamically join the membership of the VLAN by IPX network. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number, the other 8 bits are the port number. 303 VLAN by AppleTalk cable configuration table VLAN by AppleTalk cable configuration table The following table applies to protocol VLANs that use AppleTalk routing protocol. Objects in this table apply to all devices except ServerIron products. NOTE This is not supported on the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. The remaining objects for IP are presented in the chapter “AppleTalk” on page 455. 304 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByATCableTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5 None A table of VLAN by AppleTalk Network Number. snVLanByATCableEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5.1 None An entry of the AppleTalk Cable VLAN table. snVLanByATCableVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The VLAN ID of a port VLAN to which the AppleTalk Cable VLAN attaches. Valid values: 1 – 4095. snVLanByATCableIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only AppleTalk Cable VLAN index number. snVLanByATCableRouterIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the virtual interface of a router to the AppleTalk Cable VLAN Valid values: 0 – 60; however, an SNMP-Get will equal zero if this object is not configured. Only router products accept the SNMP-SET operation. snVLanByATCableRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snVLanByATCableChassisSt aticMask brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5.1.5 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Applies only to devices running Release 07.1.00 and earlier. It is replaced in earlier releases by the object snVLanByATCableStaticPortList. Shows a list of ports that are statically configured to become port members of a VLAN. It has 32 octets. snVLanByATCableVLanName brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the community string that can access this VLAN. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. snVLanByATCableStaticPortL ist brcdIp.1.1.3.2.5.1.7 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows a list of port indices that configured to be membership of the AppleTalk Cable VLAN. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8 bits are the slot number, the other 8 bits are the port number. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX The following MIB objects for VLANs are supported on the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices. VLAN by port membership table The following table is the Port VLAN (Layer 2 VLAN) port membership table. TABLE 14 VLAN By Port Member Table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVlanByPortMemberTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6 None This table is used to create or delete a port VLAN (Layer 2 VLAN) entry. snVLanByPortMemberEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1 None An entry in the Port VLAN Port Membership table. snVLanByPortMemberVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The VLAN identifier (VLAN ID). Valid values: 1 – 4095 VLAN IDs. snVLanByPortMemberPortId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only The ifIndex which is a member of the port VLAN. snVLanByPortMemberRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.2.6.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • other(1) – Some other case • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid Port VLAN configuration table TABLE 15 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Port VLAN Configuration Table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7 None The Port VLAN (Layer 2 VLAN) configuration table. snVLanByPortCfgEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1 None An entry of the port VLAN configuration table. 305 Port VLAN configuration table TABLE 15 Port VLAN Configuration Table (Continued) Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortCfgVLanId brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write The VLAN ID index to this table. Each VLAN Identifier can be a member of multiple ports. Valid values: 1 – 4095. snVLanByPortCfgQos brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the quality of service settings for the devices. For Stackable devices, the values can be one of the following: • low(0) – low priority • high(1) – high priority For Chassis devices, the value can be one of the following: • level0(0) • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3) • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) snVLanByPortCfgStpMod e brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates whether or not Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snVLanByPortCfgStpPrior ity brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the value of the dot1dStpPriority, which is the first two octets of the STP or RSTP bridge ID. The STP and RSTP bridge IDs are eight octets long. This object contains the writable portion of the bridge ID. The last six octets are contained in the dot1dBaseBridgeAddress of the object “snVLanByPortBaseBridgeAddress.” Valid values: 1 – 65535. snVLanByPortCfgStpGrou pMaxAge brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is the last six octets or the STP or RSTP bridge ID. All bridges use this object for MaxAge when this bridge is acting as the root. NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime in the object “snVLanByPortStpGroupHelloTime”. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds. (Refer to RFC 1493 Bridge MIB.) Valid values: 6 – 40. snVLanByPortCfgStpGrou pHello Time brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.6 Syntax: Integer 306 Read-write Shows the value of the dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime, which is the value used by all bridges when this bridge is acting as the root. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) Valid values: 1 – 10 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Port VLAN configuration table TABLE 15 Port VLAN Configuration Table (Continued) Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortCfgStpGrou pForwardDelay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the value of dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay, which is the value used by all bridges for ForwardDelay when this bridge is acting as the root. NOTE: 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge, which is in the object “snVLanByPortStpGroupMaxAge”. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be one second. An agent may return a badValue error if a set is attempted to a value which is not a whole number of seconds. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB). Valid values: 2 – 30. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 snVLanByPortCfgBaseNu mPorts brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only The number of ports controlled by this bridging entity. snVLanByPortCfgBaseTy pe brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates what type of bridging this bridge can perform. If a bridge is actually performing a certain type of bridging this will be indicated by entries in the port table for the given type. • unknown(1) • transparent-only(2) • sourceroute-only(3) • srt(4) snVLanByPortCfgStpProt ocolSpecification brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only snVLanByPortCfgStpMax Age brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpMaxAge, which is the maximum age that the STP information can exist before it is discarded. The STP information is learned from the network. The value of this object is in hundredths of a second, and is the actual value that this bridge is currently using. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgStpHell oTime brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.12 Syntax: Timeout Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpHelloTime, which is the interval between the transmission of Configuration bridge PDUs by this node. This value applies to any port when it is the root of the spanning tree or is trying to become the root. This is the actual value that this bridge is currently using. This value is in hundredths of a second. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgStpHold Time brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpHoldTime, which is the interval when no more than two Configuration bridge PDUs shall be transmitted by this node. The interval is in units of hundredths of a second. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) Shows what version of STP is being run: unknown(1) decLb100(2) – Indicates the DEC LANbridge 100 Spanning Tree protocol • ieee8021d(3) – Return "ieee8021d(3)". If future versions of the IEEE Spanning Tree Protocol are released that are incompatible with the current version, a new value will be defined. • • 307 Port VLAN configuration table TABLE 15 Port VLAN Configuration Table (Continued) Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVLanByPortCfgStpForw ardDelay brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.14 Syntax: Timeout Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpForwardDelay, which controls how fast a port changes its spanning state when moving towards the forwarding state. The value determines how long the port stays in each of the listening and learning states, which precede the forwarding state. This value is also used, when a topology change has been detected and is underway, to age all dynamic entries in the forwarding database. NOTE: This value is the one that this bridge is currently using in contrast to dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay, which is the value that this bridge and all others would start using should this bridge become the root. This value is measured in hundredths of a second. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgStpTime Read-only SinceTopologyChange brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.15 Syntax: Time ticks 308 Shows the time since the last topology change was detected by the bridge entity. This time is in hundredths of a second. snVLanByPortCfgStpTop Changes brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.16 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the total number of topology changes detected by this bridge since the management entity was last reset or initialized. snVLanByPortCfgStpRoot Cost brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.17 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpRootCost, which is the cost of the path to the root as seen from this bridge. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgStpRoot Port brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the value of dot1dStpRootPort, which is the port number of the port which offers the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root bridge. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgStpDesi gnatedRoot brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.19 Syntax: BridgeId Read-only Shows the dot1dStpDesignatedRoot, which is the bridge identifier of the root of the spanning tree as determined by the Spanning Tree Protocol as executed by this node. This value is used as the root identifier parameter in all configuration bridge PDUs originated by this node. (Refer to RFC1493 Bridge MIB.) snVLanByPortCfgBaseBri dgeAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.20 Syntax: MAC address Read-only Shows the MAC address used by this bridge when it must be referred to in a unique fashion. It is recommended that this be the numerically smallest MAC address of all ports that belong to this bridge, however, it is only required to be unique. When concatenated with dot1dStpPriority a unique bridge identifier is formed which is used in the Spanning Tree Protocol. snVLanByPortCfgVLanNa me brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.21 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Shows the name of the VLAN community string. Valid values: Up to 32 characters. snVLanByPortCfgRouterI ntf brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.22 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object is optional. It identifies the virtual interface for the router to the VLAN, and applies only to the router. If an SNMP-Get value is zero, that means this object was not configured. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Port VLAN configuration table TABLE 15 Port VLAN Configuration Table (Continued) Name, OID, and Syntax IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Access Description snVLanByPortCfgRowStat Read-write us brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.23 Syntax: Integer • • • Determines whether or not the VLAN will be deleted: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) snVLanByPortCfgStpVersi Read-write on brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.24 Syntax: Integer Shows the version of Spanning Tree Protocol the bridge is currently running. • stpCompatible(0) – STP (IEEE 802.1D) • rstp(2) – RSTP (IEEE 802.1w) snVLanByPortCfgInOctets Read-only brcdIp.1.1.3.2.7.1.25 Syntax: Counter64 The number of bytes received on this VLAN. This can be used as the per VE router, if there is one-to-one map for VLAN-VE. 309 Port VLAN configuration table 310 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter Router Redundancy Protocols 18 About router redundancy protocols The objects in this chapter are for the following protocols: • Foundry Standby Routing Protocol (FSRP) allows alternate paths to be provided to a host using a virtual router. FSRP is a proprietary router redundancy protocol that was available on devices before the other router redundancy protocols. The protocol has been retired in B2R flash images, starting with IronWare release 07.6.01. (Refer to “FSRP objects” on page 311.) • Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) is a standard router redundancy protocol described in RFC 2338. VRRP is a protocol that provides redundancy to routers within a LAN. VRRP allows you to provide alternate router paths for a host without changing the IP address or MAC address by which the host knows its gateway. The VRRP feature is available in Layer 3 Switches. (Refer to the sections “VRRP global variables” on page 314, “VRRP interface tables” on page 315, and “VRRP virtual router parameters tables” on page 316.) • VRRP Extended (VRRPE) is an enhanced version of VRRP that overcomes limitations in the standard protocol. The VRRPE feature is also available in Layer 3 Switches. (Refer to the sections “VRRP global variables” on page 314, “VRRP interface tables” on page 315, and “VRRP virtual router parameters tables” on page 316.) • Virtual Switch Redundancy Protocol (VSRP), which is a proprietary protocol that provides redundancy and sub-second failover in Layer 2 and Layer 3 mesh topologies. Based on the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Extended (VRRPE), VSRP provides one or more backups for a Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch. If the active Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch becomes unavailable, one of the backups takes over as the active device and continues forwarding traffic for the network. (Refer to “VSRP” on page 325.) NOTE VRRP, VRRPE, and VSRP are separate protocols. You cannot use them together. This chapter presents the objects for the protocols. Traps for FSRP and VRRP are discussed in the section “Traps and Objects to Enable Traps” on page 627. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on the features discussed in this chapter. For BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX, see “Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX” on page 331. FSRP objects The Foundry Standby Routing Protocol (FSRP) allows alternate paths to be provided to a host. To provide path redundancy between given hosts, a virtual router is created. To create a virtual router, unique IP addresses are assigned to ports on existing routers in the network routers that could provide a path between the given hosts. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 311 FSRP objects For more information on FSRP, refer to the configuration guide for a product. This chapter presents the objects for FSRP. You must determine if you device supports FSRP before using the MIB objects for FSRP traps. Note: Foundry Standby Routing Protocol (FSRP) MIBs are not supported on the following products: • • • • • • • BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX NetIron CES NetIron CER FastIron devices Brocade MLXe For objects referring to FSRP traps, refer to the chapter “Traps and Objects to Enable Traps” on page 627. This section presents the following objects: • “FSRP global variables” on page 312 • “FSRP interface table” on page 312 FSRP global variables The following object applies to all FSRP interfaces. Name, OID, and Syntax Access snFsrpGroupOperMode brcdIp.1.2.7.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Description Indicates if FSRP is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • NOTE: Do not enable both FSRP and VRRP. It is recommended that you use only one of these router redundancy protocols on a Layer 3 Switch. Default: disabled(0) FSRP interface table The FSRP Interface Table describes the configuration of FSRP interfaces. 312 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFsrpIfTable brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1 None The FSRP Interface Table. snFsrpIfEntry brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1 None An entry in the FSRP Interface Table. snFsrpIfPort brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Identifies the physical router port number of this FSRP interface. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 FSRP objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFsrpIfIpAddress brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Identifies the IP address of the physical router port of this interface. snFsrpIfVirRtrIpAddr brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Identifies the IP address of the virtual router for the interface. The Virtual Router IP address needs to be configured on the interface before the Redundant Router Function can operate on the interface. This address has to be same on all the routers that are going to participate in the Redundant Router Function on a given subnet. snFsrpIfOtherRtrIpAddr brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Identifies the IP address of the other router on this IP subnet. The other router is the router that operates FSRP and to which the keep alive message needs to be sent by this router. This object must be configured in order for FSRP to work correctly snFsrpIfPreferLevel brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Decides which router should become the active router for the interface. The active router is the one with the higher priority. A higher number indicates a higher priority. Valid values: 1 – 255 Default: 100 snFsrpIfTrackPortMask Read-write This object is not supported. snFsrpIfRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snFsrpIfState brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the state of the FSRP Router interface: • init(0) – initialization state • negotiating(1) – negotiating state • standby(2) – standby state • active(3) – active state snFsrpIfKeepAliveTime brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines the heartbeat of the interface. Valid values: 1 – 120 seconds. Default: 3 seconds snFsrpIfRouterDeadTim e brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Defines the hold time of the FSRP router. Valid values: 3 – 255 seconds Default: nine seconds Syntax: PortMask IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 313 VRRP global variables Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFsrpIfChassisTrackPor tMask brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.11 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Applies only to chassis products running Release 07.1.00 software. This object is replaced by the “snFsrpIfTrackPortList” object in later releases. For chassis products running Release 07.1.00, this object shows the chassis router FSRP Track port membership. It specifies the identity of the physical port whose state is to be monitored. Each bit is a port of the system. Valid values: Up to 32 octets Default: 0 If this object is configured, then the preference level of this interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the track port. The preference level is configured in the “snFsrpIfPreferLevel” object. The interface’s preference level is reduced by the value of the preference level parameter when the track port states first changes from UP to DOWN. When the track port comes up, the interface’s preference level is increased by the amount specified by the preference level. snFsrpIfTrackPortList brcdIp.1.2.7.2.1.1.12 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows the router FSRP physical track port membership. It specifies the identity of the physical port whose state is to be monitored. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. 8-bit is the slot number, the other 8-bit is the port number. Default: 0 length octet string If this object is configured, then the preference level of this interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the track port. The preference level is configured in the “snFsrpIfPreferLevel” object. The interface’s preference level is reduced by the value of the preference level parameter when the track port states first changes from UP to DOWN. When the track port comes up, the interface’s preference level is increased by the amount specified by the preference level. VRRP global variables NOTE This is not supported on the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX devices. The following table contains the global objects that applies to VRRP, VRRPE, and VSRP protocol. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVrrpGroupOperMode brcdIp.1.2.12.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if VRRP is enabled for this system: • disabled(0) – Disable VRRP • enabled(1) – Activate VRRP Default: disabled(0) snVrrpGroupOperModeVrrpextended brcdIp.1.2.12.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Available in IronWare software release 07.6.01. Indicates if VRRPE is enabled on this device: disabled(0) enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 314 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VRRP interface tables VRRP interface tables NOTE This is not supported on the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices. This section presents: • “VRRP interface table” on page 315 • “VRRP and VRRPE interface table 2” on page 316 VRRP interface table The objects in this section apply to VRRP, VRRPE, and VSRP, depending on which protocol is enabled in the device. This table has been replaced by the “snVrrpIf2Table” table, which is presented in the “VRRP and VRRPE interface table 2” on page 316 This table has been deprecated. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snmaxTable brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1 None The VRRP Interface Table. snVrrpIfEntry brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1 None An entry in the VRRP Interface Table. snVrrpIfPort brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.1 snVrrpIfPort32 Read only Shows the IP port of this VRRP interface. snVrrpIfAuthType brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.2 snVrrpIfPort Read-write snVrrpIfAuthPassword brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows the simple text password for this interface. You can use a simple text password if the object “snVrrpIfAuthType” object is set to simpleTextPasswd(1). snVrrpIfRxHeaderErrCnt s brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of VRRP or VRRPE packets received by the interface that had a header error. snVrrpIfRxAuthTypeErrC nts brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of VRRP or VRRPE packets received by the interface that had an authentication error. snVrrpIfRxAuthPwdMis matchErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of VRRP or VRRPE packets received by the interface that had a password value that does not match the password used by the interface for authentication. snVrrpIfRxVridErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of VRRP or VRRPE packets received by the interface that contained a VRID that is not configured on this interface. Indicates the authentication type of this interface. noAuth(0) simpleTextPasswd(1) ipAuthHeader(2) • • • 315 VRRP virtual router parameters tables VRRP and VRRPE interface table 2 The following table replaces the “snmaxTable” (presented in the section “VRRP interface table” on page 315), which uses the slot/port number to index an entry. This new table uses the ifindex to present the configuration and statistics of VRRP and VRRPE interfaces. Each entry in the table describes one VRRP or VRRPE interface. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVrrpIf2Table brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1 None The VRRP and VRRPE table 2 for interfaces, using the ifindex snVrrpIf2Entry brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1 None An entry in the table snVrrpIf2AuthType brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write snVrrpIf2AuthPassword brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.2 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Password for the interface if the snVrrpIf2AuthType type is set to simpleTextPasswd(1). snVrrpIf2RxHeaderErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read only The number of packets received by the interface that had a header error. snVrrpIf2RxAuthTypeErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read only The number of packets received by the interface that had an authentication error. snVrrpIf2RxAuthPwdMismatc hErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read only The number of packets received by the interface that had a password value that does not match the password used by the interface for authentication. snVrrpIf2RxVridErrCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.4.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read only The number of packets received by the interface that contained a VRID that is not configured on this interface. The authentication type of the interface: noAuth(0) simpleTextPasswd(1) ipAuthHeader(2) • • • VRRP virtual router parameters tables There are two types of VRRP Virtual Router Parameters Table: • “VRRP virtual router table” on page 317 • “VRRP and VRRPE parameter table 2” on page 321 NOTE These tables are not supported on the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices. 316 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VRRP virtual router parameters tables VRRP virtual router table This table has been replaced by the “snVrrpVirRtr2Table” in IronWare release 07.6.01. The new table is presented in the section “VRRP and VRRPE parameter table 2” on page 321. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtrTable brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1 None The VRRP Virtual Router Table snVrrpVirRtrEntry brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1 None An entry in the VRRP Virtual Router Table. snVrrpVirRtrPort brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the port number of this VRRP interface. snVrrpVirRtrId brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the VRID that has been configured on this interface. If multiple VRIDs are configured, there is an entry for each VRID. snVrrpVirRtrOwnership brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the owner of the router interface. The owner or master router owns the IP addresses associated with the VRID: • incomplete(0) – no IP address has been assigned to this VRRP router interface. • owner(1) – The owner or the master router is the owner of the VRRP router interface. • backup(2) – The backup router is the owner of the interface. snVrrpVirRtrCfgPriority brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only if the object “snVrrpVirRtrOwnership” is set to backup(2). It indicates the backup router’s preferability to becoming the active router for the interface. The higher the number, the higher the priority. If two or more devices are tied with the highest priority, the Backup interface with the highest IP address becomes the active router for the VRID. Valid values: 3 – 254 Default: 100 snVrrpVirRtrTrackPriority brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies to interfaces that are configured with track ports. It indicates the priority of the track ports. A higher the number indicates a higher priority. Track port priority is always lower than the “snVrrpVirRtrCfgPriority” priority. This object is adjusted dynamically with the “snVrrpVirRtrCurrPriority” object when the Track Port state first changes from up to down. Valid values: 1 – 254 317 VRRP virtual router parameters tables 318 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtrCurrPriority brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only The current VRRP priority of this Layer 3 Switch for the VRID. The current priority can differ from the configured priority for the following reasons: • The VRID is still in the initialization stage and has not yet become a Master or Backup. In this case, the current priority is 0. • The VRID is configured with track ports and the link on a tracked interface has gone down. A higher the number indicates a higher priority. This object is adjusted dynamically with the “snVrrpVirRtrTrackPriority” object. Valid values: 1 – 254 snVrrpVirRtrHelloInt brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of seconds between hello messages that are sent between the master and the backup. Valid values: 1 – 84 seconds Default: 1 second snVrrpVirRtrDeadInt brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to VRRP backups. It shows the configured value for the dead interval. The dead interval is the number of seconds that a backup router waits for a Hello message from the VRID master before determining that the Master is no longer active. If the Master does not send a Hello message before the dead interval expires, the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new Master for the VRID. Valid values: 0 – 84 seconds. A value of 0 means that this object has not been configured. Default: 0 seconds snVrrpVirRtrPreemptMode brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the backup preempt mode is enabled. The Backup preempt mode prevents a backup router with a higher VRRP priority from taking control of the VRID from another backup router that has a lower priority, but has already assumed control of the VRID: • disabled(0) – Prohibit preemption • enabled(1) – Allow preemption Default: enabled(1) snVrrpVirRtrState brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the state of the VRRP Router’s interface: • init(0) – Initialization state. • master(1) – Master state. • backup(2) – Backup state. snVrrpVirRtrActivate brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write snVrrpVirRtrIpAddrMask brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.12 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates if the VRRP Router feature is enabled. disabled(0) – The VRRP Router is deactivated enabled(1) – The VRRP Router has been activated • • The number of IP addresses of this virtual router of this interface. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VRRP virtual router parameters tables IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtrTrackPortMask brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.13 Syntax: OctetString Read-write This object was obsoleted after release 07.1.00 and replaced by “snVrrpVirRtrTrackPortList”. It specifies the identity of the physical port whose state is to be monitored. Each bit represents a port on a device. Valid values: There can be up to 64 octets in this object: • Chassis devices can have up to 32 octets. • Stackable devices can have up to 4 octets. Default: 0 octets If this object is configured on an interface, then the Preference Level for the interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the Track Port: • When the Track Port states first changes from up to down, the interface’s Preference Level is reduced by the value of the Preference Level parameter. • The next time the Track Port state changes from down to up, the interface’s Preference Level is increased by the amount specified by the Preference Level. snVrrpVirRtrTrackVifMask brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.14 Syntax: OctetString Read-write This object was obsoleted after release 07.1.00 and replaced by “snVrrpVirRtrTrackVifPortList”. It specifies the identity of the virtual interface whose state is to be monitored. Each bit represents a port on a device. Valid values: • Chassis devices can have up to 32 octets. • Stackable devices can have up to 4 octets. Default: 0 octets If this object is configured on an interface, then the Preference Level for the interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the Track Port: • When the Track Port states first changes from up to down, the interface’s Preference Level is reduced by the value of the Preference Level parameter. • The next time the Track Port state changes from down to up, the interface’s Preference Level is increased by the amount specified by the Preference Level. snVrrpVirRtrRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snVrrpVirRtrRxArpPktDropC nts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.16 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of ARP packets addressed to the interface that were dropped. 319 VRRP virtual router parameters tables 320 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtrRxIpPktDropCn ts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.17 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of IP packets addressed to the interface that were dropped. snVrrpVirRtrRxPortMismatc hCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.18 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configuration for the receiving interface. snVrrpVirRtrRxNumOfIpMis matchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.19 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configured IP addresses. snVrrpVirRtrRxIpMismatch Cnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.20 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of receive VRRP IP addresses that did not match the configured VRRP addresses. snVrrpVirRtrRxHelloIntMis matchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.21 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configured Hello interval. snVrrpVirRtrRxPriorityZeroF romMasterCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.22 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the counts of the virtual router interface with priority zero from the master. snVrrpVirRtrRxHigherPriorit yCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.23 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of VRRP packets received by the interface that had a higher backup priority for the VRID than what this interface’s backup priority is. snVrrpVirRtrTransToMaster StateCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.24 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the backup state to the master state for the VRID. snVrrpVirRtrTransToBackup StateCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.25 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state for the VRID. snVrrpVirRtrCurrDeadInt brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.26 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the number of seconds a backup waits for a Hello message from the master before determining that the Master is no longer active. If the Master does not send a Hello message before the dead interval expires, the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VRRP virtual router parameters tables Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtrTrackPortList brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.27 Syntax: OctetString Read-write This object is available on devices running IronWare release later than 07.1.00. It specifies the identity of the physical port whose state is to be monitored. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8-bit is the slot number; the next 8-bit is the port number. Default value is 0 length octet string. If this object is configured on an interface, then the Preference Level for the interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the Track Port: • When the Track Port state first changes from up to down, the interface’s Preference Level is reduced by the value of the Preference Level parameter. • The next time the Track Port state changes from down to up, the interface’s Preference Level is increased by the amount specified by the Preference Level. snVrrpVirRtrTrackVifPortLis t brcdIp.1.2.12.3.1.1.28 Syntax: OctetString Read-write This object is available on devices running IronWare release later than 07.1.00. This object specifies the identity of the virtual interface whose state is to be monitored. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8-bit is the slot number; the next 8-bit is the port number. Default value is 0 length octet string. If this object is configured on an interface, then the Preference Level for the interface will be adjusted dynamically, depending on the state of the Track Port: • When the Track Port states first changes from up to down, the interface’s Preference Level is reduced by the value of the Preference Level parameter. • The next time the Track Port state changes from down to up, the interface’s Preference Level is increased by the amount specified by the Preference Level. VRRP and VRRPE parameter table 2 In IronWare Release 07.6.01, the following table replaces the “snVrrpVirRtrTable”, which uses slot/port number to index entries. This new table uses the ifindex method to present the configuration and statistics for VRRP and VRRPE. Each entry in the table describes one VRRP or VRRPE router. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtr2Table brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1 None The VRRP Virtual Router Table 2. snVrrpVirRtr2Entry brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1 None An entry in the VRRP Virtual Router Table 2. snVrrpVirRtr2Id brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows one of the VRID configured on this interface. If multiple VRIDs are configured on the interface, there is an entry for each VRID. 321 VRRP virtual router parameters tables 322 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtr2Ownership brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the owner of the VRRP router interface. The owner or master router owns the IP addresses associated with the VRID: • incomplete(0) – No IP address has been assigned to this VRRP or VRRPE interface. • owner(1) – The owner or the master router is the owner of the VRRP router interface. This applies only to VRRP. • backup(2) – The backup router (VRRP or VRRPE) is the owner of the interface. This is the only value that can be assigned to a VRRPE router interface. snVrrpVirRtr2CfgPriority brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the preferability of a router for becoming the active router for the interface. A higher number indicates a higher priority. If two or more devices are tied with the highest priority, the Backup interface with the highest IP address becomes the active router for the VRID. Valid values: 0 – 255, where: • 0 – The master no longer participates in the VRRP and a backup router should transition to be the new master • 255 – The router is the Owner Default: 100. snVrrpVirRtr2TrackPriori ty brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies to interfaces that are configured with track ports. It indicates the priority of the track ports. The higher the number the higher the priority. Track port priority is always lower than the “snVrrpVirRtrCfgPriority” priority. This object dynamically adjusts the value of the “snVrrpVirRtr2CfgPriority” object when the Track Port state first changes from Up to Down. Valid values: 1 – 254. snVrrpVirRtr2CurrPriorit y brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only The current VRRP or VRRPE priority of this Layer 3 Switch for the VRID. The current priority can differ from the configured priority for the following reasons: • The VRID is still in the initialization stage and has not become a Master or Backup yet. In this case, the current priority is 0. • The VRID is configured with track ports and the link on a tracked interface has gone down. A higher number indicates a higher priority. This object is adjusted dynamically when the tracked port first changes from Up to Down. Valid values: 1 – 254. snVrrpVirRtr2HelloInt brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of seconds between hello advertisements from the master and the backup. Valid values: 1 – 84. Default: 1 second. snVrrpVirRtr2DeadInt brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to VRRP or VRRPE backups. It shows the configured value for the dead interval. The dead interval is the number of seconds that a backup router waits for a Hello message from the VRID master before determining that the Master is no longer active. If the Master does not send a Hello message before the dead interval expires, the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new Master for the VRID. Valid values: 1 – 84. Default: 0, which means that this object has not been configured. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VRRP virtual router parameters tables IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtr2PreemptM ode brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the backup preempt mode is enabled: disabled(0) – prohibit preemption enabled(1) – allow preemption Default: enabled(1). The Backup preempt mode prevents a backup router with a higher VRRP priority from taking control of the VRID from another backup router that has a lower priority, but has already assumed control of the VRID. snVrrpVirRtr2State brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read only snVrrpVirRtr2IpAddrMas k brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.10 Syntax: OctetString Read-write The number of IP Addresses of this virtual router of this interface snVrrpVirRtr2Activate brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if VRRP or VRRPE router is enabled. • disabled(0) – The router is deactivated • enabled(1) – The router has been activated snVrrpVirRtr2BackupInt brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Time interval between backup routers hello message advertisements in seconds. The default is 60 seconds. snVrrpVirRtr2RowStatus brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row • If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. • The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snVrrpVirRtr2RxIpPktDr opCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.14 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of IP packets addressed to the interface that were dropped. svVrrpIf2Rtr2RxIpPktDro Read only pCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.15 Syntax: Counter32 Shows the number of IP packets addressed to the interface that were dropped. snVrrpVirRtr2RxPortMis matchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.16 Syntax: Counter32 Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configuration for the receiving interface. Read only • • Specifies the VRRP or VRRPE router’s interface state: init(0) – Initialization state. master(1) – Master state. backup(2) – Backup state. • • • 323 VRRP virtual router parameters tables 324 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtr2RxNumOfI pMismatchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.17 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configured IP addresses. snVrrpVirRtr2RxIpMism atchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.18 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of VRRP IP addresses received that did not match the VRRP or VRRPE addresses snVrrpVirRtr2RxHelloInt MismatchCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.19 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of packets received that did not match the configured Hello interval. snVrrpVirRtr2RxPriorityZ eroFromMasterCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.20 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the count of the virtual router interface that received priority zero from the master. snVrrpVirRtr2RxHigherP riorityCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.21 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of packets received by the interface that had a higher backup priority for the VRID than this interface’s backup priority for the VRID. snVrrpVirRtr2TransToM asterStateCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.22 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state for the VRID. snVrrpVirRtr2TransToBa ckupStateCnts brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.23 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state. snVrrpVirRtr2CurrDeadI nt brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.24 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the current dead interval in 100 milliseconds for the virtual router. This is the time period that a backup waits for a Hello message from the master before determining that the Master is no longer active. If the Master does not send a Hello message before the dead interval expires, the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master for the VRID. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VSRP Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVrrpVirRtr2TrackPortL ist brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.25 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the router’s physical track port membership. The membership includes physical port and virtual ports whose state is to be monitored. Each port index is an ifIndex. If there are four or more consecutive ifIndexes, then encoding and decoding scheme is range based, as follows: • Each range prefix with 0000 (2 octets) is not a valid ifIndex. • The first two octets in a set of four octets indicate the beginning of the range. The next two octets show the end of the range. • IfIndexes that are not in a range are displayed as it is. For example, you may see the following lists: • Port list: 0001..0005 0015 0032..0047 0001..0005 and 0032..0047 show ranges of ifindexes; whereas, 0015 is one ifindex • Port list in PDU: 0000 0001 0005 000f 0000 0020 002f The list contains ifindexes not in a range. If this object is configured, then the Preference Level of this interface will be adjusted dynamically depending on the state of the Track Port. The interface's Preference Level is reduced by the value of Preference Level parameter when the Track Port states first changes from Up to Down. When the Track Port returns to the Up state, the interface's Preference Level is increased by the amount specified by the Preference Level. snVrrpVirRtr2AdvertiseB ackup brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.26 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the ability for this Backup to advertise itself to the current Master is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0}. snVrrpVirRtr2MasterIpA ddr brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.27 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the Master’s real or virtual (primary) IP address. This IP address is listed as the source in VRRP and VRRPE advertisement that was last received by this virtual router. snVrrpVirRtr2IpAddrCou nt brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.28 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of IP addresses that are associated with this virtual router. This number is equal to the number or rows in the vrrpAssoIpAddrTable of the standard MIB that corresponds to a given ifindex and VRID pair. snVrrpVirRtr2VirtualMac Addr brcdIp.1.2.12.5.1.1.29 Syntax: MAC address Read only Shows the virtual MAC address of the virtual router. VSRP Virtual Switch Redundancy Protocol (VSRP) is a proprietary protocol that provides redundancy and sub-second failover in Layer 2 and Layer 3 mesh topologies. Based on the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Extended (VRRPE), VSRP provides one or more backups for a Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch. If the active Layer 2 Switch or Layer 3 Switch becomes unavailable, one of the backups takes over as the active device and continues forwarding traffic for the network. Refer to the configuration guide for your device for detailed discussion on VSRP. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 325 VSRP The following objects are available for VSRP to provide SNMP support for VSRP: • “Global VSRP objects” on page 326 • “VSRP interface table” on page 326 • “VSRP virtual router table” on page 327 These MIB objects are supported in the IronWare MIB of the following software releases: • BigIron software release 07.6.01 and later. • NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. Global VSRP objects The following are the global objects for VSRP. They are equivalent to the router vsrp and snmp-server enable traps vsrp CLI commands. NOTE Only one of the virtual router protocols can be enabled at any one time. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVsrpGroupOperModeVsrp brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if VSRP is enabled or disable on this system: • disabled(0) - the default. • enabled(1) snVsrpGroupOperModeVsrp brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if a trap is generated whenever a VSRP state change occurs. • disabled(0) • enabled(1)- the default. snVsrpIfMaxNumVridPerIntf brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Indicates the maximum number of VRID that an interface can have. snVsrpIfMaxNumVridPerSystem brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Indicates the maximum number of VRID that a system can have. snVsrpClearVrrpStat brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Clears the VSRP statistics. • normal(0) • clear(1) VSRP interface table The following table contains objects used to configure VSRP interfaces. They are equivalent to the vsrp auth-type CLI command. 326 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VSRP NOTE Make sure that “snVsrpGroupOperModeVsrp” is set to enable(1). Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVsrpIfTable brcdIp.1.1.3.21.2.1 None The VSRP Interface Table snVsrpIfEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.21.2.1.1 None An entry in the VSRP Interface Table. snVsrpIfVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.21.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only VLAN ID used to index the entries in this table. snVsrpIfAuthType brcdIp.1.1.3.21.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the authorization type used to verify access to the interface: • noAuth(0) • simpleTextPasswd(1) • ipAuthHeader(2) (Not supported in NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software releases.) snVsrpIfAuthPassword brcdIp.1.1.3.21.2.1.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Defines the password required if the “snVsrpIfAuthType” object is set to simpleTextPasswd(1). This object can contain 1 – 7 octets. VSRP virtual router table The VSRP Virtual Router Table describes the configuration of the VSRP virtual router. They are equivalent to the vsrp vrid and show vsrp CLI commands. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVsrpVirRtrTable brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1 None The VSRP Virtual Router Table snVsrpVirRtrEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1 None An entry in the VSRP Virtual Router Table. snVsrpVirRtrVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only VLAN index of the VSRP router. snVsrpVirRtrId brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows a virtual router ID for the interface. snVsrpVirRtrOwnership brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the owner of the VSRP router interface. The owner or master router owns the IP addresses associated with the VRID: • incomplete(0) – No IP address has been assigned to this interface. • owner(1) – This does not apply to VSRP. • backup(2) – The backup router is the owner of the interface. This is the only value that can be assigned to a VSRP router interface. 327 VSRP Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVsrpVirRtrCfgPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the preferability of a router for becoming the active router for the interface. A higher number indicates a higher priority. If two or more devices are tied with the highest priority, the Backup interface with the highest IP address becomes the active router for the VRID. This object can be set only if “snVsrpVirRtrCfgPriority” is set to backup(2) Valid values: 1 – 254 Default: 100. snVsrpVirRtrTrackPriorit y brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the amount by which the default track priority is reduced when a tracked interface goes down. The higher the number, the higher the priority. After this object is configured, the “snVsrpVirRtrCurrPriority” of this interface will be adjusted dynamically with this track priority the first time the Track Port states changes from UP to DOWN NOTE: Supported in the NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. Valid values: 1 – 254 snVsrpVirRtrCurrPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only The current VSRP priority of this Layer 3 Switch for the VRID. The current priority can differ from the configured priority for the following reasons: • The VRID is still in the initialization stage and has not become a Master or Backup. In this case, the current priority is 0. • The VRID is configured with track ports and the link on a tracked interface has gone down. A higher number indicates a higher priority. This object is adjusted dynamically when the tracked port first changes from Up to Down. Valid values: 1 – 254. snVsrpVirRtrHelloInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of seconds between hello advertisements sent from the master and the backup. Valid values: 1 – 84. Default: 1 second. NOTE: This object cannot be combined with either the snVsrpVirRtrDeadInt or snVsrpVirRtrHoldDownInt object in one SNMP set request. snVsrpVirRtrDeadInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of seconds a Backup waits for a Hello message from the Master for the VRID before determining that the Master is no longer active. If the Master does not send a Hello messages before the dead interval expires and the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master for the Valid values: 1 – 84. Default: 3 seconds. NOTE: This object cannot be combined with the snVsrpVirRtrHelloInt object in one SNMP set request. snVsrpVirRtrPreemptMo de brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer 328 Read-write Enables or disables preemption. When preemption is enabled, a higher priority Backup router preempts a lower priority Master. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) - the default. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VSRP Name, OID, and Syntax Access snVsrpVirRtrState brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read only snVsrpVirRtrIpAddrMask brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.11 Syntax: OctetString Read-write snVsrpVirRtrActivate brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write snVsrpVirRtrTrackPortLi st brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.13 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Description Specifies the virtual router’s interface state: init(0) – Initialization state master(1) – Master state backup(2) – Backup state • • • The numbers of IP Addresses for this virtual router of this interface. This object is for Layer 3 VSRP." Valid values: Up to 64 octets Indicates if VRRP or VRRPE router has been activated. disabled(0) – The router has not been activated enabled(1) – The router has been activated • • Specifies the router’s physical track port membership. The membership includes physical port and virtual ports whose state is to be monitored. Each port index is an ifIndex. If there are four or more consecutive ifIndexes, then encoding and decoding scheme is range based, as follows: • Each range prefix with 0000 (2 octets) is not a valid ifIndex. • The first two octets in a set of four octets indicate the beginning of the range. The next two octets show the end of the range. • Ifindexes that are not in a range are displayed as individual indexes. For example, you may see the following lists: • Port list: 0001..0005 0015 0032..0047 0001..0005 and 0032..0047 show ranges of ifindexes; whereas, 0015 is one ifindex • Port list in PDU: 0000 0001 0005 000f 0000 0020 002f The list contains ifindexes not in a range. If this object is configured, then the Preference Level of this interface will be adjusted dynamically depending on the state of the Track Port. The interface's Preference Level is reduced by the value of Preference Level parameter when the Track Port states first changes from Up to Down. When the Track Port returns to the Up state, the interface's Preference Level is increased by the amount specified by the Preference Level. snVsrpVirRtrAdvertiseBa ckup brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the ability for this Backup to advertise itself to the current Master is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0). snVsrpVirRtrHoldDownIn t brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write The amount of time a Backup that has sent a Hello packet announcing its intent to become Master waits before beginning to forward traffic for the VRID. The hold-down interval prevents Layer 2 loops from occurring during VSRP’s rapid failover. The interval can from 1 – 84 seconds. Default: 2 seconds. NOTE: This object cannot be combined the snVsrpVirRtrHelloInt object in one SNMP set request. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 329 VSRP Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVsrpVirRtrInitTtl brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the time-to-live value (TTL) in the hello packets. TTL is the maximum number of hops a VSRP Hello packet can traverse before being dropped. TTL in a packet helps regulate the distance that a hello packet can travel. It prevents the flooding of VSRP hello packets in the network. Valid values: 1 – 84 seconds. Default: 1 second on most devices; 2 seconds in the NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. snVsrpVirRtrIncPortList brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.17 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Groups all free ports of a VLAN into their control ports. snVrrpVirRtrBackupInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the time interval when backup routers send hello message advertisements. Valid values: 60 – 3600 seconds Default: 60 seconds snVsrpVirRtrRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. • The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snVsrpVirRtrRxNumOfIp MismatchCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.24 Syntax: Counter32 Read only NOTE: Supported in the NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. Shows the received number of mismatched IP addresses for VSRP. snVsrpVirRtrRxIpMismat chCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.25 Syntax: Counter32 Read only NOTE: Supported in the NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. Shows the number of received VSRP IP Addresses that are mismatched. snVsrpVirRtrRxHelloIntM ismatchCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.26 Syntax: Counter32 330 NOTE: Supported in the NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. Shows the number of the virtual router interface with hello interval that are mismatched. snVsrpVirRtrRxPriorityZe roFromMasterCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.27 Syntax: Counter32 Read only NOTE: Supported in the NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. Shows the number of advertisements with priority of zero received from the master. snVsrpVirRtrTransToMas terStateCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.29 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state for the VRID. snVsrpVirRtrTransToBac kupStateCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.30 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVsrpVirRtrCurrDeadInt Read only brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.31 Syntax: Integer32 Shows the current dead in 100-millisecond intervals for the virtual router. This is the time period that a backup waits for a Hello message from the master before determining that the Master is no longer active. If the Master does not send a Hello message before the dead interval expires and the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master for the snVsrpVirRtrCurHelloInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.32 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the current backup router hello interval. snVsrpVirRtrCurHoldDo wnInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.33 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the current value of the hold-down interval. Valid values: 1 - 84 snVsrpVirRtrCurInitTtl brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.34 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the current time-to-live value. Valid values: 1 - 255 snVsrpVirRtrHelloMacAd dress brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.35 Syntax: MAC address Read only NOTE: Supported in the NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. Shows the Hello MAC address snVsrpVirRtrHelloIpAddr ess brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.36 Syntax: IpAddress Read only NOTE: Supported in the NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. Shows the master router's real/virtual (primary) IP address. This is the IP address listed as the source in VSRP advertisement, which is last received by this virtual router. Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX VRRP and VRRP-E are supported on the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices. The implementation fully complies with RFC 2787 - Definitions of Managed Objects for the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol. VSRP virtual router table The VSRP Virtual Router Table describes the configuration of the VRRP virtual router. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVsrpVirRtrTable brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1 None The VSRP Virtual Router Table snVsrpVirRtrEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1 None An entry in the VSRP Virtual Router Table. 331 VSRP virtual router table 332 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVsrpVirRtrVlanId brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only VLAN index of the VSRP router. snVsrpVirRtrId brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows a virtual router ID for the interface. snVsrpVirRtrOwnership brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the owner of the VSRP router interface. The owner or master router owns the IP addresses associated with the VRID: • incomplete(0) – No IP address has been assigned to this interface. • owner(1) – This does not apply to VSRP. • backup(2) – The backup router is the owner of the interface. This is the only value that can be assigned to a VSRP router interface. snVsrpVirRtrCfgPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the preferability of a router for becoming the active router for the interface. A higher number indicates a higher priority. If two or more devices are tied with the highest priority, the Backup interface with the highest IP address becomes the active router for the VRID. This object can be set only if “snVsrpVirRtrCfgPriority” is set to backup(2) Valid values: 1 – 254 Default: 100. snVsrpVirRtrTrackPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies to interfaces that are configured with track ports. It indicates the priority of the track ports. A higher number indicates a higher priority. This object dynamically adjusts the value of the “snVrrpVirRtr2CfgPriority” object when the Track Port state first changes from Up to Down. Valid values: 1 – 254. snVsrpVirRtrCurrPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only The current VSRP priority of this Layer 3 Switch for the VRID. The current priority can differ from the configured priority for the following reasons: • The VRID is still in the initialization stage and has not become a Master or Backup. In this case, the current priority is 0. • The VRID is configured with track ports and the link on a tracked interface has gone down. A higher number indicates a higher priority. This object is adjusted dynamically when the tracked port first changes from Up to Down. Valid values: 1 – 254. snVsrpVirRtrHelloInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of seconds between hello advertisements sent from the master and the backup. Valid values: 1 – 84. Default: 1 second. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VSRP virtual router table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVsrpVirRtrDeadInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of seconds a Backup waits for a Hello message from the Master for the VRID before determining that the Master is no longer active. If the Master does not send a Hello messages before the dead interval expires and the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master for the Valid values: 1 – 84. Default: 1 second. snVsrpVirRtrState brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only snVsrpVirRtrActivate brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write snVsrpVirRtrCurrPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.13 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the virtual router’s interface state: init(0) – Initialization state master(1) – Master state backup(2) – Backup state • • • Indicates if VRRP or VRRPE router has been activated. disabled(0) – The router has not been activated enabled(1) – The router has been activated • • Specifies the router’s physical track port membership. The membership includes physical port and virtual ports whose state is to be monitored. Each port index is an ifIndex. If there are four or more consecutive ifIndexes, then encoding and decoding scheme is range based, as follows: • Each range prefix with 0000 (2 octets) is not a valid ifIndex. • The first two octets in a set of four octets indicate the beginning of the range. The next two octets show the end of the range. • Ifindexes that are not in a range are displayed as individual indexes. For example, you may see the following lists: • Port list: 0001..0005 0015 0032..0047 0001..0005 and 0032..0047 show ranges of ifindexes; whereas, 0015 is one ifindex • Port list in PDU: 0000 0001 0005 000f 0000 0020 002f The list contains ifindexes not in a range. If this object is configured, then the Preference Level of this interface will be adjusted dynamically depending on the state of the Track Port. The interface's Preference Level is reduced by the value of Preference Level parameter when the Track Port states first changes from Up to Down. When the Track Port returns to the Up state, the interface's Preference Level is increased by the amount specified by the Preference Level. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 snVsrpVirRtrAdvertiseBack up brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the ability for this Backup to advertise itself to the current Master is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0}. snVsrpVirRtrHoldDownInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write The amount of time a Backup that has sent a Hello packet announcing its intent to become Master waits before beginning to forward traffic for the VRID. The hold-down interval prevents Layer 2 loops from occurring during VSRP’s rapid failover. The interval can from 1 – 84 seconds. Default: 2 seconds. 333 VSRP virtual router table 334 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVsrpVirRtrInitTtl brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the time-to-live value (TTL) in the hello packets. TTL is the maximum number of hops a VSRP Hello packet can traverse before being dropped. TTL in a packet helps regulate the distance that a hello packet can travel. It prevents the flooding of VSRP hello packets in the network. Valid values: 1 – 84 seconds. Default: 1 second. snVsrpVirRtrIncPortList brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.17 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Groups all free ports of a VLAN into their control ports. snVrrpVirRtrBackupInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the time interval when backup routers send hello message advertisements. Valid values: 60 – 3600 seconds Default: 60 seconds snVsrpVirRtrRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. • The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snVsrpVirRtrTransToMaster StateCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.29 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state for the VRID. snVsrpVirRtrTransToBacku pStateCnts brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.30 Syntax: Counter Read-only Shows the number of times this interface has changed from the master state to the backup state. snVsrpVirRtrCurrDeadInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.31 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the current dead in 100-millisecond intervals for the virtual router. This is the time period that a backup waits for a Hello message from the master before determining that the Master is no longer active. If the Master does not send a Hello message before the dead interval expires and the backups negotiate (compare priorities) to select a new master for the snVsrpVirRtrCurHelloInt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.32 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the current backup router hello interval. snVsrpVirRtrCurHoldDownI nt brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.33 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the current value of the hold-down interval. snVsrpVirRtrCurInitTtl brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.34 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the current time-to-live value. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VSRP virtual router table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVsrpVirRtrHelloMacAddre ss brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.35 Syntax: MAC address Read-only Shows the Hello MAC address snVsrpVirRtrMasterIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.3.21.3.1.1.36 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Shows the master router's real/virtual (primary) IP address. This is the IP address listed as the source in VSRP advertisement, which is last received by this virtual router. 335 VSRP virtual router table 336 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 19 RIP IP RIP general group Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is an IP route exchange protocol that uses a distance vector (a number representing distance) to measure the cost of a given route. The cost is a distance vector because the cost often is equivalent to the number of hops between the Layer 3 Switch and the destination network. A Layer 3 Switch can receive multiple paths to a destination. A RIP route can have a maximum cost of 15. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on the features discussed in this chapter. Note: IP RIP MIBs are supported on the following products: • • • • • • • BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX BigIron MG8 NetIron 40G NetIron IMR 640 Router Brocade MLXe The following objects are general objects for RIP. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpRipEnable brcdIp.1.2.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if IP RIP routing is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled snRtIpRipUpdateTime brcdIp.1.2.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the RIP update interval in seconds. Valid values: 1 – 21845seconds snRtIpRipRedisEnable brcdIp.1.2.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if redistribution of static routes from the IP route table into RIP is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 337 IP RIP general group Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpRipRedisDefMetric brcdIp.1.2.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the default metric to be used when static routes are redistributed to RIP. Valid values: 1 – 15 snRtIpRipSetAllPortConfig brcdIp.1.2.3.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The value of this object is a number corresponding to a row in the “snRtIpRipPortConfigPortIndex” object of the “snRtIpRipPortConfigTable”. The values of the “snRtIpRipPortVersion” and “snRtIpRipPortPoisonReverse” objects will be written to that row. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. NOTE: Before setting this object, all the intended data of the given row of the table must be set. Otherwise, the current data of the row will be used to set the entire “IP RIP port configuration table”. The previous setting will be overwritten by the new one. Read-write An IP RIP global filter list. Each octet contains a filter ID number that forms a group of filters. A valid entry in the “snRtIpRipRouteFilterTable” with the corresponding filter ID number in the “snRtIpRipRouteFilterId” object must be created before a filter list is initialized. Valid values: 1 – 64 octets. Read-write Applies the IP RIP global filter object “snRtIpRipGblFiltList” to all interfaces. This object is used to add and delete all RIP filter lists to and from all interfaces. Prior to sending this command, “snRtIpRipGblFiltList” must contain the correct filter list. The values that can be written are: • deleteAllInBound(2) – delete all in-bound filter lists from all ports. • deleteAllOutBound(3) – delete all out-bound filter lists from all ports. • addAllInBound(4) – add all in-bound filter lists to all ports. • addAllOutBound(5) – add all out-bound filter lists to all ports. If a set operation failed, then a SET with value of (2) or (3) returns the error code "GenError". If the operation succeeded, then entries in this filter list are deleted immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • valid(1) – set operation is done and is valid. snRtIpRipDistance brcdIp.1.2.3.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the administrative distance of this filter. Valid values: 1 – 255. snRtIpRipEcmpEnable brcdIp.1.2.3.1.9 Syntax: RtrStatus Read-write Enable or disable ECMP for IP RIP. 0 = disables ECMP 1 = enables ECMP snRtIpRipGblFiltList brcdIp.1.2.3.1.6 Syntax: OctetString NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snRtIpRipFiltOnAllPort brcdIp.1.2.3.1.7 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. NOTE: This MIB object is supported on FastIron devices running software release 07.2.00. 338 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IP RIP port configuration table IP RIP port configuration table The IP RIP Port Configuration Table contains the configuration of RIP on a particular interface. Before you can use this table, RIP must be enabled in the device and the “Redistribution table” on page 340 must be configured with permit and deny commands. NOTES: IP RIP MIBs are not supported on the following products: • • • • • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX NetIron CES NetIron CER BigIron MG8 NetIron 40G NetIron IMR 640 Router Brocade MLXe Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpRipPortConfigTable brcdIp.1.2.3.2 None The IP Rip Port Configuration Table. snRtIpRipPortConfigEntry brcdIp.1.2.3.2.1 None An entry in the IP Rip Port Configuration Table. snRtIpRipPortConfigPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.3.2.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read only The port index for an entry in the IP Rip Port Configuration Table. snRtIpRipPortVersion brcdIp.1.2.3.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write snRtIpRipPortPoisonReverse brcdIp.1.2.3.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if poison reverse is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Poison reverse prevents routing loops and slow convergence within the network. snRtIpRipPortLearnDefault brcdIp.1.2.3.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the ability to learn advertised routes is enabled on the interface: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Specifies the IP RIP version on this port: disabled(0) – RIP is disabled on this port v1Only(1) – RIP version 1 only v2Only(2) – RIP version 2 only v1CompatibleV2(3) – RIP version 2 is compatible with version 1 • • • • 339 Redistribution table Redistribution table The RIP Redistribution Table contains routes where RIP routes will be redistributed. RIP can redistribute routes from other routing protocols such as OSPF and BGP4 into RIP. A redistributed route is one that a Layer 3 Switch learns through another protocol, then distributes into RIP. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpRipRedisTable brcdIp.1.2.3.3 None IP RIP Redistribution table. snRtIpRipRedisEntry brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1 None An entry in the IP RIP Redistribution table. snRtIpRipRedisIndex brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The table index for a IP RIP Redistribution entry. There can be up to 64 entries in this table. snRtIpRipRedisAction brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates what to do if routes match this IP RIP Redistribution entry. deny(0) permit(1) • • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snRtIpRipRedisProtocol brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write snRtIpRipRedisIp brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Indicates which protocol will to be distributed: other(1) – Cannot be used for SNMP-SET: all(2) static(3) ospf(4) bgp(5) isis(6) • • • • • • Shows the IP address of the IP route to be distributed. The address 0.0.0.0 means that all routes will be distributed. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 340 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IP RIP route filter table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpRipRedisMask brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP subnet mask of the IP route to be distributed. Read-write Specifies the metric of the route to be matched to determine the redistribution. Valid values: 0 – 65535. A value of 0 means that any metric value will be matched. snRtIpRipRedisSetMetric brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the new metric of the route to be advertised. Valid values: 0 – 15. A value of 0 indicates that the default metric will be used. snRtIpRipRedisRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snRtIpRipRedisRouteMap Name brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.9 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write Indicates the name of the route map used for this redistribution entry. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snRtIpRipRedisMatchMetri c brcdIp.1.2.3.3.1.6 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IP RIP route filter table The IP RIP Route Filter Table defines the IP network numbers the router will learn from the RIP protocol. The numbers are stored in the router’s IP routing table. Once RIP filters are defined, you can assign them to individual interfaces. Note: IP RIP Route Filter MIBs are not supported on the following products: • BigIron RX IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 341 IP RIP route filter table • • • • • • 342 NetIron XMR NetIron MLX BigIron MG8 NetIron 40G NetIron IMR 640 Router Brocade MLXe Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpRipRouteFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.3.4 None IP RIP Route Filter Table. snRtIpRipRouteFilterEntry brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1 None An entry of the IP RIP route filter table. snRtIpRipRouteFilterId brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the filter ID to identify a filter entry. There can be up to 64 entries in this table. snRtIpRipRouteFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates what action to take if the IP RIP packet matches this filter. • deny(0) • permit(1) snRtIpRipRouteFilterIpAddr brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Indicates the route IP address that needs to be matched by any IP address in a RIP packet. A value of 0.0.0.0 means that any IP address in any RIP packets will be matched. snRtIpRipRouteFilterSubnetMask brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write If “snRtIpRipRouteFilterIpAddr” is 0, this value is ignored, and all IP RIP packets will be matched. Otherwise, this mask is applied to the IP RIP packet and then compared to “snRtIpRipRouteFilterIpAddr” to determine a match. snRtIpRipRouteFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.3.4.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IP RIP neighbor filter table IP RIP neighbor filter table The IP RIP Neighbor Filter Table specifies the routers from which a router will receive RIP routes. By default, RIP routes will be learned from all neighbors. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpRipNbrFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.3.5 None IP RIP Neighbor Filter Table snRtIpRipNbrFilterEntry brcdIp.1.2.3.5.1 None An entry of the IP RIP neighbor filter table. snRtIpRipNbrFilterId brcdIp.1.2.3.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates the ID of this entry in the table. There can be up to 64 entries in this table. snRtIpRipNbrFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.3.5.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates what action to take if the source IP address in a packet matches the source IP address in this filter. The IP address to be matched is defined by the “snRtIpRipNbrFilterSourceIp” object. • deny(0) • permit(1) snRtIpRipNbrFilterSourc eIp brcdIp.1.2.3.5.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the source IP address that needs to be matched by the RIP packet. An IP address of 0.0.0.0 always matches any source IP addresses in any IP RIP packets. snRtIpRipNbrFilterRowSt atus brcdIp.1.2.3.5.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid IP RIP port access table The IP RIP Port Access Table allows a group of RIP filters to be applied to an IP interface. The filters can be applied to either incoming or outgoing traffic. Note: IP RIP Port Access MIBs are not supported on the following products: • • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX NetIron CES NetIron CER BigIron MG8 343 Global RIP statistics • NetIron 40G • NetIron IMR 640 Router • Brocade MLXe Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpRipPortAccessTable brcdIp.1.2.3.6 None IP interface RIP access table. snRtIpRipPortAccessEntry brcdIp.1.2.3.6.1 None An entry of the IP interface RIP access table. snRtIpRipPortAccessPort brcdIp.1.2.3.6.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read only The port number to which the IP RIP filter applies. snRtIpRipPortAccessDir brcdIp.1.2.3.6.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies if the filter is for incoming or outgoing packets:. • in(1) – Incoming packet • out(2) – Outgoing packet snRtIpRipPortAccessFilterList brcdIp.1.2.3.6.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Contains an IP RIP filter list. Valid values: Up to 64 octets. Each octet contains a filter ID number that consists of a group of filters. Before a filter list can be created, there must be valid entries in the IP RIP Route Filter Table (“snRtIpRipRouteFilterTable” object) with their corresponding filter ID number entered in the “snRtIpRipRouteFilterId” object. snRtIpRipPortAccessRowStat us brcdIp.1.2.3.6.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid Global RIP statistics These objects provide global RIP statistics. They were introduced in Service Provider Release 09.1.02 and Enterprise IronWare Release 07.8.00. Note: Global RIP Statistics MIBs are not supported on the following products: • • • • • • 344 BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX BigIron MG8 NetIron 40G NetIron IMR 640 Router IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Global RIP statistics • Brocade MLXe Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpRipStats brcdIp.1.2.3.9 NA RIP Statistics group. snRtIpRipStatsOutRequest brcdIp.1.2.3.9.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Number of outgoing RIP requests. snRtIpRipStatsOutResponse brcdIp.1.2.3.9.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Number of outgoing RIP responses. snRtIpRipStatsInRequest brcdIp.1.2.3.9.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Number of incoming RIP requests. snRtIpRipStatsInResponse brcdIp.1.2.3.9.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Number of incoming RIP responses. snRtIpRipStatsUnrecognized brcdIp.1.2.3.9.5 Syntax: Integer Read only Number of unrecognized RIP packets. snRtIpRipStatsBadVersion brcdIp.1.2.3.9.6 Syntax: Integer Read only Number of RIP packets with bad version number. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 snRtIpRipStatsBadAddrFamily Read only brcdIp.1.2.3.9.7 Syntax: Integer Number of RIP packets with bad address family value. snRtIpRipStatsBadRequestFo rmat brcdIp.1.2.3.9.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Number of RIP packets with bad request format. snRtIpRipStatsBadMetrics brcdIp.1.2.3.9.9 Syntax: Integer Read only Number of RIP packets with bad metric value. snRtIpRipStatsBadRespForm at brcdIp.1.2.3.9.10 Syntax: Integer Read only Number of RIP packets with bad response format. snRtIpRipStatsRespFromNon RipPort brcdIp.1.2.3.9.11 Syntax: Integer Read only Number of RIP packet responses coming from non-RIP configured ports. 345 RFC 1724 - RIP version 2 MIB extension Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access snRtIpRipStatsResponseFrom Read only Loopback brcdIp.1.2.3.9.12 Syntax: Integer snRtIpRipStatsPacketRejecte d brcdIp.1.2.3.9.13 Syntax: Integer Read only Description Number of RIP packet responses coming from loopback ports. Number of RIP packets rejected. RFC 1724 - RIP version 2 MIB extension 346 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 20 Global Router and IP Global router objects This section contains global MIB objects switching properties of the Layer 3 Switch, independent of any routing protocol. Name, OID, and Syntax Access snGblRtRouteOnly brcdIp.1.2.8.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Description Determines if the Layer 3 Switch will route or switch packets: disabled(0) – Router will first route the packets. If it cannot route them, it will switch packets. • enabled(1) – Router will only route the packets; it will not switch them. • IP general group The following are general objects for the IP group. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtClearArpCache brcdIp.1.2.2.1.1 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write Clears learned ARP entries but does not remove any static ARP entries. The value for this object can be: • normal(0) – Do not clear learned entries • clear(1) – Clear learned entries This object is also available in the ServerIron. snRtClearIpCache brcdIp.1.2.2.1.2 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write Clears the entries in the “IP forwarding cache table”. The value for this object can be: • normal(0) – Do not clear entries • clear(1) – Clear entries • This object is also available in the ServerIron. snRtClearIpRoute brcdIp.1.2.2.1.3 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write Clears the IP route tables. The value for this object can be: normal(0) – Do not clear entries clear(1) – Clear entries This object is also available in the ServerIron. • • • 347 IP general group Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtBootpServer brcdIp.1.2.2.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the bootp server to which bootp packet need to be relayed. Read-write Specifies the maximum number of hops the bootp packet should travel. Valid values: Up to 15 hops snRtArpAge brcdIp.1.2.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the number of minutes that an ARP entry can be valid without having to be relearned. Valid values: Up to 240 minutes. A value of zero (0) means that the entry will not age out. snRtIpIrdpEnable brcdIp.1.2.2.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if router advertisement is enabled on this device: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snRtIpLoadShare brcdIp.1.2.2.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if more than one route will be enabled to share the loads: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snRtIpProxyArp brcdIp.1.2.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write snRtIpRarp brcdIp.1.2.2.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write snRtIpTtl brcdIp.1.2.2.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER, devices. snRtBootpRelayMax brcdIp.1.2.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER, devices. 348 Indicates if the proxy ARP function is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Indicates if the RARP server is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Indicates the time-to-live (TTL) value that will be used in the IP header of an IP packet that was generated by this device. Valid values: 1 – 255 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IP general group Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpSetAllPortConfig brcdIp.1.2.2.1.12 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the index number of a row in the “snRtIpPortConfigTable” on page 356, such as “snRtIpPortConfigPortIndex” on page 356. All the writeable data from that row will be copied to all appropriate rows in all IP Interface Port Configuration Tables NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER, devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 NOTE: Prior to setting this object, make sure that the row identified in this object contains a value for all its objects; otherwise, the current data of the row will be used to set the entire IP interface configuration table. snRtIpFwdCacheMaxEn tries brcdIp.1.2.2.1.13 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the maximum number of entries in the “IP forwarding cache table”. snRtIpFwdCacheCurEnt ries brcdIp.1.2.2.1.14 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the current number of entries in the “IP forwarding cache table”. snRtIpMaxStaticRouteE ntries brcdIp.1.2.2.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the maximum number of entries in the IP Static Route table. snRtIpDirBcastFwd brcdIp.1.2.2.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-write snRtIpLoadShareNumO fPaths brcdIp.1.2.2.1.17 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Specifies the number of routes to be used to share the load. snRtIpLoadShareMaxP aths brcdIp.1.2.2.1.18 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Indicates the maximum number of routes that can be configured to share the loads. snRtIpLoadShareMinPa ths brcdIp.1.2.2.1.19 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Indicates the minimum number of routes that can be configured to share the loads. snRtIpProtocolRouterId brcdIp.1.2.2.1.20 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the router ID for all IP Protocols. snRtIpSourceRoute brcdIp.1.2.2.1.21 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if strict source routing is enabled to drop source routed packets: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Indicates if the directed broadcast forwarding feature is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • 349 IP static route table IP static route table NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. The IP Static Route Table contains a list of static routes. These routes can be one of the following types: • Standard – the static route consists of the destination network address and network mask, plus the IP address of the next-hop gateway. • Interface-based – the static route consists of the destination network address and network mask, plus the Layer 3 Switch interface through which you want the Layer 3 Switch to send traffic for the route. Typically, this type of static route is for directly attached to destination networks. • Null – the static route consists of the destination network address and network mask, plus the “null0” parameter. Typically, the null route is configured as a backup route for discarding traffic if the primary route is unavailable. IP Static Route Table also serves as the default route table. 350 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpStaticRouteTable brcdIp.1.2.2.2 None IP static route table snRtIpStaticRouteEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1 None An entry in the IP static route table. snRtIpStaticRouteIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The table index for a static route entry. snRtIpStaticRouteDest brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the destination IP address of the default route. The address 0.0.0.0 is the IP address of the default router. snRtIpStaticRouteMask brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the subnet mask of the default route’s destination IP address. The subnet mask 0.0.0.0 is the subnet mask of the default router. snRtIpStaticRouteNextHop brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the next-hop router (gateway) for the route. snRtIpStaticRouteMetric brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the metrics to next hop router. Default: 1 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IP filter table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpStaticRouteRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • other(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snRtIpStaticRouteDistance brcdIp.1.2.2.2.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the administrative distance of the route. When comparing equal routes to a destination, the Layer 3 Switch prefers lower administrative distances over higher ones. Valid values: 1 – 255 Default: 1 IP filter table An IP filter is an access policy that determines whether the device forwards or drops IP packets. A filter consists of source and destination IP information and the action to take when a packet matches the values in the filter. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. The following objects define IP Filters. They are available in all products. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.2.3 None IP Filter Table. snRtIpFilterEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1 None An entry in the IP Filter Table snRtIpFilterIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the index for an entry in the IP Filter Table. snRtIpFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines what action to take if the IP packet matches this filter. • deny(0) • permit(1) • qosEnabled(2) Once you configure an IP access policy, the device denies all IP packets by default unless you explicitly permit them. Thus, if you want the device to permit all IP packets except the ones that you filter out, you must configure the last IP access policy to permit all IP packets. 351 IP filter table 352 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpFilterProtocol brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the transport protocol that you can filter. Only the traffic for the transport protocol selected will be allowed: • all(0) – All traffic of the transport protocols listed below will be permitted • ICMP(1) • IGMP(2) • IGRP(88) • OSPF(89) • TCP(6) • UDP(17) In addition, if you filter TCP or UDP, you can also specify a particular application port (such as “HTTP” or “80”) or a logical expression consisting of an operator and port names or numbers. snRtIpFilterSourceIp brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the source IP address. The policy will be applied to packets that come from this IP address. snRtIpFilterSourceMas k brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the source IP subnet mask. The policy will be applied to packets that come from this subnet mask. snRtIpFilterDestIp brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.6 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the destination IP address. The IP access policy will be applied to packets that are going to this IP address. snRtIpFilterDestMask brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.7 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the destination IP subnet mask. The IP access policy will be applied to packets that are going to this subnet mask. snRtIpFilterOperator brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only if the value of the object “snRtIpFilterProtocol” is TCP or UDP. It specifies the type of comparison to be performed to TCP and UDP packets: • greater(1) – The policy applies to TCP or UDP port numbers that are greater than the value of the “snRtIpFilterOperand” object. • equal(2) – The policy applies to TCP or UDP port numbers that are equal to the value of the “snRtIpFilterOperand” object. • less(3) – The policy applies to TCP or UDP port numbers that are less than the value of the “snRtIpFilterOperand” object. • notEqual(4) – The policy applies to all TCP or UDP port numbers except to those that are equal to the value of the “snRtIpFilterOperand” object. snRtIpFilterOperand brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only if the value of the object “snRtIpFilterProtocol” is TCP or UDP. Specifies the TCP or UDP port number that will be used in this filter. Valid values: 0 – 65535. 0 means that this object is not applicable. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IP interface port address table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snRtIpFilterEstablished brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to TCP packets. Indicates if the filtering of established TCP packets is enabled for packets that have the ACK or RESET flag on: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snRtIpFilterQosPriority brcdIp.1.2.2.3.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write The router Layer 4 QoS Priority values are: • low(0) – lower priority • high(1) – higher priority The Priority values are: • level0(0) – lower priority • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3), • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) – higher priority IP interface port address table NOTE This table is supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX. The IP Interface Port Address Table shows the port’s IP address and its port type. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpPortAddrTable brcdIp.1.2.2.6 None IP port address table. snRtIpPortAddrEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1 None An entry in the IP Port Address table. 353 IP interface port access table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpPortAddrPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read only snRtIpPortAddress brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Specifies the port IP address. snRtIpPortSubnetMask brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the port IP address subnet mask. snRtIpPortAddrType brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the port type of the entry: primary(1) secondary(2) Default: primary(1) snRtIpPortRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.6.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a set with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid The index of the port address entry. For FastIron or NetIron products, the value of this object is from 1 to 42 • For BigIron products, the value of this object is an encoded number: Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number. Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number. • • • IP interface port access table This table determines if the port is for incoming or outgoing traffic and the filter used on the interface. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 354 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpPortAccessTable brcdIp.1.2.2.7 None IP Port Access Table. snRtIpPortAccessEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.7.1 None An entry in the IP Port Access Table. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Port configuration tables Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpPortAccessPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.7.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read only snRtIpPortAccessDirection brcdIp.1.2.2.7.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only snRtIpPortAccessFilters brcdIp.1.2.2.7.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Each octet represents a filter number. snRtIpPortAccessRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.7.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid The index for an entry in the IP Port Access Table. For FastIron or NetIron products, the value of this object is from 1 to 42 • For BigIron products, the value of this object is an encoded number: Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number. Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number. Beginning with software release 07.2.00, the following values have been added: Bit 16, set to 1 – Virtual router interface Bit 17, set to 1 – Loopback interface. • Specifies if the port is for incoming or outgoing traffic. in(1) out(2) • • Port configuration tables The following table defines the size, encapsulation format, and cost of the packet that will be transmitted through a port. IP interface port configuration table NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 355 Port configuration tables The following table is used by all devices except BigIron MG8 and NetIron 40G (refer to “IP interface configuration table” on page 357). 356 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpPortConfigTable brcdIp.1.2.2.8 None IP Port Configuration Table. snRtIpPortConfigEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1 None An entry in the IP Port Configuration Table. snRtIpPortConfigPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read only snRtIpPortMtu brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the maximum size of IP packets that will be transmitted on the port. snRtIpPortEncap brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the encapsulation format that will be used on the IP frame transmitted on the port. • ethernet(1) – Ethernet • snap(2) – ATM and Ethernet • hdlc(3) – POS • ppp(4) – POS snRtIpPortMetric brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the metric or cost to the router adds to the route. Valid values: 1 – 15 Default: 1 snRtIpPortDirBcastFwd brcdIp.1.2.2.8.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the directed broadcast forwarding feature is enabled. A directed broadcast is a packet containing all ones (or in some cases, all zeros) in the host portion of the destination IP address. When a router forwards such a broadcast, it sends a copy of the packet out each of its enabled IP interfaces: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) An index for an entry in the IP Port Configuration Table For FastIron or NetIron products, the value of this object is from 1 to 42 • For BigIron products, the value of this object is an encoded number: Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number. Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number. Beginning with software release 07.2.00, the following values have been added: Bit 16, set to 1 – Virtual router interface Bit 17, set to 1 – Loopback interface. • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Broadcast forwarding group IP interface configuration table The snRtIpIfConfigTable defines the size, encapsulation format, and cost of the packet that will be transmitted through a port on BigIron MG8 and NetIron 40G devices. Other devices use the snRtIpPortConfigTable (refer to “IP interface port configuration table” on page 355). Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpIfConfigTable brcdIp. None IP Port IF Configuration Table. snRtIpIfConfigEntry brcdIp. None An entry in the IP Port IF Configuration Table. snRtIpIfConfigInterfaceIndex brcdIp. Syntax: PortIndex Read only An index for an entry in the IP Port Configuration Table. snRtIpIfMtu brcdIp. Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the maximum size of IP packets that will be transmitted on the port. snRtIpIfEncap brcdIp. Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the encapsulation format that will be used on the IP frame transmitted on the port. • ethernet(1) – Ethernet • snap(2) – ATM and Ethernet • hdlc(3) – POS • ppp(4) – POS • other(5) snRtIpIfMetric brcdIp. Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the metric or cost to the router adds to the route. Valid values: 1 – 15 Default: 1 snRtIpIfDirBcastFwd brcdIp. Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the directed broadcast forwarding feature is enabled. A directed broadcast is a packet containing all ones (or in some cases, all zeros) in the host portion of the destination IP address. When a router forwards such a broadcast, it sends a copy of the packet out each of its enabled IP interfaces: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) Broadcast forwarding group This section contains the following tables: • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 “General UDP broadcast forwarding group” on page 358 “UDP broadcast forwarding port table” on page 358 “UDP helper table” on page 359 “General trace route group” on page 361 “Trace route result table” on page 361 357 Broadcast forwarding group General UDP broadcast forwarding group NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtUdpBcastFwdEnable brcdIp.1.2.2.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the UDP broadcast forwarding feature is enabled: disabled(0) – When this object is set to disabled, entries in the UDP Broadcast Forwarding Port Table are deleted. • enabled(1) – When UDP broadcast forwarding is enabled, default entries are added to the UDP broadcast forwarding port table. Default: enabled(1) • UDP broadcast forwarding port table NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices. This table contains a list of UDP port numbers for which forwarding UDP broadcast is enabled. 358 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtUdpBcastFwdPortTable brcdIp.1.2.2.9.2.1 None The UDP Broadcast Forwarding Port Table snRtUdpBcastFwdPortEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.9.2.1.1 None An entry in the UDP Broadcast Forwarding Port Table. snRtUdpBcastFwdPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.9.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The index of an entry in the UDP Broadcast Forwarding Port Tables. There can be up to 20 entries. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Broadcast forwarding group Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtUdpBcastFwdPortNumber brcdIp.1.2.2.9.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the port number for which the UDP broadcast forwarding feature has been enabled. Possible port numbers are: • port(68) – bootpc • port(67) – bootps • port(9) – discard • port(53) – dns • port(90) – dnsix • port(7) – echo • port(434) – mobile-ip • port(138) – netbios-dgm • port(137) – netbios-ns • port(123) – ntp • port(65) – tacacs • port(517) – talk • port(37) – time • port(69) – tftp Other application port numbers can also be specified. snRtUdpBcastFwdPortRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.9.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid UDP helper table NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices. A UDP Helper Table contains addresses that are used to forward a client’s broadcast request for a UDP application when the client and server are on different networks. There can be up to four helper addresses on each interface. Helper addresses can be configured on an Ethernet port or a virtual interface. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtUdpHelperTable brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1 None UDP Helper Table snRtUdpHelperEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1 None An entry of the UDP Helper Table. 359 Trace route group Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtUdpHelperPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read only Indicates the port index for a UDP Helper address. • For FastIron or NetIron products, the value of this object is from 1 to 42 • For BigIron products, the value of this object is an encoded number, where: Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number. Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number. Beginning with software release 07.2.00, the following values have been added: Bit 16, set to 1 – Virtual router interface. Bit 17, set to 1 – Loopback interface. snRtUdpHelperIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only An index in the UDP Helper Table for this entry. Valid values: 1– 4. snRtUdpHelperAddrTypr brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the address is unicast or subnet broadcast address. Valid values: • unicast(1) • broadcast(2) snRtUdpHelperAddr brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the UDP helper. UDP packets will be forwarded to this address. It can be a helper address or a subnet broadcast address, but it cannot be 255.255.255.255 or 0.0.0.0. snRtUdpHelperRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.9.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid Trace route group This group uses the following method to detect routes used to reach a destination address. 1. The originating Layer 3 Switch sends a probe packet (a UDP packet) to the destination address with a time-to-Live (TTL) value of 1. 2. The first Layer 3 Switch that receives this packet decrements the TTL, then drops the packet and returns a ICMP packet to the originator. 3. The originating Layer 3 Switch records the route in the “snRtIpTraceRouteResultTable”. 4. The originating Layer 3 Switch sends a probe packet (a UDP packet) to the destination address with a TTL value of 2. 5. The second Layer 3 Switch that receives this packet decrements the TTL, then drops the packet and returns an ICMP packet to the originator. 360 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Trace route group 6. The originating Layer 3 Switch records the route in “snRtIpTraceRouteResultTable”. This procedure is repeated until the destination is reached or the maximum TTL is reached. General trace route group The following objects define the trace route probe packet. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpTraceRouteTargetAddr brcdIp.1.2.2.10.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the target IP address of the trace route. snRtIpTraceRouteMinTtl brcdIp.1.2.2.10.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the minimum TTL value carried in the first probe packet. Valid values: 1 – 255 minutes Default: 1 minute snRtIpTraceRouteMaxTtl brcdIp.1.2.2.10.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the maximum TTL value carried in the last probe packet. Valid values: 1 – 255 minutes. Default: 30 minutes snRtIpTraceRouteTimeOut brcdIp.1.2.2.10.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the number of seconds the Layer 3 Switch waits for a response from the probe packet (i.e. the ICMP packet) before timing out. Valid values: 1 – 255seconds. Default: 2 seconds snRtIpTraceRouteControl brcdIp.1.2.2.10.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the progress of the trace route: start(1) – snRtIpTraceRouteDestAddr must have been initialized before start(1) can be written. • abort(2) – Stops the current trace route operation. • success(3) – The destination address is reached. • failure(4) – Either the destination address is not reach, trace route times out, or the ending TTL is reached before the operation is completed. • inProgress(5) – Trace route operation has started. Only "start" and "abort" are writable values; whereas, "success", "failure" and "inProgress" are read only (or returned) values. The “snRtIpTraceRouteResultTable” on page 361 contains the routes and target addresses. • Trace route result table This table contains the routes and the target addresses used in the trace route operation to reach the destination address. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpTraceRouteResultTable brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1 None Trace Route Results Table. snRtIpTraceRouteResultEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1.1 None An entry in the Trace Route Results Table. 361 IP forwarding cache table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpTraceRouteResultIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The index for an entry in the Trace Route Results Table. snRtIpTraceRouteResultAddr brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Indicates the IP address of the Layer 3 Switch or the target IP address of the Layer 3 Switch. snRtIpTraceRouteResultRoundTri pTime1 brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Time ticks Read only Shows the round trip time between the transmission of the first probe packet and the received response of the ICMP packet. snRtIpTraceRouteResultRoundTri pTime2 brcdIp.1.2.2.10.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Time ticks Read only Shows the round trip time between the transmission of the second probe and the received response of the ICMP packet. IP forwarding cache table The IP forwarding cache provides a fast-path mechanism for forwarding IP packets. The cache contains entries for IP destinations. 362 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpFwdCacheTable brcdIp.1.2.2.11 None IP Forwarding Cache Table. snRtIpFwdCacheEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1 None An entry in the IP Forwarding Cache Table. snRtIpFwdCacheIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only An index in the IP Forwarding Cache Table for this entry. snRtIpFwdCacheIp brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of a forwarding cache station. snRtIpFwdCacheMac brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the MAC address of a forwarding cache station. This object has six octets. snRtIpFwdCacheNextHopIp brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Indicates the IP address of the Layer 3 Switch for the next hop. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IP forwarding cache table Name, OID, and Syntax Access snRtIpFwdCacheOutgoingPor Read only t brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.5 Syntax: Integer snRtIpFwdCacheType brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only snRtIpFwdCacheAction brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read only snRtIpFwdCacheFragCheck brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Description Specifies the outgoing port to which packets will be forwarded. Valid values: 0 – 3900. A value of zero indicates that there is no outgoing port for this entry. Non-zero value has the following meaning: • Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number. • Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number. For virtual Layer 3 Switch interface, slot number is 15. Port number is the virtual Layer 3 Switch port number, which is a value from 1 – 60. Indicates the type of entry this is: dynamic(1) permanent(2) • • Indicates the action taken with this entry: other(1) forward(2) forUs(3) waitForArp(4) complexFilter(5) icmpDeny(6) dropPacket(7) • • • • • • • Indicates if fragmentation-needed is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • NOTE: Devices cannot forward the packet without fragmenting it. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 snRtIpFwdCacheSnapHdr brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates if Ethernet SNAP (also called IEEE 802.3) encapsulation is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snRtIpFwdCacheVLanId brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the VLAN ID of an IP Forwarding Cache Table entry. A value of zero indicates that no VLAN is associated with this entry. snRtIpFwdCacheOutgoingIf brcdIp.1.2.2.11.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the outgoing interface that will be used to forward packets. An value of zero indicates that no outgoing interface is associated with this entry. 363 IP prefix list table IP prefix list table An IP prefix list specifies a list of networks. When you apply an IP prefix list to a neighbor, the Layer 3 Switch sends or receives only a route whose destination is in the IP prefix list. You can configure up to 100 prefix lists. The software interprets the prefix lists in sequential order, beginning with the lowest sequence number. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpPrefixListTable brcdIp.1.2.2.14 None IP Prefix List Table. snIpPrefixListEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1 None An entry in the IP Prefix List Table. snIpPrefixListName brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.1 Syntax: OctetString Read only Specifies the name of the prefix list. This name can be used when applying the prefix list to a neighbor. It appears in an octet string; each character of the name is represented by one octet. There can be up to 32 octets for this name. snIpPrefixListSequence brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the sequence of an entry in the table. There can be up to 100 prefix list entries. If a sequence number is not specified, then entries are numbered in increments of 5, beginning with prefix list entry 5. Incoming or outgoing routes are matched against the entries in the IP Prefix List in numerical order, beginning with the lowest sequence number. snIpPrefixListDesc brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the description of the prefix. This description is in an octet string; each character in the description is represented by one octet. There can be up to 80 octets in the description. snIpPrefixListAction brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write snIpPrefixListAddr brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the prefix. snIpPrefixListMask brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.6 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the number of bits in the prefix network mask. snIpPrefixListGeValue brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies that the prefix is greater than the value of the “snIpPrefixListMask” object. Valid values: 0 – 32 snIpPrefixListLeValue brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies that the prefix is less than the value of the “snIpPrefixListMask” object. Valid values: 0 – 32 Indicates what to do with the route if it matches this entry: deny(0) permit(1) • • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES,and NetIron CER devices. 364 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IP AS-Path access list table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description NOTE: You can specify a range of length for prefixes that are more specific than the values for the “snIpPrefixListAddr” and “snIpPrefixListMask” objects. The or you specify must meet the following condition: length < ge-value <= le-value <= 32 If a value for “snIpPrefixListGeValue” is specified, then the mask-length range is from the value of “snIpPrefixListGeValue” to 32. If a value for “snIpPrefixListLeValue” is specified, then mask-length range is from length to the value of “snIpPrefixListLeValue”. If no value is specified for either the less than or greater than objects, then routes must exactly match the prefixes on the list. snIpPrefixListRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snIpPrefixListLength brcdIp.1.2.2.14.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The length of the IP prefix’s mask. IP AS-Path access list table The IP AS-Path Access List Table (snIpAsPathAccessListTable) has been deprecated in IronWare software release 07.5.00 and is no longer supported on devices. IP AS-Path access list string table AS-PATH is a list of the other ASs through which a route passes. BGP4 routers can use the AS-path to detect and eliminate routing loops. The IP AS-Path Access List Table contains filters that are used to deny or permit updates received from BGP4 neighbors. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpAsPathAccessListStringT able brcdIp.1.2.2.16 None IP As-Path Access List Table. snIpAsPathAccessListStringE ntry brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1 None An entry in the IP As-Path Access List Table. 365 ECMP MIB Objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpAsPathAccessListString Name brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read only An index for the entry in the table. snIpAsPathAccessListStringS equence brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The sequence index for this entry in this table. snIpAsPathAccessListStringA ction brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines what to do with the packet if its address matches this entry: • deny(0) • permit(1) snIpAsPathAccessListStringR Read-write egExpression brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1.4 Syntax: Integer Specifies the AS path information that will be permitted or denied. This object contains a regular expression. Each character of the regular expression string is represented by one octet. snIpAsPathAccessListStringR Read-write owStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.16.1.5 Syntax: Integer Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are deleted immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • • • noSuch(0) – No such row invalid(1) – Row is inoperative valid(2) – Row exists and is valid ECMP MIB Objects NOTE The MIB objects presented in this section are supported on FastIron SX devices running software release 07.2.00 that support IPv6. SNMP ECMP MIB objects allows you to configure ECMP for IPV6 using SNMP. ECMP enables the router to balance traffic to a specific destination across multiple equal-cost paths. To use these objects, do the following. 1. Enable ECMP for RIP using the snRtIpRipEcmpEnable MIB object. IP Load sharing is enabled by default. However, ECMP must be enabled for RIP IP load sharing. 2. Enable IPv6 load sharing using the fdryIpv6LoadShare MIB object. IPv6 load sharing is enabled by default. If it needs to be enabled, set fdryIpv6LoadShare to 1. 366 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 ECMP MIB Objects 3. Configure the maximum number of load sharing paths for IPv6 using the fdryIpv6LoadShareNumOfPaths MIB object. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description fdryIpv6LoadShare brcdIp.1.2.17.1.1.1 Syntax: RtrStatus Read-write This object directs the IPv6 traffic to distribute the traffic load to IPv6 routes if more than one IPv6 route is available. 0 = disables IPv6 load sharing 1 = enables IPv6 load sharing fdryIpv6LoadShareNumOf Paths brcdIp.1.2.17.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-write Enter the number of IPv6 routes to be used to share load. Enter a value from 2 - 6. 367 ECMP MIB Objects 368 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 21 OSPF OSPF general objects This chapter presents the objects for the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol. OSPF objects in this section are available on all devices, except on the ServerIron, ServerIron ADX, BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX. For OSPF MIB objects on the NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX, refer to “Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron” on page 401 For objects relating to OSPF traps, refer to the chapter “Traps and Objects to Enable Traps” on page 627. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on the features discussed in this chapter. NOTE Beginning with software release 07.6.03, devices support RFC 1850 instead of the objects in this chapter. Also, BigIron MG8, NetIron 40G, and FastIron Edge Switch support RFC 1850. The OSPF General objects provide information about the OSPF Process. They apply globally to the routers. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfRouterId brcdIp.1.2.4.1.1 Syntax: RouterID Read-write Shows the IP address of the Autonomous System Boundary Router. Conventionally, this ID defaults to IP address of one of the routers to ensure uniqueness in the network. This object contains a 32-bit integer. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section C.1 Global parameters NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfAdminStat brcdIp.1.2.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Read-write Specifies the state of the OSPF in the router: disabled(0) – OSPF is disabled on all interfaces enabled(1) – OSPF is active on at least one interface • • 369 OSPF general objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfASBdrRtrStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.1.3 Syntax: TruthVal Read-write Indicates if this router is an Autonomous System Boundary Router: false(0) true(1) Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, Section 3.3 Classification of routers NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfRedisMode brcdIp.1.2.4.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write • • Specifies if OSPF redistribution has been enabled on this router: disabled(0) – OSPF redistribution is disabled enabled(1) – OSPF redistribution is active • • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfDefaultOspfMetric Value brcdIp.1.2.4.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the cost of using a default OSPF Metric value on this route. Valid values: 1 – 65535 Read only The number of external link-state advertisements in the link-state database. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section A.4.5 AS external link advertisements (LS type 5) NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfExternLSACount brcdIp.1.2.4.1.6 Syntax: Gauge32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 370 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 OSPF general objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfExternLSACksumS um brcdIp.1.2.4.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Indicates the 32-bit unsigned sum of the LS checksums of the external link-state advertisements contained in the link-state database. This sum can be used to determine if there has been a change in a router’s link-state database and to compare the link-state database of two routers. Read only Shows the number of new link-state advertisements that have been originated by the router. This number increments each time the router originates a new LSA. Read only Shows the number of link-state advertisements received by the router. This number does not include newer instantiations of self-originated link-state advertisements. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfOriginateNewLSAs brcdIp.1.2.4.1.8 Syntax: Counter NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfRxNewLSAs brcdIp.1.2.4.1.9 Syntax: Counter32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfOspfRedisMetricTy pe brcdIp.1.2.4.1.10 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Read-write Indicates the type of route: type1(1) – External Type 1 (comparable value) the intra-area and inter-area routes. It is an OSPF metric plus the external Metric. • type2(2) – External Type 2 (non-comparable value) routes, it is the external metric. • 371 OSPF general objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfExtLsdbLimit brcdIp.1.2.4.1.11 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Provides compliance with RFC 1765 in the handling of OSPF external link-state database (LSDB) overflow Specifies the maximum number of non-default AS-external-LSAs entries that can be stored in the link-state database. When the number of non-default AS-external-LSAs in a router’s link-state database reaches ospfExtLsdbLimit, the router enters Overflow State.The router never holds more than ospfExtLsdbLimit non-default AS-external-LSAs in its database. OspfExtLsdbLimit MUST be set identically in all routers attached to the OSPF backbone and any regular OSPF area. (i.e., OSPF stub areas and NSSAs are excluded). Valid values: 1 – 2000. If the value is -1, then there is no limit. Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that a router will attempt to leave the overflow state once it is in that state. This value allows the router to again originate non-default AS-external-LSAs. If this object is set to 0, the router will not leave the overflow state until it is restarted. Valid values: 0 – 86400 seconds. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfExitOverflowInterv al brcdIp.1.2.4.1.12 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfRfc1583Compatibi lity brcdIp.1.2.4.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies if the OSPF route is compatible with RFC1583 or RFC2178: disabled(0) – Compatible with RFC 2178. enabled(1) – Compatible with RFC 1583. • • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfRouterIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.1.14 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 372 Read-write Specifies the format of how Router ID will be entered in the “snOspfRouterId” object: • integer(0) – Integer. • ipAddress(1) – IP address. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 OSPF area table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfDistance brcdIp.1.2.4.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines the OSPF administrative distance for intra-area routes. Default: 110 Valid values: 1 – 255 Read-write Determines the OSPF administrative distance for intra-area routes. Default: 110 Valid values: 1 – 255 Read-write Determines the OSPF administrative distance for inter-area routes. Default: 110 Valid values: 1 – 255 Read-write Determines the OSPF administrative distance for external routes. Valid values: 1 – 255 Default: 110 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfDistanceIntra brcdIp.1.2.4.1.16 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfDistanceInter brcdIp.1.2.4.1.17 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfDistanceExternal brcdIp.1.2.4.1.18 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. OSPF area table The OSPF Area Data Structure contains information that describes the various OSPF areas. The interfaces and virtual links are configured as part of these areas. Area 0.0.0.0, by definition, is the Backbone Area. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 6 The Area Data Structure. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 373 OSPF area table NOTE The object in this section are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 374 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfAreaTable brcdIp.1.2.4.2.1 None The OSPF Area Table snOspfAreaEntry brcdIp.1.2.4.2.1.1 None An entry in the OSPF Area Table snOspfAreaId brcdIp.1.2.4.2.1.1.1 Syntax: AreaID Read only Specifies the address of the area. This address identifies the router, independent of its IP address. Area ID 0.0.0.0 is used for the OSPF backbone. The format used for this ID is specified by the “snOspfAreaIdFormat” object. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section C.2 Area parameters snOspfImportASExtern brcdIp.1.2.4.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Indicates the type of OSPF area that this router supports: 0 – Stub area. OSPF routers within a stub area cannot send or receive external LSAs. In addition, OSPF routers in a stub area must use a default route to the area’s Area Border Router (ABR) or Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR) to send traffic out of the area. • 1 – Normal area. OSPF routers within a normal area can send and receive external link-state advertisements • 2 – NSSA area ASBR of an NSSA can import external route information into the area. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section C.2 Area parameters snOspfStubMetric brcdIp.1.2.4.2.1.1.3 Syntax: BigMetric Read-write The metric value applied at the default type of service (ospfMetric). By default, this equals the least metric at the type of service among the interfaces to other areas. This object exist only if the value of snOspfAreaSummary is snOspfAreaSummary(2); Otherwise, an SNMP_GET or GET_NEXT attempt of this Object will return NO_SUCH_NAME. snOspfAreaRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snOspfAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write • Specifies the format of Area ID entered in the “snOspfIfAreaId” object: integer(0) – Integer ipAddress(1) – IP address • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Area range table Area range table The area range allows you to assign an aggregate value to a range of IP addresses. This aggregate value becomes the address that is advertised instead all of the individual addresses it represents being advertised. The Area Range table contains the aggregate value of the ranges of IP addresses that are configured to be propagated from an OSPF area. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section C.2 Area parameters. NOTE The objects in this section are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfAreaRangeTable brcdIp.1.2.4.3.1 None The Area Range Table. snOspfAreaRangeEntry brcdIp.1.2.4.3.1.1 None An entry in the Area Range Table. snOspfAreaRangeAreaID brcdIp.1.2.4.3.1.1.1 Syntax: AreaID Read only Specifies the ID of the area where the address range can be found. The object “snOspfAreaRangeAreaIdFormat” determines the format of this object. snOspfAreaRangeNet brcdIp.1.2.4.3.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Specifies the IP Address of the net or subnet indicated by the range. snOspfAreaRangeMask brcdIp.1.2.4.3.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the subnet mask that pertains to the net or subnet. snOspfAreaRangeRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.3.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snOspfAreaRangeAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the format of how Area ID will be entered in the “snOspfAreaRangeAreaID” object: • integer(0) – Integer. • ipAddress(1) – IP Address. 375 OSPF interface configuration tables OSPF interface configuration tables The OSPF Interface Table augments the ifTable with OSPF specific information. References: • Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section C.3 Router interface parameters. • Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section E Authentication. NOTE This objects in this section are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. OSPF interface configuration table 376 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfIfTable brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1 None The OSPF Interface Configuration Table. snOspfIfEntry brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1 None An entry in the OSPF Interface Configuration Table. snOspfIfPort brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The physical router port of this OSPF interface. snOspfIfAreaId brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.2 Syntax: AreaID Read-write Specifies the address of the area in a 32-bit integer. This address uniquely identifies the area to which the interface connects. Area ID 0.0.0.0 is used for the OSPF backbone. Default:’00000000’h, which equals to 0.0.0.0 snOspfIfAdminStat brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if neighbor relationships may be formed on this interface: • disabled(0) – The interface is external to OSPF • enabled(1) – Neighbor relationships may be formed on the interface, which will be advertised as an internal route to an area. Default: enabled(1) snOspfIfRtrPriority brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.4 Syntax: DesignatedRouterPriority Read-write Specifies the priority of this interface. This object is used in the designated router election algorithm for multi-access networks. Valid values: 0 – 255. A value of 0 signifies that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network. If two or more routers have the same priority value, then the router with the highest router ID becomes the designated router. The router with the next highest router ID becomes the backup designated router. snOspfIfTransitDelay brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.5 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-write Shows the time it takes to transmit link-state update packets on this interface. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 1 second IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 OSPF interface configuration tables IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfIfRetransInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.6 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-write Specifies the number of seconds between link-state advertisement retransmissions, for adjacencies belonging to this interface. This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link-state request packets. Values can be from 0 – 3600 seconds. Default: 5 seconds snOspfIfHelloInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.7 Syntax: HelloRange Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that router waits before it sends the next Hello packet on this interface. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Values can be from 1 – 65535 seconds (up to ‘FFFF’h). Valid values: 1 – 65535 seconds Default: 10 seconds snOspfIfRtrDeadInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.8 Syntax: PositiveInteger Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that neighbor routers wait for a router’s Hello packets before they declare that the router is down. This should be a multiple of the Hello interval. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Valid values: 1 – 2147483647 seconds Default: 40 seconds snOspfIfAuthType brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the authentication type for an interface. Valid values: • none(0) • simplePassword(1) • md5(2) • reserved for specification by IANA(> 2) Additional authentication types may be assigned locally on a per interface basis, up to 255. Default: none(0) snOspfIfAuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.10 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates the authentication key. If the authentication type selected is simple password, then this object requires an alphanumeric password. If the value is shorter than eight octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal eight octets. The simple password setting takes effect immediately. All OSPF packets transmitted on the interface contain this password. Any OSPF packet received on the interface is checked for this password. If the password is not present, then the packet is dropped. The password can be up to eight characters long. • If the authentication type is MD5, then a key ID and an MD5 key are required. The key ID is a number from 1 to 255 and identifies the MD5 key that is being used. The MD5 key can be up to sixteen alphanumeric characters long. Default:’0000000000000000’h, which is equal to 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0 When read, “snOspfIfAuthKey” always returns a blank. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 9, The Interface Data Structure snOspfIfMetricValue brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the cost of using this type of service (TOS) on this interface. The default value of the TOS 0 Metric is equal to 10^8 divided by the ifSpeed. • 377 OSPF interface configuration tables 378 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfIfRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snOspfIfMd5AuthKeyId brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the ID of the MD5 authentication key. If the object “snOspfVirtIfAuthType” is set to MD5, this object identifies the algorithm and secret key used to create the message digest appended to the OSPF packet. Key identifiers are unique per-interface (or equivalently, per-subnet). The value of this object must be a number from 1 – 255. snOspfIfMd5AuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.14 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the MD5 authentication key. If the object “snOspfVirtIfAuthType” is set to MD5, the value of this object is encrypted and included in each OSPF packet transmitted. The agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal 16 octets. When read, snOspfIfMd5AuthKey always returns a blank. snOspfIfMd5ActivationWaitTime brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines when a newly configured MD5 authentication key is valid. This parameter provides a graceful transition from one MD5 key to another without disturbing the network. All new packets transmitted after the key activation wait time interval use the newly configured MD5 key. OSPF packets that contain the old MD5 key are accepted for up to five minutes after the new MD5 key is in operation. The range for the key activation wait time is from 0 – 14400 seconds. Default: 300 seconds snOspfIfAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the format of how Area ID will be entered in the “snOspfIfAreaId” object • integer(0) – Integer • ipAddress(1) – IP Address snOspfIfPassiveMode brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.17 Syntax: Integer Read-write snOspfIfDatabaseFilterAllOut brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if passive mode is enabled on this interface: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Determines if the filtering of outgoing OSPF LSA on this interface is enabled: • disabled(0) – Filtering is disabled • enabled(1) – Filtering is enabled IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 OSPF interface configuration tables Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfIfMtuIgnore brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if the MTU detection mode of this interface is enabled: • disabled(0) – MTU detection mode is disabled • enabled(1) – MTU detection mode is enabled snOspfIfNetworkP2mp brcdIp.1.2.4.4.1.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object is not supported. Determines if the P2MP mode of this interface is enabled: • disabled(0) – P2MP mode is disabled • enabled(1) – P2MP mode is enabled OSPF interface 2 configuration table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfIf2Table brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2 None snOspfIf2Entry brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1 None An entry in the OSPF Interface 2 Configuration Table. snOspfIf2Port brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The physical router port of this OSPF interface. snOspfIf2AreaId brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.2 Syntax: AreaID Read-write Specifies the address of the area in a 32-bit integer. This address uniquely identifies the area to which the interface connects. Area ID 0.0.0.0 is used for the OSPF backbone. Default: ’00000000’h, which equals to 0.0.0.0 snOspfIf2AdminStat brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if neighbor relationships may be formed on this interface: • disabled(0) – The interface is external to OSPF • enabled(1) – Neighbor relationships may be formed on the interface, which will be advertised as an internal route to an area. Default: enabled(1) snOspfIf2RtrPriority brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.4 Syntax: DesignatedRouterPriority Read-write Specifies the priority of this interface. This object is used in the designated router election algorithm for multi-access networks. Valid values: 0 – 255. A value of 0 signifies that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network. If two or more routers have the same priority value, then the router with the highest router ID becomes the designated router. The router with the next highest router ID becomes the backup designated router. snOspfIf2TransitDelay brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.5 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-write Shows the time it takes to transmit link-state update packets on this interface. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 1 second Determines if the P2MP mode of this interface is enabled: disabled(0) – P2MP mode is disabled enabled(1) – P2MP mode is enabled • • 379 OSPF interface configuration tables 380 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfIf2RetransInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.6 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-write Specifies the number of seconds between link-state advertisement retransmissions, for adjacencies belonging to this interface. This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link-state request packets. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 5 seconds snOspfIf2HelloInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.7 Syntax: HelloRange Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that router waits before it sends the next Hello packet on this interface. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Values can be from 1 – 65535 seconds (up to ‘FFFF’h). Valid values: 1 – 65535 seconds Default: 10 seconds snOspfIf2RtrDeadInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.8 Syntax: PositiveInteger Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that neighbor routers wait for a router’s Hello packets before they declare that the router is down. This should be a multiple of the Hello interval. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Valid values: 1 – 2147483647 seconds Default: 40 seconds snOspfIf2AuthType brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the authentication type for an interface. Valid values:: • none(0) • simplePassword(1) • md5(2) • reserved for specification by IANA(> 2) Additional authentication types may be assigned locally on a per interface basis. The value of this object can be up – 255. Default: none(0) snOspfIf2AuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.10 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates the authentication key. • If the authentication type selected is simple password, then this object requires an alphanumeric password. If the value is shorter than eight octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal eight octets. The simple password setting takes effect immediately. All OSPF packets transmitted on the interface contain this password. Any OSPF packet received on the interface is checked for this password. If the password is not present, then the packet is dropped. The password can be up to eight characters long. • If the authentication type is MD5, then a key ID and an MD5 key are required. The key ID is a number from 1 to 255 and identifies the MD5 key that is being used. The MD5 key can be up to sixteen alphanumeric characters long. Valid values: Up to eight octets. Default: ’0000000000000000’h which is equal to 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0 When read, “snOspfIf2AuthKey” always returns a blank. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 9 The Interface Data Structure IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 OSPF interface configuration tables IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfIf2MetricValue brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the cost of using this type of service (TOS) on this interface. The default value of the TOS 0 Metric is equal to 10^8 divided by the ifSpeed. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snOspfIf2RowStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snOspfIf2Md5AuthKeyId brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the ID of the MD5 authentication key. If the object “snOspfVirtIfAuthType” is set to MD5, this object identifies the algorithm and secret key used to create the message digest appended to the OSPF packet. Key identifiers are unique per interface (or equivalently, per subnet). The value of this object must be a number from 1 – 255. snOspfIf2Md5AuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.14 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the MD5 authentication key. If the object “snOspfVirtIfAuthType” is set to MD5, the value of this object is encrypted and included in each OSPF packet transmitted. The agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal 16 octets. When read, “snOspfIf2Md5AuthKey” always returns a blank. Valid values: Up to 16 octets. snOspfIf2Md5ActivationWaitTime brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines when a newly configured MD5 authentication key is valid. This parameter provides a graceful transition from one MD5 key to another without disturbing the network. All new packets transmitted after the key activation wait time interval use the newly configured MD5 key. OSPF packets that contain the old MD5 key are accepted for up to five minutes after the new MD5 key is in operation. The range for the key activation wait time is from 0 – 14400 seconds. Default: 300 seconds snOspfIf2AreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the format of how Area ID will be entered in the “snOspfIfAreaId” object • integer(0) – Integer • ipAddress(1) – IP Address snOspfIf2PassiveMode brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.17 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if passive mode is enabled on this interface: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snOspfIf2DatabaseFilterAllOut brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if the filtering of outgoing OSPF LSA on this interface is enabled: • disabled(0) – Filtering is disabled • enabled(1) – Filtering is enabled 381 OSPF virtual interface table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfIf2MtuIgnore brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if the MTU detection mode of this interface is enabled: • disabled(0) – MTU detection mode is disabled • enabled(1) – MTU detection mode is enabled snOspfIf2NetworkP2mp brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read-write snOspfIf2NetworkP2pt brcdIp.1.2.4.4.2.1.21 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if the P2MP mode of this interface is enabled: disabled(0) – P2MP mode is disabled enabled(1) – P2MP mode is enabled • • This object enables and disables OSPF point-to-point mode on an interface: • disabled(0) – Disables the feature • enabled(1) – Enables the feature OSPF virtual interface table The Virtual Interface Table describes the virtual links that the OSPF process is configured to carry. References: • RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section C.4 Virtual link parameters • RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 9 The Interface Data Structure NOTE The objects in this section are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 382 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfVirtIfTable brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1 None The OSPF Virtual Interface Table. snOspfVirtIfEntry brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1 None An entry in the OSPF Virtual Interface Table. snOspfVirtIfAreaID brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.1 Syntax: AreaID Read only Specifies the ID of the transit Area that the Virtual link traverses. A value of 0.0.0.0 is not valid. snOspfVirtIfNeighbor brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.2 Syntax: RouterID Read only Shows the IP address of the ID of the router that is serving as the virtual neighbor. snOspfVirtIfTransitDelay brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.3 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-write Shows the time it takes to transmit link-state update packets on this interface. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 1 second IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 OSPF virtual interface table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfVirtIfRetransInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.4 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read-write Specifies the interval between the retransmission of link-state advertisements to router adjacencies for this interface. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 5 seconds This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link-state request packets. This value should be greater than the expected roundtrip time. snOspfVirtIfHelloInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.5 Syntax: HelloRange Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that router waits before it sends the next Hello packet on this interface. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Valid values: from 1 – 65535 seconds Default: 10 seconds This value must be the same for the virtual neighbor. snOspfVirtIfRtrDeadInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.6 Syntax: PositiveInteger Read-write Specifies the number of seconds that neighbor routers wait for a router’s Hello packets before they declare that the router is down. This should be a multiple of the Hello interval. This value must be the same for the virtual neighbor. Default: 60 seconds snOspfVirtIfAuthType brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the authentication type for an interface. Valid values: • none(0) • simplePassword(1) • md5(2) • reserved for specification by IANA(> 2) Additional authentication types may be assigned locally on a per interface basis. Default: none(0) snOspfVirtIfAuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.8 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the authentication key: If the authentication type selected is simple password, then this object requires an alphanumeric password. If the value is shorter than eight octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal eight octets. The simple password setting takes effect immediately. All OSPF packets transmitted on the interface contain this password. Any OSPF packet received on the interface is checked for this password. If the password is not present, then the packet is dropped. The password can be up to eight characters long. • If the authentication type is MD5, then a key ID and an MD5 key are required. The key ID is a number from 1 to 255 and identifies the MD5 key that is being used. The MD5 key can be up to sixteen alphanumeric characters long. When read, “snOspfIfAuthKey” always returns a blank. Default: 0000000000000000’h, which is 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0 • 383 OSPF redistribution of routes table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfVirtIfRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snOspfVirtIfMd5AuthKeyId brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the ID of the MD5 authentication key. This object identifies the algorithm and secret key used to create the message digest appended to the OSPF packet. Key identifiers are unique per interface. If the object “snOspfVirtIfAuthType” is set to MD5, the value of this object must be a number from 1 to 255. snOspfVirtIfMd5AuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.11 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the MD5 authentication key. The value of this object is encrypted and included in each OSPF packet transmitted. If the value of this object is shorter than 16 octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal 16 octets. When read, snOspfIfMd5AuthKey always returns a blank. snOspfVirtIfMd5ActivationW aitTime brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines when a newly configured MD5 authentication key is valid. This parameter provides a graceful transition from one MD5 key to another without disturbing the network. All new packets transmitted after the key activation wait time interval use the newly configured MD5 key. OSPF packets that contain the old MD5 key are accepted for up to five minutes after the new MD5 key is in operation. Valid values: 0 – 14400 seconds Default: 300 seconds snOspfVirtIfAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.5.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the format of how Area ID will be entered in the “snOspfVirtIfAreaID” object: • integer(0) – Integer. • ipAddress(1) – IP address. OSPF redistribution of routes table The OSPF Redistribution of Routes Table contains a list of routes that will be used to decide whether a particular RIP or static route is to be imported into OSPF domain. Routes will be imported if the parameter “Import Route into OSPF” is enabled. They will be imported as external type 2 routes. 384 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 OSPF redistribution of routes table NOTE The objects in this section are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfRedisTable brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1 None The OSPF Redistribution Table contains a list of routes that could be imported into the OSPF domain. snOspfRedisEntry brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1 None An entry in the OSPF Redistribution Table snOspfRedisIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only An ID identifying this destination route. There can be up to 64 entries for this object. snOspfRedisIpAddress brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the destination IP address that is associated with this particular route. snOspfRedisMask brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the subnet mask of this route. snOspfRedisAction brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write snOspfRedisProtocol brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write snOspfRedisSetOspfMetric brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write snOspfRedisOspfMetricValue brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write snOspfRedisMatchRipMetric brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies what action to be taken if the route matches this entry: noImport(0) – Do not import route into the OSPF domain import(1) – Import the route is into OSPF domain as external type 2 route • • Specifies how routes are imported into the OSPF domain: rip(1) – the RIP route. all(2) – all protocol route. static(3) – the static route. bgp(4) – the BGP route. connected(5) – the connected route. isis(6) – the ISIS route. • • • • • • The value indicates to which the route metric should match: disabled(0) – the route metric does NOT match the OSPF metric field. • enabled(1) – the route metric matches the OSPF metric field. • Specifies the cost of using this type of service (TOS) on this interface. Valid values: 0 – 65535. The value indicates to which the route metric should match: disabled(0) – the route metric does NOT match the RIP metric field. • enabled(1) – the route metric matches the RIP metric field. • 385 OSPF neighbor table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfRedisRipMetricValue brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the cost of using RIP on this interface. Valid values: 1 – 15 hops. snOspfRedisRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.4.6.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid OSPF neighbor table The OSPF Neighbor Table describes non-virtual neighbors in the locality of the router. Reference: • RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 10 The Neighbor Data Structure • RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 12.1.2 Options NOTE The objects in this section are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 386 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfNbrTable brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1 None A table of non-virtual neighbor information. snOspfNbrEntry brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1 None An entry in the OSPF Neighbor Information Table. One entry represents one neighbor. snOspfNbrEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The table entry index of this neighbor. snOspfNbrPort brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the physical port ID of this neighbor. snOspfNbrIpAddr brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of this neighbor. snOspfNbrIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Contains an index of each neighbor’s port and IP address. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 OSPF neighbor table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfNbrRtrId brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.5 Syntax: RouterID Read only Specifies the IP address of the neighboring router in the Autonomous System. The value of this object is a A 32-bit integer. Default: ’00000000’h, which is equal to 0.0.0.0 snOspfNbrOptions brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The bit mask that is set corresponding to the neighbor’s options field: Bit 0 – The system will operate on type of service metrics other than TOS 0. The neighbor will ignore all metrics except for the TOS 0 metric. • Bit 1 – The associated area accepts and operates on external information; it is a stub area. • Bit 2 – The system is capable of routing IP Multicast datagrams. It implements the multicast extensions to OSPF. • Bit 3 – The associated area is an NSSA. These areas are capable of carrying type 7 external advertisements, which are translated into type 5 external advertisements at NSSA borders. Default: 0 snOspfNbrPriority brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.7 Syntax: DesignatedRouterPri ority32 Read only Specifies the priority of this interface. This object is used in the designated router election algorithm for multi-access networks. Valid values: 0 – 255 Default: 1. A value of 0 signifies that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network. If two or more routers have the same priority value, then the router with the highest router ID becomes the designated router. The router with the next highest router ID becomes the backup designated router. • 387 OSPF virtual neighbor table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfNbrState brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the state of the communication between the Layer 3 Switch and the neighbor: • down(1) – There has been no recent information received from the neighbor. • attempt(2) – This state is only valid for neighbors attached to non-broadcast networks. It indicates that no recent information has been received from the neighbor. • init(3) – A Hello packet has recently been seen from the neighbor. However, bidirectional communication has not yet been established with the neighbor. (The router itself did not appear in the neighbor's Hello packet.) All neighbors in this state (or higher) are listed in the Hello packets sent from the associated interface. • twoWay(4) – Communication between the two routers is bidirectional. This is the most advanced state before beginning adjacency establishment. The Designated Router and Backup Designated Router are selected from the set of neighbors in the 2-Way state or greater. • exchangeStart(5) – The first step in creating an adjacency between the two neighboring routers. The goal of this step is to decide which router is the master, and to decide upon the initial Database Description (DD) sequence number. Neighbor communications in this state or greater are called adjacencies. • exchange(6) – The router is describing its entire link-state database by sending DD packets to the neighbor. Each DD packet has a DD sequence number, and is explicitly acknowledged. Only one DD packet can be outstanding at any time. In this state, link-state Request packets can also be sent asking for the neighbor's more recent advertisements. All adjacencies that are in the exchange state or greater are used by the flooding procedure. In fact, these adjacencies are fully capable of transmitting and receiving all types of OSPF routing protocol packets. • loading(7) – Link-state Request packets are sent to the neighbor asking for the more recent advertisements that have been discovered (but not yet received) in the exchange state. • full(8) – The neighboring routers are fully adjacent. These adjacencies will now appear in router links and network link advertisements. Default: down(1) snOspfNbrEvents brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.9 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of times this neighbor’s state has changed state, or the number of times an error occurred. snOspfNbrLsRetrans QLen brcdIp.1.2.4.7.1.1.10 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only Specifies the interval between the retransmission of link-state advertisements to router adjacencies for this interface. The range is 0 – 3600 seconds. Default: 5 seconds OSPF virtual neighbor table The OSPF Virtual Neighbor Table describes all virtual neighbors. Since Virtual links are configured in the virtual interface table, this table is read only. 388 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 OSPF virtual neighbor table Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 15 Virtual Links. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfVirtNbrTable brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1 None The OSPF Virtual Neighbor Table. snOspfVirtNbrEntry brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1 None An entry in the OSPF Virtual Neighbor Table. snOspfVirtNbrEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The ID of an entry in OSPF Virtual Neighbor Table. snOspfVirtNbrArea brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.2 Syntax: AreaID Read only Shows the ID of the transit area. The format is defined in the “snOspfVirtNbrAreaIdFormat” object. snOspfVirtNbrRtrId brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.3 Syntax: RouterID Read only Identifies the IP address of the neighboring router in the Autonomous System. This is a 32-bit integer. snOspfVirtNbrIpAddr brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of this virtual neighbor. snOspfVirtNbrOptions brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows a bit map that corresponds to the neighbor’s options field. Thus, Bit 1, if set, indicates that the neighbor supports Type of Service Routing; if zero, no metrics other than TOS 0 are in use by the neighbor. 389 OSPF virtual neighbor table 390 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfVirtNbrState brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the state of the communication between the Layer 3 Switch and the virtual neighbor: • down(1) – There has been no recent information received from the neighbor. • attempt(2) – This state is only valid for neighbors attached to non-broadcast networks. It indicates that no recent information has been received from the neighbor. • init(3) – A Hello packet has recently been seen from the neighbor. However, bidirectional communication has not yet been established with the neighbor. (The router itself did not appear in the neighbor's Hello packet.) All neighbors in this state (or higher) are listed in the Hello packets sent from the associated interface. • twoWay(4) – Communication between the two routers is bidirectional. This is the most advanced state before beginning adjacency establishment. The Designated Router and Backup Designated Router are selected from the set of neighbors in the 2-Way state or greater. • exchangeStart(5) – The first step in creating an adjacency between the two neighboring routers. The goal of this step is to decide which router is the master, and to decide upon the initial DD sequence number. Neighbor communications in this state or greater are called adjacencies. • exchange(6) – The router is describing its entire link-state database by sending DD packets to the neighbor. Each DD packet has a DD sequence number, and is explicitly acknowledged. Only one DD packet can be outstanding at any time. In this state, link-state Request packets can also be sent asking for the neighbor's more recent advertisements. All adjacencies in exchange state or greater are used by the flooding procedure. In fact, these adjacencies are fully capable of transmitting and receiving all types of OSPF routing protocol packets. • loading(7) – Link-state Request packets are sent to the neighbor asking for the more recent advertisements that have been discovered (but not yet received) in the exchange state. • full(8) – The neighboring routers are fully adjacent. These adjacencies will now appear in router links and network link advertisements. snOspfVirtNbrEvents brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of times the state of this virtual link has changed or an error has occurred. snOspfVirtNbrLSRetransQL en brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.8 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only Shows the current length of the retransmission queue. snOspfVirtNbrAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.8.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the format of how Area ID will be entered in the “snOspfVirtNbrRtrId” object: • integer(0) – Integer • ipAddress(1) – IP address IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 OSPF link-state database OSPF link-state database The link-state database contains the link-state advertisement from all the areas to which the device is attached. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 12 Link State Advertisements. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfLsdbTable brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1 None The OSPF Process’s link-state database. snOspfLsdbEntry brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1 None An entry in the OSPF Process’s link-state database. Each entry represents a single link-state advertisement. snOspfLsdbEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The ID of the entry in the link-state database. snOspfLsdbAreaId brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.2 Syntax: AreaID Read only Shows the Area from which the LSA was received. The value is in a 32-bit format. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section C.2 Area parameters snOspfLsdbType brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the type of the link-state advertisement. Each link-state type has a separate advertisement format. • routerLink(1) • networkLink(2) • summaryLink(3) • asSummaryLink(4) Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section A.4.1 The Link State Advertisement header snOspfLsdbLsId brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Specifies the link-state ID. This ID is an LS type-specific field containing either a Router ID or an IP Address. It identifies the piece of the routing domain that is being described by the advertisement. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 12.1.4 Link State ID snOspfLsdbRouterId brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.5 Syntax: RouterID Read only Identifies the originating router in the Autonomous System. This information is in a 32-bit number. The format is determined by the “snOspfLsdbAreaIdFormat” object. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section C.1 Global parameters NOTE: OSPF Sequence Number is a 32-bit signed integer. It starts with the value ’80000001’h or -’7FFFFFFF’h, and increments until ’7FFFFFFF’h Thus, a typical sequence number will be very negative. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 391 OSPF link state database, external Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfLsdbSequence brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the sequence number of this entry. The OSPF neighbor that sent the LSA stamps the LSA with a sequence number to enable the Layer 3 Switch and other OSPF routers to determine which LSA for a given route is the most recent. This object can be used to detect old and duplicate link-state advertisements. The higher the sequence number, the more recent the advertisement. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 12.1.6 LS sequence number snOspfLsdbAge brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the age of the link-state advertisement in seconds. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 12.1.1 LS age snOspfLsdbChecksum brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Indicates the checksum for the LSA packet. The checksum is based on all the fields in the packet except the age field. The Layer 3 Switch uses the checksum to verify that the packet is not corrupted. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 2.1.7 LS checksum snOspfLsdbAdvertisemen t brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.9 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the data in the link-state advertisement, including its header in octets. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section Section 12 Link State Advertisements snOspfLsdbAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.9.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the format of how RouterId will be entered in the “snOspfLsdbRouterId” object: • integer(0) – Integer • ipAddress(1) – IP address OSPF link state database, external The link-state database contains the link-state advertisement from throughout the areas that the device is attached to. This table is identical to the OSPF LSDB Table in format, but contains only external link-state advertisement. The purpose is to allow external LSAs to be displayed once for the router rather than once in each non-stub area. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 392 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfExtLsdbTable brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1 None The Link-State External Database Table. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section Section 12 Link State Advertisements snOspfExtLsdbEntry brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1 None An entry in the Link-State External Database Table. Each entry represents a single link-state advertisement. snOspfExtLsdbEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The table entry index of this link-state database. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 OSPF area status table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfExtLsdbType brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the type of the link-state advertisement. Each link-state type has a separate advertisement format. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section Appendix A.4.1 The Link State Advertisement header snOspfExtLsdbLsId brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the external link-state ID. This ID is an LS type-specific field containing either a Router ID or an IP Address. It identifies the piece of the routing domain that is being described by the advertisement. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 12.1.4 Link-state ID snOspfExtLsdbRouterId brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Identifies the originating router in the Autonomous System. This information is in a 32-bit number. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section C.1 Global parameters NOTE: OSPF Sequence Number is a 32-bit signed integer. It starts with the value ’80000001’h, or -’7FFFFFFF’h. It increments until ’7FFFFFFF’h Thus, a typical sequence number will be very negative. snOspfExtLsdbSequence brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the sequence number of this entry. The OSPF neighbor that sent the LSA stamps it with a sequence number to enable the Layer 3 Switch and other OSPF routers to determine which LSA for a given route is the most recent. This object can be used to detect old and duplicate link-state advertisements. The higher the sequence number, the more recent the advertisement. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 12.1.6 LS sequence number snOspfExtLsdbAge brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the age of the link-state advertisement in seconds. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 12.1.1 LS age snOspfExtLsdbChecksum brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Indicates the checksum for the LSA packet. The checksum is based on all the fields in the packet except the age field. The Layer 3 Switch uses the checksum to verify that the packet is not corrupted. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 12.1.7 LS checksum snOspfExtLsdbAdvertisem ent brcdIp.1.2.4.10.1.1.8 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the data in the link-state advertisement, including its header in octets. There can be up to 36 octets in this object. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 12 Link State Advertisements OSPF area status table The OSPF Area Status Data Structure contains information regarding the configured parameters and cumulative statistics of the router’s attached areas. The interfaces and virtual links are configured as part of these areas. Area 0.0.0.0 is the Backbone Area. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 6 The Area Data Structure. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 393 OSPF area status table NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 394 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfAreaStatusTable brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1 None The OSPF Area Status Table. snOspfAreaStatusEntry brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1 None An entry in the OSPF Area Status Table. snOspfAreaStatusEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The ID of an entry in the OSPF Area Status Table. snOspfAreaStatusAreaId brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.2 Syntax: AreaID Read only Specifies the ID of an area. The format of this 32-bit integer is determined by the value of the “snOspfAreaStatusAreaIdFormat” object. Area ID 0.0.0.0 is used for the OSPF backbone. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section C.2 Area parameters snOspfAreaStatusImportASExtern Read only brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 The area’s support for importing AS external link-state advertisements. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section C.2 Area parameters Default: 1 snOspfAreaStatusStubMetric brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.4 Syntax: BigMetric Read only The metric value applied at the default type of service (ospfMetric). By default, this equals the least metric at the type of service among the interfaces to other areas. This object exist only if the value of snOspfAreaSummary is snOspfAreaSummary(2); Otherwise, an SNMP_GET or GET_NEXT attempt of this Object will return NO_SUCH_NAME. snOspfAreaStatusSpfRuns brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of times that the intra-area route table has been recalculated using this area’s link-state database. snOspfAreaStatusAreaBdrRtrCou nt brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.6 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only Show the number of area border routers that are reachable within this area. This is initially zero, the default, and is calculated in each shortest path first (SPF) pass. snOspfAreaStatusASBdrRtrCount brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.7 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only Shows the total number of Autonomous System border routers that are reachable within this area. This is initially zero, the default, and is calculated in each SPF pass. snOspfAreaStatusLSACount brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.8 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only Shows the total number of link-state advertisements in this area’s link-state database, excluding AS external LSAs. Default: 0 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 OSPF interface status table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfAreaStatusLSACksumSum brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the total link-state advertisements of area’s link-state database. This number is a 32-bit unsigned sum of the LS checksums, excluding external (LS type 5) link-state advertisements. The value can be used to determine if there has been a change in a router’s link-state database, and to compare the link-state database of two routers. Default: 0 snOspfAreaStatusAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.11.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the format of how Area ID will be entered in the “snOspfAreaStatusAreaId” object: • integer(0) – Integer. • ipAddress(1) – IP address. OSPF interface status table The OSPF Interface Status Table describes the interfaces from the viewpoint of OSPF. It augments the ifStatusTable with OSPF specific information. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfIfStatusTable brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1 None The OSPF Interface Status Table. snOspfIfStatusEntry brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1 None An entry in the OSPF Interface Status Table. Each entry represents one interface from the viewpoint of OSPF. snOspfIfStatusEntryIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The ID of an entry in the OSPF Interface Status Table. snOspfIfStatusPort brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the ID of the physical router port of this OSPF interface. snOspfIfStatusIpAddress brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of this OSPF interface. snOspfIfStatusAreaId brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.4 Syntax: AreaID Read only Identifies the area to which the interface connects. This ID is a 32-bit integer. Area ID 0.0.0.0 (in the ’00000000’h format) is used for the OSPF backbone. The format of this ID is determined by the value of the “snOspfIfStatusAreaIdFormat” object. 395 OSPF interface status table 396 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfIfStatusType brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only Identifies the OSPF interface type. (By way of a default, this field may be derived from the corresponding value of ifType.) • broadcast(1) – For broadcast LANs such as Ethernet and IEEE 802.5 • nbma(2) – For X.25, Frame Relay, and similar technologies • pointToPoint(3) – For point-to-point interfaces snOspfIfStatusAdminStat brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows if OSPF has been enabled to form neighbor relationships on the interface: • disabled(0) – The interface is external to OSPF • enabled(1) – OSPF has been enabled to form neighbor relationships and the interface will be advertised as an internal route to some area snOspfIfStatusRtrPriority brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.7 Syntax: DesignatedRouterPriority Read only Specifies the priority of this interface. This object is used in the designated router election algorithm for multi-access networks. Valid values: 0 – 255 Default: 1. A value of 0 means that the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this particular network. If two or more routers have the same priority value, then the router with the highest router ID becomes the designated router. The router with the next highest router ID becomes the backup designated router. snOspfIfStatusTransitDelay brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.8 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read only Shows the time it takes to transmit link-state update packets on this interface. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 1 second snOspfIfStatusRetransInterv al brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.9 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read only Shows the number of seconds between retransmissions of link-state advertisements, to adjacencies that belong to this interface. This value is also used when retransmitting database description and link-state request packets. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 5 seconds snOspfIfStatusHelloInterval brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.10 Syntax: HelloRange Read only Specifies the number of seconds that router waits before it sends the next Hello packet on this interface. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Valid values: 1 – 65535 seconds Default: 10 seconds snOspfIfStatusRtrDeadInterv al brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.11 Syntax: PositiveInteger Read only Specifies the number of seconds that neighbor routers wait for a router’s Hello packets before they declare that the router is down. This should be a multiple of the Hello interval and must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Default: 40 seconds snOspfIfStatusState brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the OSPF Interface State. down(1) loopback(2) waiting(3) pointToPoint(4) designatedRouter(5) backupDesignatedRouter(6) otherDesignatedRouter(7) Default: down(1) • • • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 OSPF interface status table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfIfStatusDesignatedRo uter brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.13 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP Address of the designated router. Default: ’00000000’h, which equals to 0.0.0.0 snOspfIfStatusBackupDesign atedRouter brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.14 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP Address of the backup router. Default: ’00000000’h, which equals to 0.0.0.0 snOspfIfStatusEvents brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.15 Syntax: Counter32 Read only snOspfIfStatusAuthType brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Specifies the authentication type for an interface. Valid values:: • none(0) • simplePassword(1) • md5(2) • reserved for specification by IANA(> 2) Additional authentication types may be assigned locally on a per interface basis. Default: none(0) snOspfIfStatusAuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.17 Syntax: OctetString Read only Indicates the area’s authentication key. If the authentication type selected is simple password, then this object requires an alphanumeric password. If the value is shorter than eight octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal eight octets. The simple password setting takes effect immediately. All OSPF packets transmitted on the interface contain this password. Any OSPF packet received on the interface is checked for this password. If the password is not present, then the packet is dropped. The password can be up to eight characters long. • If the authentication type is MD5, then a key ID and an MD5 key are required. The key ID is a number from 1 to 255 and identifies the MD5 key that is being used. The MD5 key can be up to sixteen alphanumeric characters long. When read, “snOspfIfAuthKey” always returns a blank. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 9 The Interface Data Structure Default: ’0000000000000000’h – 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0 snOspfIfStatusMetricValue brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the cost of using this TOS on this interface. The default value of the TOS 0 Metric is 10^8 or ifSpeed. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snOspfIfStatusMd5AuthKeyI d brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the ID of the MD5 authentication key. This object identifies the algorithm and secret key used to create the message digest appended to the OSPF packet. Key identifiers are unique per interface. If the object “snOspfVirtIfAuthType” is set to MD5, the value of this object must be a number from 1 – 255. Shows the following: The number of times that the state of this OSPF interface has changed • The number of times an error has occurred • • 397 OSPF virtual interface status table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfIfStatusMd5AuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.20 Syntax: OctetString Read only Specifies the MD5 authentication key. The value of this object is encrypted and included in each OSPF packet transmitted. If the value of this object is shorter than 16 octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal 16 octets. When read, snOspfIfMd5AuthKey always returns a blank. snOspfIfStatusMd5Activation WaitTime brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.21 Syntax: Integer Read only Determines when a newly configured MD5 authentication key is valid. This parameter provides a graceful transition from one MD5 key to another without disturbing the network. All new packets transmitted after the key activation wait time interval use the newly configured MD5 key. OSPF packets that contain the old MD5 key are accepted for up to five minutes after the new MD5 key is in operation. The range for the key activation wait time is from 0 – 14400 seconds. snOspfIfStatusAreaIdFormat brcdIp.1.2.4.12.1.1.22 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the format of how Area ID will be entered in the “snOspfIfStatusAreaId” object: • integer(0) – Integer. • ipAddress(1) – IP address OSPF virtual interface status table The Virtual Interface Status Table contains information about this router’s virtual interfaces. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section C.4 Virtual link parameters. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 398 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfVirtIfStatusTable brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1 None The OSPF Virtual Interface Status Table. snOspfVirtIfStatusEntry brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1 None An entry in the The OSPF Virtual Interface Status Table. Each entry represents one interface. snOspfVirtIfStatusEntryInde x brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The ID of the entry in this table. snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaID brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.2 Syntax: AreaID Read only Shows the ID of the transit area that the virtual link traverses. The value of this object cannot be 0.0.0.0. The format of this object is determined by the value of the “snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaIdFormat” object. snOspfVirtIfStatusNeighbor brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.3 Syntax: RouterID Read only Shows the ID or IP address of the router that is serving as the virtual neighbor. snOspfVirtIfStatusTransitDel ay brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.4 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read only Shows the time it takes to transmit link-state update packets on this interface. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 1 second IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 OSPF virtual interface status table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfVirtIfStatusRetransIn terval brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.5 Syntax: UpToMaxAge Read only Specifies the interval between the retransmission of link-state advertisements to router adjacencies for this interface. Valid values: 0 – 3600 seconds Default: 5 seconds snOspfVirtIfStatusHelloInter val brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.6 Syntax: HelloRange Read only Specifies the number of seconds that router waits before it sends the next Hello packet on this interface. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Valid values: 1 – 65535 seconds Default: 10 seconds This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. snOspfVirtIfStatusRtrDeadIn Read only terval brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.7 Syntax: PositiveInteger Specifies the number of seconds that neighbor routers wait for a router’s Hello packets before they declare that the router is down. This should be a multiple of the Hello interval. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. Default: 60 seconds snOspfVirtIfStatusState brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the state of the OSPF virtual interface: down(1) pointToPoint(4) Default: down(1) snOspfVirtIfStatusEvents brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.9 Syntax: Counter32 Read only snOspfVirtIfStatusAuthType brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Specifies the authentication type for an interface. Valid values:: • none(0) • simplePassword(1) • reserved for specification by IANA(> 1) Additional authentication types may be assigned locally on a per interface basis. Default: none(0) snOspfVirtIfStatusAuthKey brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.11 Syntax: OctetString Read only Specifies the authentication key. If the authentication type selected is simple password, then this object requires an alphanumeric password. If the value is shorter than eight octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal eight octets. The simple password setting takes effect immediately. All OSPF packets transmitted on the interface contain this password. Any OSPF packet received on the interface is checked for this password. If the password is not present, then the packet is dropped. The password can be up to eight characters long. • If the authentication type is MD5, then a key ID and an MD5 key are required. The key ID is a number from 1 to 255 and identifies the MD5 key that is being used. The MD5 key can be up to sixteen alphanumeric characters long. When read, “snOspfIfAuthKey” always returns a blank. Reference: RFC 1583 “OSPF Version 2”, section 9 The Interface Data Structure Default: ’0000000000000000’h – 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0 • • Shows the following: The number of times that the state of this OSPF interface has changed • The number of times an error has occurred • • 399 OSPF routing information table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfVirtIfStatusMd5Auth KeyId brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the ID of the MD5 authentication key. This object identifies the algorithm and secret key used to create the message digest appended to the OSPF packet. Key identifiers are unique per interface. If the object “snOspfVirtIfAuthType” is set to MD5, the value of this object must be a number from 1 – 255. snOspfVirtIfStatusMd5Auth Key brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.13 Syntax: OctetString Read only Specifies the MD5 authentication key. The value of this object is encrypted and included in each OSPF packet transmitted. If the value of this object is shorter than 16 octets, the agent will left-adjust and zero-fill the key to equal 16 octets. When read, snOspfIfMd5AuthKey always returns a blank. snOspfVirtIfStatusMd5Activ ationWaitTime brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read only Determines when a newly configured MD5 authentication key is valid. This parameter provides a graceful transition from one MD5 key to another without disturbing the network. All new packets transmitted after the key activation wait time interval use the newly configured MD5 key. OSPF packets that contain the old MD5 key are accepted for up to five minutes after the new MD5 key is in operation. The range for the key activation wait time is from 0 – 14400 seconds. snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaIdFor mat brcdIp.1.2.4.13.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the format of how Area ID will be entered in the “snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaID” object: • integer(0) – Integer • ipAddress(1) – IP address OSPF routing information table The OSPF Routing Information Table contains information on the OSPF ABR or ASBR routing. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 400 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfRoutingInfoTable brcdIp.1.2.4.14.1 None The OSPF Routing Information Table. snOspfRoutingInfoEntry brcdIp.1.2.4.14.1.1 None An entry in the OSPF Routing Information Table. snOspfRoutingInfoIndex brcdIp.1.2.4.14.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only ID of an entry in this table. snOspfRoutingInfoRouter brcdIp.1.2.4.14.1.1.2 Syntax: RouterID Read only Shows the ID or IP address of the destination router. snOspfRoutingInfoRouterType brcdIp.1.2.4.14.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows what router type the destination router is: abr(1) – Area Border Router. asbr(2) – Autonomous System Border Router. abrANDasbr(3) – Area Border and Autonomous System Border Router. • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfRoutingInfoNextHopRouterI D brcdIp.1.2.4.14.1.1.4 Syntax: RouterID Read only Shows the ID or IP address of the next hop destination router. snOspfRoutingInfoOutgoingInterfac e brcdIp.1.2.4.14.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the outgoing interface of the destination router. Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron The Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol is supported on the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices. The implementation fully complies with RFC 1850 - OSPF Version 2 Management Information Base. r snOspfAdminStat brcdIp.1.2.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Read-write Specifies the state of the OSPF in the router: disabled(0) – OSPF is disabled on all interfaces enabled(1) – OSPF is active on at least one interface • • 401 Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron 402 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 22 BGP4 BGP4 general variables Border Gateway Protocol version 4 (BGP4) is supported on the following products: • NetIron Internet Backbone router • BigIron Layer 3 Switch • NetIron stackable Layer 3 Switch (must have 32MB RAM and 4MB flash module) No other device supports these MIB objects, unless noted in the sections below. The implementation complies with RFC 1771. The BGP4 implementation also supports the following RFCs: • • • • • • • RFC 1745 (OSPF Interactions) RFC 1965 (BGP4 Confederations) RFC 1997 (BGP Communities Attributes) RFC 2385 (TCP MD5 Signature Option) RFC 2439 (Route Flap Dampening) RFC 2796 (Route Reflection) RFC 2842 (Capability Advertisement) Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on the features discussed in this chapter. NOTE Beginning with software release 07.6.03, devices support RFC 1657 instead of the objects in this chapter. Also, BigIron MG8, NetIron 40G, and FastIron Edge Switch support RFC 1657. For BGP4 MIB objects on BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices, refer to “Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices” on page 440. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 403 BGP4 general variables The BGP4 parameters apply globally to a device’s BGP4 process. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4GenAlwaysCompareMed brcdIp.1.2.11.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the comparison of the Multi-Exit Discriminator for paths from neighbors in different AS is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, and NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenAutoSummary brcdIp.1.2.11.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if subnet routes are automatically summarized: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, and NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenDefaultLocalPreference brcdIp.1.2.11.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Sets the default local preference attribute. When the router uses the BGP4 algorithm to select a route to send to the IP route table, one of the parameters the algorithm uses is the local preference. Local preference is an attribute that indicates a degree of preference for a route relative to other routes. BGP4 neighbors can send the local preference value as an attribute of a route in an UPDATE message. Local preference applies only to routes within the local AS. BGP4 routers can exchange local preference information with neighbors who are also in the local AS; however, BGP4 routers do not exchange local preference information with neighbors in remote ASs. Valid values: 0 – 4294967295 Default: 100 Read-write Indicates if the default Information Originate is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) By default, the router does not originate and advertise a default route using BGP4. A BGP4 default route is the IP address 0.0.0.0 and the route prefix 0 or network mask 0.0.0.0. For example, 0.0.0.0/0 is a default route. You can enable the router to advertise a default BGP4 route using either of the following methods. Layer 3 Switches check for the existence of an IGP route with 0.0.0.0/0 in the IP route table before creating a local BGP route for 0.0.0.0/0. NOTE: This object is not supported on theBrocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, and NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenDefaultInfoOriginate brcdIp.1.2.11.1.4 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 404 • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 general variables Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4GenFastExternalFallover brcdIp.1.2.11.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if automatic resetting of BGP sessions of any directly adjacent sessions is enabled, if the links used to reach them go down. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Read-write The next boot-configured number of neighbors in a BGP Peer Group. The minimum value of this object is the value of the “snBgp4GenMinNeighbors” object. Its maximum value is the value of the “snBgp4GenMaxNeighbors” object. Read-write The next boot-configured number of routes. The minimum value of this MIB is snBgp4GenMinRoutes. The maximum value of this MIB is “snBgp4GenMaxRoutes”. Read-write To enable or disable the synchronization between BGP and your IGP. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Read-write Indicates how often the device sends keep alive messages. Valid values: 1 – 65535 seconds Default: 60 seconds Read-write Determines how many seconds the device will wait for a keep alive or update message from a BGP4 neighbor before deciding that the neighbor is dead. Valid values: 1 – 65535 seconds Default: 180 seconds NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenNextBootNeighbors brcdIp.1.2.11.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenNextBootRoutes brcdIp.1.2.11.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenSynchronization brcdIp.1.2.11.1.8 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenKeepAliveTime brcdIp.1.2.11.1.9 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenHoldTime brcdIp.1.2.11.1.10 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 405 BGP4 general variables Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4GenRouterId brcdIp.1.2.11.1.11 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Indicates the BGP Router IP address. Read-write Defines the route map name. Each character of the name is represented by one octet. Valid values: Up to 32 octets. snBgp4GenAdminStat brcdIp.1.2.11.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if BGP4 routing is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snBgp4GenDefaultMetric brcdIp.1.2.11.1.14 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Indicates the default metric values for the BGP4 protocol. The Layer 3 Switches can redistribute directly connected routes, static IP routes, RIP routes, and OSPF routes into BGP4. The MED (metric) is a global parameter that specifies the cost that will be applied to all routes by default when they are redistributed into BGP4. Valid values: 0 – 4294967295 Read only Shows the maximum number of neighbors that can be configured in a BGP Peer Group. Read only Shows the minimum number of neighbors that can be configured in a BGP Peer Group. Read only Shows the maximum number of configured routes. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenTableMap brcdIp.1.2.11.1.12 Syntax: OctetString NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenMaxNeighbors brcdIp.1.2.11.1.15 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenMinNeighbors brcdIp.1.2.11.1.16 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenMaxRoutes brcdIp.1.2.11.1.17 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 406 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 general variables Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4GenMinRoutes brcdIp.1.2.11.1.18 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the minimum number of configured routes. Read only Shows the maximum number of configured BGP4 address filters. Read only Shows the maximum number of configured BGP4 aggregate addresses. Read only Shows the maximum number of configured BGP4 AS-PATH filters. Read only Shows the maximum number of configured BGP4 community filters. Read only Shows the maximum number of configured BGP4 networks. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenMaxAddrFilters brcdIp.1.2.11.1.19 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenMaxAggregateAddresse s brcdIp.1.2.11.1.20 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenMaxAsPathFilters brcdIp.1.2.11.1.21 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenMaxCommunityFilters brcdIp.1.2.11.1.22 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenMaxNetworks brcdIp.1.2.11.1.23 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 407 BGP4 general variables Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4GenMaxRouteMapFilters brcdIp.1.2.11.1.24 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the maximum number of configured BGP4 route map filters. Read only Shows the minimum configured value of BGP4 neighbor prefix. Read only Shows the current operational max number of neighbors configured for a BGP Group. Read only Shows the current operational number of routes. snBgp4GenLocalAs brcdIp.1.2.11.1.28 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the BGP4 local autonomous system number. Valid values: 0 - 65536 snBgp4GenRoutesInstalled brcdIp.1.2.11.1.29 Syntax: Integer32 Read only NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenNeighPrefixMinValue brcdIp.1.2.11.1.25 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenOperNeighbors brcdIp.1.2.11.1.2632 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenOperRoutes brcdIp.1.2.11.1.27 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. NOTE: This object is deprecated for NetIron software release 04.0.00 and later. The object “snBgp4GenLocalAs4” can be used instead. Shows the BGP4 installed routes. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 408 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 general variables Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4GenAsPathInstalled brcdIp.1.2.11.1.30 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the BGP4 installed autonomous system path. Read-write Determines the administrative distance for BGP external routes. Default: 200 Read-write Determines the administrative distance for BGP internal routes. Default: 200 Read-write Determines the administrative distance for BGP local routes. Default: 200 Read only Shows the operational number of attribute entries. Read-write Defines the next boot maximum attribute entries. Default: 10000, which means to reset to default NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4ExternalDistance brcdIp.1.2.11.1.31 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4InternalDistance brcdIp.1.2.11.1.32 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4LocalDistance brcdIp.1.2.11.1.33 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4OperNumOfAttributes brcdIp.1.2.11.1.34 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4NextBootMaxAttributes brcdIp.1.2.11.1.35 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 409 BGP4 general variables Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4ClusterId brcdIp.1.2.11.1.36 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Defines a cluster ID which is represented by 4-unsigned-byte integers (0..0xFFFFFFFF). 0 means to reset to default. Read-write Indicates if the client to client reflection in BGP4 is enabled. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Read only Shows the current total number of neighbors running in a BGP group. Read-write Indicates the maximum number of configured Paths. Read-write Determines the BGP4 Confederation ID. This ID identifies the confederation to BGP routers outside the confederation. A confederation is a BGP4 AS that has been subdivided into multiple, smaller ASs. Subdividing an AS into smaller ASs simplifies administration and reduces BGP-related traffic, thus reducing the complexity of the Interior Border Gateway Protocol (IBGP) mesh among the BGP routers in the AS. The confederation ID is the AS ID. Read-write Specifies the sub-AS numbers that are members of the confederation. There is a maximum of 50 peers. This is a number from 1 to 0xFFFF. It is represented by two octets. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4ClientToClientReflection brcdIp.1.2.11.1.37 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenTotalNeighbors brcdIp.1.2.11.1.38 Syntax: Integer32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenMaxPaths brcdIp.1.2.11.1.39 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenConfedId brcdIp.1.2.11.1.40 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenConfedPeers brcdIp.1.2.11.1.41 Syntax: OctetString NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 410 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 general variables Name, OID, and Syntax Access snBgp4GenDampening brcdIp.1.2.11.1.42 Syntax: Integer Read-write NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenDampenHalfLife brcdIp.1.2.11.1.43 Syntax: Integer Description Specifies the dampening of BGP4 in the device none(0) – BGP4 dampening is off parameters(1) – Parameters are configurable routemap(2) – Routemap is configurable • • • Read-write Specifies the number of minutes after which the route’s penalty becomes half its value. Read-write Specifies how low a route’s penalty must be before the route becomes eligible for use again after being suppressed. Read-write Specifies how high a route’s penalty can be before the Layer 3 Switch suppresses the route. Read-write Specifies the maximum number of minutes that a route can be suppressed regardless of how unstable it is. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenDampenReuse brcdIp.1.2.11.1.44 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenDampenSuppress brcdIp.1.2.11.1.45 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenDampenMaxSuppress brcdIp.1.2.11.1.46 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 411 BGP4 network table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4GenDampenMap brcdIp.1.2.11.1.47 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the name of the route map that will be used to redirect traffic. The name is an octet string. Each character is represented by one octet. Valid values: Up to 32 octets. Read-write BGP4 local autonomous system (AS) number to support 4 byte AS format. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snBgp4GenLocalAs4 brcdIp.1.2.11.1.48 Syntax: InetAutonomousSystemNumber BGP4 network table The BGP4 network table shows the weight used for the network. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 412 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NetworkTable brcdIp.1.2.11.10.1 None The BGP4 Network Table. snBgp4NetworkEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.10.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Network Table. snBgp4NetworkIp brcdIp.1.2.11.10.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP Address for a network entry. snBgp4NetworkSubnetMask brcdIp.1.2.11.10.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the subnet mask for a network entry. snBgp4NetworkWeight brcdIp.1.2.11.10.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the weight of the neighbor connection. Valid values: 0 – 65535 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 address filter table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NetworkBackdoor brcdIp.1.2.11.10.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the backdoor option is enabled for this network: disabled(0) enabled(1) The backdoor option changes the administrative distance of the route to this network from the EBGP administrative distance (20 by default) to the Local BGP weight (200 by default). The route is tagged as a backdoor route. Use this option when you want the router to prefer IGP routes such as RIP or OSPF routes over the EBGP route for the network snBgp4NetworkRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.10.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer • • Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid BGP4 address filter table You can configure the router to explicitly permit or deny specific IP addresses received in updates from BGP4 neighbors by defining IP address filters. The router permits all IP addresses by default. You can define up to 100 IP address filters for BGP4. • If you want “permit” to remain the default behavior, define individual filters to deny specific IP addresses. • If you want to change the default behavior to “deny”, define individual filters to permit specific IP addresses. NOTE Once you define a filter, the default action for addresses that do not match a filter is “deny”. To change the default action to “permit”, configure the last filter as “permit any any”. Address filters can be referred to by a BGP neighbor's distribute list number as well as by match statements in a route map. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 413 BGP4 aggregate address table NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4AddrFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1 None The BGP4 Address Filter Table snBgp4AddrFilterEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Address Filter Table snBgp4AddrFilterIndex brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The table index for a filter entry. snBgp4AddrFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates what the device will do if the BGP address matches this filter: • deny(0) • permit(1) snBgp4AddrFilterSourceIp brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the source IP address. snBgp4AddrFilterSourceMask brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the source IP subnet mask. snBgp4AddrFilterDestIp brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the destination IP address. snBgp4AddrFilterDestMask brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1.1.6 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the destination IP subnet mask. snBgp4AddrFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid BGP4 aggregate address table By default, the Layer 3 Switch advertises individual routes for all the networks. The aggregation feature allows you to configure the Layer 3 Switch to aggregate routes in a range of networks into a single CIDR number. 414 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 aggregate address table NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4AggregateAddrTable brcdIp.1.2.11.3.1 None The BGP4 Aggregate Address Table snBgp4AggregateAddrEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.3.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Aggregate Address Table snBgp4AggregateAddrIp brcdIp.1.2.11.3.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the aggregate Address IP address. Specify 0 for the host portion and for the network portion that differs among the networks in the aggregate. For example, to aggregate 10.0.1.0, 10.0.2.0, and 10.0.3.0, enter the IP address 10.0.0.0 and the network mask 255.255.0.0 in the next object. snBgp4AggregateAddrMask brcdIp.1.2.11.3.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the aggregate Address IP subnet mask. snBgp4AggregateAddrOption brcdIp.1.2.11.3.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the type of aggregate address option that is being used: • address(1) – Adds an address. This is the default option. • asSet(2) – Causes the router to aggregate AS-path information for all the routes in the aggregate address into a single AS-path. • summaryOnly(3) – Prevents the router from advertising more specific routes contained within the aggregate route. • suppressMap(4) – Prevents the more specific routes contained in the specified route map from being advertised. • advertiseMap(5) – Configures the router to advertise the more specific routes in the specified route map. • attributeMap(6) – Configures the router to set attributes for the aggregate routes based on the specified route map. 415 BGP4 attribute entries table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4AggregateAddrMap brcdIp.1.2.11.3.1.1.4 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the name of the route map to be used if the “snBgp4AggregateAddrOption” object is set to suppressMap(4), advertiseMap(5), or attributeMap(6). The value of this object is an octet string. Each character in the address map name is represented by one octet. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snBgp4AggregateAddrRowStatu s brcdIp.1.2.11.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid BGP4 attribute entries table The BGP4 Attribute Entries Table contains the sets of BGP4 attributes stored in the router’s memory. Each set of attributes is unique and can be associated with one or more routes. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 416 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4AttributeTable brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1 None The BGP4 Attribute Entries Table. snBgp4AttributeEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Attribute Entries Table. snBgp4AttributeIndex brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the index for a route entry. snBgp4AttributeNextHop brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the IP address of the next hop router for routes that have this set of attributes. snBgp4AttributeMetric brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the cost of the route entry. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 attribute entries table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4AttributeOrigin brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only snBgp4AttributeAggregatorAs brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the aggregator AS number for an attribute entry. AS in which the network information in the attribute set was aggregated. This value applies only to aggregated routes and is otherwise 0. snBgp4AttributeRouterId brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the ID of the device that originated this aggregator. snBgp4AttributeAtomicAggrega tePresent brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the origin of this route: igp(0) – Routes with this set of attributes came to BGP through IGP. • egp(1) – Routes with this set of attributes came to BGP through EGP. • incomplete(2) – Routes came from an origin other than one of the above. For example, they may have been redistributed from OSPF or RIP. • Shows if this aggregation has resulted in information loss. false(0) – No information loss true(1) – Information has been lost • • snBgp4AttributeLocalPreferenc Read only e brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 Shows the degree of preference for routes that use this set of attributes, relative to other routes in the local AS. snBgp4AttributeCommunityList brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.9 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the communities that routes with this set of attributes are in. A community is represented by four octets. The community list, could have some well known numbers such as: • BGP_COMMUNITY_ATTRIBUTE_NO_EXPORT0xFFFFFF01 • BGP_COMMUNITY_ATTRIBUTE_NO_ADVERTISE0xFFFFFF02 If the community list is a NULL string (empty list) then the community is INTERNET, which is represented by a number from 1 to 0xFFFFFFFF. snBgp4AttributeAsPathList brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.10 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the ASs through which routes with this set of attributes have passed. The local AS is shown in parentheses. This is a number from 1 – 0xFFFF. This integer number is represented by two octets. snBgp4AttributeOriginator brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.11 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the originator of the route in a route reflector environment. snBgp4AttributeClusterList brcdIp.1.2.11.18.1.1.12 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the route reflector clusters through which this set of attributes has passed. The list is a group of cluster IDs. Each ID is an IP address represented by four octets. 417 BGP4 AS-path filter table BGP4 AS-path filter table A list of the other ASs through which a route passes. BGP4 routers can use the AS-path to detect and eliminate routing loops. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4AsPathFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.11.4.1 None The BGP4 AS-Path Filter Table snBgp4AsPathFilterEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.4.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 AS-Path Filter Table snBgp4AsPathFilterIndex brcdIp.1.2.11.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The table index for a filter entry. snBgp4AsPathFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.11.4.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies what the device will do if the BGP address matches this filter. • deny(0) • permit(1) snBgp4AsPathFilterRegExpression brcdIp.1.2.11.4.1.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows the AS in the filter that is using a regular expression. Each character of the regular expression string is represented by one octet. Valid values: Up to 256 snBgp4AsPathFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid BGP4 community filter table You can filter routes received from BGP4 neighbors based on community names. 418 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 community filter table NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4CommunityFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1 None The BGP4 Community Filter Table. snBgp4CommunityFilterEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Community Filter Table. snBgp4CommunityFilterIndex brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The table index for a filter entry. snBgp4CommunityFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies what the device will do if the BGP address matches this filter. • deny(0) • permit(1) snBgp4CommunityFilterCommNum brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Identifies the filter’s number. This is a number from 1 – 0xFFFFFFFF. There can be up to 20 filters. Each integer is represented by four octets. snBgp4CommunityFilterInternet brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write snBgp4CommunityFilterNoAdvertise brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Checks the route to see if it has the keyword “NO_ADVERTISE”. If the route has the keyword, it will not be advertised to EBGP peers: • false(0) • true(1) snBgp4CommunityFilterNoExport brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Checks the route to see if it has the keyword “NO_EXPORT”. If the route has the keyword, it will not be advertised to EBGP peers outside the local AS: • false(0) • true(1) Indicates if Internet Community is enabled disabled(0) enabled(1) • • 419 BGP4 route map filter table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4CommunityFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snBgp4CommunityFilterLocalAs brcdIp.1.2.11.5.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Checks the route to see if it has the keyword “LOCAL_AS”. If the route has the keyword the community applies only to confederations. The device will advertises the route only within the sub-AS. • false(0) • true(1) BGP4 route map filter table A route map is a named set of match conditions and parameter settings that a Layer 3 Switch can use to modify route attributes and to control redistribution of routes. BGP4 allows you to include the redistribution filters as part of a route map. A route map examines and modifies route information exchanged between BGP4 and RIP or OSPF. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 420 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteMapFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.11.12.1 None The BGP4 RouteMap Filter Table. snBgp4RouteMapFilterEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.12.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 RouteMap Filter Table. snBgp4RouteMapFilterMapName brcdIp.1.2.11.12.1.1.1 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the route map’s name. The value of this object contains an octet string. Each character is represented by one octet. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snBgp4RouteMapFilterSequenceNum brcdIp.1.2.11.12.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the sequence number for this particular route map. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 route map match configuration table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteMapFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.11.12.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Tells the device what to do if the BGP address matches this entry. • deny(0) • permit(1) snBgp4RouteMapFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.12.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid BGP4 route map match configuration table A route map is a named set of match conditions and parameter settings that a Layer 3 Switch can use to modify route attributes and to control redistribution of routes. BGP4 allows you to include the redistribution filters as part of a route map. A route map examines and modifies route information exchanged between BGP4 and RIP or OSPF. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteMapMatchTable brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1 None The BGP4 Route Map Set Table snBgp4RouteMapMatchEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Route Map Set Table snBgp4RouteMapMatchMapName brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.1 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the name of the route map to be matched. The value of this object is an octet string. Each character of the name is represented by one octet. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snBgp4RouteMapMatchSequenceNum Read only brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Shows the sequence number for this particular route map. Routes are matched to the route map in ascending numerical order. Matching stops once a match is found. snBgp4RouteMapMatchAsPathFilter brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Identifies the AS path list number that this route must match. This is a number from 1 – 0xFFFF. There are 10. Each number consists of of two octets. Read-write 421 BGP4 route map match configuration table 422 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteMapMatchCommunityFilt er brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.4 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Identifies the community filter number that this route must match. This is a number from 1 – 0xFFFF. There are 10. Each number consists of of two octets. snBgp4RouteMapMatchAddressFilter brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.5 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Identifies the address filter number that this route must match. This is a number from 1 – 0xFFFF. There are 10. Each number consists of two octets. There can be a total of 20 octets in this object. snBgp4RouteMapMatchMetric brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Compares the route’s MED (metric) to the this value. There can be up to 20 octets in this object. snBgp4RouteMapMatchNextHopList brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.7 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Compares the IP address of the route’s next hop to the IP address filters in this route. This is a number from 1 – 0xFFFF, represented by two octets. There are 16 of them. There can be a total of 32 octets in this object. snBgp4RouteMapMatchRouteType brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines the OSPF route type to match: none(0) external(1) externalType1(2) externalType2(3) internal(4) local(5) Currently only externalType1(2), externalType2(3), and internal(4) is supported for SNMP-SET. snBgp4RouteMapMatchTagList brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.9 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Identifies the community tag access list that this route must match. This is a number represented by an octet strings. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snBgp4RouteMapMatchRowMask brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write This object is used together with the MIB objects above in the same VARBIND to set and reset any MIBs in the table. The bit number is referred to the snBgp4RouteMapMatchEntry number of each row in the table: The bit is ON - means set The bit is OFF - means reset snBgp4RouteMapMatchAsPathAccess List brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.11 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates which BGP AS path access list this route must match. This is an integer from 1 – 0xFFFFFFFF, consisting of five sets of four octets. snBgp4RouteMapMatchCommunityLis t brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.12 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates which BGP community access list this route must match. This is an integer from 1 – 0xFFFFFFFF, consisting of five sets of four octets. snBgp4RouteMapMatchAddressAcces sList brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.13 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates which BGP address access list this route must match. This is an integer from 1 – 0xFFFFFFFF, consisting of five sets of two octets. • • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 route map set configuration table Name, OID, and Syntax Access snBgp4RouteMapMatchAddressPrefixL Read-write ist brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.14 Syntax: OctetString Description Indicates the prefix list that must match a BGP address access list. Valid values: Up to 170 octets. snBgp4RouteMapMatchNextHopAcces sList brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.15 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates the ID of the next hop router that this route must match. This is an integer from 1 – 0xFFFFFFFF, consisting of five integers. Each integer has two octets. snBgp4RouteMapMatchNextHopPrefix List brcdIp.1.2.11.13.1.1.16 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates the prefix list of the next hop router that this route must. Valid values: Up to 170 octets. BGP4 route map set configuration table A route map is a named set of match conditions and parameter settings that a Layer 3 Switch can use to modify route attributes and to control redistribution of routes. BGP4 allows you to include the redistribution filters as part of a route map. A route map examines and modifies route information exchanged between BGP4 and RIP or OSPF. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteMapSetTable brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1 None The BGP4 Route Map Set Table. snBgp4RouteMapSetEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Route Map Set Table. snBgp4RouteMapSetMapName brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.1 Syntax: OctetString Read only Specifies the name of the route map you want to use to set or change BGP4 attributes for the network you are advertising The value of this object is an octet string. Each character of the name is represented by one octet. snBgp4RouteMapSetSequenceNum brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the sequence of the route map. snBgp4RouteMapSetAsPathType brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how an AS path for BGP routes will be modified: • tag(0) – Converts the tag of a route into an AS path. • prepend(1) – Adds the specified AS numbers to the front of the value of the “snBgp4RouteMapSetAsPathString” object of the matching route. 423 BGP4 route map set configuration table 424 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteMapSetAsPathString brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.4 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the AS-path string. This string is used only if the snBgp4RouteMapSetAsPathCmd was sent together with the value set to prepend(1). snBgp4RouteMapSetAutoTag brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the automatic tag option for BGP routes is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) If enabled, the automatic tag calculates and sets an automatic tag value for the route snBgp4RouteMapSetCommunityType brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if BGP communities attributes are allowed: • nums(0) – Allow community attributes • none(3) – No community attributes are allowed The old values 1 and 2 are not valid starting with Release 05.03.00. snBgp4RouteMapSetCommunityNum brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the community number of this route. Applies only if the object “snBgp4RouteMapSetCommunityType” that was sent on this route is set to nums(0). snBgp4RouteMapSetCommunityAdditive brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the option to add the existing communities to the route is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snBgp4RouteMapSetLocalPreference brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Specifies the local preference for the route. You can set the preference to a value from 0 – 4294967295. snBgp4RouteMapSetMetric brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Sets the MED (metric) value for the route. snBgp4RouteMapSetNextHop brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.11 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Indicates the IP address of the next hop for the BGP routes. snBgp4RouteMapSetOrigin brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the BGP route origin: • igp(0) – Routes with this set of attributes came to BGP through IGP. • egp(1) – Routes with this set of attributes came to BGP through EGP. • incomplete(2) – routes came from an origin other than IGP or EGP. For example, they may have been redistributed from OSPF or RIP. snBgp4RouteMapSetTag brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Specifies the tag for BGP routes. snBgp4RouteMapSetWeight brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table. Valid values: 0 – 65535 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 redistribution of routes table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteMapSetRowMask brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write This object is used together with the MIB objects above in the same VARBIND to set and reset any MIBs in the table. The bit number is referred to the snBgp4RouteMapSetEntry number of each row in the table. • The bit is ON - means set • The bit is OFF - means reset snBgp4RouteMapSetCommunityNums brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.16 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows the community number for this route. Community number is a number from 1 – 0xFFFFFFFF. There are six community numbers. Each number is represented by four octets. snBgp4RouteMapSetDampenHalfLife brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.17 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the number of minutes after which the route’s penalty becomes half its value. snBgp4RouteMapSetDampenReuse brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how low a route’s penalty must be before the route becomes eligible for use again after being suppressed. snBgp4RouteMapSetDampenSuppress brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how high a route’s penalty can be before the Layer 3 Switch suppresses the route. snBgp4RouteMapSetDampenMaxSuppre Read-write Specifies the maximum number of minutes that a route ss can be suppressed regardless of how unstable it is. brcdIp.1.2.11.14.1.1.20 Syntax: Integer BGP4 redistribution of routes table The BGP4 redistribution of routes table contains configurations that could be imported into the BGP4 domain. Each entry specifies a particular RIP, OSPF, or static route that will be imported into the BGP4 domain. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4RedisTable brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1 None The BGP4 Redistribution of Routes Table. snBgp4RedisEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Redistribution of Routes Table. 425 BGP4 redistribution of routes table 426 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4RedisProtocol brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the type of route that was imported into the BGP4 domain: • rip(1) – RIP • ospf(2) – OSPF • static(3) – Static • connected(4) – Connected • isis(5) – ISIS snBgp4RedisMetric brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Indicates the metric used.. snBgp4RedisRouteMap brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates the name of the route map used. Each character is represented by one octet. Valid values: Up to 32 octets. snBgp4RedisWeight brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the weight assigned to this entry. snBgp4RedisMatchInternal brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write snBgp4RedisMatchExternal1 brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write snBgp4RedisMatchExternal2 brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write snBgp4RedisRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.11.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies only to the OSPF protocol. disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Applies only to the OSPF protocol. disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Applies only to the OSPF protocol. disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 routes operational status table BGP4 routes operational status table NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteOperStatusTable brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1 None The BGP4 Router Operational Status Table. snBgp4RouteOperStatusEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Router Operational Status Table. snBgp4RouteOperStatusIndex brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The index for a route entry. snBgp4RouteOperStatusIp brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of the route. snBgp4RouteOperStatusSubnetM ask brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP Subnet Mask of the route. snBgp4RouteOperStatusNextHop brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of the next hop in the route. snBgp4RouteOperStatusMetric brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the value of the route’s MED attribute. snBgp4RouteOperStatusLocalPref erence brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the degree of preference for this route relative to other routes in the local AS. When the BGP4 algorithm compares routes on the basis of local preferences, the route with the higher local preference is chosen. The preference can have a value from 0 – 4294967295. snBgp4RouteOperStatusWeight brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The value that this router associates with routes from a specific neighbor. For example, if the router receives routes to the same destination from two BGP4 neighbors, the router prefers the route from the neighbor with the larger weight. snBgp4RouteOperStatusOrigin brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the route’s origin: igp(0) – Routes with this set of attributes came to BGP through IGP. • egp(1) – Routes with this set of attributes came to BGP through EGP. • incomplete(2) – routes came from an origin other than IGP or EGP. For example, they may have been redistributed from OSPF or RIP. • 427 BGP4 neighbor general configuration table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4RouteOperStatusStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the route’s status. The value of this object is a bit array, a packed bit string. The following shows the meaning of each bit. A bit position may be set to 0 – FALSE or 1 – TRUE: Bit positionMeaning 6 – 31reserved 5 aggregate route for multiple networks 4 best route to destination 3 internal, learned through BGP4 2 local, originated on this device 1 suppressed, suppressed during aggregation and thus is not advertised to neighbors 0 valid snBgp4RouteOperStatusRouteTag brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Sets the route’s tag. This can be a value from 0 – 4294967295. This object applies only to routes redistributed into OSPF snBgp4RouteOperStatusCommuni tyList brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.11 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the communities the route is in. A community is represented by 4 octets. The community list, could have some well-known numbers such as: • BGP_COMMUNITY_ATTRIBUTE_NO_EXPORT0xFFFFFF01 • BGP_COMMUNITY_ATTRIBUTE_NO_ADVERTISE0xFFFFFF0 2 If the community list is a NULL string (empty list) then the community is INTERNET, which is represented by a number from 1 – 0xFFFFFFFF. snBgp4RouteOperStatusAsPathLis t brcdIp.1.2.11.16.1.1.12 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the AS Path list of this route. Valid values: 1 – 0xFFFF. This integer is represented by two octets. BGP4 neighbor general configuration table The BGP4 protocol does not contain a peer discovery process. You must indicate the neighbor’s IP address for each of the router’s BGP4 neighbors (peers), as well as the AS each neighbor is in. Neighbors that are in different ASs communicate using EBGP. Neighbors within the same AS communicate use IBGP. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 428 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighGenCfgTable brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1 None The BGP4 Neighborhood General Configuration Table. snBgp4NeighGenCfgEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Neighborhood General Configuration Table. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 neighbor general configuration table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighGenCfgNeighIp brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP Address for a neighbor entry. snBgp4NeighGenCfgAdvertlevel brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the minimum delay (in seconds) between messages to the specified neighbor. Valid values: 0 – 600 Defaults: • 30 for EBGP neighbors (neighbors in other ASs) • 5 for IBGP neighbors (neighbors in the same AS). snBgp4NeighGenCfgDefOriginate brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the default originate for this neighbor is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) If enabled, the device sends the default route 0.0.0.0 to the neighbor. snBgp4NeighGenCfgEbgpMultihop brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the EBGP Muitihop for this neighbor is enabled. disabled(0) enabled(1) If enabled, the neighbor is more than one hop away and that the session type with the neighbor is thus EBGP multihop. Default: disabled(0) snBgp4NeighGenCfgMaxPrefix brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Specifies the maximum number of IP network prefixes (routes) that can be learned from the specified neighbor or peer group. You can specify a value from 0 – 4294967295. Default: 0 (unlimited) The minimum value of the maximum prefix is defined by the “snBgp4GenNeighPrefixMinValue” object. The maximum value of the maximum prefix is defined by the “snBgp4GenOperRoutes” object. snBgp4NeighGenCfgNextHopSelf brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the option that allows the router to list itself as the next hop in the updates sent to the specified neighbor is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snBgp4NeighGenCfgRemoteAs brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the AS that the remote neighbor is in. Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: no default snBgp4NeighGenCfgSendComm brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the option to send community attributes in updates to specified neighbors is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snBgp4NeighGenCfgWeight brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Assigns a weight to a neighbor connection. BGP4 prefers larger weights over smaller weights. Valid values: 0 – 65535 Default: 0 • • • • 429 BGP4 neighbor general configuration table 430 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighGenCfgWeightFilterLi st brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.10 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies a weight that the device applies to routes received from the neighbor that match the AS-path filter or ACL. Valid values: 1 – 0xFFFF. There are 16 of them. Each integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighGenCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snBgp4NeighGenCfgUpdateSrcLpb Intf brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the loopback interface number for TCP connections. Valid values: 0 – 8 Generally, loopback interfaces are used for links to IBGP neighbors, which often are multiple hops away, rather than to EBGP neighbors. Zero interface means to restore the interface assignment to the closest interface, which is called the best local address. snBgp4NeighGenCfgRouteRefClien t brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the option to allow this neighbor to be a router reflector client is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snBgp4NeighGenCfgRemovePrivat eAs brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies if the option to remove private AS numbers from update messages that routers sent to this neighbor is enabled. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) If enabled, the router will remove AS numbers 64512 – 65535 (the well known BGP4 private AS numbers) from the AS-path attribute in UPDATE messages the device sends to the neighbor. Default: disabled(0) snBgp4NeighGenCfgEbgpMultihop Ttl brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the time-to-live (TTL) for the neighbor. Valid values: 0 – 255. Default: 0. If you leave the EBGP TTL value set to 0, the software uses the IP TTL value. snBgp4NeighGenCfgShutdown brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if BGP4 neighbor shutdown is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) If enabled, the device shuts down the session with this neighbor. Shutting down the session allows you to completely configure the neighbor and save the configuration without actually establishing a session with the neighbor. Default: disabled(0) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 neighbor distribute group table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighGenCfgKeepAliveTim e brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.17 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates how often the device sends keep alive messages. This object overrides the global settings for the Keepalive Time Valid values: 0 – 65535 seconds snBgp4NeighGenCfgHoldTime brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines how many seconds the device will wait for a keep alive or update message from a BGP4 neighbor before deciding that the neighbor is dead. This object overrides the global settings for Hold Time. Valid values: 0 or 3 – 65535 seconds (1 and 2 seconds are not allowed) If you set the Hold Time to 0, the router waits indefinitely for messages from a neighbor. snBgp4NeighGenCfgDefOrigMap brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.19 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates if the name of the default route map. This is an octet string. Each character is represented by one octet. Valid values: Up to 32 octets snBgp4NeighGenCfgDesc brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.20 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the name for the neighbor. Valid values: Up to 80 octets snBgp4NeighGenCfgPass brcdIp.1.2.11.6.1.1.21 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies an MD5 password for securing sessions between the device and its neighbor. Valid values: Up to 80 octets BGP4 neighbor distribute group table NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighDistGroupTable brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1 None The BGP4 Neighbor Distribute Group Table snBgp4NeighDistGroupEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Neighbor Distribute Group Table snBgp4NeighDistGroupNeighIp brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP Address for this entry. snBgp4NeighDistGroupDir brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates if the access list is applied to incoming or outgoing advertisements: • out(0) • in(1) snBgp4NeighDistGroupAccessList brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates the access list that will be applied to advertisements. This is number from 1 – 0xFFFF. There are 16 of them. Each integer is represented by two octets. 431 BGP4 neighbor distribute group table 432 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighDistGroupRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snBgp4NeighDistGroupInFilterList brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.5 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates the group filter list that will be applied to incoming advertisements. This is number from 1 – 0xFFFF. There are 16 of them. Each integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighDistGroupOutFilterLis t brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.6 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates the group filter list that will be applied to outgoing advertisements. This is number from 1 – 0xFFFF. There are 16 of them. Each integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighDistGroupInIpAccessL Read-write ist brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.7 Syntax: OctetString Indicates the access list that will be applied to incoming advertisements. This is number from 1 – 0xFFFF. There are 16 of them. Each integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighDistGroupOutIpAcces sList brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.8 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates the access list that will be applied to outgoing advertisements. This is number from 1 – 0xFFFF. There are 16 of them. Each integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighDistGroupInPrefixList brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.9 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the prefix name list of incoming advertisements. Valid values; Up to 32 octets snBgp4NeighDistGroupOutPrefixLi st brcdIp.1.2.11.7.1.1.10 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the prefix name list of outgoing advertisements. Valid values; Up to 32 octets IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 neighbor filter group table BGP4 neighbor filter group table The BGP4 neighbor filter group table control the routes that the device learns or advertises. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighFilterGroupTable brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1 None The BGP4 Neighbor Filter Group Table. snBgp4NeighFilterGroupEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Neighbor Filter Group table. snBgp4NeighFilterGroupNeighIp brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP Address for a neighbor entry. snBgp4NeighFilterGroupDir brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the direction of advertisements to which the access list is applied. • out(0) – Outgoing • in(1) – Incoming snBgp4NeighFilterGroupAccessList brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Identifies the access list that is being used to filter a neighbor group. This is a number from 1 – 0xFFFF. There are 16 of them. This integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighFilterGroupRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snBgp4NeighFilterGroupInFilterList brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.5 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Identifies the filter list that is being used to filter incoming routes from a neighbor group. This is a number from 1 – 0xFFFF. There are 16 of them. This integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighFilterGroupOutFilterList Read-write brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.6 Syntax: OctetString Identifies the filter list that is being used to filter outgoing routes from a neighbor group. This is a number from 1 – 0xFFFF. There are 16 of them. This integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighFilterGroupInAsPathAc cessList brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.7 Syntax: OctetString IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Read-write Identifies the AS path list that is being used to filter incoming routes from a neighbor group. This is a number from 1 – 0xFFFF. There are 16 of them. This integer is represented by two octets. 433 BGP4 neighbor route map table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighFilterGroupOutAsPathA ccessList brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.8 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Identifies the AS path list that is being used to filter outgoing routes from a neighbor group. This is a number from 1 – 0xFFFF. There are 16 of them. This integer is represented by two octets. snBgp4NeighFilterGroupWeight brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Assign a weight to a neighbor filter. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snBgp4NeighFilterGroupWeightAcce ssList brcdIp.1.2.11.8.1.1.10 Syntax: OctetString Read-write This is a number from 1 – 0xFFFF. There are 16 of them. This integer is represented by two octets. BGP4 neighbor route map table A route map can be one of the parameters a BGP4 network can advertised. The Layer 3 Switch can use the route map to set or change BGP4 attributes when creating a local BGP4 route. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 434 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighRouteMapTable brcdIp.1.2.11.9.1 None The BGP4 Neighbor Route Map Table. snBgp4NeighRouteMapEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.9.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Route Map Table. snBgp4NeighRouteMapNeighIp brcdIp.1.2.11.9.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP Address for a neighbor entry. snBgp4NeighRouteMapDir brcdIp.1.2.11.9.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates the direction of the advertisement to which the access list is applied: • out(0) • in(1) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 neighbor operational status table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighRouteMapMapNam e brcdIp.1.2.11.9.1.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the name of the route map you want to use. The value of this object is an octet string. Each character of the name is represented by one octet. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snBgp4NeighRouteMapRowStat us brcdIp.1.2.11.9.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid BGP4 neighbor operational status table The BGP4 Neighbor Operational Status Table shows the state of a neighbor and statistics about the messages sent and received. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighOperStatusTable brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1 None The BGP4 Neighbor Operational Status Table. snBgp4NeighOperStatusEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Neighbor Operational Status Table. snBgp4NeighOperStatusIndex brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The index for the entry. Each entry represents a neighbor. snBgp4NeighOperStatusIp brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of the neighbor. snBgp4NeighOperStatusRemoteAs brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the AS that the neighbor is in. snBgp4NeighOperStatusBgpType brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the type of BGP protocol used by this entry: • ebgp(0) – The neighbor is in another AS • ibgp(1) – The neighbor is in the same AS 435 BGP4 neighbor operational status table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighOperStatusState brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the state of this neighbor: • noState(0) • idle(1) – BGP4 process is waiting to be started. Usually, enabling BGP4 or establishing a neighbor session starts the BGP4 process. A minus sign (-) indicates that the session has gone down and the software is clearing or removing routes. • connect(2) – BGP4 is waiting for the connection process for the TCP neighbor session to be completed. • active(3) – BGP4 is waiting for a TCP connection from the neighbor. • openSent(4) – BGP4 is waiting for an Open message from the neighbor. • openConfirm(5) – BGP4 has received an OPEN message from the neighbor and is now waiting for either a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION message. If the router receives a KEEPALIVE message from the neighbor, the state changes to established(6). If the message is a NOTIFICATION, the state changes to idle(1). • established(6) – BGP4 is ready to exchange UPDATE messages with the neighbor. NOTE: If there is more BGP data in the TCP receiver queue, a plus sign (+) is also displayed. 436 snBgp4NeighOperStatusKeepAlive Time brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies how often this router sends keep alive messages to the neighbor. snBgp4NeighOperStatusHoldTime brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Specifies how many seconds the router will wait for a keepalive or update message from a BGP4 neighbor before deciding that the neighbor is dead. snBgp4NeighOperStatusAdvertleve l brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the minimum interval between the sending of BGP routing updates. snBgp4NeighOperStatusKeepAlive TxCounts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the number of keep alive message sent. snBgp4NeighOperStatusKeepAlive RxCounts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.10 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of keep alive message received. snBgp4NeighOperStatusUpdateTxC ounts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of updated message sent. snBgp4NeighOperStatusUpdateRx Counts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.12 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of updated message received. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 neighbor summary table Name, OID, and Syntax Access snBgp4NeighOperStatusNotifTxCou Read only nts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.13 Syntax: Counter32 Description Shows the number of Notification message sent. snBgp4NeighOperStatusNotifRxCo unts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.14 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of Notification message received. snBgp4NeighOperStatusOpenTxCo unts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.15 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of open message sent. snBgp4NeighOperStatusOpenRxCo unts brcdIp.1.2.11.15.1.1.16 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of open message received. BGP4 neighbor summary table The BGP4 neighbor summary table shows statistics for the router’s BGP4 neighbors. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighborSummaryTable brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1 None The BGP4 Neighbor Summary Table. snBgp4NeighborSummaryEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Router Operational Status Table. snBgp4NeighborSummaryIndex brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The index for a route entry. snBgp4NeighborSummaryIp brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of the neighbor. 437 BGP4 neighbor summary table 438 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighborSummaryState brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the state of the BGP4 process during the current session with the neighbor. • noState(0) • idle(1) – The BGP4 process is waiting to be started. Usually, enabling BGP4 or establishing a neighbor session starts the BGP4 process. A minus sign (-) indicates that the session has gone down and the software is clearing or removing routes. • connect(2) – Waiting for the connection process for the TCP neighbor session to be completed. • active(3) – BGP4 is waiting for a TCP connection from the neighbor. • openSent(4) – BGP4 is waiting for an Open message from the neighbor. • openConfirm(5) – BGP4 has received an OPEN message from the neighbor and is now waiting for either a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION message. If the router receives a KEEPALIVE message from the neighbor, the state changes to established(6). If the message is a NOTIFICATION, the state changes to idle(1). • established(6) – BGP4 is ready to exchange UPDATE messages with the neighbor. If there is more BGP data in the TCP receiver queue, a plus sign (+) is also displayed. snBgp4NeighborSummaryStateCh gTime brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the number of times the state of this neighbor has changed. If the state frequently changes between CONNECT and ACTIVE, there may be a problem with the TCP connection. snBgp4NeighborSummaryRouteRe ceived brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the number of routes received from the neighbor during the current BGP4 session. snBgp4NeighborSummaryRouteIn stalled brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Indicates how many of the received routes was accepted and installed in the BGP4 route table. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 clear neighbor command table BGP4 clear neighbor command table NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4ClearNeighborCmdTable brcdIp.1.2.11.19.1 None The BGP4 Clear Neighbor Command Table. snBgp4ClearNeighborCmdEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.19.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Clear Neighbor Command Table. snBgp4ClearNeighborCmdIp brcdIp.1.2.11.19.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP Address of a neighbor entry. If the IP address is 255.255.255.255, then the entry applies to all neighbors. snBgp4ClearNeighborCmdElemen t brcdIp.1.2.11.19.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates what will be cleared valid(0) – Received in SNMP-GET. lastPacketWithError(1) – Clears the buffer containing the first 400 bytes of the last BGP4 packet that contained an error. • notificationErrors(2) – Clears the buffer containing the last NOTIFICATION message sent or received. • softOutbound(3) – Update all outbound routes by applying the new or changed filters, but sends only the existing routes affected by the new or changed filters to the neighbor. • traffic(4) – Clears the BGP4 message counters for all neighbors (the default) or a neighbor. • neighbor(5) – Clears the BGP4 message counter for all neighbors within a peer group. • • BGP4 neighbor prefix group table NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupTable brcdIp.1.2.11.20.1 None The BGP4 Neighbor Prefix Group Table. snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.20.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Neighbor Prefix Group Table. Each entry is a neighbor. snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupNeighIp brcdIp.1.2.11.20.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the neighbor’s IP Address. 439 Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupDir brcdIp.1.2.11.20.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the direction of the advertisement to which this filter will be applied: • outgoing(0) – Applied to routes that will be transmitted to the neighbor. • incoming(1) – Applied to routes received from the neighbor. snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupInAccessList brcdIp.1.2.11.20.1.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write If the “snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupDir” object is set to incoming(1), this object shows the name of the prefix list for incoming routes. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupOutAccessLi st brcdIp.1.2.11.20.1.1.4 Syntax: OctetString Read-write If the “snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupDir” object is set outgoing(0), this object shows the name of the prefix list for outgoing routes. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snBgp4NeighPrefixGroupRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.11.20.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid Support for the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices Border Gateway Protocol version 4 (BGP4) is supported on the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. The implementation fully complies with RFC 4273 - Definitions of Managed Objects for BGP-4. 440 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 neighbor summary table The following IronWare MIB objects are supported on the BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. TABLE 16 snBgp4GenAdminStat Scalar Name, OID, and Syntax Access snBgp4GenAdminStat brcdIp.1.2.11.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read-write TABLE 17 Description Indicates if BGP4 routing is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • snBgp4GenLocalAs Scalar Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4GenLocalAs brcdIp.1.2.11.1.28 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the BGP4 local autonomous system number. BGP4 neighbor summary table The BGP4 neighbor summary table shows statistics for the router’s BGP4 neighbors. TABLE 18 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BGP4 Neighbor Summary Table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighborSummaryTable brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1 None The BGP4 Neighbor Summary Table. snBgp4NeighborSummaryEntry brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1 None An entry in the BGP4 Router Operational Status Table. snBgp4NeighborSummaryIndex brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The index for a route entry. snBgp4NeighborSummaryIp brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of the neighbor. 441 BGP4 neighbor summary table TABLE 18 442 BGP4 Neighbor Summary Table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snBgp4NeighborSummaryState brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the state of the BGP4 process during the current session with the neighbor. • noState(0) • idle(1) – The BGP4 process is waiting to be started. Usually, enabling BGP4 or establishing a neighbor session starts the BGP4 process. A minus sign (-) indicates that the session has gone down and the software is clearing or removing routes. • connect(2) – Waiting for the connection process for the TCP neighbor session to be completed. • active(3) – BGP4 is waiting for a TCP connection from the neighbor. • openSent(4) – BGP4 is waiting for an Open message from the neighbor. • openConfirm(5) – BGP4 has received an OPEN message from the neighbor and is now waiting for either a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION message. If the router receives a KEEPALIVE message from the neighbor, the state changes to established(6). If the message is a NOTIFICATION, the state changes to idle(1). • established(6) – BGP4 is ready to exchange UPDATE messages with the neighbor. If there is more BGP data in the TCP receiver queue, a plus sign (+) is also displayed. snBgp4NeighborSummaryState ChgTime brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of times the state of this neighbor has changed. If the state frequently changes between CONNECT and ACTIVE, there may be a problem with the TCP connection. snBgp4NeighborSummaryRoute Received brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of routes received from the neighbor during the current BGP4 session. snBgp4NeighborSummaryRoute Installed brcdIp.1.2.11.17.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates how many of the received routes was accepted and installed in the BGP4 route table. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 23 IPX IPX general objects This chapter presents the objects in the IronWare MIBs for the Internet Packet Exchange (IPX) protocol. IPX is available in Layer 3 Switches, such as the BigIron product. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on IPX support in Foundry devices. Note: IPX MIBs are not supported on the following products: • • • • • • • • • • • BigIron RX All FastIron products NetIron CES NetIron CER NetIron XMR NetIron MLX BigIron MG8 NetIron 40G NetIron IMR 640 Router Brocade MLXe ServerIron ADX The following presents the general objects used to define IPX. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxRoutingMode brcdIp.1.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the IPX Routing Mode status: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snIpxNetBiosFilterMode brcdIp.1.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the NetBios Filter Mode status. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snIpxClearCache brcdIp.1.2.1.1.3 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write snIpxClearRoute brcdIp.1.2.1.1.4 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write Indicates if the cache table will be cleared. normal(0)l clear(1) • • Indicates if the IPX table will be cleared. • normal(0)l • clear(1) 443 IPX general objects 444 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxClearTrafficCnts brcdIp.1.2.1.1.5 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write Indicates if all IPX traffic counters are cleared: normal(0) – Do not clear counters clear(1) – Clear counters The IPX traffic counters affected by this object are: • snIpxRcvPktsCnt • snIpxFwdPktsCnt • snIpxRcvDropPktsCnt • snIpxTxDropPktsCnt • snIpxRcvFiltPktsCnt • snIpxTxFiltPktsCnt snIpxRcvPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of IPX packets received on the Layer 3 Switch. snIpxTxPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of IPX packets that originated on the Layer 3 Switch and sent on its port. snIpxFwdPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of IPX packets received by the Layer 3 Switch from another device and then sent out on its port. snIpxRcvDropPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.1.9 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of packets received by the Layer 3 Switch that the switch dropped. snIpxRcvFiltPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.1.10 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of packets received by a port that matched an inbound IPX filter configured on the port. snIpxRipGblFiltList brcdIp.1.2.1.1.11 Syntax: OctetString Read-write An IPX RIP Global Filter List. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snIpxRipFiltOnAllPort brcdIp.1.2.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies the IPX RIP Global filter list in the “snIpxRipGblFiltList” object to all interfaces. This object adds all RIP filter lists and deletes all RIP filter lists from all ports. Before sending this command, the “snIpxRipGblFiltList” object must be defined. The values that can be written are: • deleteAllInBound(2) – Deletes all in-bound filter lists from all ports. • deleteAllOutBound(3) – Deletes all out-bound filter lists from all ports. • addAllInBound(4) – Adds all in-bound filter lists to all ports. • addAllOutBound(5) – Adds all out-bound filter lists to all ports. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – Set operation has not be performed. • valid(1) – Set operation is done and is valid. snIpxSapGblFiltList brcdIp.1.2.1.1.13 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Contains an IPX SAP Global Filter List. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IPX cache table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxSapFiltOnAllPort brcdIp.1.2.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Applies the IPX RIP Global filter list in the “snIpxSapGblFiltList” object to all interfaces. This object adds all filter lists and deletes all SAP filter lists from all ports. Before sending this command, the object “snIpxSapGblFiltList” must be defined. The values that can be written are: • deleteAllInBound(2) – Deletes all in-bound filter lists from all ports. • deleteAllOutBound(3) – Deletes all out-bound filter lists from all ports. • addAllInBound(4) – Adds all in-bound filter lists to all ports. • addAllOutBound(5) – Adds all out-bound filter lists to all ports. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – Set operation has not be performed. • valid(1) – Set operation is done and is valid. snIpxTxDropPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.1.15 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets that were queued to be sent on a port by the Layer 3 Switch, but then dropped. snIpxTxFiltPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.1.16 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of packets that were queued to be sent on a port that matched an outbound IPX filter that was configured on the port. IPX cache table The IPX Cache Table contains information about the IPX forwarding cache for the router. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxCacheTable brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1 None The IPX Cache table snIpxCacheEntry brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1.1 None An entry in the IPX Cache table. snIpxCacheIndex brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The table index for a IPX Cache Table entry. snIpxCacheNetNum brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1.1.2 Syntax: NetNumber Read only Shows the network number containing the destination node. snIpxCacheNode brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Physical address Read only Shows the number of the destination node. snIpxCacheOutFilter brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows if an outbound cache filter has been enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • 445 IPX cache table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxCacheEncap brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only snIpxCachePort brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1.1.6 Syntax: PortIndex Read only Shows the number of the port through which the Layer 3 Switch sends IPX traffic to the destination network and node. snIpxCacheIf brcdIp.1.2.1.2.1.1.6 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read only Shows the ID of the IPX router interface. Shows the IPX frame encapsulation type. EthernetII(1) Ethernet8022(2) Ethernet8023(3) EthernetSnap(4) • • • • IPX route table The IPX Route Table contains objects for IPX routes. 446 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxRouteTable brcdIp.1.2.1.3.1 None IPX route table. snIpxRouteEntry brcdIp.1.2.1.3.1.1 None An entry in the IPX route table snIpxRouteIndex brcdIp.1.2.1.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The table index for a IPX route entry. snIpxDestNetNum brcdIp.1.2.1.3.1.1.2 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the destination network number. A value of all zeros indicates that any destination network number is accepted. snIpxFwdRouterNode Read only brcdIp.1.2.1.3.1.1.3 Syntax: Physical address Shows the MAC address of the next hop IPX router. snIpxDestHopCnts brcdIp.1.2.1.3.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of hops to reach the destination. snIpxRouteMetric brcdIp.1.2.1.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the metric for the next hop router. snIpxDestPort brcdIp.1.2.1.3.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the destination port. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IPX cache table IPX server table The IPX Server Table presents information about the IPX servers. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxServerTable brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1 None IPX Server table. snIpxServerEntry brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1.1 None An entry in the IPX Server table. snIpxServerIndex brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The table index for a IPX Server entry. snIpxServerType brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the IPX server type. snIpxServerNetNum brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1.1.3 Syntax: NetNumber Read only Shows the IPX server network number. snIpxServerNode brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1.1.4 Syntax: Physical address Read only Shows the IPX server node number. snIpxServerSocket brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the IPX server socket number. snIpxServerHopCnts brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the IPX number of intervening networks to reach the server. snIpxServerName brcdIp.1.2.1.4.1.1.7 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the IPX server name. There can be up to 47 octets in this object. IPX forward filter table The following table defines forward filters, which controls the access of remote IPX clients to a server with restricted access. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxFwdFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1 None IPX Forward Filter Table snIpxFwdFilterEntry brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1 None An entry in the IPX Forward Filter Table. snIpxFwdFilterId brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The filter ID for a filter entry. 447 IPX cache table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxFwdFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write snIpxFwdFilterSocket brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the IPX Forward Filter Socket Number. snIpxFwdFilterSrcNet brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.4 Syntax: NetNumber Read-write Indicates the source network number. snIpxFwdFilterSrcNode brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.5 Syntax: Physical address Read-write Indicates the source node number. snIpxFwdFilterDestNet brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.6 Syntax: NetNumber Read-write Indicates the destination network number. snIpxFwdFilterDestNode brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.7 Syntax: Physical address Read-write Indicates the destination node number. snIpxFwdFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.1.5.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid Shows what action to take if the IPX packet matches this filter: deny(0) permit(1) • • IPX RIP filter table The following table allows you to define filters that a router uses to block RIP routes being advertised to other parts of the network. 448 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxRipFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.1.6.1 None IPX RIP Filter table. snIpxRipFilterEntry brcdIp.1.2.1.6.1.1 None An entry in the IPX RIP Filter table. snIpxRipFilterId brcdIp.1.2.1.6.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The ID for an entry. snIpxRipFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.1.6.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows what action to take if the IPX packet matches this filter: • deny(0) • permit(1) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IPX cache table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxRipFilterNet brcdIp.1.2.1.6.1.1.3 Syntax: NetNumber Read-write Indicates the IPX RIP filter network number. snIpxRipFilterMask brcdIp.1.2.1.6.1.1.4 Syntax: NetNumber Read-write Indicates the IPX RIP filter network/subnet mask. snIpxRipFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.1.6.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid IPX SAP filter table The following table allows you to define filters that a router uses to block SAP routes being advertised to other parts of the network. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxSapFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.1.7.1 None IPX SAP Filter Table. snIpxSapFilterEntry brcdIp.1.2.1.7.1.1 None An entry in the IPX SAP Filter Table. snIpxSapFilterId brcdIp.1.2.1.7.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The filter ID for a filter entry. snIpxSapFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.1.7.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write snIpxSapFilterType brcdIp.1.2.1.7.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines what action to take if the IPX packet matches this filter: deny(0) permit(1) • • Identifies the IPX SAP filter type to be matched. 449 IPX cache table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxSapFilterName brcdIp.1.2.1.7.1.1.4 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Identifies the IPX SAP filter Name. Valid values: Up to 47 octets. snIpxSapFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.1.7.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid IPX IF forward access table 450 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxIfFwdAccessTable brcdIp.1.2.1.8.1 None IPX Interface (IF) Forward Access Table snIpxIfFwdAccessEntry brcdIp.1.2.1.8.1.1 None An entry in the IPX (IF) Forward Access Table snIpxIfFwdAccessPort brcdIp.1.2.1.8.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The IPX interface to which the Forward Filter applies. snIpxIfFwdAccessDir brcdIp.1.2.1.8.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the direction of packets: • in(1) • out(2) snIpxIfFwdAccessFilterList brcdIp.1.2.1.8.1.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write An IPX IF Forward Filter List. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snIpxIfFwdAccessRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.1.8.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IPX cache table IPX IF RIP access table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxIfRipAccessTable brcdIp.1.2.1.9.1 None IPX IF RIP Access Table snIpxIfRipAccessEntry brcdIp.1.2.1.9.1.1 None An entry in the IPX IF RIP Access Table snIpxIfRipAccessPort brcdIp.1.2.1.9.1.1.1 Read only The IPX interface to which the RIP Filter applies. snIpxIfRipAccessDir brcdIp.1.2.1.9.1.1.2 Read only snIpxIfRipAccessFilterLis t brcdIp.1.2.1.9.1.1.3 Read-write An IPX IF RIP Access Filter List. snIpxIfRipAccessRowSta tus brcdIp.1.2.1.9.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid Shows the direction of packets: in(1) out(2) • • IPX IF SAP access table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxIfSapAccessTable brcdIp.1.2.1.10.1 None IPX IF SAP Access Table snIpxIfSapAccessEntry brcdIp.1.2.1.10.1.1 None An entry in the IPX IF SAP Access Table snIpxIfSapAccessPort brcdIp.1.2.1.10.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The IPX interface to which the SAP Filter applies. snIpxIfSapAccessDir brcdIp.1.2.1.10.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the direction of packets: • in(1) • out(2) 451 IPX cache table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxIfSapAccessFilterList brcdIp.1.2.1.10.1.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write An IPX IF SAP Access Filter List. There can be up to 32 octets in this object. snIpxIfSapAccessRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.1.10.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid IPX port address table 452 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxPortAddrTable brcdIp.1.2.1.11.1 None IPX Port Address Table snIpxPortAddrEntry brcdIp.1.2.1.11.1.1 None An entry in the IPX Port Address Table snIpxPortAddrPort brcdIp.1.2.1.11.1.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read only The port index for port address entry. snIpxPortAddrEncap brcdIp.1.2.1.11.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the IPX frame encapsulation type. Ethernet8022(1) Ethernet8023(2) EthernetII(3) EthernetSnap(4) Each network number must be assigned a unique frame type; otherwise, an SNMP-SET error will be returned. snIpxPortAddrNetNum brcdIp.1.2.1.11.1.1.3 Syntax: NetNumber Read-write An unique network number for the IPX interface port. • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IPX cache table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxPortAddrRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.1.11.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snIpxPortAddrNetBiosFilte rMode brcdIp.1.2.1.11.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the status of the NetBios filter mode for each port address. disabled(0) enabled(1) • • IPX port counters tables IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxPortCountersTable brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1 None IPX Port Counters Table snIpxPortCountersEntry brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1 None An entry in the IPX Port Counters Table snIpxPortCountersPort brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read only The port index for an entry in the table. snIpxPortCountersRcvPkt sCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.2 Syntax: Counter Read only IPX incoming packets counter for the interface. snIpxPortCountersTxPkts Cnt brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter Read only IPX Outgoing packets counter for the interface. snIpxPortCountersFwdPk tsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read only IPX forwarding packets counter for the interface. snIpxPortCountersRcvDro pPktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read only IPX receiving drop packets counter for the interface. snIpxPortCountersTxDrop PktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read only IPX transmitting drop packets counter for the interface. 453 IPX cache table 454 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIpxPortCountersRcvFilt PktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read only IPX receiving filter packets counter for the interface. snIpxPortCountersTxFiltP ktsCnt brcdIp.1.2.1.12.1.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read only IPX transmitting filter packets counter for the interface. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 24 AppleTalk NOTE The objects in this chapter are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. AppleTalk general group The AppleTalk feature is available in Layer 3 Switches. For details on AppleTalk support in Foundry devices, refer to the configuration guide for a product. Note: Apple Talk MIBs are not supported on the following products: • • • • • • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX NetIron CES NetIron CER BigIron MG8 NetIron 40G NetIron IMR 640 Router Brocade MLXe ServerIron ADX Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtATRoutingEnable brcdIp.1.2.10.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write snRtATClearArpCache brcdIp.1.2.10.1.2 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write snRtATClearFwdCache brcdIp.1.2.10.1.3 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write Indicates if all learned data from non-local networks that is currently in the AppleTalk forward cache table will be cleared: • normal(0) – Data will not be cleared. • clear(1) – Data will be cleared. snRtATClearRoute brcdIp.1.2.10.1.4 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write Indicates if all learned routes and zones (non-local routes and zones) that currently resident in the AppleTalk routing table and the AppleTalk route table will be cleared. • normal(0) – Data will not be cleared. • clear(1) – Data will be cleared. Indicates if AppleTalk routing functions are enabled on this device: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Indicates if the cache will be cleared: normal(0) – Data in AppleTalk ARP cache table will not be cleared. clear(1) – Data in AppleTalk ARP cache table will be cleared. • • 455 AppleTalk general group 456 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtATClearTrafficCount ers brcdIp.1.2.10.1.5 Syntax: ClearStatus Read-write Indicates if AppleTalk RTMP, ZIP, AEP, DDP, and AARP statistics counters will be cleared. • normal(0) – Counters will not be cleared. • clear(1) – Counters will be cleared. snRtATArpRetransmitCo unt brcdIp.1.2.10.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the maximum number of times that a packet will be sent out for ARP cache informational updates. The packet is sent out until the information is received or the maximum amount defined has been reached. Valid values: 1 – 10 Default: 2 snRtATArpRetransmitInt erval brcdIp.1.2.10.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write The number of seconds the device waits for an AppleTalk ARP response before sending out the next ARP packet. Valid values: 1 – 120 seconds Default: 1 second snRtATGleanPacketsEna Read-write ble brcdIp.1.2.10.1.8 Syntax: Integer Indicates if the AppleTalk glean packets function is enabled on this device: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) If enabled, the device tries to learn the MAC address from the packet instead of sending out an ARP request. Default: disabled(0) snRtATRtmpUpdateInter val brcdIp.1.2.10.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates how often the device sends RTMP updates on AppleTalk interfaces. Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds. Default: 10 seconds. snRtATZipQueryInterval brcdIp.1.2.10.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates how often the device transmits a ZIP query. Valid values: 1 – 1000 seconds Default: 10 seconds snRtATInRtmpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.11 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of RTMP packets received by this device. snRtATOutRtmpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.12 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of RTMP packets that were transmitted by this device. snRtATFilteredRtmpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.13 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of RTMP packets that were filtered by this device. snRtATInZipPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.14 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of ZIP packets that were received by this device. snRtATOutZipPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.15 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of ZIP packets that were transmitted by this device. snRtATInZipGZLPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.16 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of ZIP get zone list packets that where received by this device. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 AppleTalk general group IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtATOutZipGZLPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.17 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of ZIP get zone list packets that were transmitted by this device. snRtATInZipNetInfoPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.18 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of ZIP network information packets that were received by this device. snRtATOutZipNetInfoPkt s brcdIp.1.2.10.1.19 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of ZIP network information packets that were transmitted by this device. snRtATInDdpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.20 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of DDP datagrams that were received by this device. snRtATOutDdpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.21 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of DDP datagrams that were transmitted by this device. snRtATForwardedDdpPk ts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.22 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of input DDP datagrams whose DDP final destination was not this device. The device attempted to forward the datagrams to that final destination. snRtATInDeliveredDdpP kts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.23 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of input DDP datagrams whose final DDP destination is this device. snRtATDroppedNoRoute DdpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.24 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of DDP datagrams dropped because this device could not find a route to their final destination. snRtATDroppedBadHop CountsDdpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.25 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of input DDP datagrams that were dropped because this device was not their final destination and their hop count exceeded 15. snRtATDroppedOtherRe asonsDdpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.26 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of DDP datagrams dropped for various reasons. For example, the device ran out or resources so the datagrams were dropped. snRtATInAarpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.27 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of AppleTalk ARP packets received by this device. snRtATOutAarpPkts brcdIp.1.2.10.1.28 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of AppleTalk ARP packets that were transmitted by this device. 457 AppleTalk socket priority table AppleTalk socket priority table The AppleTalk Socket Priority Table shows the priority level assigned to each QoS socket. By default, all AppleTalk sockets are in the best effort queue (Chassis devices) or the normal queue (Stackable devices). Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtATSocketPriorityTable brcdIp.1.2.10.2 None AppleTalk Socket Priority Table. snRtATSocketPriorityEntry brcdIp.1.2.10.2.1 None An entry in the AppleTalk Socket Priority Table. snRtATSocketPrioritySocket brcdIp.1.2.10.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The socket number for an entry. There can be up to 254 entries. snRtATSocketPriorityPriority brcdIp.1.2.10.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the QoS priority for the socket. The priority level for a socket that applies to stackable devices are: • low(0) – Low priority • high(1) – High priority The priority level for a socket that applies to Chassis devices are: • level0(0) • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3), • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) AppleTalk port zone filter table The AppleTalk Zone Filter Table shows if access to network zones is permitted or denied. 458 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtATPortZoneFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.10.3 None AppleTalk Port Zone Filter Table. snRtATPortZoneFilterEntry brcdIp.1.2.10.3.1 None An entry in the AppleTalk Port Zone Filter Table. snRtATPortZoneFilterPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.10.3.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read only Shows the port index for a zone filter entry. snRtATPortZoneFilterZone brcdIp.1.2.10.3.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the zone name granted for this filter: • 0 to 32 octets of AppleTalk • ASCII if outside of AppleTalk IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 AppleTalk port table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtATPortZoneFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.10.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates what the device will do with the AppleTalk packet to take if it matches this filter. • deny(0) • permit(1) snRtATPortZoneFilterRtmpEnabl e brcdIp.1.2.10.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if Routing Table Maintenance Protocol (RMTP) filtering is enabled on this device. RMTP filtering provides the zone filtering capability that allows devices to filter on a network. When this filter is enabled on an interface, the denied network numbers are removed from the RTMP packet before the packet is transmitted out of the interface. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snRtATPortZoneFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.10.3.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid AppleTalk port table The AppleTalk Port Table defines how long a MAC address learned by a port through ARP remains valid. The device resets the timer to zero each time the ARP entry is refreshed and removes the entry if the timer reaches the ARP age. ARP age is managed on an individual port basis. However, when you enter an ARP age value for a port and apply the change to the running-config file or save the change to the startup-config file, the change is saved as the global setting. If you try to set different values for different ports, the interface does not display an error message. Instead, the most recent value you enter before saving the configuration change becomes the global setting. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtATPortTable brcdIp.1.2.10.4 None The AppleTalk Port Table snRtATPortEntry brcdIp.1.2.10.4.1 None An entry in the AppleTalk Port Table snRtATPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.10.4.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read only The port index for port table entry. 459 AppleTalk forwarding cache table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtATPortArpAge brcdIp.1.2.10.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of minutes an ARP entry can be valid without relearning. This can be from 0 – 240 minutes. Default: 10 minutes. If this is set to 0, then the ARP entry will always relearn. snRtATPortState brcdIp.1.2.10.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the state of this port: • other(1) • down(2) • up(3) snRtATPortSeedRouter brcdIp.1.2.10.4.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows if this port is a seed or non-seed router: • other(1) • seedRouter(2) • nonSeedRouter(3) snRtATPortOperationMode Read only brcdIp.1.2.10.4.1.5 Syntax: Integer Shows the operational state of this port: other(1) seedRouter(2) nonSeedRouter(3) notOperational(4) routingDisabled(5) • • • • • AppleTalk forwarding cache table The AppleTalk Forwarding Cache Table contains data learned from non-local networks that is currently resident in the AppleTalk cache. 460 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtATFwdCacheTable brcdIp.1.2.10.5 None AppleTalk Forwarding Cache Table. snRtATFwdCacheEntry brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1 None An entry in the AppleTalk Forwarding Cache Table. snRtATFwdCacheIndex brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the table index for a table entry. snRtATFwdCacheNetAddr brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.2 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the AppleTalk network address of a station. snRtATFwdCacheMacAddr brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read only Shows the MAC address of an AppleTalk station. This object has six octets. snRtATFwdCacheNextHop brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the network address of the router in the next hop. snRtATFwdCacheOutgoingPo rt brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the outgoing port through which the packets will be forwarded. If set to zero, then no outgoing port has been defined. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 AppleTalk zone table Name, OID, and Syntax Access snRtATFwdCacheType brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only snRtATFwdCacheAction brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read only snRtATFwdCacheVLanId brcdIp.1.2.10.5.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Description Shows the type of AppleTalk forwarding cache type: dynamic(1) permanent(2) • • Determines what the device will do if a match if found: other(1) forward(2) forUs(3) waitForArp(4) dropPacket(5) • • • • • Shows the ID of the VLAN associated with this entry. If set to zero, then no VLAN is associated with this entry. AppleTalk zone table The AppleTalk Zone Table shows the network numbers and zones learned on the network. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtATZoneTable brcdIp.1.2.10.6 None AppleTalk Zone Table snRtATZoneEntry brcdIp.1.2.10.6.1 None An entry in the AppleTalk Zone Table snRtATZoneIndex brcdIp.1.2.10.6.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the table index for an AppleTalk zone table entry. snRtATZoneNetStart brcdIp.1.2.10.6.1.2 Syntax: ATNetworkNumber Read only Shows the first AppleTalk network address in the range under this zone name. (Refer to the “snRtATZoneName” object.) snRtATZoneNetEnd brcdIp.1.2.10.6.1.3 Syntax: ATNetworkNumber Read only Shows the last AppleTalk network addresses in the range under this zone name. snRtATZoneName brcdIp.1.2.10.6.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the zone’s name. There can be up – 32 characters in this object. 461 AppleTalk additional zone filter table AppleTalk additional zone filter table The AppleTalk Additional Zone Filter Table contains information about zones that do not match any zones defined in the “AppleTalk zone table” on page 461. 462 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtATAddZoneFilterTable brcdIp.1.2.10.7 None The AppleTalk Additional Zone Filter Table. snRtATAddZoneFilterEntry brcdIp.1.2.10.7.1 None An entry in the AppleTalk Additional Zone Filter Table. snRtATAddZoneFilterPortIndex brcdIp.1.2.10.7.1.1 Syntax: PortIndex Read only Shows the port index for additional zone filter table entry. snRtATAddZoneFilterAction brcdIp.1.2.10.7.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write snRtATAddZoneFilterRtmpEnable brcdIp.1.2.10.7.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates what the device will do when a match is found: deny(0) permit(1) • • Indicates if RTMP filtering on additional zone is enabled on this device: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 25 Multiprotocol Label Switching Pseudo wire MIB This chapter presents SNMP MIB objects for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) feature that is supported on the NetIron IMR 640 Router (software release 02.1.00 and later) and the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices. pwTable This table contains the objects for configuring and monitoring VLL, VLL local, and VPLS services. This table is supported in the NetIron software release 03.9.00 and later. Support for the pwTable is listed below. For additional objects, see “VLL end point table” on page 478, “VPLS end point table” on page 479, and “IronWare VPLS Table” on page 481. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Object Object Identifier Support for VLL Support for VLL-Local Support for VPLS pwIndex brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.1 VPLS specific coding VPLS specific coding VPLS specific coding pwType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.2 Tagged: ethernetTagged(4) Untagged: ethernet(5) See “Value of pwType for VLL Services” on page 467 for additional information ethernet(5) for raw transport as PW acts as a switch System supports raw mode only, no VLAN tagging. Returns ipLayer2Transport(11 ) if global command "vpls-vc-type-ethernet -vpls" is configured, otherwise Ethernet(5) [BID 84147] ethernetTagged(4) for tagged VPLS pwOwner brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.3 pwIdFecSignaling(2) other(5) Always pwIdFecSignaling(2) pwPsnType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.4 mpls(1) other(6) Always mpls(1) pwSetUpPriority brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.5 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwHoldingPriority brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.6 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwPeerAddrType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.8 ipv4(1) only unknown(0) Always ipv4(1) pwPeerAddr brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.9 supported Always 0 Supported e.g., Peer IP 3.3.3.3 translates to string 0x03x03x03x03 (without commas) 463 Pseudo wire MIB Object Object Identifier Support for VLL Support for VLL-Local Support for VPLS pwAttachedPwIndex brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.10 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwIfIndex brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.11 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwID brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.12 VC ID VC ID (internal) VC ID pwLocalGroupID brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.13 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwGroupAttachmentID brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.14 Always null Always null Always null pwLocalAttachmentID brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.15 Always null Always null Always null pwPeerAttachmentID brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.16 Always null Always null Always null pwCwPreference brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.17 false(2) false(2) false(2) pwLocalIfMtu brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.18 Supported Not Supported Supported pwLocalIfString brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.19 false(2) false(2) false(2) pwLocalCapabAdvert brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.20 Always null Always null Always null pwRemoteGroupID brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.21 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwCwStatus brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.22 cwNotPresent(6) cwNotPresent(6) cwNotPresent(6) pwRemoteIfMtu brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.23 Supported Always 0 Supported pwRemoteIfString brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.24 Always null Always null Always null pwRemoteCapabilities brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.25 Always null Always null Always null pwFragmentCfgSize brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.26 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwRmtFragCapability brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.27 Always null Always null Always null pwFcsRetentionCfg brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.28 fcsRetentionDisable( 1) fcsRetentionDisa ble(1) fcsRetentionDisable( 1) pwFcsRetentionStatus brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.29 return 0x10 (to set bit fcsRetentionDisable d(3)) return 0x10 (to set bit fcsRetentionDisa bled(3)) return 0x10 (to set bit fcsRetentionDisabled (3)) pwOutboundLabel brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.30 Supported Always 0 Supported pwInboundLabel brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.31 Supported Always 0 Supported pwName brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.32 Supported (VLL name) Supported (VLL llocal name) Supported (VPLS name) pwDescr brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.33 Always null Always null Always null pwCreateTime brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.34 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwUpTime brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.35 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwLastChange brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.36 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwAdminStatus brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.37 Supported: up(1) down(2) Supported: up(1) down(2) Supported: up(1) down(2) NOTE: It is an extension added by the device and it is not part of the draft MIB. 464 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Pseudo wire MIB Object Object Identifier Support for VLL Support for VLL-Local Support for VPLS pwOperStatus brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.38 up(1) = running down(2) = tunnel down dormant(4) = waiting for LDP to establish notPrsent(5) = incomplete configuration lowerLayerDown(6) tunnel down up(1) notPrsent(5) = incomplete configuration up(1) = running down(2) = tunnel down dormant(4) = waiting for LDP to establish notPrsent(5) = incomplete configuration lowerLayerDown(6) tunnel down pwLocalStatus brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.39 If tunnel is down, returns 0x80, else returns 0x00 Supported If tunnel is down, returns 0x80, else returns 0x00 pwRemoteStatusCapa ble brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.40 notApplicable(1) notApplicable(1) notApplicable(1) pwRemoteStatus brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.41 Always null Always null Always null pwTimeElapsed brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.42 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwValidIntervals brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.43 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 pwRowStatus brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.44 active(1) active(1) active(1) pwStorageType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.45 permanent(4) permanent(4) permanent(4) pwOamEnable brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.46 false(2) false(2) false(2) Draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt The following Pseudo Wire (PW) MIB objects, as defined in draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt, are supported on the Multi-Service IronWare for the Brocade MLXe and NetIron Series devices. Draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt obsolete draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-06.txt; however, some objects in draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-06.txt are still supported on the Brocade MLXe and NetIron Series devices. (Refer to “Supported objects in draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-06.txt” on page 468 Also, support for Draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt has been extended to VLL, VLL-local, and VPLS on the Brocade MLXe and NetIron devices running release 03.9.00 and later. For additional objects, see “VLL end point table” on page 478, “VPLS end point table” on page 479, and “IronWare VPLS Table” on page 481. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 465 Pseudo wire MIB NOTE Support for the following objects in draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt provide read-only access. 466 Object Object Identifier pwindex Support for VLL Support for VLL-Local Support for VPLS brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1. VLL specific 1 encoding. One row per VLL instance VLL-local specific encoding. Two rows per VLL-local instance, one for each E Ethernet end-point for each instance VPLS specific encoding. One row per VPLS instance and peer combination pwEnetPwInstance brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. Always 1 1 1 for first end-point, 2 for second Always 1 pwEnetPwVlan brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. 2 Always 4096 for raw mode VPLS works in raw mode. Always 4096 in raw mode. There is no VLAN tagging in outgoing packets. pwEnetVlanMode brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. portBased(1) = no 3 VLAN tag noChange(2)= retain same VLAN ID changeVlan(3)= change id addVlan(4) removeVlan(5) See “Value of pwEnetVlanMode for VLL Services” on page 467 for additional information portBased(1) = no VLAN tag; both instances use default VLAN ID noChange(2)= retain same VLAN ID changeVlan(3)= change non-default VLAN IDs between two instances addVlan(4) = instance ID 1 has default VLAN, Instance ID 2 has non-default VLAN removeVlan(5) = instance ID 1 has default VLAN, Instance ID 2 has non-default VLAN portBased(1) = no vlan tag pwEnetPortVlan Endpoint VLAN ID brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. Endpoint VLAN ID, 4 which can be 4096 or an actual VLAN ID. See “Value of pwEnetPortVlan for VLL Services” on page 468 for additional information • • VLAN ID 4097 for pseudo wire in raw mode • Default VLAN ID for PW untagged frames See “Value of pwEnetPwVlan for VLL Services” on page 467 for additional information Always 0. For end-point, use fdryVplsEndPointTa ble IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Pseudo wire MIB Object Object Identifier pwEnetPortIfIndex Support for VLL Support for VLL-Local Support for VPLS brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. Endpoint ifIndex 5 Endpoint ifIndex Always 0. For end-point, use fdryVplsEndPointTa ble pwEnetPwIfIndex brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. Tunnel ifIndex 6 Since no tunnel, value 0 Tunnel ifIndex pwEnetRowStatus brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. Always active(1) 7 Always active(1) Always active(1) pwEnetStorageType brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1. 8 Always permanent(4) Always permanent(4) Always permanent(4) Values that affect some VLL services The following table shows how the value of pwType, pwEnetPwVlan, pwEnetVlanMode, and pwEnetPortVlan for VLL services is determined. TABLE 19 Value of pwType for VLL Services If Pseudo Wire Tag Mode is And End Point Tag Mode is Then Value of pwType is raw (untagged) untagged ethernet(5) raw (untagged) tag ethernet(5) tagged untagged ethernetTagged(4) tagged tag ethernetTagged(4) The following table shows how the value of pwEnetPwVlan for VLL services is determined. TABLE 20 Value of pwEnetPwVlan for VLL Services If Pseudo Wire Tag Mode is And End Point Tag Mode is Then Value of pwEnetPwVlan is raw (untagged) untagged 4097 raw (untagged) tag 4097 tagged untagged default VLAN ID tagged tag VLAN ID of End Point The following table shows how the value of pwEnetVlanMode for VLL services is determined. TABLE 21 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Value of pwEnetVlanMode for VLL Services If Pseudo Wire Tag Mode is And End Point Tag Mode is Then Value of pwEnetVlanMode is raw (untagged) untagged portBased(1) = no VLAN tag raw (untagged) tag removeVlan(5) tagged untagged addVlan(4) tagged tag noChange(2) 467 Pseudo wire MIB The following table shows how the value of pwEnetPortVlan for VLL services is determined. TABLE 22 Value of pwEnetPortVlan for VLL Services If Pseudo Wire Tag Mode is And End Point Tag Mode is Then Value of pwEnetPortVlan is raw (untagged) untagged 4096 raw (untagged) tag VLAN ID of End Point VLAN tagged untagged 4096 tagged tag VLAN ID of End Point VLAN Supported objects in draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-06.txt The following Pseudo Wire (PW) MIB objects are the only objects in draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-06.txt that are supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices. They are used to support draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11. This release supports read-only access. These MIB objects are supported on the following software releases: • Multi-Service IronWare release 03.7.00 and later for the NetIron XMR Series • Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.7.00 and later for the NetIron MLX Series • Brocade MLXe TABLE 23 468 Comparision of Objects within drafts v.6 and v.11 Object Object Identifier Differences pwPsnType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.4 pwPsnType is now of type IANAPwPsnTypeTC. The changes are highlighted below. pwPsnType: • mpls (1) • l2tp (2) • ip (3) • mplsOverIp (4) • gre (5) • other (6) IANAPwPsnTypeTC • mpls (1) • l2tp (2) • udpOverIp (3) • mplsOverIp (4) • mplsOverGre (5) • other (6) pwAttachedPwIndex brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.1 0 Type changed from PwIndexType to PwIndexOrZeroType. pwFragmentCfgSize brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.2 6 Added UNIT "bytes". pwFcsRetentioncfg brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.2 8 Name changed to pwFcsRetentionCfg. pwOutboundVcLabel brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.3 0 Renamed to pwOutboundLabel. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 MPLS or BGP L3 VPN MIB TABLE 23 Comparision of Objects within drafts v.6 and v.11 (Continued) Object Object Identifier Differences pwInboundVcLabel brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.3 1 Renamed to pwInboundLabel. pwStorageType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.4 5 Added DEFVAL nonvolatile pwOamEnable brcdIp.3.1.2.1.2.1.4 6 Supported pwIndexMappingEntry/pwInde xMappingVcType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.7.1.1 Replaced by pwIndexMappingEntry/pwIndexMappingPwType Type has changed from PwTypeTC to IANAPwTypeTC pwIndexMappingEntry/pwInde xMappingVcID brcdIp.3.1.2.1.7.1.2 Replaced by pwIndexMappingEntry/pwIndexMappingPwID pwIndexMappingEntry/pwInde xMappingVcIndex brcdIp.3.1.2.1.7.1.5 Replaced by pwIndexMappingEntry/pwIndexMappingPwIndex pwPeerMappingEntry/pwPeer MappingVcType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.8.1.3 Replaced by pwPeerMappingEntry/pwPeerMappingPwType Type changed from PwTypeTC to IANAPwTypeTC pwPeerMappingEntry/pwPeer MappingVcID brcdIp.3.1.2.1.8.1.4 Replaced by pwPeerMappingEntry/pwPeerMappingPwID pwPeerMappingEntry/pwPeer MappingVcIndex brcdIp.3.1.2.1.8.1.5 Replaced by pwPeerMappingEntry/pwPeerMappingPwIndex Proprietary Extension Name Access fdryPwServiceType brcdIp.3.1.2.1.20 Syntax: Integer N/A Supported? A L2VPN service type, used only for notification: vll(1) vlllocal(2) vpls(3) • • • MPLS or BGP L3 VPN MIB MPLS or BGP L3 VPN MIB (draft-ietf-lwvpn-mpls-vpn-mib-07.txt) is supported on Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.0.00 and later for the NetIron IMR 64, NetIron XMR, and the NetIron MLX.It is also supported on the Brocade MLXe devices. • Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.0.00 and later for the NetIron XMR Series routers • Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.1.00 and later for the NetIron MLX Series routers • Brocade MLXe Note: The following objects are implemented as Read-only: • mplsL3VpnIfConfTable • mplsL3VpnVrfTable • mplsL3VpnVrfRTTable IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 469 MPLS or BGP L3 VPN MIB • mplsL3VpnVrfRteTable The following objects from the IETF draft are supported on the NetIron IMR 640. Object Object Identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnConfiguredVrfs brcdIp.3.2.1.1.1.1 Yes – Read-only mplsL3VpnActiveVrfs brcdIp.3.2.1.1.1.2 Yes – Read-only mplsL3VpnConnectedInterfaces brcdIp.3.2.1.1.1.3 Yes – Read-only mplsL3VpnNotificationEnable brcdIp.3.2.1.1.1.4 Yes – Read-Write mplsL3VpnVrfConfMaxPossRts brcdIp.3.2.1.1.1.5 Yes – Read-only mplsL3VpnVrfConfRteMxThrshTime brcdIp.3.2.1.1.1.6 No mplsL3VpnIllLblRcvThrsh brcdIp.3.2.1.1.1.7 No VPN interface configuration table Object Object Identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnConf brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2 Yes mplsL3VpnIfConfTable brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.1 Yes - Read only mplsL3VpnIfConfEntry brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.1.1 Yes mplsL3VpnIfConfIndex brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.1.1.1 Yes mplsL3VpnIfVpnClassification brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.1.1.2 Yes Only enterprise (2) supported mplsL3VpnIfVpnRouteDistProtocol brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.1.1.3 Yes isis (4) not supported static (5) always true mplsL3VpnIfConfStorageType brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.1.1.4 Yes VRF configuration table 470 Object Object Identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnVrfTable brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2 Yes - Read only mplsL3VpnVrfEntry brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfName brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.1 Yes Supported in simple VRF textual name format. Not supported in format specified in RFC 2685 mplsL3VpnVrfVpnId brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1. 2 NoReturns null string mplsL3VpnVrfDescription brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1. 3 No Returns null string mplsL3VpnVrfRD brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1. 4 Read Only IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 MPLS or BGP L3 VPN MIB Object Object Identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnVrfCreationTime brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1. 5 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfOperStatus brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1. 6 No Always returns up(1) mplsL3VpnVrfActiveInterfaces brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1. 7 Read only mplsL3VpnVrfAssociatedInterfaces brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1. 8 Read only mplsL3VpnVrfConfMidRteThresh brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1. 9 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfConfHightRteThresh brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.1 No 0 Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfConfMaxRoutes brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.1 Read Only 1 mplsL3VpnVrfConfLastChanged brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.1 No 2 Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfConfRowStatus brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.1 Yes 3 mplsL3VpnVrfConfAdminStatus brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.1 Only Up (1) supported 4 mplsL3VpnVrfConfStorageType brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.2.1.1 Read Only 5 This object always returns permanent(4) VRF route target table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Object Object Identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnVrfRTTable brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3 Yes - Read only mplsL3VpnVrfRTEntry brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3.1 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfRTIndex brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3.1. 2 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfRTType brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3.1. 3 Read Only mplsL3VpnVrfRT brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3.1. 4 Read Only mplsL3VpnVrfRTDescr brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3.1. 5 No Returns null string mplsL3VpnVrfRTRowStatus brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3.1. 6 Read Only mplsL3VpnVrfRTStorageType brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.3.1. 7 Read Only This object always returns permanent(4) 471 MPLS or BGP L3 VPN MIB VRF security table Object Object Identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnVrfSecTable brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.6 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfSecEntry brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.6.1 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfSecIllegalLblVltns brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.6.1.1 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfSecDiscontinuityTime brcdIp.3.2.1.1.2.6.1.2 No Returns 0 Object Object Identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnPerf brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfPerfTable brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3.1 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfPerfEntry brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3.1.1 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfPerfRoutesAdded brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3.1.1. 1 Read only mplsL3VpnVrfPerfRoutesDeleted brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3.1.1. 2 Read only mplsL3VpnVrfPerfCurrNumRoutes brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3.1.1. 3 Read only mplsL3VpnVrfPerfRoutesDropped brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3.1.1. 4 No mplsL3VpnVrfPerfDiscTime brcdIp.3.2.1.1.3.1.1. 5 No Object Object Identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnRoute brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfRteTable brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1 Yes - Read only mplsL3VpnVrfRteEntry brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. Yes mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrDestType brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 1 IPv4 Value mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrDest brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 2 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrPfxLen brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 3 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrPolicy brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 4 Default The value {0 0} returned VRF performance table VRF routing table 472 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 MPLS or BGP L3 VPN MIB Object Object Identifier Supported? mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrNHopType brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 5 Ipv4 mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrNextHop brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 6 Yes mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrIfIndex brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 7 Read only mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrType brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 8 Read only mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrProto brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 9 Read only mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrAge brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 10 Read only mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrNextHopAS brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 11 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrMetric1 brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 12 Read Only mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrMetric2 brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 13 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrMetric3 brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 14 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrMetric4 brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 15 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrMetric5 brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 16 No Returns 0 mplsL3VpnVrfRteXCPointer brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 17 No Returns null string mplsL3VpnVrfRteInetCidrStatus brcdIp.3.2.1.1.4.1.1. 18 Read Only VPLS-generic-draft-01 NetIron devices running software release 03.9.00 and later support the VPLS-Generic-Draft-01-Mib module of draft-ietf-l2vpn-vpls-mib-01. The following tables present the objects supported in the draft. Tables and scalars in the draft that are not listed here are not supported. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 473 MPLS or BGP L3 VPN MIB Scalars The following scalars are supported. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description vplsConfigIndexNext brcdIp.3.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read only Unique index for the conceptual row identifying a VPLS service. However, in the current implementation, this index is always 0. vplsStatusNotifEnable brcdIp.3.4.1.1.5 Syntax: TruthValue Read-write If this object is set to true(1), then it enables vplsStatusChanged notification to be generated. Change notification is determined by the use of the command snmp-server enable trap mpls vpls and no snmp-server enable trap mpls vpls. vplsNotificationMaxRate brcdIp.3.4.1.1.6 Syntax: SnmpAdminString Read-write Always 0. vplsConfigTable The table below presents the objects supported in the vplsConfigTable. See “IronWare VPLS Table” on page 481 for objects that are not supported in this table. This table is supported on the NetIron software release 03.9.00 and later. 474 Name Access Supported? vplsConfigIndex brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read-only Yes vplsConfigName brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.2 Syntax: SnmpAdminString Read-only Yes vplsConfigDescr brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.3 Syntax: SnmpAdminString Read-only Always null string vplsConfigAdminStatus brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Yes, Always up(1) vplsConfigMacLearning brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.6 Syntax: TruthValue Read-only Yes, Always true(1) vplsConfigDiscardUnknownDest brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.7 Syntax: TruthValue Read-only No, Always false(2) vplsConfigMacAging brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.8 Syntax: TruthValue Read-only Yes, Always true(1) vplsConfigFwdFullHighWatermark brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.10 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read-only Always 0 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 MPLS or BGP L3 VPN MIB Name Access Supported? vplsConfigFwdFullLowWatermark brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.11 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read-only Always 0 vplsConfigRowStatus brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.12 Syntax: RowStatus Read-only Yes, Always active (1) vplsConfigMtu brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.13 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read-only Yes vplsConfigVpnId brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.14 Syntax: Octet string (0...7) Read-only Always null vplsConfigServiceType brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.15 Syntax: Vlan(1) if part of VLAN, else Ehternet(2) Read-only vplsConfigStorageType brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.16 Syntax: StorageType Read-only Yes: • • • vlan(1) ethernet(2) ethernetTagged(4) for tagged VPLS Yes, Always permanent(4) vplsStatusTable Support for the vplsStatusTable is as follows. Name Access Supported? vplsStatusOperStatus brcdIp.3.4.1.1.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Yes vplsStatusPeerCount brcdIp.3.4.1.1.3.1.2 Syntax: Counter 32 Read-only Yes vplsPwBindTable This vplsPwBindTable binds a given VPLS instance to various pseudo-wires. It provides transport service for a VPLS. Support for the vplsPwBindTable is as follows. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name Access Supported? vplsPwBindIndex brcdIp.3.4.1.1.4.1.1 Syntax: PWIndexType Read-only Yes PwIndex of corresponding PWTable. One VPLS may have multiple PWTable entries vplsPwBindConfigType brcdIp.3.4.1.1.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Yes, Always manual(1) 475 General MPLS objects Name Access Supported? vplsPwBindType brcdIp.3.4.1.1.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Yes, Always mesh(1) vplsPwBindRowStatus brcdIp.3.4.1.1.4.1.4 Syntax: RowStatus Read-only vplsPwBindStorageType brcdIp.3.4.1.1.4.1.5 Syntax: StorageType Read-only Yes: • • active(1) - if PW state is operational not-in-service(2) - if PW is not operational Yes, Only permanent(4) is supported General MPLS objects The following are the general MPLS MIB objects. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description mplsVersion brcdIp.1.2.15.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only MPLS version number. mplsConfiguredLsps brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read Only Number of configured LSPs. This is calculated by adding the number of RSVPs and staticly configured Label-switched paths (LSPs). mplsActiveLsps brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read Only Number of active LSPs. This is calculated by adding the number of RSVPs, LDPs, and staticly configured LSPs. MPLS LSP table The following table contains objects for the MPLS LSPs. 476 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description mplsLspTable brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3 N/A The MPLS LSP Table mplsLspEntry brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1 N/A An entry in the MPLS LSP Tabel mplsLspSignalingProto brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer N/A mplsLspIndex brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 N/A MPLS signaling protocol used by this LSP: ldp(1) rsvp(2) • • The unique index of the LSP in the system for a given signaling protocol. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 MPLS LSP table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description mplsLspName brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.3 Syntax: Displaystring Read only Name of the Label Switched Path. mplsLspState brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only mplsLspPackets brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.5 Syntax: Counter64 Read only The number of packets that have been forwarded over the current LSP active path. mplsLspAge brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.6 Syntax: TimeStamp Read only The age, since creation of this LSP in 10-millisecond periods. mplsLspTimeUp brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.7 Syntax: TimeStamp Read only The total time in 10-millisecond units when this LSP has been operational. Calculate the percentage up time as follows: mplsLspTimeUp or mplsLspAge x 100% mplsLspPrimaryTimeUp brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.8 Syntax: TimeStamp Read only The total time in 10-millisecond units that this LSP's primary path has been operational. The percentage contribution of the primary path to the operational time is calculated using the following equation: mplsLspPrimaryTimeUp or mplsLspTimeUp x 100% mplsLspTransitions brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.9 Syntax: TimeStamp Read only The number of times this LSP ’s state transitioned from up to down and down to up. mplsLspLastTransition brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.10 Syntax: IpAddress Read only The time in 10-millisecond units since the last transition occurred on this LSP. mplsLspFrom brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.11 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Source IP address of this LSP. mplsLspTo brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.12 Read only Destination IP address of this LSP. mplsLspPathName brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.13 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The name of the active path for this LSP. If there is no name, this field should be empty and all the fields in this table do not apply. mplsLspathType brcdIp.1.2.15.1.2.3.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read only The type of path that is active. This field is meaningless unless mplsLSPPathName contains a value. Paths can be: • other(1) • primary(2) • standby(3) • secondary(4) The operational state of the LSP: unknown(1) up(2) down(3) • • • 477 VLL end point table VLL end point table This table (fdryVllEndPointTable) contains objects for VLL and VLL local endpoints that are not available in the Pseudo Wire MIB. (See“Pseudo wire MIB” on page 463). This table is supported on the NetIron softwarwe release 03.9.00 and later. 478 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryVllEndPointServiceType brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer N/A Indicates the service type for the end point: • vll(1) • vlllocal(2) pwIndex brcdIp.3.1.2.1.1 Syntax: pwIndexType N/A pwIndex of pwTable and pwEnetTable (foreign index) pwEnetPwInstance brcdIp.3.1.4.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 N/A 2nd Index of pwEnetTable (foreign index) to support VLL-local. • VLL = 1 • vlllocal = 1 and 2 fdryVllEndPointVlanTagMode brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only Indicates the VLAN mode of this end point. Ports can have only the following modes: • tagged(1) • untagged(2) fdryVllEndPointClassOfService brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only For VLL, this value is used to select the appropriate tunnel whose COS value is either the same as, or almost approaching this value. For VLL-local this value is applied to the inbound traffic of an endpoint. Value can be (0..7) fdryVllEndPointInHCPkts brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only In NetIron software release 03.9.00 and later, this object returns a zero (0). Beginning with NetIron software release 03.9.01, this object indicates the number of packets ingressing into this endpoint. This is available in the output for show mpls statistics vll. fdryVllEndPointOutHCPkts brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only In NetIron software release 03.9.00, this object returns a zero (0). In the NetIron software release 03.9.01 and later, for VLL, this object indicates the number of ingress packets from this endpoint as shown in the show mpls statistics vll-local output. For VLL-local, this value is the fdryVllEndPointInHCPkts of the other endpoint. fdryVllEndPointAdminStatus brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only fdryVllEndPointOperStatus brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.7 Syntax: PwOperStatusTC Read-only fdryVllEndPointRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.8 Syntax: RowStatus Read-only The desired administrative status of the end point. up(1) down(2) • • Indicates the operational status of the end point: up(1) down(2) • • Status will be active(1) if the end point is up; otherwise it will be not in service. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VPLS end point table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryVllEndPointInnerVlanId brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.9 Syntax: PwVlanCfg Read-only This value indicates the inner VLAN ID for this endpoint. Default: 0 (not configured or not supported.) fdryVllEndPointInHCOctets brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.10 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only This value indicates the number of octets into the endpoint from a Customer Edge device. This object is supported on the NetIron CES and CER running software release 04.1.00. fdryVllEndPointOutHCOctets brcdIp.1.2.15.2.1.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only This value indicates the number of octets egressing out from the endpoint towards the Customer Edge device. This object is supported on the NetIron CES and CER running software release 04.1.00. VPLS end point table The fdryVplsEndPointTable contains objects for the VPLS endpoints that are not available in the Pseudo Wire or Draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt MIB. (See “Pseudo wire MIB” on page 463 and “Draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt” on page 465.) This table is supported on the NetIron software release 03.9.00 and later. This table is deprecated by the fdryVplsEndPoint2Table beginning with NetIron software release 04.1.00 and later because of the VPLS ISID mapping feature, which is introduced in the software release. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description vplsConfigIndex brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 N/A This object is the index for this table. fdryVplsEndPointPortVlan brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.1.1.1 Syntax: PwVlanCfg N/A The VLAN ID of the endpoint. fdryVplsEndPointIfIndex( brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.1.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceIndex N/A The ifIndex value of the end point. For trunks, use the InterfaceIndex of the trunk. fdryVplsEndPointVlanTagMo de brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the VLAN mode of the end point per PPCR per VCID: • tagged(1) • untagged(2) Dual mode is not supported. fdryVplsEndPointOutHCPkts brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only In NetIron software release 03.9.00, this object returns a zero (0). Beginning with XMR release 03.9.01, this object Indicates the number of packets egressing out from this endpoint towards the Customer Edge (CE). This value counts packets coming from multiple pseudo-wires towards the endpoint, as well as locally switched packets between other endpoints to this endpoint, all belonging to the same VPLS instance. In packet count is not supported since counter is per PPCR per VCID. 479 VPLS end point 2 table Name, OID, and Syntax Access fdryVplsEndPointState brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only fdryVplsEndPointAdminStat us brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only fdryVplsEndPointOperStatu s brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.1.1.7 Syntax: PwOperStatusTC Read-only fdryVplsEndPointRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.1.1.8 Syntax: RowStatus Read-only Description The Layer 2 state of the end point: disabled(1) blocking(2) forwarding(5) • • • The desired administrative state of this end point: up(1) down(2) • • Indicates the operational status of this endpoint: up(1) down(2) • • Status is active(1) if the end point is up; otherwise, it will be not in service. VPLS end point 2 table This table supports VPLS ISID mapping that is configured in the inner VLAN at the endpoint level. It contains objects for the VPLS endpoints that are not available in the Pseudo Wire or Draft-ietf-pwe3-pw-mib-11.txt MIBIt is available on NetIron devices running software release 04.1.00 and later. It replaces the fdryVplsEndPointTable. 480 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryVplsEndPoint2Table brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3 N/A This table specifies information about the VPLS endpoints which are not available in the PW mib, or VPLS draft mib. This table deprecates fdryVplsEndPointTable, as inner vlan/isid has been added as index of this table. fdryVplsEndPoint2Entry brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1 N/A A row in this table represents a VPLS end point for a given VPLS instance. The VPLS instance is represented by vplsConfigTable and fdryVplsTable. For a given VPLS instance, there may be multiple instances of rows within this table. Each row describes one endpoint. For a given endpoint, there will be one VPLS instance. A given endpoint is represented by vplsConfigIndex (VPLS instance), VLAN ID, ifIndex, inner-id (either inner-vlan, or isid) of the physical port which is acting as an endpoint. This allows a tagged port to be associated with multiple VPLS instances. An untagged port can only be associated with one VPLS instance. Note that this table is kept independent of the PW tables to indicate that endpoints terminate on the VPLS instance. On the other side, a VPLS instance will have association with the PW MIB. fdryVplsEndPoint2VlanId brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.1 Syntax: PwVlanCfg N/A This value specifies the VLAN ID value of this endpoint. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IronWare VPLS Table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryVplsEndPoint2InnerTagType brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.2 Syntax: INTEGER N/A This value indicates the inner id for this endpoint: (invalid(1) innerVlan(2) isid(3) If no inner tag is specified, the value invalid(1) is returned. fdryVplsEndPoint2InnerTag brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 N/A This value indicates the inner id for this endpoint. If the index fdryVplsEndPoint2InnerTagType has the value isid(3), then this object will have the ISID value for that endpoint. Valid ISID value is between 256 (0x100) and 16777214 (0xFFFFFE).If no inner tag is specified, the value(0) is returned. fdryVplsEndPoint2IfIndex brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.4 Syntax: InterfaceIndex N/A This value specifies the ifIndex value of this endpoint. fdryVplsEndPoint2VlanTagMode brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.5 Syntax: VlanTagMode Read-create This value indicates the VLAN mode for this endpoint. The values dual(3) and other(4) are not used in this table. fdryVplsEndPoint2InHCOctets brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.6 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only This counter indicates the number of octets ingressing into this endpoint from the Customer Edge device. This object is supported only in the NetIron CES and CER. fdryVplsEndPoint2Layer2State brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.7 Syntax: Layer2StateTC Read-only The Layer 2 state of this VPLS endpoint. fdryVplsEndPoint2OperStatus brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.8 Syntax: PwOperStatusTC Read-only This object indicates the operational status of this endpoint: up(1) down(2) No other values are used in this table fdryVplsEndPoint2RowStatus brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.3.1.9 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, and delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object and the fdryVplsEndPointAdminStatus object. • • • • • IronWare VPLS Table This table can be used to configure additional virtual circuit properties that are not supported in the vplsConfigTable. This table is supported on the NetIron software release 03.9.00 and later. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description vplsConfigIndex brcdIp.3.4.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 N/A This object is the index for this table. fdryVplsClassOfService brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read write Indicates the Class Of Service for this VPLS instance. This value is used to select the appropriate tunnel that has a COS value is less than or equal to this value. fdryVplsMaxMacLearned brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read only This value indicates the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by this VPLS instance. No default value is specified as the system default can change. 481 IronWare VPLS Table 482 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryVplsClearMac brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.2.1.3 Syntax: TruthValue Read only The Set value of TRUE tells the system to clear all the MAC addresses learned by this VPLS instance. Setting value of FALSE(2) returns an error. During read operations, FALSE(2) is returned at all times. fdryVplsVcId brcdIp.1.2.15.2.2.2.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned 32 Read only The VPLS Instance ID of a given VPLS session. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter Packet Over SONET for Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX 26 RFC 3592 SDH/SONET MIB This chapter presents the MIB objects for Packet Over Sonet (POS), a feature supported on the following devices: • NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 03.4.00 and later. • Brocade MLXe devices. The following MIB objects are related to the POS support on these devices: • snSwIfInfoTable. The entire table is supported and new values have been added for snSwIfInfoSpeed and snSwIfInfoMediaType. See the “Switch port information group” on page 205 • • • • • • • • ifTable. See “RFC 1213: Management Information Base (MIB-II)” on page 18. ifMIB. See “” on page 23. ifXTable. See “” on page 23. snIfIndexLookupTable. See “Interface index lookup table” on page 215. RFC 3592 SDH/SONET MIB. See “RFC 3592 SDH/SONET MIB” on page 483. POS MIB Info Table - See “POS MIB Info Table” on page 484. POS PPP Group - See “POS PPP Group” on page 486. POS cHDLC Group - See “POS cHDLC Group” on page 487. The standard SDH/SONET MIB (RFC 3592) is supported with the following exceptions: 1. No VT related objects are supported. • • • • SonetVTCurrentTable SonetVTIntervalTable SonetFarEndVTCurrentTable SonetFarEndVTIntervalTable 2. The following MIB objects are read-write in the standard MIB, but are read-only in this release. • sonetMediumLineCoding - Always returns sonetMediumNRZ • sonetMediumLineType - Always returns sonetMultiMode • sonetMediumCircuitIdentifier - Always returns the physical address of the interface (same as ifPhysAddress) • sonetSESthresholdSet - Always returns other(1) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 483 POS MIB Info Table POS MIB Info Table The POS Session Table presents information about the POS session. 484 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPOSInfo2Table brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2 None This object describes the POS MIB Info Table. snPOSInfo2Entry brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1 None This object describes a POS MIB Info entry. snPOSInfo2Clock brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object describes the clock source for the POS Interface. • internal(1) - internal source. • line(2) - clocking is derived from the line. Default Value: internal(1) snPOSInfo2ScrambleATM brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.2 Syntax: POSStatus Read-write ATM style scrambling for the POS interface. disabled(0) - scrambling is disabled. enabled(1) - scrambling is enabled. Default Value: disabled(0) snPOSInfo2CRC brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Length of Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) on the POS interface. • crc32bits(1)- 32 bits • crc16bits(2) - 16 buts Default Value: crc32bits(1) snPOSInfo2KeepAlive brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 (0...65535) Read-write This object describes the keepalive timer for the POS interface in seconds. Default: 10 snPOSInfo2FlagC2 brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 (0...255) Read-write The C2 flag. • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 POS MIB Info Table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPOSInfo2SSM brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write The Synchronization Status Message (SSM) is sent over the SONET/SDH line to tell the other end about the quality of the clock being sent over the line: • t1 SonetPrimaryReferenceSource(1)- SONET Primary Reference Source • t1 SonetTraceabilityUnknown(2) - SONET Traceability Unknown • t1 SonetStratum2Traceable(3) - SONET Stratum 2 Traceable • t1 SonetTransitNodeClock(4) - SONET Transit Node Clock • t1 SonetStratum3eTraceable(5) - SONET Stratum 3e Traceable • t1 SonetStratum3Traceable(6) - SONET Stratum 3 Traceable • t1 SonetMinClockTraceable(7) - SONET Minimum Clock Traceable • t1 SonetDus(8)- SONET Do not Use for Synchronization • e1 SdhTraceabilityUnknown(9) - SDH Traceability Unknown • e1 SdhSsmTransitNodeClock-g812(10) - SDH Transit Node Clock G812 • e1 SdhDus(11) - SDH Do not Use for Synchronization • e1 SdhSsmPrimaryReferenceClock-g811(12) - SDH Primary Reference Clock G811 • e1 SdhSsmLocalG812(13) - SDH Local G812 • e1 SdhSsmSyncEquipmentTimingSource(14) - SDH Synchronization Equipment Timing Source Default: t1 sonettraceabilityunknown(2) snPOSInfo2Encapsulation brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write snPOSInfo2AlarmMonitoring brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Alarm Monitoring on POS interface. off(0) - Alarm Monitoring is off on(1) - Alarm Monitoring is on Default: on(1) snPOSInfo2OverheadJ0Expected Message brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.9 Syntax: Octet String (Size (1)) Read-write Overhead J0 Expected Message snPOSInfo2OverheadJ0TransmitM essage brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.10 Syntax: Octet String (Size (1)) Read-write This object Overhead J0 Transmit Message. snPOSInfo2OverheadJ1Expected Message brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.11 Syntax: Octet String (Size (16...64)) Read-write Overhead J1 Expected Message. Layer 2 encapsulation on the POS interface. ppp(1) - Point to Point Protocol (PPP.) Refer to “POS PPP Group” on page 486 for additional MIB objects. • chdlc(2) - Cisco High-level Data Link Control (cHDLC). Refer to “POS cHDLC Group” on page 487 for additional MIB objects. • • • 485 POS PPP Group Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPOSInfo2OverheadJ1MessageL ength brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read-write Overhead J1 Length of Message. s16(16) - 16 bytes s64(64) - 64 bytes Default Value: s64(64) snPOSInfo2OverheadJ1TransmitM essage brcdIp.1.2.14.1.2.1.13 Syntax: Octet String (Size (16...64)) Read-write Overhead J1 Transmit Message. • • POS PPP Group If the snPOSInfo2Encapsulation object is set to PPP, the POS PPP table provides information on the states of various control protocols. 486 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPOSPPPTable brcdIp.1.2.14.1.3 N/A An entry in the snPOSPPPTable indicates the PPP control protocol status on a specified port. snPOSPPP-LCP brcdIp.1.2.14.1.3.1 Syntax: DisplayString (0..32)) Read only The PPP Link Control Protocol state. snPOSPPP-IPCP brcdIp.1.2.14.1.3.2 Syntax: DisplayString (0..32)) Read only The PPP IP Control Protocol state. snPOSPPP-IPv6CP brcdIp.1.2.14.1.3.3 Syntax: DisplayString (0..32)) Read only The PPP IPv6 Control Protocol state. snPOSPPP-OSINLCP brcdIp.1.2.14.1.3.4 Syntax: DisplayString (0..32)) Read only The PPP OSI Network Layer Control Protocol state. snPOSPPP-MPLSCP brcdIp.1.2.14.1.3.5 Syntax: DisplayString (0..32)) Read only The PPP MPLS Control Protocol state. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 POS cHDLC Group POS cHDLC Group If the snPOSInfo2Encapsulation object is set to cHDLC, the following provides information on various cHDLC parameters. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snPOScHDLCTable brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4 N/A An entry in snPOScHDLCEntry shows the cHDLC information on a specified port. snPOScHDLCLineState brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The of the cHDLC line: down (0) up (1) unknown (2) snPOScHDLCInLoopback brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4.2 Syntax: Integer Read only snPOScHDLCMySeq brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The cHDLC my sequence number. snPOScHDLCMySeqSeen brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The cHDLC my sequence number that is seen snPOScHDLCPeerSeqSeen brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The cHDLC peer sequence number seen snPOScHDLCUniqueSent brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The cHDLC unique sent snPOScHDLCUniqueReceived brcdIp.1.2.14.1.4.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The cHDLC unique received Indicates if cHDLC in loopback is used: no (0) yes (1) unknown (2) • • • 487 POS cHDLC Group 488 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 27 Bidirectional Forwarding BFD scaler objects This chapter presents the MIB objects for Bidirectional Forwarding (BFD) IETF draft mib version 3 (draft-ietf-bfd-mib-03.mib). Support for this MIB will change as the IETF draft version changes, until the MIB is finalized. The BFD Session Mapping Table maps the complex indexing of the BFD sessions to the flat BFDIndex used in the BfdSessionTable. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description bfdAdminStatus brcdIp.3.3.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The global administrative status of BFD in this router: enabled(1) - BFD Process is active on at least one interface disabled(2) - BFD is disabled on all interfaces Default: enabled(1) bfdSessNotificationsEnable brcdIp.3.3.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The current version number of the BFD protocol. Default: 0 bfdSessNotificationsEnable brcdIp.3.3.1.1.1.4 Syntax: TruthValue Read-write Indicates if notification messages are sent when BFD sessions are up and when they are down • true(1) - Notification messages are sent. • false(2) - Notifications messages are not sent. Default: false(2) • • BFD MIB session table The BFD Session Table specifies information about the BFD session. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description bfdSessTable brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2 None Describes the BFD sessions. bfdSessEntry brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1 None Describes and entry for a BFD session. bfdSessIndex brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.1 Syntax: BfdSessIndexTC None Contains an index used to represent a unique BFD session on this device. bfdSessApplicationId brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Contains an index used to indicate a local application which owns or maintains this BFD session. For instance, the MPLS VPN process may maintain a subset of the total number of BFD sessions. This application ID provides a convenient way to segregate sessions by the applications which maintain them. 489 BFD MIB session table 490 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description bfdSessDiscriminator brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the local discriminator for this BFD session, used to uniquely identify it. bfdSessRemoteDiscr brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the session discriminator chosen by the remote system for this BFD session. bfdSessUdpPort brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.5 Syntax: InetPortNumber Read-only The UDP Port for BFD. Default: The well-known value for this port. bfdSessState brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only bfdSessRemoteHeardFlag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.7 Syntax: TruthValue Read-only Status of BFD packet reception from the remote system. • true(1) - the local device is actively receiving BFD packets from the remote device • false(0) - either the local device has not received BFD packets recently (within the detection time) or the local device is attempting to tear down the BFD session bfdSessDiag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Accessible-f or-notify A diagnostic code specifying the local system's reason for the last transition of the session from up(1) to some other state. The following values are applicable in the implementation of this MIB object: • No Diagnostic (1) • Control Detection Time Expired (2) • Echo Failed (3) • Neighbor Signaled Session Down (4) • Forwarding Plan Reset (5) • Path Down (6) • Concatenated Path Down (7) • Admin Down (8) • Reverse Concatenated Path Down (9) Each notification uses one of the following varbinds: • BfdSessUp - high range value • bfdSessDown - low range value bfdSessOperMode brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only The perceived state of the BFD session. adminDown(1) down(2)- BFD session is down init(3)- BFD session is initializing up(4) - BFD session is up • • • • Specifies current operating mode of the BFD session. asyncModeWEchoFun(1) asynchModeWOEchoFun(2) demandModeWEchoFunction(3) demandModeWOEchoFunction(4) • • • • bfdSessDemandModeDesired Read-only Flag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.10 Syntax: TruthValue • • bfdSessEchoFuncModeDesire dFlag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.11 Syntax: TruthValue • • Read-only Indicates if the device will use Demand mode: true(1)- the device will use Demand mode false(0) - the device will use Demand mode Indicates if the device uses Echo mode: true(1)- the device will use Echo mode false(0) - the device will use Echo mode IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BFD MIB session table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description bfdSessControPlanIndepFlag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.12 Syntax: TruthValue Read-only Indicates if the device can continue to function when there is a disruption of the control plane: • true(1)- the local system BFD implementation is independent of the control plane • false(0) - the local system BFD implementation is dependent on the control plane bfdSessAddrType brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.13 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-only The IP address type of the interface associated with this BFD session: unknown(0) - Allowed only when the outgoing interface is of type point-to-point, or when the BFD session is not associated with a specific interface. ipv4(1) - IP address is IPv4 ipv6(2) - IP address is IPv4 bfdSessAddr brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.14 Syntax: InetAddress Read-only The IP address of the interface associated with this BFD session. Also used to enable BFD on a specific interface. The value is set to zero when BFD session is not associated with a specific interface. bfdSessDesiredMinTxInterval brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.15 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the minimum interval, in microseconds, that the local system would like to use when transmitting BFD Control packets. bfdSessReqMinRxInterval brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.16 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the minimum interval, in microseconds, between received BFD Control packets the local system is capable of supporting. bfdSessReqMinEchoRxInterv al brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.17 Syntax: BfdInterval Read-only Specifies the minimum interval, in microseconds, between received BFD Echo packets that this system is capable of supporting. bfdSessDetectMult brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.18 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only Specifies the Detect time multiplier. bfdSessStorType brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.19 Syntax: StorageType Read-only Indicates the storage type for this object. Conceptual rows having the value "permanent" need not allow write-access to any columnar objects in the row. bfdSessRowStatus brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.20 Syntax: RowStatus Read-only Creates, modifies, or deletes a row in this table. When a row in this table has a row in the active(1) state, no objects in this row can be modified except the bfdSessRowStatus and bfdSessStorageType. bfdSessAuthPressFlag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.21 Syntax: TruthValue Read-only Indicates if the device wants the BFD sessions to be authenticated: • true(1)- BFD sessions will be authenticated • false(0) - BFD sessions will not be authenticated bfdSessAuthenticationType brcdIp.3.3.1.1.2.1.22 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the authentication type used for this BFD session, if BFD sessions are authenticated: • simplePassword(1) • keyedMD5(2) • meticulousKeyedMD5(3) • keyedSHA1(4) • meticulousKeyedSHA1(5) 491 BFD MIB session performance table BFD MIB session performance table This table specifies the performance counters for BFD sessions. 492 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description bfdSessPerfTable brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3 None The BFD Session Performance Table bfdSessPerfEntry brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1 None An entry in this table is created by a BFD-enabled node for every BFD Session. bfdCounterDiscontinuityTime is used to indicate potential discontinuity for all counter objects in this table. bfdSessPerfPktIn brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.1 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The total number of BFD messages received for this BFD session. bfdSessPerfPktOut brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.2 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The total number of BFD messages sent for this BFD session. bfdSessPerfUpTime brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.3 Syntax: TimeStamp Read-only The value of sysUpTime on the most recent occasion at which the session came up. If no such up event exists this object contains a zero value. bfdSessPerfLastSessDownTi me brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.4 Syntax: TimeStamp Read-only The value of sysUpTime on the most recent occasion at which the last time communication was lost with the neighbor. If no such down event exist this object contains a zero value. bfdSessPerfLastCommLostDi ag brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.5 Syntax: BfdDiag Read-only The BFD diag code for the last time communication was lost with the neighbor. If no such down event exists this object contains a zero value. bfdSessPerfSessUpCount brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only The number of times this session has gone into the Up state since the router last rebooted. bfdSessPerfDiscTime brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.7 Syntax: TimeStamp Read-only The value of sysUpTime on the most recent occasion at which any one or more of the session counters suffered a discontinuity. The relevant counters are the specific instances associated with this BFD session of any Counter32 object contained in the BfdSessPerfTable. If no such discontinuities have occurred since the last re-initialization of the local management subsystem, then this object contains a zero value. bfdSessPerfPktInHC brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.8 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only This value represents the total number of BFD messages received for this BFD session. It MUST be equal to the least significant 32 bits of bfdSessPerfPktIn if bfdSessPerfPktInHC is supported according to the rules spelled out in RFC2863. bfdSessPerfPktOutHC brcdIp.3.3.1.1.3.1.9 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only This value represents the total number of total number of BFD messages transmitted for this BFD session. It MUST be equal to the least significant 32 bits of bfdSessPerfPktIn if bfdSessPerfPktOutHC is supported according to the rules spelled out in RFC2863. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 BFD MIB session mapping table BFD MIB session mapping table The BFD Session Mapping Table maps the complex indexing of the BFD sessions to the flat BFDIndex used in the BfdSessionTable. Name, OID, and Syntax Access BfdSessMapTable brcdIp.3.3.1.1.4 None BfdSessMapEntry brcdIp.3.3.1.1.4.1 None Description The BFD Session Mapping Table NOTE: If the value of the bfdSessAddr (an OID) has more that 111 sub-identifiers, then OIDs of column instances in this table will have more than 128 sub-identifiers and cannot be accessed using SNMPv1, SNMPv2c, or SNMPv3. The BFD Session Entry describes BFD session that is mapped to this index. NOTE: If the value of the mplsInSegmentMapLabelPtrIndex has more that 111 sub-identifiers, then OIDs of column instances in this table will have more than 128 sub-identifiers and cannot be accessed using SNMPv1, SNMPv2c, or SNMPv3. bfdSessMapBfdIndex brcdIp.3.3.1.1.4.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Read-only Specifies the BfdIndex referred to by the indexes of this row. In essence, a mapping is provided between these indexes and the BfdSessTable. 493 BFD MIB session mapping table 494 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 28 Monitoring and Logging Usage notes on CPU utilization and system CPU utility table There are 3 groups of CPU utilization MIB objects: Group A, B, and C Group A consists of the following object and should not be used. brcdIp.1.1.2.1.35 snAgGblCpuUtilData The object in this group can display management module CPU utilization. The data it displays is from the last time that this object was read. If there is more than one management stations reading the object, conflict will occur because every read resets the CPU utilization until the next read. Thus, it is recommend customer that this object is not used. Group B consists of the following objects. brcdIp.1.1.2.1.50 snAgGblCpuUtil1SecAvg brcdIp.1.1.2.1.51 snAgGblCpuUtil5SecAvg brcdIp.1.1.2.1.52 snAgGblCpuUtil1MinAvg Group B was created to resolve the multi-management stations issue of snAgGblCpuUtilData. These 3 objects are time based. However, they only work for the management CPU utilization. NOTES: These objects have been obsoleted on the following devices: • BigIron RX starting with software release 02.4.00 • NetIron XMR starting with software release 03.3.00 • NetIron MLX with software release 03.3.00 Use snAgentCpuUtilTable on these devices. Also, if the snAgentCpuUtilTable is supported on a device, use that object instead of snAgGblCpuUtil1SecAvg, snAgGblCpuUtil5SecAvg, and snAgGblCpuUtil1MinAvg. Group C consists of the snAgentCpu table. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 brcdIp.1.1.2.11 snAgentCpu brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1 snAgentCpuUtilTable brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1 snAgentCpuUtilEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.1 snAgentCpuUtilSlotNum brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.2 snAgentCpuUtilCpuId 495 CPU utilization brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.3 snAgentCpuUtilInterval brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.4 snAgentCpuUtilValue NOTE: This object is deprecated for NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 03.9.00 and later, FGS release 04.3.01 and later, and FSX 04.3.00 and later. It is not supported on the Brocade MLXe devices. Use the "snAgentCpuUtilPercent" and "snAgentCpuUtil100thPercent" objects instead for these devices. brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.5 snAgentCpuUtilPercent NOTE: This is supported on NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 03.9.00 and later; FGS release 04.3.01 and later; FSX 04.3.00 and later; and Brocade MLXe devices. brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.6 snAgentCpuUtil100thPercent NOTE: This is supported on NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 03.9.00 and later; FGS release 04.3.01 and later; FSX 04.3.00 and later; and Brocade MLXe devices. The snAgentCpu table was created because switch families evolved from a single-CPU system to a multi-CPU system and CPU utilization information for to non-management CPUs were required. CPU utilization The following objects monitor CPU utilization in all devices. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for additional information on this feature. NOTE Before attempting to read any CPU polling information, enable CPU polling by setting snAgGblCpuUtilCollect to 1 or issuing the cpu-usage on CLI command. 496 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgGblCpuUtilData brcdIp.1.1.2.1.35 Syntax: Gauge Read only Shows the CPU utilization since the last time the same command was given. snAgGblCpuUtilCollect brcdIp.1.1.2.1.36 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables the collection of CPU utilization statistics in a device. This can be one of the following: • Enable(1) • Disable(0) snAgGblCpuUtil1SecAvg brcdIp.1.1.2.1.50 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only Shows CPU utilization every one second. NOTE: These objects have been obsoleted on the following devices: • BigIron RX starting with software release 02.3.00 • NetIron XMR starting with software release 03.3.00 • NetIron MLX with software release 03.3.00 Use snAgentCpuUtilTable on these devices. Also, if the snAgentCpuUtilTable is supported on a device, use that object instead of this one. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 System CPU utility table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgGblCpuUtil5SecAvg brcdIp.1.1.2.1.51 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only Shows CPU utilization every 5 seconds. snAgGblCpuUtil1MinAvg brcdIp.1.1.2.1.52 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only NOTE: These objects have been obsoleted on the following devices: • BigIron RX starting with software release 02.3.00 • NetIron XMR starting with software release 03.3.00 • NetIron MLX with software release 03.3.00 Use snAgentCpuUtilTable on these devices. Also, if the snAgentCpuUtilTable is supported on a device, use that object instead of this one. Shows CPU utilization every one minute. NOTE: These objects have been obsoleted on the following devices: • BigIron RX starting with software release 02.3.00 • NetIron XMR starting with software release 03.3.00 • NetIron MLX with software release 03.3.00 Use snAgentCpuUtilTable on these devices. Also, if the snAgentCpuUtilTable is supported on a device, use that object instead of this one. System CPU utility table snAgentCpuUtilTable The snAgentCpuUtilTable is available on all devices, except on ServerIron ADX products. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentCpuUtilTable brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1 None A table listing the utilization of all CPUs in a device. snAgentCpuUtilEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1 None A row in the CPU utilization table. snAgentCpuUtilSlotNum brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the slot number of the module that contains that has at least CPU. snAgentCpuUtilCpuId brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the ID of the CPU: 1 – Management CPU 2 or greater – Slave CPU A non-VM1/WSM management module has one CPU. A VM1/WSM module has one management CPU and 3 slave CPUs. The management CPU could be turned off. POS and ATM modules have no management CPU but have two slave CPUs. One devices running Enterprise software, this object is available in software Release 07.2.x and later. • • 497 System CPU utility table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentCpuUtilInterval brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the CPU utilization in seconds. CPU utilization of a primary module is displayed in 1, 5, 60, and 300 second intervals. CPU utilization of a secondary module is displayed in 1, 5, 60, and 300 second intervals. This object can return an additional 300 sec CPU utilization. One devices running Enterprise software, this object is available in software Release 07.2.x and later. snAgentCpuUtilValue brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.4 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only Shows the CPU utilization in one-hundredths of a percent. This object is indexed by snAgentCpuUtilSlotNum, snAgentCpuUtilCpuId, and snAgentCpuUtilInterval. For example, a BigIron 4000 has a management module in slot 1. The module is not a VM1 module and it has only one CPU. When an snmpget is issued to snAgentCpuUtilValue.1.1.300, which translates to slot 1, CPU 1, and 300 seconds, the result is 100. Each unit of the result equals to 0.01% CPU utilization and 100 equals to 1% CPU utilization. This object should return the same value as snAgGblCpuUtil1SecAvg, snAgGblCpuUtil5SecAvg, or snAgGblCpuUtil1MinAvg if you query the managment CPU. One devices running Enterprise software, this object is available in software Release 07.2.x and later. NOTE: This object is deprecated for NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 03.9.00 and later, FGS release 04.3.01 and later, and FSX 04.3.00 and later. It is not supported on Brocade MLXe devices. Use the "snAgentCpuUtilPer cent" and "snAgentCpuUtil10 0thPercent" objects instead. 498 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 System CPU utility table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentCpuUtilPercent brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.5 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only The statistical CPU utilization in units of a percent. Read only The statistical CPU utilization in units of one-hundredth of a percent. NOTE: This is supported on NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 03.9.00 and later; FGS release 04.3.01 and later; FSXdevices running 04.3.00 and later; and Brocade MLXe devices. snAgentCpuUtil100thPerce nt brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.6 Syntax: Gauge32 NOTE: This is supported on NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 03.9.00 and later; FGS release 04.3.01 and later; FSXdevices running 04.3.00 and later; and Brocade MLXe devices. brcdAdxCpuUtilTable Use the brcdAdxCpuUtilTable for ServerIron ADX products. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 499 Dynamic memory utilization Dynamic memory utilization The following objects manage dynamic memory utilization in all devices, except for stackable ServerIron and ServerIron XL. There are no objects for memory utilization in the stackable ServerIron. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for additional information on this feature. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgGblDynMemUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.1.53 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only Shows the dynamic memory utilization of the device in percentage units. snAgGblDynMemTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.1.54 Syntax: Integer32 Read only snAgGblDynMemFree brcdIp.1.1.2.1.55 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only NOTE: In Service Provider Release 09.1.02 and Enterprise IronWare release 07.8.00, this object was replaced by “snAgSystemDRAMUtil”. Shows the total amount of dynamic memory in a device in number of bytes. NOTE: In Service Provider Release 09.1.02 and Enterprise IronWare release 07.8.00, this object was replaced by “snAgSystemDRAMTotal”. On NetIron devices, this was deprecated in Release 03.2.00 and replaced by “snAgentBrdMemoryTotal” Shows the amount of system dynamic memory that is currently available in number of bytes. NOTE: In Service Provider Release 09.1.02 and Enterprise IronWare release 07.8.00, this object was replaced by “snAgSystemDRAMFree”. On NetIron devices, this was deprecated in Release 03.2.00 and replaced by “snAgentBrdMemoryAvailable”. System DRAM information group This group displays memory utilization statistics for protocols that use dynamic memory allocation. It shows the same information that a show memory command displays. This group of objects was introduced in Service Provider Release 09.1.02 and Enterprise IronWare Release 07.8.00. Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snAgSystemDRAM brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4 NA The System DRAM Information Group snAgSystemDRAMUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The amount of system dynamic memory that is currently utilized, in percent. This object replaces “snAgGblDynMemUtil” in Service Provider Release 09.1.02 and Enterprise IronWare release 07.8.00. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 500 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 ARP tables Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snAgSystemDRAMTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4.2 Syntax: Integer Read only The total amount of system dynamic memory, in bytes. This object replaces “snAgGblDynMemTotal” in Service Provider Release 09.1.02 and Enterprise IronWare release 07.8.00. Read only The amount of free system dynamic memory, in bytes. This object replaces “snAgGblDynMemFree” in Service Provider Release 09.1.02 and Enterprise IronWare release 07.8.00. Read only The amount of dynamic memory in bytes, used by BGP. Read only The amount of dynamic memory in bytes, used by OSPF. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snAgSystemDRAMFree brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4.3 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snAgSystemDRAMForBGP brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4.4 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snAgSystemDRAMForOSPF brcdIp.1.1.2.12.4.5 Syntax: Integer NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. ARP tables The following tables are available to manage ARP using SNMP: • “RARP table” on page 502 • “Static ARP table” on page 502 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 501 ARP tables • “Global ARP statistics” on page 504 Refer to the configuration guide for a product for additional information on this feature. RARP table The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) provides a simple mechanism for directly-attached IP hosts to boot over the network. RARP allows an IP host that does not have a means of storing its IP address across power cycles or software reloads to query a directly-attached router for an IP address. RARP is enabled by default. However, there must be a static RARP entry for each host that will use the Layer 3 Switch for booting. The following table contains the object that define each RARP entry. They are available in all devices, except ServerIron products. NOTE This table is supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtIpRarpTable brcdIp.1.2.2.4 None IP RARP Table. snRtIpRarpEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.4.1 None An entry in the IP RARP Table. snRtIpRarpIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only An index for an entry in the RARP Table. There can be up to 16 entries. snRtIpRarpMac brcdIp.1.2.2.4.1.2 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows the MAC address of the RARP client. snRtIpRarpIp brcdIp.1.2.2.4.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address for a RARP client. snRtIpRarpRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.4.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid Static ARP table Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is a standard IP protocol that enables an IP Layer 3 Switch to obtain the MAC address of another device’s interface when the Layer 3 Switch knows the IP address of the interface. ARP is enabled by default and cannot be disabled. 502 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 ARP tables The Static ARP Table in a Layer 3 Switch contains entries that are useful in cases where you want to pre-configure an entry for a device that is not connected to the Layer 3 Switch, or you want to prevent a particular entry from aging out. The software removes a dynamic entry from the ARP cache if the ARP aging interval expires before the entry is refreshed. Static entries do not age out, regardless of whether or not the device receives an ARP request from the device that has the entry’s address. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtStaticArpTable brcdIp.1.2.2.5 None IP static ARP Table. snRtStaticArpEntry brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1 None An entry in the IP static ARP Table. snRtStaticArpIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only An index for a static ARP entry. There can be up to 16 entries. snRtStaticArpIp brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of a static ARP entry. snRtStatkicArpMac brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Specifies the MAC address of a static ARP entry. snRtStaticArpPort brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.4 Syntax: PortIndex Read-write Specifies the port number attached to the device that has the MAC address of the entry: • For FastIron or NetIron products, the value of this object is from 1 – 42 • For BigIron products, the value of this object is an encoded number: Bit 0 to bit 7 – Port number. Bit 8 to bit 11 – Slot number. Beginning with software release 07.2.00, the following values have been added: Bit 16, set to 1 – Virtual router interface Bit 17, set to 1 – Loopback interface 503 ARP tables Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snRtStaticArpRowStatus brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snRtStaticArpIfIndex brcdIp.1.2.2.5.1.6 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-write The interface index for this entry. Global ARP statistics The following are the MIB objects display statistics for ARP. These objects were introduced in Service Provider Release 09.1.02 and Enterprise IronWare Release 07.8.00. NOTE The objects in this section not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 504 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snArpStatsTotalReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.1 Syntax: Counter32 Read only The total number of ARP packets received from the interfaces, including those received in error. snArpStatsRequestReceived brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.2 Syntax: Counter32 Read only The total number of input ARP request packets received from the interfaces. snArpStatsRequestSent brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read only The total number of output ARP request packets sent from the interfaces. snArpStatsRepliesSent brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read only The total number of output ARP reply packets sent from the interfaces. snArpStatsPendingDrop brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read only The total number of ARP pending packets discarded. snArpStatsInvalidSource brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read only The total number of ARP packets received with invalid sender protocol address. snArpStatsInvalidDestination brcdIp.1.1.3.22.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Read only The total number of ARP packets received with invalid destination protocol address. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 sFlow sFlow This section presents the sFlow objects that are proprietary to products. Refer to the section “RFC 3176: InMon corporation’s sFlow: A method for monitoring traffic in switched and routed networks” on page 39 to determine which standard objects can be used to manage sFlow. This section presents the following objects: • “sFlow source” on page 505 • “sFlow collector” on page 505 Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on sFlow. sFlow source The following object supports the sFlow feature, which is available on certain modules. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgSFlowSourceInterface brcdIp.1.1.2.1.59 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-write Identifies the source interface for sFlow packets sent by the device that is running sFlow Export. Use the ifIndex value for this object to specify the source interface to be used. The interface should have an IP address configured for sFlow. A value of 0 indicates that source interface has not been configured for sFlow. Port 65534 is used to specify a null port. sFlow collector Currently, RFC 3176 allows only one sFlow destination to be configured. To configure two or more destinations, use the following table. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSflowCollectorTable brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2 None Table of sFlow collectors, beginning with the second collector. Configure the first sFlow collector using the sFlowCollectorAddress and sFlowCollectorPort objects in the RFC 3176 sFlowTable. snSflowCollectorEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1 None A row in the sflow collector table snSflowCollectorIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The index to the sFlow collector table snSflowCollectorIP brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write The IP address of the sFlow collector 505 sFlow collector table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSflowCollectorUDPPort brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The number of the UDP port used by the sFlow collector snSflowCollectorRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.19. 2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • other(1) – Some other case • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid sFlow collector table Currently, RFC 3176 allows only one sFlow destination to be configured. Beginning with IronWare software release 07.6.01, you can configure two or more sFlow destinations, using the sFlow Collector Table. 506 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snsFlowCollectorTable brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2 None Table of sFlow collectors, beginning with the second collector. Configure the first sFlow collector using the sFlowCollectorAddress and sFlowCollectorPort objects in the RFC 3176 sFlowTable. snSflowCollectorEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1 None A row in the sflow collector table snSflowCollectorIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the index to the sFlow collector table snSflowCollectorIP brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Indicates the IP address of the sFlow collector IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 NetFlow Export Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSflowCollectorUDPPor t brcdIp.1.1.3.19.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the number of the UDP port used by the sFlow collector snSflowCollectorRowSta tus brcdIp.1.1.3.19. 2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: delete(3) – Delete the row create(4) – Create a new row modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are deleted immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: noSuch(0) – No such row other(1) – Some other case valid(2) – Row exists and is valid NetFlow Export The following objects provide configuration information on the NetFlow Export feature. They apply to all devices except the ServerIron products. NetFlow Export collects information about the traffic that chassis devices receive, then forwards and exports that information to a third-party collector. Third-party applications can then use the information to create reports, bill customers for network usage and so on. For detailed information on the NetFlow Export feature, refer to the configuration guide for a product. The following sections present the objects available to manage NetFlow using SNMP: • • • • “Global NetFlow objects” on page 507 “NetFlow Export collector table” on page 508 “NetFlow Export aggregation table” on page 509 “NetFlow Export interface table” on page 510 Global NetFlow objects IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snNetFlowGblEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.18.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Determines if NetFlow Export is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snNetFlowGblVersion brcdIp.1.1.3.18.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the NetFlow Export version. Default: Version 5 • • 507 NetFlow Export Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snNetFlowGblProtocolDis able brcdIp.1.1.3.18.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Indicates if TCP or UDP protocols are disabled: Bit 0 – Disables the export of all protocol except UDP and TCP Bit 1 – Disables the export of TCP protocol Bit 2 – Disables the export of UDP protocol Default: 0 snNetFlowGblActiveTime out brcdIp.1.1.3.18.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Specifies the maximum number of minutes that an active flow can be in the NetFlow Export cache. Valid values: 1 – 60 minutes Default: 60 minutes snNetFlowGblInactiveTim eout brcdIp.1.1.3.18.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Specifies the maximum number of seconds that an inactive flow can be in the NetFlow Export cache. Valid values: 1 – 600 seconds Default: 60 seconds • • • NetFlow Export collector table The following table provides information about the NetFlow Export collector. They apply to all devices except the ServerIron products. Collectors are where expired UPD packets from devices are sent. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on this feature. 508 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snNetFlowCollectorTable brcdIp.1.1.3.18.2 None A table of each NetFlow Export collector information. snNetFlowCollectorEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.18.2.1 None A row in the NetFlow Export Collector Table. snNetFlowCollectorIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.18.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The index to the NetFlow Export Collector Table. Valid values:1 – 10. snNetFlowCollectorIp brcdIp.1.1.3.18.2.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the IP address of the collector. snNetFlowCollectorUdpPort brcdIp.1.1.3.18.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the UDP port number of the collector. snNetFlowCollectorSourceInterf ace brcdIp.1.1.3.18.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the source port for the NetFlow Export packets. Packets will be exported through this port: • A valid port number – The port configured to be the source port. • 0 – No source port specified. The port connected to the collector to the collector is the source port. snNetFlowCollectorRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.18.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates or deletes a NetFlow Export Collector Table entry: • other(1) • valid(2) • delete(3) • create(4) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 NetFlow Export NetFlow Export aggregation table The following table provides information on the NetFlow Export aggregation schemes. They apply to all devices except the ServerIron products. By default, NetFlow Export exports a separate flow for each unique set of flow information. To streamline data export, you can consolidate flows by creating aggregate caches that contain individual flows based on specific information in the flow. Refer to the configuration guide for a product for details on the NetFlow Export aggregation. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snNetFlowAggregationTable brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3 None The NetFlow Export Aggregation Table snNetFlowAggregationEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1 None An entry in the NetFlow Export Aggregation Table. snNetFlowAggregationIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies what information will be used to aggregate the flow: • as(1) – Autonomous system scheme uses the input and output interfaces and the source and destination BGP4 AS. • protocolPort(2) – IP protocol and application port source and destination IP protocol, and source and destination TCP or UDP port numbers. • destPrefix(3) – Destination prefix scheme uses output interface, destination network mask and prefix, and destination BGP4 AS. • sourcePrefix(4) – Source prefix scheme uses the input interface, source network mask and prefix, and source BGP4 AS. • prefix(5) – Source and destination prefix scheme use the input and output interfaces, source and destination network masks and prefixes, and source and destination BGP4 AS. snNetFlowAggregationIp brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write The IP address of the NetFlow Export aggregation collector. snNetFlowAggregationUdpPort brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write The UDP port of the NetFlow Export aggregation collector. snNetFlowAggregationSourceInterface brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the source port to export the NetFlow Export aggregation packets: • A valid port number – The port configured to be the source port. • 0 – No source port specified. The port connected to the collector to the collector is the source port. snNetFlowAggregationNumberOfCache Entries brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the maximum number of aggregated flows that the aggregation cache can contain. 509 System logging Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snNetFlowAggregationActiveTimeout brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.6 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the maximum time in minutes that an active flow can remain in the NetFlow Export aggregation cache. Valid values: 1 – 60 minutes. Default: 30 minutes snNetFlowAggregationInactiveTimeout brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Shows the maximum time in seconds that an inactive flow can remain in the NetFlow Export aggregation cache. The object can have a value from 10 – 600 seconds. Default: 15 seconds snNetFlowAggregationEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if NetFlow Export aggregation for this aggregation scheme is enabled: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: disabled(0) snNetFlowAggregationRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.18.3.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates or deletes a NetFlow Export Aggregation table entry: • other(1) • valid(2) • delete(3) • create(4) NetFlow Export interface table The following table contains information about the switching type in every NetFlow Export interface. They apply to all devices except the ServerIron products. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snNetFlowIfTable brcdIp.1.1.3.18.4 None Shows a list of interface entries. The number of entries is given by the value of ifNumber. snNetFlowIfEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.18.4.1 None Entry containing the type of switching performed on that interface. snNetFlowIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.18.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows a unique value, greater than zero, for each interface. Valid values: 1 – 65536. It is recommended that values are assigned contiguously starting with 1. The value for each interface sub-layer must remain constant at least from one re-initialization of the entity’s network management system to the next re-initialization. snNetFlowIfFlowSwitching brcdIp.1.1.3.18.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if flow switching in a particular interface is enabled: disable(0) enable(1) • • System logging The objects in this section manage system logging functions (Syslog) using SNMP. The objects are grouped in the following sections: 510 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 System logging • “Global objects” on page 511 • “Dynamic system logging buffer table” on page 512 • “Static system logging buffer table” on page 513 Refer to the configuration guide for a product for additional information on Syslog. Global objects The objects below are for global system logging processes for all devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgSysLogGblEnable brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables system logging. Set this object to one of the following values: • Disable(0) • Enable(1) Default: enable(1) snAgSysLogGblBufferSize brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Sets the number of dynamic system logging entries. Valid values: Up to 100 entries. Default: 50 entries snAgSysLogGblClear brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Clears the dynamic and static system log buffers. Set this object to one of the following values: • normal(0) – System logs will not be cleared • clearAll(1) – Clears both dynamic and static system log buffers • clearDynamic(2) – Clears only the dynamic system log • clearStatic(3) – Clears only the static system log snAgSysLogGblCriticalLevel brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Filters and identifies the events that will be logged in the logging buffer. This object consists of 32 bits. The following shows the meaning of each bit: Bit Meaning 8 to 31reserved 7 Warning (warning conditions) 6 Notification (normal but significant conditions) 5 Informational (informational messages) 4 Error (error conditions) 2 Debugging (debugging messages) 1 Critical (critical conditions). Setting this bit to 1 tells the logging buffer to accept the corresponding event. 0 Alert (immediate action needed). Setting this bit to 0 makes the logging buffer reject the corresponding event. Default: 255 snAgSysLogGblLoggedCount brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number events logged in the system logging buffer. snAgSysLogGblDroppedCount brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of events dropped from the system logging buffer. snAgSysLogGblFlushedCount brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of times that the system logging buffer was cleared. 511 System logging Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgSysLogGblOverrunCount brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.8 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Shows the number of times that the system logging buffer has wrapped around. snAgSysLogGblFacility brcdIp.1.1.2.6.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the facility code: kern(1) user(2) mail(3) daemon(4) auth(5) syslog(6) lpr(7) news(8) uucp(9) sys9(10) sys10(11) sys11(12) sys12(13) sys13(14) sys14(15) cron(16) local0(17) local1(18) local2(19) local3(20) local4(21) local5(22) local6(23) local7(24) Default: user(2) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Dynamic system logging buffer table The following table applies to all devices. It contains the events logged in the Dynamic System Log. Events that are not logged in the Static System Log are logged in the Dynamic System Log. 512 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgSysLogBufferTable brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2 None Dynamic system logging buffer table. snAgSysLogBufferEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1 None A row in the dynamic system logging buffer table. snAgSysLogBufferIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the index to the dynamic system logging buffer table. snAgSysLogBufferTimeSt amp brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1.2 Syntax: Time ticks Read only Shows the time stamp for when the event is logged. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 System logging Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgSysLogBufferCriticalL Read only evel brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer snAgSysLogBufferMessag e brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read only snAgSysLogBufferCalTime Read only Stamp brcdIp.1.1.2.6.2.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Show how critical this event is: other(1) alert(2) critical(3) debugging(4) emergency(5) error(6) informational(7) notification(8) warning(9) • • • • • • • • • Displays the system logging message. Shows the time stamp when the event is logged. This object is used only if an external time source, such as an SNTP server, is configured. Otherwise, the value of this object is 0. This object returns a NULL terminated time stamp string if the system calendar time was set. It returns a blank if the system calendar time was not set. Static system logging buffer table The following table applies to all devices. It contains the events logged in the Static System Log. The Static System Log receives power failures, fan failures, temperature warnings, or shutdown messages. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgStaticSysLogBufferTable brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3 None Static system logging buffer table. snAgStaticSysLogBufferEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1 None A row in the static system logging buffer table. snAgStaticSysLogBufferIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The index to the static system logging buffer table. snAgStaticSysLogBufferTimeStamp brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1.2 Syntax: Time ticks Read only A time stamp, in number of time ticks, when the event is logged. snAgStaticSysLogBufferCriticalLeve l brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only The critical level of this event: • alert(2) • critical(3) • debugging(4) • emergency(5) • error(6) • informational(7) • notification(8) • warning(9) 513 CAM statistics Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgStaticSysLogBufferMessage brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The system logging message. snAgStaticSysLogBufferCalTimeSta mp brcdIp.1.1.2.6.3.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read only A time stamp when the event is logged. This object is used only if an external time source, such as an SNTP server, is configured. Otherwise, the value of this object is 0. If an SNTP server is used to maintain time, then this object adds the value of the object “snAgStaticSysLogBufferTimeStamp” to the SNTP base to calculate the absolute time. This object returns a NULL terminated time stamp string if the system calendar time was set. It returns a blank if the system calendar time was not set. System log server table The System Log (Syslog) Server Table shows which servers will receive Syslog messages. Every server in this table will receive all Syslog messages. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgSysLogServerTable brcdIp.1.1.2.6.4 None System Log Server Table snAgSysLogServerEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.6.4.1 None A row in the System Log Server Table snAgSysLogServerIP brcdIp.1.1.2.6.4.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write IP address of System Log server snAgSysLogServerUDPPort brcdIp.1.1.2.6.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write UDP port number of the Syslog server. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snAgSysLogServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.6.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • other(1) – Other • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid CAM statistics The following tables present statistics for the CAM: • “System log server table” • “IP CAM statistics table” on page 515 514 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 CAM statistics These tables were introduced in Service Provider Release 09.1.02 and Enterprise IronWare Release 07.8.00. IP CAM statistics table This table lists the CAM statistics for Layer 3. It is the output for the dm cam-stat ip CLI command. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCAMIpStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2 NA IP CAM Statistics Table snCAMIpStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2.1 NA An entry in the IP CAM Statistics Table. Each row shows statistics for one interface and level. snCAMIpStatIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The ifIndex value of the local interface. snCAMIpStatLevel brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only Level of CAM entry for that interface. snCAMIpStatFreeEntries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only Free entries in the IP CAM for that interface and level. snCAMIpStatTotalEntries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.2.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only Total entries in the IP CAM for that interface and level. The output provides the following information: • L3 L3 1 - 2047 (0x00001 - 0x007ff), free 2047 (0x007ff) • L3 L2 2048 - 4095 (0x00800 - 0x00fff), free 2048 (0x00800) • L3 4096 - 32767 (0x01000 - 0x07fff), free 28662 (0x06ff6) Values are shared across the DMA. Also, if IP activity across DMAs are not different, some fields may show the same values. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 515 CAM statistics CAM statistics table This table shows CAM statistics for all master DMAs. It is equivalent to the dm cam stat CLI command. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 516 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCAMStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3 NA CAM Statistics Table snCAMStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1 NA A row representing CAM statistics for a given DMA ID number. snCamStatDMAIdNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only DMA ID number. snCamStatDMAMasterNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only DMA master for the DMA ID number. snCamStatFreePool0Entries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only CAM free pool0 entries. snCamStatFreePool1Entries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only CAM free pool1 entries. snCamStatFreePool2Entries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only CAM free pool2 entries. snCamStatFreePool3Entries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only CAM free pool3 entries. snCamStatFreeL2Entries brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only CAM Free L2 entries snCamStatFreeL2LowestSection brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only CAM Free L2 lowest section entries. snCamStatHostLookupCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.9 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only CAM host lookup count for router. snCamStatRouteLookupCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.10 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only CAM route lookup count for router. snCamStatLevel1 brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.11 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only CAM stat level1 entries for router. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 CAM statistics IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCamStatLevel2 brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.12 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only CAM stat level2 entries for router. snCamStatLevel3 brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.13 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only CAM stat level3 entries for router. snCamStatMacFailCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.14 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only CAM MAC fail count. snCamStatIPRouteFailCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.15 Syntax: Counter Read only CAM IP route fail count. snCamStatIPSessionFailCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.16 Syntax: Counter Read only CAM IP session fail count. snCamStatIPMCastFailCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.17 Syntax: Counter Read only CAM IP multicast fail count. snCamStatL2SessionFailCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.18 Syntax: Counter Read only CAM L2 session fail count. snCamStatAddMACCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.19 Syntax: Counter Read only CAM add MAC count. snCamStatAddVLANCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.20 Syntax: Counter Read only CAM add VLAN count. snCamStatAddIPHostCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.21 Syntax: Counter Read only CAM add IP host count. snCamStatAddIPRouteCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.22 Syntax: Counter Read only CAM add IP route count. snCamStatAddIPSessionCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.23 Syntax: Counter Read only CAM add IP session count. snCamStatAddIPMCastCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.24 Syntax: Counter Read only CAM add IP multicast count. snCamStatAddL2SessionCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.25 Syntax: Counter Read only CAM add L2 session count. 517 CAM usage tables Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCamStatAddIPXCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.26 Syntax: Counter Read only CAM add IPX count. snCamStatDeleteDMACamCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.3.1.27 Syntax: Counter Read only CAM delete DMA CAM count. CAM usage tables The CAM Usage Tables allow customers to poll the interface modules for CAM usage information. Information is available for the following: • Available CAM size per partition • Amount of free CAM • Amount of used CAM in percent The CAM usage tables are equivalent to the show cam-partition CLI command. CAM partition profile is configured by the cam-partition profile CLI command CAM usage data is stored in the interface processors and are obtained by the management processor. This section contains the following: • • • • • “CAM profile” on page 518 “CAM usage for layer 3 traffic” on page 519 “CAM usage for layer 2 traffic” on page 520 “CAM usage session table” on page 521 “CAM usage other table” on page 522 CAM profile This object identifies CAM partition profiles. Each profile adjusts the partitions to optimize the device for corresponding applications. 518 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 CAM usage tables NOTE This object is supported on devices running the NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 05.0.00 and later. Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCamProfile brcdIp.1.14.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Displays one of the following: • default(1), • ipv4(2), • ipv4Ipv6(3), • ipv4Ipv62(4), • ipv4Vpls(5), • ipv4Vpn(6), • ipv6(7), • l2Metro(8), • l2Metro2(9), • mplsL3vpn(10), • mplsL3vpn2(11), • mplsVpls(12), • mplsVpls2(13), • mplsVpnVpls(14), • multiService(15), • multiService2(16), • multiService3(17), • multiService4(18) CAM usage for layer 3 traffic The following table contains information about the CAM usage on the device by Layer 3 traffic. NOTE This object is supported in the NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCamUsageL3Table brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1 NA The CAM Usage table for Layer 3 Traffic. snCamUsageL3Entry brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1 NA An entry in the snCamUsageL3Table. snCamUsageL3Slot brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Not accessible A number which uniquely identifies an interface module on the device snCamUsageL3Processor brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Not accessible A number which uniquely identifies the network processor of the interface module identified by the “snCamUsageL3Slot” object. 519 CAM usage tables Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCamUsageL3Type brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Not accessible Identifies the type of Layer 3 traffic passing through the network processor: • ipv4(1) • ipv6(2) • ipv4vpn(3) • ipv6vpn(4). Available in NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 04.1.00 and later. snCamUsageL3Supernet brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Not accessible Identifies the Supernet for the Layer 3 type traffic. It provides information for longest match lookup. For example: • 0 (zero) - all the bits of an IP address will be matched • 1 - all but the lowest bit in an IP address will be matched. Valid Values: • IPv4 and IPv4VPN: 0 - 32, where a value of 32 indicates the entry is the total of other Supernets indexed by [0..31]. • IPv6: 0..10, where a value of 10 indicates the entry is the total of other Supernets indexed by [0..9]. snCamUsageL3Size brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only The effective CAM size by the Layer 3 traffic: • iPv4 traffic: Each unit is 4 bytes. • IPv4vpn traffic: Each unit is 8 bytes. • IPv6 traffic: Each unit is 16 bytes. snCamUsageL3Free brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only The amount of CAM currently available by the Layer 3 traffic entry: • IPv4 traffic: each unit is 4 bytes. • IPv4vpn traffic: each unit is 8 bytes. • IPv6 traffic: each unit is 16 bytes. snCamUsageL3UsedPercent brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.1.1.7 Syntax: Percent Read only The percentage of CAM currently being used by the Layer 3 traffic. CAM usage for layer 2 traffic The following table contains information about the CAM usage on the device by Layer 2 traffic. NOTE This object is supported in the NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. 520 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCamUsageL2Table brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2 NA The CAM usage table for Layer 2 traffic. snCamUsageL2Entry brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1 NA An entry in the snCamUsageL2Table. snCamUsageL2Slot brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Not accessible A number which uniquely identifies an interface module on the device snCamUsageL2Processor brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Not accessible A number which uniquely identifies the network processor of the interface module identified by the “snCamUsageL2Slot” object. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 CAM usage tables Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCamUsageL2Type brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Not accessible Identifies the type of layer 2 traffic passing through the network processor: • forwarding(1) • protocol(2) • flooding(3) • total(4) snCamUsageL2Size brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Not accessible Indicates the effective CAM size for this layer 2 traffic entry. Each unit is 8 bytes. snCamUsageL2Free brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.5 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only Shows the amount of CAM currently available for this Layer 2 traffic. Each unit is 8 bytes." snCamUsageL2UsedPercen t brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.2.1.6 Syntax: Percent Read only Shows the percentage of CAM currently being used for this Layer 2 traffic. CAM usage session table The following table contains information about the CAM usage on the device by sessions traffic. NOTE This object is supported in the NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCamUsageSessionTable brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3 NA The CAM Usage table for Layer 3 Traffic. snCamUsageSessionEntry brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1 NA An entry in the snCamUsageSessionTable. snCamUsageSessionSlot brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Not accessible A number that uniquely identifies an interface module on the device. snCamUsageSessionProcessor brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Not accessible A number which uniquely identifies the network processor on the interface module identified by the “snCamUsageSessionSlot” object. 521 CAM usage tables Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access snCamUsageSessionType brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Not accessible snCamUsageSessionSize brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only snCamUsageSessionFree brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.5 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only snCamUsageSessionUsedPercent brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.3.1.6 Syntax: Percent Read only Description Identifies the type of session: ipv4Multicast(1) ipv4andMacReceiveAcl(2) ipv4andMacRuleAcl(3) ipv4andMacTotal(4) ipv4andMacOut(5) ipv6Multicast(6) ipv6ReceiveAcl(7) ipv6RuleAcl(8) ipv6Total(9) ipv6Out(10) labelOut(11) ipv4SrcGuardDenial(12) ipv4SrcGuardPermit(13) internalForwardingLookup(14) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Identifies the effective CAM size for this session traffic entry: IPv4 sessions: each unit is 16 bytes IPv6 sessions: each unit is 64 bytes • • The amount of CAM currently available for this session: IPv4 sessions: each unit is 16 bytes IPv6 sessions: each unit is 64 bytes • • The percentage of CAM currently being used by this session. CAM usage other table The following table contains information about the CAM usage on the device by traffic other than Layer 3, Layer 2, and Sessions. NOTE This object is supported in the NetIron Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.8.00 and later. 522 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCamUsageOtherTable brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4 NA CAM Usage table for traffic types other than Layer 3, Layer 2, and Sessions traffic. snCamUsageOtherEntry brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1 NA An entry in the snCamUsageOtherTable. snCamUsageOtherSlot brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Not accessible A number that uniquely identifies an interface module on the device snCamUsageOtherProcessor brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Not accessible A number which uniquely identifies the network processor on the interface module identified by the “snCamUsageOtherSlot” object. snCamUsageOtherType brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer Not accessible Identifies the traffic type: gre(1) multicastVpls(2) • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 System process utilization table Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCamUsageOtherSize brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only snCamUsageOtherFree brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.5 Syntax: Gauge32 Read only Indicates the amount of CAM currently available to this traffic type: • GRE: each unit is 8 bytes • Multicast VPLS: each unit is 16 bytes snCamUsageOtherUsedPercent brcdIp.1.14.1.1.2.4.1.6 Syntax: Percent Read only Indicates the percentage of CAM currently being used for this traffic type. Indicates the effective CAM size for this Other traffic type: GRE: each unit is 8 bytes Multicast VPLS: each unit is 16 bytes • • System process utilization table This table lists CPU utilization and statistics for all CPU processes on the device. It is equivalent to the show process cpu CLI command, which displays routing statistics for major protocols. This table was introduced in Service Provider Release 09.1.02 and Enterprise IronWare Release 07.8.00. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCpuProcessTable brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2 NA System Process Utilization Table snCpuProcessEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1 NA A row in the System Process Utilization Table. snCpuProcessName brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Name of the process. snCpuProcess5SecUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.2 Syntax: Gauge Read only Statistics collected during the last 5 seconds of process utilization. Divide this number by 100 to get the percentage utilization. snCpuProcess1MinUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.3 Syntax: Gauge Read only Statistics collected during the last 1 minute of process utilization. Divide this number by 100 to get the percentage utilization. snCpuProcess5MinUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.4 Syntax: Gauge Read only Statistics collected during the last 5 minutes of process utilization. Divide this number by 100 to get the percentage utilization. 523 Objects for debugging Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snCpuProcess15MinUtil brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.5 Syntax: Gauge Read only Statistics collected during the last 15 minutes of process utilization. Divide this number by 100 to get the percentage utilization. snCpuProcessRuntime brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read only Process runtime in milliseconds. Objects for debugging The following objects are for debugging. They are equivalent to the debug CLI command. These objects were introduced in Service Provider Release 09.1.02 and Enterprise IronWare Release 07.8.00. Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snAgSystemDebug brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5 NA The System Debug group Read only Total incoming packet count. Sum of Buffer Manager and CPU read count. Read only Total outgoing packet count. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snAgSystemDebugTotalIn brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snAgSystemDebugTotalOut brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 524 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Objects for debugging Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snAgSystemDebugCpuQueu eRead brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.3 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only CPU Queue read count. Read only DRAM buffer count. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snAgSystemDebugDRAMBu ffer brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.4 Syntax: Unsigned32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snAgSystemDebugBMBuffer Read only brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.5 Syntax: Unsigned32 BM buffer count. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snAgSystemDebugBMFreeB uffer brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.6 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only Free BM buffer count. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 525 Objects for debugging Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snAgSystemDebugBMFreeB ufferMgmt brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.7 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read only Free BM buffer management count. Read only IPC GIG lock count. Read only DRAM get error count. Read only DRAM to Buffer Manager copy fail count. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snAgSystemDebugIpcGigLo ck brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.8 Syntax: Unsigned32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snAgSystemDebugDRAMGe tError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.9 Syntax: Unsigned32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snAgSystemDebugDRAMTo BMCopyFail brcdIp.1.1.2.12.5.10 Syntax: Unsigned32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 526 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Support for optical monitoring Support for optical monitoring The following objects are for support is POS and Ethernet optical monitoring. They are equivalent to the show optics CLI command. These objects were introduced in XMR/MLX 03.5.00 IronWare Release. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description snIfOpticalMonitoringInfoTable brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6 None This table lists the instrumented parameters of all optical interfaces. snIfOpticalMonitoringInfoEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The snIfOpticalMonitoringInfoEntry specifies the optical parameters of the specified interface.Only the ifIndices of optical interfaces whose parameters need to be monitored will be used to index this table. snIfOpticalMonitoringTemperature brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only This object holds the value of the transmitter laser diode temperature for the interface. This object indicates the health of the transmitter. The format is xxx.yyyy (Celsius), followed by whether the measured value is normal, high/low alarm or high/low warning. snIfOpticalMonitoringTxPower brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only This object holds the value of the transmitter optical signal power for the interface, measured in dBm, followed by whether this is a normal value, or high/low warning or alarm. snIfOpticalMonitoringRxPower brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only This object holds the value of the receiver optical signal power for the interface, measured in dBm, followed by whether this is a normal value, or high/low warning or alarm. snIfOpticalMonitoringTxBiasCurrent brcdIp.1.1.3.3.6.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Tx Bias Current. It is measured in mA, and is followed by whether this is a normal value, or high/low warning or alarm. 527 Support for optical monitoring 528 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 29 Objects for Stacking NOTE The object in this chapter are not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, NetIron CER, FastIron SuperX, FastIron SX, ServerIron, and ServerIron ADX devices. Global objects for stacking This chapter presents the MIB objects for Stacking. They apply to the Stacking devices, such as FGS-STK and FLS-STK devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access snStackingGlobalConfigSt ate brcdIp.1.1.3.31.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write snStackingGlobalMacAddr Read-write ess brcdIp.1.1.3.31.1.2 Syntax: MAC address snStackingGlobalPersiste ntMacTimerState brcdIp.1.1.3.31.1.3 Syntax: Integer IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Read-write Description Shows the state of the stacking feature: none(0): neutral enabled(1): Stacking is enabled and can send and receive packets • disabled(2): Stacking is disabled and cannot send or receive packets. • • Management MAC address of the stacking system. This is available so you can change the management MAC address of stack for administrative purpose; however, it is strongly recommended that this command should be used with extreme caution to prevent duplicate MAC addresses. You must reboot the system before the new MAC address takes effect. This object is mutually exclusive from enabling the persistent MAC timer. Enter zero MAC address to remove the configured MAC address. The configure persistent MAC timer state for the stacking feature: enabled(0): The persistent MAC timer is active and configured. The persistent MAC timer is set as the default timer (60 minutes) • disabled(1): Deactivate the persistent MAC timer. It will stop the use of persistent MAC address and use new active stack unit's base MAC address • 529 Stacking configuration unit table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snStackingGlobalPersiste ntMacTimer brcdIp.1.1.3.31.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write Persistent MAC timer in minutes for the stacking system. This timer shows the number of minutes to retain the original active stack unit's base MAC address in case the active unit crashes or is removed. This timer is triggered when a new active unit is elected. When the timer expires, the new active unit will change the stacking MAC to its own base MAC address and advertise its own base MAC address to management VLAN to update the ARP table of members. If you decide to use the new active unit's MAC address, you must enter this timer again to reactivate the persistent MAC. Valid values are: • 0 - keep it forever • 5 to 3600 minutes The default is 60 minutes. snStackingGlobalTopology brcdIp.1.1.3.31.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only The topology of the stacking system: other(1) chain(2) ring(3) standalone(4) • • • • Stacking configuration unit table Use this table to display and configured stacking information for each unit. 530 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snStackingConfigUnitTable brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1 N/A An entry in the Stacking Configuration Table. snStackingGlobalConfigStat e brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer N/A The ID of the unit in a stack snStackingConfigUnitPriority brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer32 Read-write The priority in Active/backup election. Value can be from 0 to 255. snStackingConfigUnitConfig StackPort brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.3 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-write The IfIndex for the configured stacking port. If no stacking port is configured, this object displays zero and the first two 10Gigabit ports as the default stacking ports. Enter zero to remove the configured stacking port. snStackingConfigUnitRowSt atus brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object is used to delete a row in the table and control if they are used. The values that can be written for SET are: • delete(3): Deletes the row. Deleted rows are deleted immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuchName...no such row • other(1): some other cases • valid(2): the row exists and is valid IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Stacking operation unit table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snStackingConfigUnitType brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.5 Syntax: DisplayString Read only A description of the configured or active system type for each unit. snStackingConfigUnitState brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only snStackingConfigUnitStackP ort1 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.7 Syntax: InterfaceIndex Read-only First stack port for each unit. It returns 0 if the stack port does not exist. snStackingConfigUnitStackP ort2 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.1.1.8 Syntax: InterfaceIndex or zero Read only Second stack port for each unit. It returns 0 if the stack port does not exist. The state of the unit: local(1) remote(2) reserved(3) empty(4) • • • • Stacking operation unit table Use this table to display information about the role and status of a unit in a stack. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snStackingOperUnitTable brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2 N/A Stacking operation unit table. snStackingOperUnitEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1 N/A An entry in the stacking operation table." snStackingOperUnitIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer N/A ID of the unit in the stack. snStackingOperUnitRole brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only snStackingOperUnitMac brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.3 Syntax: MAC address Read only The unit’s MAC address. snStackingOperUnitPriorit y brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer32 Read-only The priority in Active/backup election. Values can be 0 to 255. The role of the unit: other(1) active(2) standby(3) member(4) standalone(5) • • • • • 531 Stacking operation unit table Name, OID, and Syntax Access snStackingOperUnitState brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only snStackingOperUnitDescri Read only ption brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString 532 Description The state of the unit local(1) remote(2) reserved(3) empty(4) • • • • Describes the stacking state of the unit. This object can display up to 128 characters. snStackingOperUnitStack Port1 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.7 Syntax: InterfaceIndex or zero Read only First stack port for the unit. It returns 0 if the stack port does not exist. snStackingOperUnitStack Port1State brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only snStackingOperUnitStack Port2 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.9 Syntax: InterfaceIndex or zero Read only snStackingOperUnitStack Port2State brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read only snStackingOperUnitNeigh bor1 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.11 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The first stacking neighbor unit (left) number. If there is no neighbor unit, then it returns 0. snStackingOperUnitNeigh bor2 brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.12 Syntax: Integer32 Read only The second stacking neighbor unit (right) number. If there is no neighbor unit, then it returns 0. snStackingOperUnitImgVe r brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.13 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The version of the software image running on the unit. This object can have up to 32 characters. snStackingOperUnitBuildl Ver brcdIp.1.1.3.31.2.2.1.14 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The version of the software build running on the unit. This object can have up to 32 characters. The state of the first stack port state of a unit: other(1) up(2) down(3) • • • Second stack port of a unit. It returns 0 if stack port does not exist. The state of the second stack port state of a unit: other(1) up(2) down(3) • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Agent board table for stacking Agent board table for stacking The snAgentBrd2Table provides information on boards in a stacking device. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentBrd2Table brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2 N/A A table of each physical board information for each unit. snAgentBrd2Entry brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2.1 N/A A row in the Agent Board table. snAgentBrd2Unit brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The index to the Agent module Table. snAgentBrd2Slot brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only The index to the Agent module Table. snAgentBrd2MainBrdDes cription brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The main board description string.(SIZE(0..128)) snAgentBrd2MainBrdId brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2.1.4 Syntax: OctetString Read only The main board identifier, which can uniquely identify a board type. It is an encoded octet string. The octets in the string provide the following information: Octet 0 – Identifies the format of this object’s octet string. If the format version has a value of 2, the octets after the version octet have the following meaning: Octet 1 – Product type: • BI_WG – 0x57 • BI_BB – 0x42 • BI_NI – 0x4E • NI_M4 – 0x4D • BI_SLB – 0x53 533 Agent board table for stacking Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description Octet 2 – Module type: • MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x0 • MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x1 • MASTER_COPPER_16 – 0x2 • SLAVE_FIBER_4G – 0x3 • FI_MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x4 • FI_MASTER_FIBER_4G – 0x5 • MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x6 • FI_MASTER_FIBER_8G – 0x7 • SLAVE_FIBER_8G – 0x8 • MASTER_COPPER_12_2 – 0x9 • SLAVE_COPPER_24 – 0xA • FI_SLAVE_COPPER_24 – 0xB • SLAVE_100FX_16 – 0xC • SLAVE_100FX_8 – 0xD • SLAVE_COPPER_8G – 0xE • SLAVE_COPPER_16_2 – 0xF • STACK_FIBER_8G – 0x10 • STACK_COPPER_8G – 0x11 • MASTER_FIBER_2G – 0x12 • SLAVE_100FX_24 – 0x13 • MASTER_FIBER_0G – 0x14 • POS_622M – 0x15 • POS_155M – 0x16 • SLAVE_FIBER_2G – 0x17 • SLAVE_COPPER_2G – 0x18 • FI_SLAVE_FIBER_2G – 0x19 • FI_SLAVE_FIBER_4G – 0x1A • FI_SLAVE_FIBER_8G – 0x1B • FI_SLAVE_COPPER_8G – 0x1C • FI_MASTER_COPPER_8G – 0x1D • POS_155M2P – 0x1E • FI_MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x1F • FI_MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x20 • MASTER_COPPER_4G – 0x21 534 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Agent board table for stacking Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description Octet 2 – Module type (continued): • MASTER_COPPER_2G – 0x22 • MASTER_M4_8G – 0x23 • MASTER_M4_4G – 0x24 • MASTER_M4_2G – 0x25 • MASTER_M4_0G – 0x26 • MASTER_M5_0G – 0x27 • POS_2488M – 0x28 • SLAVE_M5_0G – 0x29 • POS_N2488M – 0x2A • STACK_IPC_48_2 – 0x2B • SLAVE_NPA_FIBER_4G – 0x2C • ATM_2PORT – 0x2D • ATM_4PORT – 0x2E • SLAVE_FIBER_10G – 0x2F • SLAVE_JC_48E – 0xC3 • SLAVE_JC_48T – 0xC4 • MASTER_JC_M4_8G – 0xC5 • SLAVE_JC_8G – 0xC6 • SLAVE_JC_B16GF – 0xC8 • MASTER_JC_B2404 – 0xC9 • SLAVE_JC_B16GC – 0xCA • SLAVE_JC_B24FX – 0xCE Octet 3 – Processor type: • PVR_M603 – 3 • PVR_M604 – 4 • PVR_M603E – 6 • PVR_M603EV – 7 • PVR_M750 – 8 • PVR_M604E – 9 Octet 4 to Octet 5 – Processor speed in MHz IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 535 Agent board table for stacking Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description Octet 6 – MAC type: • MAC_None – 0 • MAC_SEEQ_10_100 – 1 • MAC_DEC_10_100 – 2 • MAC_3COM_10_100 – 3 • MAC_X10GMAC_10000 – 4 • MAC_SEEQ_1000 – 5 • MAC_GMAC_1000 – 6 • MAC_VLSI_1000 – 7 • PHY_LEVEL24 – 8 Octet 7 – PHY type: • PHY_NONE – 0 • PHY_QSI – 1 • PHY_BROADCOM – 2 • PHY_ICS – 3 • PHY_NATIONAL – 4 • PHY_LEVEL1 – 6 • PHY_LEVEL16 – 7 • PHY_LEVEL24 – 8 • PHY_BROADCOM_10000 – 9 Octet 8 – Port type: • COPPER – 0 • FIBER – 1 Octet 9 – Fiber port type: • NONFIBER – 0 • SX_FIBER – 1 • LX_FIBER – 2 • LHX_FIBER – 3 Octet 10 to Octet 13 – Size of DRAM in KBytes Octet 14 to Octet 17 – Size of boot flash in KBytes Octet 18 to Octet 21 – Size of code flash in KBytes Octet 22 to Octet 27 – Serial number Octet 28 – Chassis backplane type. • chassis4000 – 0x00 • chassis8000 – 0x04 • chassis15000 – 0x05 • Turbo8 – 0x07 (stack2) • FastIron2 – 0x06 (stack1) snAgentBrd2MainPortTot al brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer 536 Read only The total number of ports for the main board. 1..100) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Configuration module table for stacking Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentBrd2ModuleStat us brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only Show the status of the module. By default, this mode is set to notActivated(0): • moduleEmpty(0): The slot of the chassis is empty. • moduleGoingDown(2): The module is going down. • moduleRejected(3): The module is being rejected due to wrong configuration. • moduleBad(4): The module Hardware is bad. • moduleConfigured(8): The module is configured (stacking) • moduleComingUp(9): The module is in power-up cycle. • moduleRunning(10): The module is running." snAgentBrd2RedundantS Read only tatus brcdIp.1.1.2.2.2.1.7 Syntax: Integer The status of a redundant module. Non-management modules always return other(1). Management modules return the other states: • other(1) • active(2) • standby(3) • crashed(4) • comingUp(5) Configuration module table for stacking The snAgentConfigModule2Table contains information about modules in a stacking device. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentConfigModule2T able brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2 N/A A table of each configured stacking module information. snAgentConfigModule2E ntry brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1 N/A A row in the Agent Configured Stacking Module table." snAgentConfigModule2U nit brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The index to the Agent Configured Module Table. Value can be 1 - 8 snAgentConfigModule2Sl ot brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only The index to the Agent Configured Module Table. Value can be 1 - 4 537 Configuration module table for stacking 538 Name, OID, and Syntax Access snAgentConfigModule2Ty pe brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Description The module type that has been configured for the device: bi8PortGigManagementModule(0) bi4PortGigManagementModule(1) bi16PortCopperManagementModule(2) bi4PortGigModule(3) fi2PortGigManagementModule(4) fi4PortGigManagementModule(5) bi8PortGigCopperManagementModule(6) fi8PortGigManagementModule(7) bi8PortGigModule(8) bi12PortGigCopper2PortGigFiberManagement(9) bi24PortCopperModule(10) fi24PortCopperModule(11) bi16Port100FXModule(12) bi8Port100FXModule(13) bi8PortGigCopperModule(14) bi12PortGigCopper2PortGigFiber(15) bi2PortGigManagementModule(18) bi24Port100FXModule(19) bi0PortManagementModule(20) pos622MbsModule(21) pos155MbsModule(22) bi2PortGigModule(23) bi2PortGigCopperModule(24) fi2PortGigModule(25) fi4PortGigModule(26) fi8PortGigModule(27) fi8PortGigCopperModule(28) fi8PortGigCopperManagementModule(29) pos155Mbs2PModule(30) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Configuration module table for stacking Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 fi4PortGigCopperManagementModule(31) fi2PortGigCopperManagementModule(32) bi4PortGigCopperManagementModule(33) bi2PortGigCopperManagementModule(34) bi8PortGigM4ManagementModule(35) bi4PortGigM4ManagementModule(36) bi2PortGigM4ManagementModule(37) bi0PortGigM4ManagementModule(38) bi0PortWSMManagementModule(39) biPos2Port2488MbsModule(40) bi0PortWSMModule(41) niPos2Port2488MbsModule(42) ni4802(43) bi4PortGigNPAModule(44) biAtm2Port155MbsModule(45) biAtm4Port155MbsModule(46) bi1Port10GigModule(47) fes4802Module(48) fes2402Module(49) fes9604Module(50) fes12GigCopperAndGigFiberModule(51) fesx24GigModule(52) fesx24Gig2TenGigModule(53) fesx24Gig1TenGigModule(54) fesx48GigModule(55) fesx48Gig2TenGigModule(56) fesx48Gig1TenGigModule(57) superx12ComboPortManagementModule(64) superx2PortTenGigModule(65) superx24PortGigCopperModule(66) superx24PortGigFiberModule(67) superx2PortTenGigLanWanModule(68) superx24Port100tx1PortGigFiberModule(69) superx12ComboPortManagement2Module(74) superxR2PortTenGigManagementModule(80) superxRManagementModule(81) fesx24GigFiberGigCopperModule(112) fesx24GigFiber2TenGigModule(113) fesx24GigFiber1TenGigModule(114) biFiJc48ePort100fxIpcModule(195) biFiJc48tPort100fxIpcModule(196) biFiJc8PortGigM4ManagementModule(197) biFiJc8PortGigIgcModule(198) biFiJc16PortGigIgcModule(200) biJc24PortCopperIpc4GigIgcModule(201) biJc16PortGigCopperIgcModule(202) biFiJc24Port100fxIpcModule(206) bi2Port10GigModule(207) biJc48tPortRJ21OmpModule(208) biJc48ePortRJ45OmpModule(209) biJc24PortIpcRJ45PoeModule(212) biJc2PortGigIgcM4ManagementModule(214) 539 Configuration module table for stacking 540 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentConfigModule2R owStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write snAgentConfigModule2D escription brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only A description of the configured module. snAgentConfigModule2O perStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only Module operational status. Zero length string indicates that physical module has not been inserted to the chassis. snAgentConfigModule2S erialNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.7 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Module serial number. Zero length string indicates that module serial number EEPROM has not been programmed or the module does not support serial number EEPROM. snAgentConfigModule2N umberOfPorts brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only The number of ports on a module snAgentConfigModule2M gmtModuleType brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read only snAgentConfigModule2N umberOfCpus brcdIp.1.1.2.8.2.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read only To create or delete a configured module table entry: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) • • • • Management module type. other(1) nonManagementModule(2) unknownManagementModule(3) m1ManagementModule(4) m2ManagementModule(5) m3ManagementModule(6) m4ManagementModule(7) m5ManagementModule(8) jetcoreStackManagementModule(9) muchoManagementModule(10) rottWeilerManagementModule(11) fesXStackManagementModule(12) fgsStackManagementModule(13) • • • • • • • • • • • • • The number of CPUs on the module. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Stacking power supply table Stacking power supply table The snChasPwrSupply2Table shows the status of a power supply in a Stacking devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snChasPwrSupply2Table brcdIp.1.1.1.2.2 N/A A table of each power supply information for each unit. Only installed power supply appears in a table row. snChasPwrSupply2Entry brcdIp.1.1.1.2.2.1 N/A A row in the power supply table. snChasPwrSupply2Unit brcdIp.1.1.1.2.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The index to power supply table. snChasPwrSupply2Index brcdIp.1.1.1.2.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only The index to power supply table that identifies the power supply unit. snChasPwrSupply2Description brcdIp.1.1.1.2.2.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The power supply description string. This description can have up to 128 characters. snChasPwrSupply2OperStatus brcdIp.1.1.1.2.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only The power supply operation status: other(1) normal(2) failure(3) • • • Stacking fan table The snChasFan2Table shows fan status for a Stacking device. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snChasFan2Table brcdIp.1.1.1.3.2 N/A A table of each fan information for each unit. Only installed fan appears in a table row. snChasFan2Entry brcdIp.1.1.1.3.2.1 N/A A row in the fan table. snChasFan2Unit brcdIp.1.1.1.3.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The index to fan table. snChasFan2Index brcdIp.1.1.1.3.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only The index to fan table. snChasFan2Description brcdIp.1.1.1.3.2.1.3 Syntax: DisplayString Read only The fan description string. This description can have up to 128 characters. snChasFan2OperStatus brcdIp.1.1.1.3.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only The fan operation status: other(1) normal(2) failure(3) • • • 541 Agent temperature table for stacking Agent temperature table for stacking The Agent Temperature Table shows temperature information for a module’s temperature sensor in the Stacking devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentTemp2Table brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2 N/A This table lists the temperatures of the modules in each unit. This table is applicable only to modules with temperature sensors. snAgentTemp2Entry brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2.1 N/A A row in the module temperature table. snAgentTemp2UnitNum brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer N/A The unit number of module which contains the temperature sensor represented by this row. snAgentTemp2SlotNum brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer N/A The slot number of module which contains the temperature sensor represented by this row. snAgentTemp2SensorId brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer N/A The temperature sensor ID of the member module that is represented by this row: • sensor#1: Intake Side Temperature • sensor# 2: Exhaust Side Temperature. snAgentTemp2SensorDescr brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Description of the temperature sensor. This is the same as snAgentTempSensorId, which is numeric format. It is used to traverse the temperature sensor table. The description provides the meaning and purpose of this sensor. There can be up to 128 characters in the description snAgentTemp2Value brcdIp.1.1.2.13.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only Temperature of the sensor represented by this row. Each unit is 0.5 degrees Celsius. The value can be from -110 to 250 Celsius. Interface ID2 to ifIndex lookup table Given an interface ID2, this table returns the ifIndex value. This table does not behave like most SNMP tables. It does not support GetNext. If you try to walk the table using GetNext, no rows will be returned. The contents of the table can only be accessed using Get operations. The table is useful for mapping a known interface to the corresponding ifIndex value. 542 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snInterfaceLookup2Table brcdIp.1.1.3.3.7 N/A The interface lookup table that supports stacking devices. snInterfaceLookup2Entry brcdIp.1.1.3.3.7.1 N/A An entry in the snInterfaceLookup2Table. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Interface ID2 lookup table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snInterfaceLookup2Interface N/A Id brcdIp.1.1.3.3.7.1.1 Syntax: InterfaceId2 ID of the interface snInterfaceLookup2IfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.3.7.1.2 Syntax: Integer ifIndex for the interface Read only Interface ID2 lookup table Given an ifIndex, this table returns the interface ID2 value. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snIfIndexLookup2Table brcdIp.1.1.3.3.8 N/A The Interface ID2 Lookup Table. snIfIndexLookup2Entry brcdIp.1.1.3.3.8.1 N/A An entry in the Interface ID2 Lookup Table. snIfIndexLookup2IfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.3.8.1.1 Syntax: Integer N/A IfIndex of the entry snIfIndexLookup2InterfaceId brcdIp.1.1.3.3.8.1.2 Syntax: InterfaceId2 Read only ID of the interface. 543 Interface ID2 lookup table 544 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 30 Layer 4 Switch Group NOTE The objects in this chapter are supported on ServerIron (JetCore) and ServerIron ADX devices only. For trap objects and object to enable traps specific to ServerIron (JetCore) and ServerIron ADX devices, refer to the following sections: • “Traps and Objects to Enable Traps” on page 627 • “Layer 4 traps” on page 663 Refer to the ServerIron manuals for details on the features discussed in this section. Go to the Support and Services page of the Brocade Web site to find the link to the latest ServerIron (JetCore) and ServerIron ADX manuals. Barrel processor hardware statistics table brcdAdxBPStatTable (ServerIron ADX release 12.2.00 and later) The brcdAdxBPStatTable displays BP hardware buffer allocation, management and performance statistics on ServerIron ADX platforms. For statistics on barrel processors on ServerIron (JetCore) devices, refer to the “snAgentHwBPStatTable (ServerIron (JetCore))” on page 550.. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdAdxBPStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.1 N/A Barrel Processor Hardware Statistics table for ServerIron ADX. brcdAdxBPStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.13.1 N/A An entry in the table. brcdAdxBPStatAsmNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.1 Syntax: Integer N/A ADX Barrel processor slot number. brcdAdxBPStatBpNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.2 Syntax: Integer N/A ADX Barrel processor (CPU) BP number. brcdAdxBPTotalRxQueues brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.3 Syntax: Counter Read-only The size of the hardware receive-queues are in BP brcdAdxBPRxQueuesInUse brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the hardware receive-queues are in use in BP 545 Barrel processor hardware statistics table 546 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdAdxBPRxQueuesAwaiting brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the hardware receive-queues are awaiting for CPU in BP brcdAdxBPTotalTxQueues brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only The size of the hardware transmit-queues are in BP brcdAdxBPTxQueuesInUse brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the hardware transmit-queues are in use in BP brcdAdxBPTxQueuesAwaiting brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the hardware transmit-queues are awaiting to transmit in BP brcdAdxBPTotalFreeQueues brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.9 Syntax: Counter Read-only The size of the hardware free-queues are in BP brcdAdxBPFreeQueuesInUse brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.10 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the hardware free-queues are in use in BP brcdAdxBPAxpRxFromBackplaneRegu larPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.11 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the regular packets are received by the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP) from the backplane. brcdAdxBPAxpRxFromBackplaneIpcP kts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.12 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the IPC packets are received by the Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP) from the backplane. brcdAdxBPAxpTxToBpRegularPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.13 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the regular packets are transmitted by the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP) to the BP. brcdAdxBPAxpTxToBpIpcPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.14 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the IPC packets are transmitted by the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP) to the BP. brcdAdxBPBpRxFromAxpRegularPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.15 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the regular packets are received by the BP from the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP). brcdAdxBPBpRxFromAxpIpcPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.16 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the IPC packets are received by the BP from the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP). brcdAdxBPBpTxToAxpRegularPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.17 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the regular packets are transmitted by the BP to the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP). brcdAdxBPBpTxToAxpIpcPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.18 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the IPC packets are transmitted by the BP to the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP). IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Barrel processor hardware statistics table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdAdxBPAxpRxFromBpRegularPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.19 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the regular packets are received by the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP) from the BP. brcdAdxBPAxpRxFromBpIpcPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.20 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the IPC packets are received by the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP) from the BP. brcdAdxBPAxpTxToBackplaneRegular Pkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.21 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the regular packets are transmitted by the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP) to the Backplane. brcdAdxBPAxpTxToBackplaneIpcPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.22 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the IPC packets are transmitted by the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP) to the Backplane. brcdAdxBPAxpRxPktsDrop brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.23 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the received packets are dropped by the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP). brcdAdxBPAxpRxBufferOverflow brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.24 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the AXP receive-buffers overflow. brcdAdxBPAxpTxPktsDrop brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.25 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the transmit-packets are dropped by the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP). brcdAdxBPAxpTxBadPktsDrop brcdIp.1.1.2.12.13.1.26 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the bad transmit-packets are dropped by the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP). snAgentHwAdxBPStatTable (ServerIron ADX prior to release 12.2.00) The snAgentHwAdxBPStatTable table has been deprecated starting in ServerIron ADX software release 12.2.00. It has been replaced by “brcdAdxBPStatTable (ServerIron ADX release 12.2.00 and later)” on page 545. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentHwAdxBPStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9 None ServerIron ADX Barrel Processor Hardware Statistics table snAgentHwAdxBPStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1 None An entry in ADX Barrel Processor Hardware Statistics table. This is indexed by the snAgentHwAdxBPStatSlotNumber and snAgentHwAdxBPStatBpNumber objects. snAgentHwAdxBPStatSlotNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.1 Syntax: Integer None ADX Barrel processor slot number. snAgentHwAdxBPStatBpNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.2 Syntax: Integer None ADX Barrel processor (CPU) BP number. 547 Barrel processor hardware statistics table 548 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentHwAdxBPTotalRxQueues brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.3 Syntax: Counter Read only The size of the hardware receive-queues that are in the BP. snAgentHwAdxBPRxQueuesInUse brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the hardware receive-queues that are in use in the BP. snAgentHwAdxBPRxQueuesAwaiting brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the hardware receive-queues that are awaiting for the CPU in the BP. snAgentHwAdxBPTotalTxQueues brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read only The size of the hardware transmit-queues that are in the BP. snAgentHwAdxBPTxQueuesInUse brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the hardware transmit-queues that are in use in the BP. snAgentHwAdxBPTxQueuesAwaiting brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the hardware transmit-queues that are awaiting to transmit in the BP. snAgentHwAdxBPTotalFreeQueues brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.9 Syntax: Counter Read only The size of the hardware free-queues that are in the BP. snAgentHwAdxBPFreeQueuesInUse brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.10 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the hardware free-queues that are in use in the BP snAgentHwAdxBPAxpRxFromBackplane Read only RegularPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.11 Syntax: Counter The number of the regular packets that are received by the Application-Acceleration-Processor (AXP) from the backplane. snAgentHwAdxBPAxpRxFromBackplane Read only IpcPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.12 Syntax: Counter The number of the IPC packets that are received by the Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP) from the backplane. snAgentHwAdxBPAxpTxToBpRegularPk ts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.13 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the regular packets that were transmitted by the Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP) to the BP. snAgentHwAdxBPAxpTxToBpIpcPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.14 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the IPC packets that were transmitted by the Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP) to the BP. snAgentHwAdxBPBpRxFromAxpRegular Pkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.15 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the regular packets that are received by the BP from the Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP). snAgentHwAdxBPBpRxFromAxpIpcPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.16 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the IPC packets that are received by the BP from the Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP). IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Barrel processor hardware statistics table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentHwAdxBPBpTxToAxpRegularPk ts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.17 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the regular packets that were transmitted by the BP to the Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP). snAgentHwAdxBPBpTxToAxpIpcPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.18 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the IPC packets that were transmitted by the BP to the Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP). snAgentHwAdxBPAxpRxFromBpRegular Pkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.19 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the regular packets that are received by the Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP) from the BP. snAgentHwAdxBPAxpRxFromBpIpcPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.20 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the IPC packets that are received by the Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP) from the BP. snAgentHwAdxBPAxpTxToBackplaneRe gularPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.21 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the regular packets that were transmitted by the Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP) to the Backplane. snAgentHwAdxBPAxpTxToBackplaneIpc Pkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.22 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the IPC packets that were transmitted by the Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP) to the Backplane. snAgentHwAdxBPAxpRxPktsDrop brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.23 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the received packets that are dropped by the Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP). snAgentHwAdxBPAxpRxBufferOverflow brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.24 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the AXP receive-buffers overflow. snAgentHwAdxBPAxpTxPktsDrop brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.25 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the transmit-packets that are dropped by the Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP). snAgentHwAdxBPAxpTxBadPktsDrop brcdIp.1.1.2.12.9.1.26 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the bad transmit-packets that are dropped by the Application-Acceleration-Processor(AXP). 549 Barrel processor hardware statistics table snAgentHwBPStatTable (ServerIron (JetCore)) The snAgentHwBPStatTable table displays detailed information about BP hardware buffer allocation, management and performance statistics on ServerIron (JetCore) platforms. Refer to “brcdAdxBPStatTable (ServerIron ADX release 12.2.00 and later)” on page 545 for objects for ServerIron ADX devices. 550 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentHwBPStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7 None The Barrel Processor Hardware Statistics table. snAgentHwBPStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1 None An entry in the Barrel Processor Hardware Statistics table. snAgentHwBPStatSlotNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates Barrel processor slot number. snAgentHwBPStatBpNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the Barrel processor (CPU) BP number. snAgentHwBPTotalRxQueues brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the maximum hardware receive-queues in the BP. snAgentHwBPAvailableRxQueues brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the available hardware receive-queues in the BP. snAgentHwBPRxQueueEmptyStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only snAgentHwBPFpgaRxSmc0Pkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of packets received through SMC0 in BP FPGA. snAgentHwBPFpgaRxSmc1Pkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of packets received through SMC1 in BP FPGA. snAgentHwBPFpgaRxTotalPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the total number of packets received in the BP FPGA. snAgentHwBPFpgaTxSmc0Pkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.9 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of packets transmitted to SMC0 from the BP FPGA. snAgentHwBPFpgaTxSmc1Pkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.10 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of packets transmitted to SMC1 from the BP FPGA. snAgentHwBPFpgaTxTotalPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.11 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the total number of packets transmitted from the BP FPGA. Indicates if the hardware receive-queue is empty. false(0) true(1) • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Barrel processor hardware statistics table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentHwBPFpgaWrQueDropSmc0 brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.12 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of packets dropped between the SMC0 and the write-queue of the BP FPGA snAgentHwBPFpgaWrQueDropSmc1 brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.13 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of packets dropped between the SMC1 and the write-queue of the BP FPGA. snAgentHwBPFpgaWrQueDropTotal brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.14 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the total number of packets dropped in the write-queue of the BP FPGA. snAgentHwBPSwRxSmc0Pkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.15 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of packets received by the switch from the SMC0. snAgentHwBPSwRxSmc1Pkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.16 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of packets received by the switch from the SMC1. snAgentHwBPSwRxTotalPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.17 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the total number of packets received by the switch. snAgentHwBPSwTxSmc0Pkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.18 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of packets transmitted from the switch to the SMC0. snAgentHwBPSwTxSmc1Pkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.19 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of packets transmitted from the switch to the SMC1. snAgentHwBPSwTxTotalPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.20 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the total number of packets transmitted from the switch. snAgentHwBPWrQueSmallPktsDrop brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.21 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of small-sized packets dropped in the Write-queue. snAgentHwBPWrQueueFull brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.22 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of packets dropped because the Write-queue is full. snAgentHwBPWrQueueHighDepth brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.23 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the value of Write-queue Status High register. snAgentHwBPWrQueueLowDepth brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.24 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the value of Write-queue Status Low register. snAgentHwBPRdQueueDepth brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.25 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the depth of the read-queue. snAgentHwBPSwRxCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.26 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of packets received by the switch. 551 ADX queue statistics table (ServerIron ADX) Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentHwBPSwFwdCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.27 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of packets forwarded by the switch. snAgentHwBPSwDropCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.28 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of packets dropped by the switch. snAgentHwBPSwBufAlloc brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.29 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of buffers allocated by the switch. snAgentHwBPSwBufSend brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.30 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of buffers used for transmission by the switch. snAgentHwBPSwBufFree brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.31 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of buffers freed by the switch. snAgentHwBPSwBufAllocFail brcdIp.1.1.2.12.7.1.32 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of buffers that the switch failed to allocate. ADX queue statistics table (ServerIron ADX) The following Queue Statistics Table applies to the ServerIron ADX devices. This table is not used by ServerIron (JetCore) devices. 552 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdAdxQueueStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14 None ADX Queue Statistics table." brcdAdxQueueStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1 None An entry in ADX Queue Statistics table. brcdAdxQueueStatSlotNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.1 Syntax: Integer None ADX Barrel processor slot number. brcdAdxQueueStatBpNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.2 Syntax: Integer None ADX Barrel processor (CPU) BP number. brcdAdxQueueNumInvalidReadKeysVal idated brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.3 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the invalid read-keys that have been validated brcdAdxQueueNumInvalidSslMonDma KeyValidated brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1. 4 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the invalid DMA read-keys that have been validated in SSL-mon. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 ADX DMA statistics table (ServerIron ADX) Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdAdxQueueNumInvalidDpramToSdr am2DmaKeyValidated brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the invalid DMA read-keys from DPRAM to SDRAM2 that have been validated. brcdAdxQueueNumInvalidSdram2ToSd ram2DmaKeyValidated brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the invalid DMA read-keys from SDPRAM2 to SDRAM2 that have been validated. brcdAdxQueueNumInvalidHwBuffersDu ringGetBuffer brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1. 7 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the invalid hardware buffers that have been validated during the event of get-buffer. brcdAdxQueueNumInvalidHwBuffersDu Read only ringReadKey brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1. 8 Syntax: Counter The number of the invalid hardware buffers that have been validated during the event of read-key. brcdAdxQueueNumOverSizePackets brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1. 9 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the over size packets. brcdAdxQueueNumZeroSizePackets brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.10 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the zero size packets. brcdAdxQueueSmallPacketsError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.11 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the small packets errors. brcdAdxQueueBigPacketsError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.14.1.12 Syntax: Counter Read only The number of the big packets errors. ADX DMA statistics table (ServerIron ADX) This table is not used by ServerIron (JetCore) devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdAdxDmaStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15 None ADX DMA Statistics table. brcdAdxDmaStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1 None An entry in DMA Statistics table. Entries are indexed by the brcdAdxDmaStatSlotNumber and brcdAdxDmaStatBpNumber objects. brcdAdxDmaStatNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.1 Syntax: Integer None ADX Barrel processor slot number. brcdAdxDmaStatBpNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.2 Syntax: Integer None ADX Barrel processor (CPU) BP number. 553 ADX DMA statistics table (ServerIron ADX) 554 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description brcdAdxDmaChannelNum brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only ADX Barrel processor DMA channel number. brcdAdxDmaCoreId brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only ADX Barrel processor (CPU) Core ID. brcdAdxDmaStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only A bit array that contains the value of the DMA status. This is a packed bit string. The status of each DMA is encoded into one bit. Bit 0 - FALSE Bit 1 = TRUE The following shows the meaning of each bit: (bit 0 is the least significant bit). Bit 8-31 = reserved Bit 7= Tx error Bit 6 = Don't care Bit 5 = Channel Busy Bit 4 = Programming error Bit 0-3 = reserved brcdAdxDmaExtendedAddressRequir ed brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only brcdAdxDmaTotalCount brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read only The total packets in the DMA. brcdAdxDmaDesciptorAllocFailures brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read only The total number of descriptor allocated failures in the DMA. brcdAdxDmaCurDescRegisterOutOfR ange brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.9 Syntax: Counter Read only The total number out of range cases in the current descriptive register in the DMA. brcdAdxDmaTimeoutOnWaiting brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.10 Syntax: Counter Read only The total number of out of range cases in the current descriptive register in the DMA. brcdAdxDmaScatterFailures brcdIp.1.1.2.12.15.1.11 Syntax: Counter Read only The total number of scattered failures in the DMA. Determines if the extended address is required: true(1) - extended address is required false(2) - extended address is not required • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Barrel processor session statistics table (ServerIron JetCore) Barrel processor session statistics table (ServerIron JetCore) Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4BPSessionStatisticsTable brcdIp.1.1.4.29.1 N/A Barrel Processor Session Statistics table snL4BPSessionEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.29.1.1 N/A An entry in Barrel Processor Session Statistics table snL4BPSessionSlotNumber brcdIp.1.1.4.29.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Barrel processor slot number. snL4BPSessionCPUNumber brcdIp.1.1.4.29.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Barrel processor (CPU) number. snL4BPSessionAvailableSessions brcdIp.1.1.4.29.1.1.3 Syntax: Gauge Read-only Available sessions for the specified CPU snL4BPSessionTotalSessions brcdIp.1.1.4.29.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Total sessions for the specified CPU. snL4BPSessionCurrentUsedSessions brcdIp.1.1.4.29.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only Current used sessions for the specified Barrel Processor Barrel processor inter-process communication statistics The barrel processor (BP) Inter-Process Communication table contains BP statistics detail information. There are two types of tables for this set of statistics: one for ServerIron JetCore devices and one for ServerIron ADX devices. Use the appropriate table for your device. snAgentHwBPIpcStatTable (ServerIron JetCore) Use this table is for ServerIron JetCore devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentHwBPIpcStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1 None The BP Inter-process communication (IPC) Statistics table. snAgentHwBPIpcStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1 None An entry in BP IPC Statistics table. snAgentHwBPIpcStatSlotNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates BP slot number. snAgentHwBPIpcStatBpNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the BP (CPU) number. 555 Barrel processor inter-process communication statistics 556 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentHwBPIpcRxPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of the IPC data packets received by the BP from the MP. snAgentHwBPIpcTxPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of the IPC data packets transmitted by the BP to the MP. snAgentHwBPIpcRxMsgs brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of the IPC messages received by the BP from the MP. snAgentHwBPIpcTxMsgs brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of the IPC messages transmitted by the BP to the MP. snAgentHwBPIpcRxFragPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of the IPC fragmented data packets received by the BP from the MP. snAgentHwBPIpcTxFragPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of the IPC fragmented data packets transmitted by the BP to the MP. snAgentHwBPIpcDropPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.9 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of dropped IPC data packets. snAgentHwBPIpcDropMsgs brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.10 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of dropped IPC messages. snAgentHwBPIpcTxPktsError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of transmitted IPC data packets that have errors. snAgentHwBPIpcTxMsgsError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.12 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of transmitted IPC messages that have errors. snAgentHwBPIpcTxQueuesFull brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.13 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the total number of transmit-queues that are full. snAgentHwBPIpcPktsBounceBack brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.14 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of IPC messages that are bounced back. snAgentHwBPIpcMsgsOutOfRange brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.15 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of IPC messages that exceed the specified size. snAgentHwBPIpcMsgsNoCallBack brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.16 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of IPC messages that have no callback functions. snAgentHwBPIpcMsgsWrongContent brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.17 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of IPC messages that have the wrong content. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Barrel processor inter-process communication statistics Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgentHwBPIpcMsgsBadPortNum brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.18 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of IPC messages that have a bad port number. snAgentHwBPIpcPktsCheckSumError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.19 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of IPC messages that have checksum errors. snAgentHwBPIpcPktsTooLarge brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.20 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of IPC messages that are too large. snAgentHwBPIpcPktsFragOutOfSync brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.21 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of IPC fragmented packets that are out of sync. snAgentHwBPIpcPktsFragExceedMax Conn brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.22 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of IPC fragmented packets that exceed the maximum number of connections. snAgentHwBPIpcPktsFragMallocFailu re brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.23 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of IPC fragmented packets that have malloc failure. snAgentHwBPIpcPktsFragAgedOut brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.24 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of IPC fragmented packets that are aging out. snAgentHwBPIpcBuffersAllocFailure brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.25 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of buffers with alloc failures. snAgentHwBPIpcTotalBuffersAlloc brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.26 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the total number of allocated buffers. snAgentHwBPIpcTotalBuffersFree brcdIp.1.1.2.12.8.1.1.27 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the total number of free buffers. brcdAdxBPIpcStatTable (ServerIron ADX) Use the brcdAdxBPIpcStatTable for ServerIron ADX devices, running software release 12.2.00 and later. The brcdAdxBPIpcStatEntry object identifies an entry in the brcdAdxBPIpcStatTable table. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 brcdAdxBPIpcStatTable brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12 N/A Barrel Processor Inter-process communication(IPC) Statistics table for ServerIron ADX. brcdAdxBPIpcStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1 N/A An entry in the table. brcdAdxBPIpcStatAsmNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.1 Syntax: Integer N/A Barrel processor slot number. 557 Barrel processor inter-process communication statistics 558 brcdAdxBPIpcStatBpNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.2 Syntax: Integer N/A Barrel processor (CPU) BP number. brcdAdxBPIpcRxPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.3 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the IPC data packets that were received by the BP from the MP. brcdAdxBPIpcTxPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the IPC data packets that were transmitted by the BP to the MP. brcdAdxBPIpcRxMsgs rcdAdxBPIpcStatEntry 5 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the IPC messages that were received by the BP from the MP. brcdAdxBPIpcTxMsgs brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the IPC messages that were transmitted by the BP to the MP. brcdAdxBPIpcRxFragPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the IPC fragmented data packets were received by the BP from the MP. brcdAdxBPIpcTxFragPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the IPC fragmented data packets that were transmitted by BP to MP. brcdAdxBPIpcDropPkts brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.9 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the IPC data packets are dropped. brcdAdxBPIpcDropMsgs brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.10 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of the IPC messages are dropped." brcdAdxBPIpcTxPktsError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.11 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of transmitted IPC data packets that have errors are counted. brcdAdxBPIpcTxMsgsError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.12 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of transmitted IPC messages that have errors are counted. brcdAdxBPIpcTxQueuesFull brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.13 Syntax: Counter Read-only The total number of transmit-queues which are full, are counted. brcdAdxBPIpcPktsBounceBack brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.14 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of IPC messages that are bounced back, are counted. brcdAdxBPIpcMsgsOutOfRange brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.15 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of IPC messages that exceed the specified size are counted. brcdAdxBPIpcMsgsNoCallBack brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.16 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of IPC messages that have no callback functions are counted. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Barrel processor inter-process communication statistics IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 brcdAdxBPIpcMsgsWrongContent brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.17 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of IPC messages that have wrong contents are counted. brcdAdxBPIpcMsgsBadPortNum brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.18 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of IPC messages that have bad port number, are counted. brcdAdxBPIpcPktsCheckSumError brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.19 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of IPC messages that have checksum errors are counted. brcdAdxBPIpcPktsTooLarge brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.20 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of IPC messages that are too large, are counted." brcdAdxBPIpcPktsFragOutOfSync brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.21 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of IPC fragmented packets that are out of sync, are counted. brcdAdxBPIpcPktsFragExceedMaxCon Read-only n brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.22 Syntax: Counter The number of IPC fragmented packets that exceed the max. connections, are counted. brcdAdxBPIpcPktsFragMallocFailure brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.23 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of IPC fragmented packets that have malloc failure, are counted. brcdAdxBPIpcPktsFragAgedOut brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.24 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of IPC fragmented packets that are aging out, are counted. brcdAdxBPIpcBuffersAllocFailure brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.25 Syntax: Counter Read-only The number of buffers alloc failures are counted. brcdAdxBPIpcTotalBuffersAlloc brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.26 Syntax: Counter Read-only The total number of allocated buffers are counted. brcdAdxBPIpcTotalBuffersFree brcdIp.1.1.2.12.12.1.27 Syntax: Counter Read-only The total number of free buffers are counted. 559 Hardware Integrated Central Buffer Manager Counter Table (ServeIron JetCore) Hardware Integrated Central Buffer Manager Counter Table (ServeIron JetCore) The snAgentHwICBMCounterTable provides information for the Integrated Central Buffer Manager (ICBM). This table is only for ServerIron JetCore devices. snAgentHwICBMCounterSlot brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only The slot number where ICBM resides. snAgentHwICBMCounterDMA brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.2 Syntax: Unsigned32 Read-only DMA ID within a slot where the ICBM resides. This object is valid only for Jetcore modules. For non-Jetcore modules, this index is ignored by the agent. In this case, value 0 will be returned by the agent. snAgentHwICBMCounterFreeDepth brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter Read-only Current depth of the free queue for this ICBM. snAgentHwICBMCounterWriteDrop brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read-only Write sequencer drop count for this ICBM. snAgentHwICBMCounterWriteInput brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read-only Write sequencer input counter for this ICBM. snAgentHwICBMCounterWriteOutput brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only Write sequencer output counter for this ICBM. snAgentHwICBMCounterReadInput brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read-only Read sequencer input counter for this ICBM. snAgentHwICBMCounterReadOutput brcdIp.1.1.2.12.1.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read-only Read sequencer output counter for this ICBM. SMC Counter Statistics table (ServerIron JetCore) The snAgentHwSmcStatisticTable provides information about the SMC in the ServerIron JetCore device. 560 snAgentHwSmcStatistic SlotNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.6.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The slot number of the device. This value is the index for the table. snAgentHwSmcStatistic SmcNumber brcdIp.1.1.2.12.6.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only The SMC number of the ASIC in the device. The table is also indexed by this value. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 CPU utilization table snAgentHwSmcStatistic RxFreeQueueAdd brcdIp.1.1.2.12.6.1.3 Syntax: Counter Read-only The SMC receive free queue counter. snAgentHwSmcStatistic TxFreeQueueAdd brcdIp.1.1.2.12.6.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read-only The SMC transmit free queue counter. snAgentHwSmcStatistic RxDoneMsg brcdIp.1.1.2.12.6.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read-only The counter for messages that the SMC received successfully. snAgentHwSmcStatistic TxDoneMsg brcdIp.1.1.2.12.6.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read-only The counter for messages that the SMC transmitted successfully. snAgentHwSmcStatistic DmaRxDrop brcdIp.1.1.2.12.6.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read-only The counter for messages that the SMC DMA received, then dropped. snAgentHwSmcStatistic BackplaneRxDrop brcdIp.1.1.2.12.6.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read-only The counter for messages that the SMC backplane received, then dropped. CPU utilization table Use the appropriate table to obtain statistics on CPU utilization: • “brcdAdxCpuUtilModuleType (ServerIron ADX)” for ServerIron ADX devices. • “snAgentCpuUtilTable (ServerIron JetCore)” for ServerIron JetCore devices. brcdAdxCpuUtilModuleType (ServerIron ADX) The Brocade ADX System CPU Utilization Table contains information about the CPU utilization on a ServerIron ADX. The table below describes the objects in the table. Refer to the section “Configured module table” on page 99 for SNMP objects for CPU utilization on ServerIron JetCore devices. . IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 brcdAdxCpuUtilTable brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2. N/A This table lists utilization for all CPUs in the ServerIron ADX device. brcdAdxCpuUtilEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2. N/A A row in the brcdAdxCpuUtilTable. brcdAdxCpuUtilModuleT ype brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer N/A The type of module installed in the device, which contains the cpu: • mp(1) = Management Processor • asm(2) = Application Switch Module 561 CPU utilization table brcdAdxCpuUtilModule Num brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer N/A The module number which identifies the particular module- ype in the system. brcdAdxCpuUtilCpuId brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer N/A The CPU ID. For management module (MP), there is one CPU. For the ASM module, there are a number of CPUs." brcdAdxCpuUtilInterval brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer N/A The value, in seconds, for this utilization. For both management and slave CPU, utilization is displayed for 1 sec, 5 sec, 60 sec and 300 sec interval. brcdAdxCpuUtilValue brcdIp.1.1.2.11.2.1.5 Syntax: Gauge32 Read-only The statistical CPU utilization in units of one-hundredth of a percent. snAgentCpuUtilTable (ServerIron JetCore) 562 snAgentCpuUtilTable brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1 N/A Table to list utilization for all CPUs in a ServerIron JetCore device. snAgentCpuUtilEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1 N/A A row in the CPU utilization table. snAgentCpuUtilSlotNum brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The slot number of module that contains the CPU. snAgentCpuUtilCpuId brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.2 Syntax: Intege Read-only The ID of the CPU: For non-VM1/WSM management module, there is one CPU. For VM1/WSM there's one management CPU and three slave CPUs. The management CPU could be turned off. For POS and ATM there is no management CPU but two slave CPUs. The ID for management CPU is 1. A value of 2 and greater identifies the slave CPUs. snAgentCpuUtilInterval brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.3 Syntax: Intege Read-only The value, in seconds, for this utilization. For both management and slave CPU, we display utilization for 1 sec, 5 sec, 60 sec and 300 sec interval. snAgentCpuUtilValue brcdIp.1.1.2.11.1.1.4 Syntax: Intege Read-only The statistical CPU utilization in units of one-hundredth of a percent. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Session Session The following objects define TCP and UDP sessions in a ServerIron. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4MaxSessionLimit brcdIp.1.1.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the maximum number of active sessions the ServerIron allows. An active session is an entry in the ServerIron session table. A UDP or TCP session that has become idle but has not yet timed out (according to the UDP or TCP age timer) is an active session in the table. Valid values: 0 - 1,000,000 Default: Depends on the target system configuration snL4TcpSynLimit brcdIp.1.1.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the maximum number of TCP SYN requests per second per real server that the ServerIron is allowed to send. A TCP SYN request is a packet that a client sends to request a TCP connection to the server. Limiting the number of TCP SYN requests that can be sent to the server each second protects the ServerIron from TCP SYN attacks. Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: 65535 snL4slbGlobalSDAType brcdIp.1.1.4.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the method the ServerIron uses to select a real server for client request: • leastconnection(1) – The ServerIron sends the request to the real server that currently has the fewest number of active connections with clients. • roundrobin(2) – The ServerIron sends the request to each server in rotation, regardless of how many connections each server has. • weighted(3) – The ServerIron uses the weights you assign to the real servers to select a real server. The weights are based on the number of entries the ServerIron has for each server in the sessions table. Default: leastconnection(1) snL4slbTotalConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of client connections on the ServerIron since its last reboot. A connection consists of two sessions: client-to-server session and server-to-client session. snL4slbLimitExceeds brcdIp.1.1.4.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of times the TCP SYN requests from clients exceeded the configured “snL4TcpSynLimit” value. snL4FreeSessionCount brcdIp.1.1.4.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of sessions that are still available for use. This number is the maximum number of sessions configured, minus the number of active sessions. 563 Server load balancing traffic information Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4TcpAge brcdIp.1.1.4.1.28 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how many minutes a TCP server connection can remain inactive before the session times out and the ServerIron disconnects the session. Changing the value of this object affects only the new TCP sessions that are opened after the change is made. Current sessions will use the maximum age that was specified before the change occurred. This object globally sets the age for all TCP ports. To override this value for a port, specify the age locally on the individual port using the device’s CLI. Valid values: 2 – 60 minutes Default value: 30 minutes snL4UdpAge brcdIp.1.1.4.1.29 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies how many minutes a UDP server connection can remain inactive before the session times out and the ServerIron closes the session. Changing the value of this object affects only the new UDP sessions that are opened after the change is made. Current sessions will use the maximum age that was specified before the change occurred. This object globally sets the age for all UDP ports. To override this value for a port, specify the age locally on the individual port using the device’s CLI. Valid values: 2 – 60 minutes Default: 5 minutes Server load balancing traffic information Server Load Balancing (SLB) is based on associations between real servers and virtual servers. The real servers are your application servers. The virtual servers have one or more virtual IP addresses (VIPs). You associate a real server with a virtual server by binding TCP/UDP ports on the real servers with TCP/UDP ports on the virtual server. When a client sends a TCP/UDP request for a port on the virtual server, the ServerIron sends the client’s request to the real server. The following objects provide information on the SLB traffic packets that were transmitted between the server and the clients. 564 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4slbForwardTraffic brcdIp.1.1.4.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets sent by clients to the server. snL4slbReverseTraffic brcdIp.1.1.4.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets sent by servers to clients. Generally, this value is 0 unless the client is using FTP or another application that causes the server to initiate connections. snL4slbDrops brcdIp.1.1.4.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the total number of packets dropped by the ServerIron. This statistic includes the following: • TCP Resets – Resets sent by the ServerIron • Forward Resets – Resets from the client • Unsuccessful requests – Requests sent to a TCP or UDP port that is not bound to the request’s destination VIP. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Hot standby Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4slbDangling brcdIp.1.1.4.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of old types of connections. For use by Foundry technical support. snL4slbDisableCount brcdIp.1.1.4.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron dropped because they were sent by a client to a VIP port that is bound to a disabled real server port. snL4slbAged brcdIp.1.1.4.1.11 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the total number of TCP and UDP sessions that have been aged out and closed. A session ages out when the age timer configured on the ServerIron expires. snL4slbFinished brcdIp.1.1.4.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read only The total number of TCP connections that are either in the FIN or RST state. snL4unsuccessfulConn brcdIp.1.1.4.1.25 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of packets that were dropped due to one of the following reasons: • A deny filter configured on the switch matched the packet, causing the switch to drop the packet. • A client requested a TCP or UDP port that is not bound on the VI. Hot standby Hot standby redundancy is a backup feature that allows a ServerIron to serve as an automatic backup for another ServerIron. Each hot-standby pair consists of two ServerIrons. One ServerIron serves as the primary or active ServerIron, and the other serves as the secondary or standby ServerIron. The standby ServerIron becomes active only if the primary ServerIron fails due to loss of power or loss of data path. The active and standby ServerIrons must have the same SLB or TCS configuration and share the same virtual MAC address. The shared MAC address can be selected from the available pool on either the active ServerIron or the standby ServerIron. For more information on the Hot standby feature, refer to the Foundry ServerIron Firewall Load Balancing Guide. The following objects apply to the Hot standby redundancy feature. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4BackupInterface brcdIp.1.1.4.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-write Identifies which port is the hot standby port. This is the port that serves as a private link between the active and the redundant ServerIrons. The ServerIrons use this port to monitor any failover and to communicate those events to the standby. Valid values: 0 – 26 snL4BackupMacAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.1.15 Syntax: Physical address Read-write Identifies the associated MAC address for the backup monitoring port. The active and backup ServerIron must have the same MAC address. snL4Active brcdIp.1.1.4.1.16 Syntax: L4flag Read only The “snL4Redundancy” object and this object are the same. Indicates if this ServerIron has been configured as redundant or hot standby: • false(0) – This ServerIron is the active one. • true(1) – This ServerIron is the standby. 565 Layer 4 policies Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4Redundancy brcdIp.1.1.4.1.17 Syntax: Integer Read only The “snL4Active” object and this object are the same. Indicates if this ServerIron has been configured as redundant or hot standby: • false(0) – This ServerIron is the active one. • true(1) – This ServerIron is the standby. snL4Backup brcdIp.1.1.4.1.18 Syntax: L4flag Read only snL4BecomeActive brcdIp.1.1.4.1.19 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of times this ServerIron has changed from standby to active. snL4BecomeStandBy brcdIp.1.1.4.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of times this ServerIron has changed from active to standby. snL4BackupState brcdIp.1.1.4.1.21 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the state of the backup or redundancy link of the active or standby ServerIron: • slbSyncComplete(0) – Synchronization is complete. • slbSyncReqMap(1) – Port map has been synchronized. • slbSyncreqMac(2) – MAC addresses have been synchronized. • slbSyncreqServers(3) – Server information has been synchronized. • slbSyncReqL4(4) – L4 packets have been synchronized. snL4NoPDUSent brcdIp.1.1.4.1.22 Syntax: Integer Read only This object has been deprecated and is not supported. snL4NoPDUCount brcdIp.1.1.4.1.23 Syntax: Integer Read only The number of missed Layer 4 or MAC-layer PDUs. snL4NoPortMap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.24 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of missed port map PDUs, which are PDUs used by ServerIron to discover information about the maps on the other ServerIron. Indicates if the ServerIron is the backup (standby) ServerIron: false(0) – This ServerIron is the active one. true(1) – This ServerIron is the standby. • • Layer 4 policies This section presents the objects associated with Layer 4 policies. It contains the following tables: • “Layer 4 policy table” on page 567 • “Layer 4 policy port access table” on page 568 566 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Layer 4 policies Layer 4 policy table The Layer 4 Policy table allows you to configure Layer 4 policies and specify the ports to which they will be applied. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4PolicyTable brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1 None The Layer 4 Policy Table. snL4PolicyEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1 None An entry in the Layer 4 Policy Table. snL4PolicyId brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the ID of the policy. Valid values: 1 – 64 snL4PolicyPriority brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the priority of the policy in the ServerIron: Standalone stackable ServerIrons have the following priorities: • normal(0) – normal priority • high(1) – high priority • cache(2) – priority for cache • transparent(3) – priority for transparent Non-stackable ServerIron Layer 4 priority values are: • level0(0) • level1(1) • level2(2) • level3(3) • level4(4) • level5(5) • level6(6) • level7(7) snL4PolicyScope brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the policy applies to one or all ports: • global(0) – Applies to all ports. • local(1) – Applies to one port. snL4PolicyProtocol brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write snL4PolicyPort brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the TCP or UDP port number to which this policy will be applied. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snL4PolicyRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.11.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid Indicates if the policy is for a UDP or TCP protocol: udp(0) tcp(1) • • 567 Health checks Layer 4 policy port access table The Layer 4 Policy Port Access table lists all access policy entries. These access policies are applied to IP interfaces (ports) that have Layer 4 IP policies configured on them. IP policies are described in the “snL4PolicyTable”. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4PolicyPortAccessTable brcdIp.1.1.4.12.1 None The IP Layer 4 Policy Interface (Port) Access Table. snL4PolicyPortAccessEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.12.1.1 None An entry in the table. snL4PolicyPortAccessPort brcdIp.1.1.4.12.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The IP interface (port) to which the Layer 4 policy applies. snL4PolicyPortAccessList brcdIp.1.1.4.12.1.1.2 Syntax: OctetString Read-write This list consists of the policies configured in “snL4PolicyTable”. Each octet in the list contains a valid ID number (“snL4PolicyId”) that identifies a policy in the snL4PolicyTable. That policy must have been created prior to the using this object. Valid values: 1 – 64 octets snL4PolicyPortAccessRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.12.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid Health checks The following are objects to check on the health of a server. The ServerIron automatically uses a Layer 3 ping to check a server’s health. Ping is enabled by default and cannot be disabled. 568 snL4PingInterval brcdIp.1.1.4.1.26 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows how often the ServerIron sends a Layer 3 IP ping to test the basic health and reachability of the real servers. This object allows you to change the interval between the ping packets. Valid values: 1 – 10 seconds Default: 2 seconds snL4PingRetry brcdIp.1.1.4.1.27 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the number of times the ServerIron resends a ping to a real server that is not responding before the server fails the health check. Valid values: 2 – 10 tries Default: 4 tries IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Web cache server objects Web cache server objects Transparent Cache Switching (TCS) allows a ServerIron or Foundry backbone switch to detect and switch Web traffic to a local cache server within the network. Cache servers process Web queries faster and more efficiently by temporarily storing details about repetitive Web queries locally, reducing the number of external inquiries required to process a Web query. By limiting the number of queries sent to remote Web servers, the overall WAN access capacity required is lessened as is the overall operating cost for WAN access. A single ServerIron (or hot standby pair) can provide transparent cache switching for up to 1024 Web cache servers. (A Web cache server must be a real server.) Foundry switches increase the reliability of transparent caching within a network by supporting redundant Web cache server configurations known as Web cache server groups, as well as supporting redundant paths to those server groups with the server backup option. This section contains the following objects that are associated with Web cache servers: • • • • • • “Server cache groups” on page 569 “Web cache group table” on page 570 “Web cache table” on page 571 “Web cache real server port table” on page 572 “Web cache traffic statistics table” on page 573 “Web uncached traffic statistics table” on page 575 Server cache groups All cache servers must belong to a cache group. The ServerIron uses a hashing algorithm to distribute HTTP requests among the servers in the cache group. In addition, cache groups provide automatic recovery from a failed or otherwise out-of-service Web cache server. If a Web cache server failure occurs, the ServerIron detects the failure and directs subsequent requests to the next available cache server or forwards the request directly to the WAN link. Up to four server cache groups can be assigned to a ServerIron. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4MaxNumWebCacheGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.1.40 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the maximum number of Web cache groups that can be configured on this ServerIron. snL4MaxNumWebCachePerGroup brcdIp.1.1.4.1.41 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the maximum number of Web cache servers that a Web cache group can have. snL4WebCacheStateful brcdIp.1.1.4.1.42 Syntax: L4Status Read-write This object has been deprecated and is no longer supported. snL4slbRouterInterfacePortMask brcdIp.1.1.4.1.39 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the router interface port mask. This object is not used or supported. snL4slbRouterInterfacePortList brcdIp.1.1.4.1.51 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Shows Router interface port list. Each port index is a 16-bit integer in big endian order. The first 8-bit is the slot number, the other 8-bit is the port number. 569 Web cache server objects Web cache group table Web Cache Group table lists the configured group of Web cache servers on the ServerIron. The ServerIron uses a hashing algorithm to distribute the incoming HTTP requests among the servers in the cache group. In addition, cache groups provide automatic recovery from a failed or out-of-service Web cache server. If a Web cache server failure occurs, the ServerIron detects the failure and directs subsequent requests to the next available Web cache server or forwards the request directly to the WAN link. The “snL4MaxNumWebCachePerGroup” object defines the maximum number of Web cache servers that can be configured in a group. The “snL4MaxNumWebCacheGroup” defines the maximum number of cache groups that can be configured on a Web cache server. 570 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4WebCacheGroupTable brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1 None Web Cache Group table. snL4WebCacheGroupEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1 None An entry in the Web Cache Group table. snL4WebCacheGroupId brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the ID of an entry in the Web cache group entry. Valid values: 1 – value of the “snL4MaxNumWebCacheGroup” object. snL4WebCacheGroupName brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-write Shows the name of the Web cache group. This name must be unique among the Web cache group names. Valid values: 1 – 32 octets. snL4WebCacheGroupWebCacheIpList brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Contains a list of IP addresses of the Web cache servers in the group. Valid values: The maximum of IP addresses that a group can contain is equal to the value of the “snL4MaxNumWebCachePerGroup” object. Each IP address contains up to four octets. snL4WebCacheGroupDestMask brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Shows the destination hash-mask for the Web cache group. The ServerIron uses the destination hash-mask (this object) and the source hash-mask (“snL4WebCacheGroupSrcMask”) to forward the requests to the Web cache servers. This method ensures that a particular Web site is always cached on the same Web cache server to minimizes duplication of content on the Web cache servers. Default: 255.255.255.0 snL4WebCacheGroupSrcMask brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Specifies the source hash-mask for the Web cache group The ServerIron uses the destination hash-mask (this object) and the source hash-mask (“snL4WebCacheGroupSrcMask”) to forward the requests to the Web cache servers. This method ensures that a particular Web site is always cached on the same Web cache server to minimizes duplication of content on the Web cache servers. Default: 0.0.0.0 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Web cache server objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4WebCacheGroupAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write snL4WebCacheGroupRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.15.1.1.7 Syntax: L4RowStatus Read-write Indicates if the Web cache group feature is enabled. disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid Web cache table A Web cache server is an application server which is load-balanced by the Server Load Balancing (SLB) switch. The following table contains the configuration of the Web cache servers in the network. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4WebCacheTable brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1 None The Web Cache Table. snL4WebCacheEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1 None An entry in the Web Cache Table. snL4WebCacheIP brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Indicates the IP address of the real server that is serving as the Web cache server. snL4WebCacheName brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-write Name of the real server that is serving as the Web cache server. This name must be unique among other Web cache server names. Valid values: 1 – 32 octets snL4WebCacheAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.3 Syntax: L4Status Read-write Indicates if the TCS feature is enabled in the real server that is serving as the Web cache server: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) – When TCS is enabled, the feature detects HTTP traffic addressed for output to the Internet and redirects the traffic to the CPU. The CPU processes the traffic and forwards it to the cache servers instead. NOTE: You cannot enable TCS on both a global (switch) and local (interface) basis. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 571 Web cache server objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4WebCacheMaxConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write The maximum number of connections the ServerIron can maintain in its session table for a Web cache server. When a Web cache server reaches this threshold, an SNMP trap is sent. When all the real servers in a server pool reach this threshold, additional TCP or UDP packets are dropped, and an ICMP destination unreachable message is sent. Valid values: 0 – 1000000 Default: 1000000 snL4WebCacheWeight brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the Web cache server’s least-connections weight. This parameter specifies the server's weight relative to other Web cache servers in terms of the number of connections on the server. This weight is based on the number of session table entries the ServerIron has for TCP or UDP sessions with the real server. However, if a weight based on the server response time is desired, this must be disabled (set to 0). Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: 1 snL4WebCacheRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.6 Syntax: L4Status Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snL4WebCacheDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.14.1.1.7 Syntax: L4DeleteState Read only Shows the state of the port being deleted: done(0) – The port is deleted waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state • • • Web cache real server port table The Web Cache Real Server Port Table consists of all the ports configured for the real server. Most attributes are configured globally for the port. Some additional and overriding local attributes can be configured in this table. 572 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4WebCachePortTable brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1 None Web Cache Server Port Table. snL4WebCachePortEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1 None An entry in the Real Server Port table. snL4WebCachePortServerIp brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of the Web cache server. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Web cache server objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4WebCachePortPort brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the port that the Web cache server uses to listen for connections: Valid values: 0 – 65535 snL4WebCachePortAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1.3 Syntax: L4Status Read-write snL4WebCachePortRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1.4 Syntax: L4RowStatus Read-write snL4WebCachePortDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.18.1.1.5 Syntax: L4DeleteState Read only Indicates if the Web cache server port is enabled: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid Shows the state of the port being deleted: done(0) – The port is deleted. waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state • • • Web cache traffic statistics table The Web Cache Traffic Statistics table contains traffic statistics for the client requests that go to the Web cache server. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4WebCacheTrafficStats Table brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1 None Web Cache Traffic Statistics Table. snL4WebCacheTrafficStats Entry brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1 None An entry in the Web Cache Traffic Statistics Table. snL4WebCacheTrafficIp brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of the Web cache server. snL4WebCacheTrafficPort brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the port that the Web cache server uses to listen for connections. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snL4WebCacheCurrConne ctions brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of the active connections between the clients and the Web cache server. 573 Web cache server objects 574 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4WebCacheTotalConne ctions brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the total number of connections between clients and the Web cache server. snL4WebCacheTxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets that was sent from the client or the Web server to the Web cache server. snL4WebCacheRxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets that was sent from the Web cache server to the client or Web server. snL4WebCacheTxOctets brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of octets that was sent from the client or Web server to the Web cache server. snL4WebCacheRxOctets brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of octets that was sent from the Web cache server to the client or Web server. snL4WebCachePortState brcdIp.1.1.4.16.1.1.9 Syntax: WebCacheState Read only Shows the operational state of the server port: disabled(0) – This state has been deprecated. enabled(1) – The server is ready. There is no physical link to the Web cache server. The Web cache server is configured on the ServerIron but is not physically connected to the ServerIron. • failed(2) – The server failed. The Web cache server has failed to respond to repeated Layer 3 health checks (IP pings) Typically, a real server changes from the suspect(4) state to the failed(2) state. • testing(3) – The Web cache server is in testing mode. It is still reachable at Layer 3, but at least one of its application ports has failed to respond to its health checks. If the application port is not a TCP or UDP port known to the ServerIron, or if the Layer 7 health check for the port is disabled, only the Layer 4 health check is used. If the service is a TCP or UDP port known to the ServerIron and the Layer 7 health check is enabled, then the application must pass both health checks to avoid entering the testing(3) state. The ServerIron continues to try to the reach the application indefinitely. Thus, if the server continues to be reachable at Layer 3, the state will remain in the testing(3) state as long as the ServerIron cannot reach the application that is failing its health check. • suspect(4) – The Web cache server is responding slowly. The ServerIron associates a time stamp with each packet sent to and received from the Web cache servers. If the time gap between the last packet received from the server and the last packet sent to the server increases to three or four seconds, the ServerIron sends a ping (Layer 3 health check) to the server. If the server does not respond within the ping interval (configured in the “snL4PingInterval” object), the ServerIron changes the state to suspect(4) and resends the ping. The ping will be sent up to the number of retries specified by the ping retries parameter (configured in the “snL4PingRetry” object). If the server still does not respond after all the retries, the state changes to failed(2). If the server does respond, the state changes to active(6). • shutdown(5) – The Web cache server has been forced to shutdown. This option is used to gracefully shut down the Web cache server. • active(6) – The Web cache server responded to the Layer 3 health check (IP ping), and all the services on the real server have passed their Layer 4, and if applicable, Layer 7) health checks. • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Real server objects Web uncached traffic statistics table The Web Uncached Traffic Statistics table contains traffic statistics for the client requests that go directly to the Web server. Client requests are directed to the Web server when the Web cache server is not available. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4WebUncachedTrafficStatsTable brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1 None Web Uncached Traffic Statistics Table. snL4WebUncachedTrafficStatsEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1 None An entry in the Web Uncached Traffic Statistics Table. snL4WebServerPort brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Identifies the ServerIron port that is attached to the Web servers. This port is typically the port attached to the Border Access Point (BAP) router that goes to the rest of the network or to the Internet. snL4WebClientPort brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Identifies the SLB switch port or Web client port, which connects the client to the ServerIron. snL4WebUncachedTxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of uncached packets that was sent from the client port to the Web server. snL4WebUncachedRxPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of uncached packets that was sent from the Web server to the client port. snL4WebUncachedTxOctets brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of uncached octets that was sent from the client port to the Web server. snL4WebUncachedRxOctets brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of uncached octets that was sent from the Web server to the client port. snL4WebServerPortName brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.7 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the name of the Web server port. Valid values: Up to 16 characters. snL4WebClientPortName brcdIp.1.1.4.17.1.1.8 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows the name of the Web client port. Valid values: Up to 16 characters. Real server objects A real server is an application server which is load-balanced by the Server Load Balancing (SLB) switch. NOTES: The following tables have been replaced: • The Real Server Table (snL4RealServerTable) has been deprecated and replaced by the Real Server Configuration Table (snL4RealServerCfg). • Real Server Port Table (snL4RealServerPortTable) has been replaced by the Real Server Port Configuration Table (snL4RealServerPortCfg). IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 575 Real server objects • Real Server Status Table (snL4RealServerStatusTable) has been replaced by the Real Server Statistics Table (snL4RealServerStatistic). • The Real Server Port Status Table (snL4RealServerPortStatusTable) has been replaced by the Real Server Statistics Table (snL4RealServerPortStatisticTable). This section presents the following tables: • • • • “Real server configuration table” on page 576 “Real server port configuration table” on page 577 “Real server statistics table” on page 578 “Real server port statistic table” on page 580 Additional tables for real servers are included in the section “Monitor groups” on page 596. Those tables provide historical information on data samples for real servers and real server ports. Real server configuration table The Real Server Configuration table shows the configuration of real servers. A real server is an application server which is load-balanced by the SLB switch. 576 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1 None Real Server Configuration Table. snL4RealServerCfgEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1 None An entry in the Real Server Configuration Table. snL4RealServerCfgIP brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of the real server. snL4RealServerCfgName brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-write Shows the name of the real server. This name must be unique among the real server names. Valid values: 1– 32 octets snL4RealServerCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.3 Syntax: L4Status Read-write snL4RealServerCfgMaxConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the maximum number of connections the ServerIron can maintain in its session table for a real server. When a real server reaches this threshold, an SNMP trap is sent. When all the real servers in a server pool reach this threshold, additional TCP or UDP packets are dropped, and an ICMP destination unreachable message is sent. Valid values: 0 – 1000000 Default: 1000000 snL4RealServerCfgWeight brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the server's weight relative to other real servers. This weight is based on the number of session table entries the ServerIron has for TCP or UDP sessions with the real server. Set this object to 0 to disable it if a weight based on the server response time is desired. Valid values: 0 – 65000. Setting this object to 0 disables it. Default: 1 Enables or disables the real server: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Real server objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.6 Syntax: L4RowStatus Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snL4RealServerCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.7 Syntax: L4DeleteState Read only Shows the state of the port being deleted: • done(0) – The port is deleted. • waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state • waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state snL4RealServerCfgSrcNat brcdIp.1.1.4.19.1.1.8 Syntax: DisplayString (SIZE (1..10)) Read-only Returns the string “src-nat” if source NAT for the real server if source NAT is configured; otherwise, the display is empty if source NAT is not configured. Real server port configuration table Real Server Port table contains all the ports that have been configured for the real server. Beginning with IronWare TrafficWorks Switch software release 09.0.00S and later, this table also shows information for remote servers. Most attributes are configured globally for the server’s port. This table allows you to change individual port attributes and override global settings. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1 None Real Server Port table. snL4RealServerPortCfgEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1 None An entry in the Real Server Port Configuration table. snL4RealServerPortCfgIP brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Specifies the IP address for the server. snL4RealServerPortCfgServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read only Specifies the name of the server. This name must be unique among the other servers. Valid values: 1 – 32 octets snL4RealServerPortCfgPort brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the port that the server port uses to listen for connections Valid values: 0 – 65535 snL4RealServerPortCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.4 Syntax: L4Status Read-write Enables or disable the application port on the server: disabled(0) enabled(1) • • 577 Real server objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.5 Syntax: L4RowStatus Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snL4RealServerPortCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.6 Syntax: L4DeleteState Read only snL4RealServerPortCfgMaxConnections brcdIp.1.1.4.20.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the state of the port being deleted: done(0) – The port is deleted. waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state • • • Defines the maximum number of connections allowed per port. Enter a value up to 1000000. Real server statistics table Real Server Statistics table contains statistics for all real servers configured as SLB switches on the ServerIron Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerStatisticTable brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1 None The Real Server Statistic Table. snL4RealServerStatisticEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1 None An entry in the Real Server Statistic Table. snL4RealServerStatisticRealIP brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of the real server. snL4RealServerStatisticName brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read only Shows the name of the real server. snL4RealServerStatisticReceivePkts brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the real server. snL4RealServerStatisticTransmitPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has sent to the real server. snL4RealServerStatisticCurConnections Read only Shows the number of client connections currently on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.5 client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. Syntax: Integer 578 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Real server objects IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerStatisticTotalConnectio ns brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of client connections on the real server since the last time the ServerIron was rebooted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4RealServerStatisticAge brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the total number of TCP and UDP sessions that the ServerIron closed because the connection aged out. A session ages out when the age timer configured on the ServerIron expires. snL4RealServerStatisticState brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the operational state of the real server when the statistics were obtained: • disabled(0) – This value has been deprecated and is not used. • enabled(1) – There is no link to the real server. The real server is configured on the ServerIron but is not physically connected to the ServerIron. • failed(2) – The server has failed to respond to repeated Layer 3 health checks (IP pings). Typically, a real server changes to the failed(2) state from the suspect(4) state. • testing(3) – The real server is still reachable at Layer 3, but at least one of the application ports on the real server has failed to respond to its health checks. If the application port is not a TCP or UDP port known to the ServerIron, or if the Layer 7 health check for the port is disabled, only the Layer 4 health check is used. If the service is a TCP or UDP port known to the ServerIron and the Layer 7 health check is enabled, then the application must pass both health checks to avoid entering the testing(3) state. The ServerIron continues to try to reach the application indefinitely. If the server continues to be reachable at Layer 3, the state will remain testing(3) as long as the ServerIron cannot reach the application that is failing its health check. • suspect(4) – The ServerIron associates a time stamp with each packet sent to and received from the real servers. If the time gap between the last packet received from the real server and the last packet sent to the real server increases to three or four seconds, the ServerIron sends a Layer 3 health check (ping) to the real server. If the real server does not respond within the ping interval (configured in the “snL4PingInterval” object), the ServerIron changes the state to suspect(4) and resends the ping, up to the number of retries specified by the “snL4PingRetry” object. If the server still doesn't respond after all the retries, the state changes to failed(2). If the server does respond, the state changes to active(6). • shutdown(5) – The forced-shutdown option has been used to gracefully shut down the real server. • active(6) – The real server has responded to the Layer 3 health check (IP ping) and all the services on the real server have passed their Layer 4, and if applicable, Layer 7) health checks. 579 Real server objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerStatisticReassignments brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of times the ServerIron has reassigned the connection to another real server in the rotation because the real server that is in use has not responded to two TCP SYNs from the client. snL4RealServerStatisticReassignmentL imit brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of missed connection requests (TCP SYN) the ServerIron accepts before moving the connection to another ServerIron. snL4RealServerStatisticFailedPortExists Read only Shows the number of times a client request could not be fulfilled because the client requested a port that is not brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.11 configured on the real server. Syntax: Integer snL4RealServerStatisticFailTime brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Read only Show the number of seconds from the last retry attempt to connect to the real server. The object value is valid only if the real server’s state is failed(2). snL4RealServerStatisticPeakConnectio ns brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the highest number of simultaneous client connections on the real server since the last time the ServerIron was rebooted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4RealServerStatisticTotalReverseCo nnections brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the total number of connections to the client that was initiated by the real server. snL4RealServerStatisticCurrentSession s brcdIp.1.1.4.23.1.1.15 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the total number of open sessions on the ServerIron. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. Real server port statistic table Real Server Port Statistics contains statistics for all the ports configured for all the real servers. Beginning with IronWare TrafficWorks Switch software release 09.0.00S and later and 09.1.01R and later, this table also shows information for remote servers. 580 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortStatisticT able brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1 None Real Server Port Statistic table. snL4RealServerPortStatisticE ntry brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1 None An entry in the Real Server Port Statistic table. snL4RealServerPortStatisticIP brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of the server where the port is located. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Real server objects IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortStatisticP ort brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only The port number that the server uses to listen for connections. snL4RealServerPortStatisticS erverName brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.3 Syntax: L4ServerName Read only Shows the name of the server. snL4RealServerPortStatisticR eassignCount brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of times the ServerIron has reassigned the connection to another server in the rotation because the server that is in use has not responded to two TCP SYNs from the client. 581 Real server objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortStatisticSt ate brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the operational state of the server when the statistics were obtained: • disabled(0) – This value has been deprecated and is not used. • enabled(1) – There is no link to the server. The server is configured on the ServerIron but is not physically connected to the ServerIron. • failed(2) – The server has failed to respond to repeated Layer 3 health checks (IP pings). Typically, a server changes to the failed(2) state from the suspect(4) state. • testing(3) – The server is still reachable at Layer 3, but at least one of the application ports on the server has failed to respond to its health checks. If the application port is not a TCP or UDP port known to the ServerIron or if the Layer 7 health check for the port is disabled, only the Layer 4 health check is used. If the service is a TCP or UDP port known to the ServerIron and the Layer 7 health check is enabled, then the application must pass both health checks to avoid entering the testing(3) state. The ServerIron continues to try to reach the application indefinitely. If the server continues to be reachable at Layer 3, the state will remain testing(3) as long as the ServerIron cannot reach the application that is failing its health check. • suspect(4) – The ServerIron associates a time stamp with each packet sent to and received from the servers. If the time gap between the last packet received from the server and the last packet sent to the server increases to three or four seconds, the ServerIron sends a Layer 3 health check (ping) to the server. If the server does not respond within the ping interval (configured in the “snL4PingInterval” object) the ServerIron changes the state to suspect(4) and resends the ping, up to the number of retries specified by the “snL4PingRetry” object. If the server still doesn't respond after all the retries, the state changes to failed(2). If the server does respond, the state changes to active(6). • shutdown(5) – The forced-shutdown option has been used to gracefully shut down the server. • active(6) – The server has responded to the Layer 3 health check (IP ping), and all the services on the server have passed their Layer 4, and if applicable, Layer 7) health checks. • unbound(7) – The unbind action is complete. • awaitUnbind(8) – The unbind action has been issued and is waiting for completion. • awaitDelete(9) – The delete action has been issued and is waiting for completion. Await actions occur because ServerIron sends a command from MP to all BPs and needs to wait for all BPs to have gracefully synced with other BPs that, for example, are deleting real servers, etc. 582 snL4RealServerPortStatisticF ailTime brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only This object applies only ports whose operational state is failed(2). Shows the number of seconds that has elapsed since the last time the port tried to re-establish connection with the server. snL4RealServerPortStatisticC urrentConnection brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of client connections currently on the this port of the server. A connection consists of two sessions, the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Virtual server objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortStatisticTo talConnection brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.8 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of client connections on the server since the last time the ServerIron rebooted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4RealServerPortStatisticR xPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.9 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets that the ServerIron has received from the server. snL4RealServerPortStatisticTx Pkts brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.10 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has sent to the server. snL4RealServerPortStatisticR xBytes brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of bytes the ServerIron has received from the server. snL4RealServerPortStatisticTx Bytes brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.12 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of bytes the ServerIron has sent to the server. snL4RealServerPortStatisticP eakConnection brcdIp.1.1.4.24.1.1.13 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the highest number of simultaneous client connections on the server since the last time the ServerIron was rebooted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. Virtual server objects The SLB switch serves as the front-end for real servers and load balances the real servers. To allow the SLB switches to perform this function, virtual servers should be configured on the ServerIron and must be bound to their related real servers. The virtual servers are visible to the clients while real servers are hidden by the virtual servers This section presents the following tables for virtual servers: • • • • “Virtual server configuration table” on page 584 “Virtual server port configuration table” on page 585 “Virtual server statistic table” on page 587 “Virtual server port statistics table” on page 589 NOTES: The following tables have been replaced: • The Virtual Server Table (snL4VirtualServerTable) has been replaced by the Virtual Server Configuration Table (snL4VirtualServerCfg). • The Virtual Server Port Table (snL4VirtualServerPortTable) has been replaced by the Virtual Server Port Configuration Table (snL4VirtualServerPortCfg). • The Virtual Server Status Table (snL4VirtualServerStatusTable) has been replaced by the Virtual Server Statistics Table (snL4VirtualServerStatistic). IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 583 Virtual server objects • The Virtual Server Port Status Table (snL4VirtualServerPortStatusTable) has been replaced by the Virtual Server Port Statistics Table (snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticTable). Additional tables for virtual servers are included in the section “Monitor groups” on page 596. Those tables provide historical information on data samples for virtual servers and virtual server ports. Virtual server configuration table The Virtual Server Configuration table allows you to configure virtual servers on the ServerIron. 584 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1 None The Virtual Server Configuration table. snL4VirtualServerCfgEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1 None An entry in the Virtual Server Configuration table. snL4VirtualServerCfgVirtualIP brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Specifies the virtual server IP Address. snL4VirtualServerCfgName brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-write Specifies the name of the virtual server. This name must be unique among the other virtual servers. Valid values: 1 – 32 octets snL4VirtualServerCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.3 Syntax: L4Status Read-write Indicates if the virtual server feature is enabled on the ServerIron: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snL4VirtualServerCfgSDAType brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the load-balancing or Session Distribution Algorithm method that the ServerIron uses to select a real server for a client request. The following methods are supported: • default(0) – The ServerIron uses the global SDAType configured (snL4SlbGlobalSDAType) • leastconnection(1) – The ServerIron sends the request to the real server that currently has the fewest active connections with clients. • roundrobin(2) – The ServerIron sends the request to each real server in rotation, regardless of how many connections or sessions each real server has. • weighted(3) – The ServerIron uses the weights you assign to the real servers to select a real servers. The weights are based on the number of session table entries the switch has for each server. Default: default(0) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Virtual server objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.5 Syntax: L4RowStatus Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snL4VirtualServerCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.6 Syntax: L4DeleteState Read only snL4VirtualServerCfgSymPriority brcdIp.1.1.4.21.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the state of the port being deleted: done(0) – The port is deleted. waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state. waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state. • • • When a pair of SLB switches are configured to provide redundancy for individual virtual IP addresses (VIPs), an symmetric SLB priority must be specified on each switch for each of the VIPs. The switch with the higher priority for a given VIP is the default active switch for that VIP. The other switch is the default standby for the VIP. It is recommended that you use a priority of 2 (instead of 1) as a low priority or 254 (instead of 255) as a high priority. This method would make it easy to force a failover of the high priority switch to a low priority switch by simply changing the priority on one of the switches. For example, we can force a failover by changing the priority on the high priority switch from 254 to 1. Since the priority on the low priority switch is 2, the low priority switch takes over for the VIP. Likewise, we can force the low priority switch to take over by changing its priority to 255, since the priority on the high priority switch is only 254. Valid values: 0 – 255 Default: 0 Virtual server port configuration table The Virtual Server Port Configuration Table contains all the ports configured for the virtual server. This table allows you to configure attributes for individual ports and override global attributes for those ports. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortCfgTable brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1 None Virtual Server Port Configuration table. snL4VirtualServerPortCfgEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1 None An entry in the Virtual Server Port Configuration table. snL4VirtualServerPortCfgIP brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Indicates the IP address of the virtual server where the port is located. 585 Virtual server objects 586 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortCfgPort brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Specifies the port that the virtual server (SLB switch) uses to listen for connections from clients. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snL4VirtualServerPortCfgServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.3 Syntax: L4ServerName Read only Specifies the name of the virtual server. This name must be different from the names of other virtual servers. Valid values: 1 – 32 octets snL4VirtualServerPortCfgAdminStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.4 Syntax: L4Status Read-write Enables or disables the port on the virtual server for accepting client requests and load balancing those request among the real servers. • disable(0) • enable(1) Default: enable(1) snL4VirtualServerPortCfgSticky brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables the “sticky” feature. If enabled, the ServerIron sends all requests from the same client to this application and to the same real server during the current session. By default, the ServerIron sends a client request to the next available real server, based on the load balancing method. This is true regardless of whether the client has already sent a request for the same application. If the switch has to send all of a client requests for a given application to the same real server during a client session with the server, set this object to enable(1) for the application port. Set this object and the “snL4VirtualServerPortCfgConcurrent” object to enable(1), on ServerIron FTP ports that use passive FTP: • disable(0) • enable(1) Default: disable(0) snL4VirtualServerPortCfgConcurrent brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables the port for concurrent connections. A port that allows concurrent connections can have more than one connection open to the same client at the same time. The concurrent feature allows a client to have sessions on different application ports on the same real server at the same time. When an application port is enabled to be concurrent, the real server can open additional concurrent TCP or UDP sessions with the client using arbitrary TCP or UDP port numbers. Set this object and the “snL4VirtualServerPortCfgSticky” object to enable(1) on ServerIron FTP ports that use passive FTP: • disable(0) • enable(1) Default: disable(0) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Virtual server objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortCfgRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.7 Syntax: L4RowStatus Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid snL4VirtualServerPortCfgDeleteState brcdIp.1.1.4.22.1.1.8 Syntax: L4DeleteState Read only Shows the state of the port being deleted: • done(0) – The port is deleted. • waitunbind(1) – The port is in an unbind state. • waitdelete(2) – The port is in a delete state. Virtual server statistic table Virtual Server Statistics table contains statistics for all the virtual servers configured in the ServerIron. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerStatisticTable brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1 None The Virtual Server Statistic Table. snL4VirtualServerStatisticEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1 None An entry in the Virtual Server Statistic Table. snL4VirtualServerStatisticIP brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of the virtual server. snL4VirtualServerStatisticName brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read only Shows the name of the virtual server. snL4VirtualServerStatisticReceivePkts brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the real server. snL4VirtualServerStatisticTransmitPkt s brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has sent to the real server. snL4VirtualServerStatisticTotalConnec tions brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of client connections on the virtual server since the last time the ServerIron was booted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. 587 Virtual server objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerStatisticReceiveByte s brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter64 Read only The number of bytes the switch has received from the real server. snL4VirtualServerStatisticTransmitByt es brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter64 Read only The number of bytes the switch has sent to the real server snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricSt ate brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricPr iority brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the Symmetric SLB priority configured on the ServerIron. snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricK eep brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read only This object is applicable only to the active ServerIrons. Shows the number of times an SSLB backup has failed to communicate with the active ServerIron. By default, the counter is incremented by 1 every 400 milliseconds, if the backup switch is responding slowly to the active switch’s keepalive message. The counter is reset to 0 each time the backup switch replies to a keepalive message. If the counter exceeds the maximum number allowed (20 by default, thus 8 seconds), the standby switch takes over as the new active switch. Normally, this field almost always contains 0. snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricAc Read only tivates brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter The number of times this ServerIron has become the active switch. snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricIn actives brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.12 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of times this ServerIron has changed from being the active switch to the backup switch. snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricB estStandbyMacAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.13 Syntax: Physical address Read only Shows the MAC address of the backup ServerIron with the second-highest priority. This ServerIron will become the active switch if a failover occurs. snL4VirtualServerStatisticSymmetricAc Read only tiveMacAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.14 Syntax: Physical address 588 Shows which ServerIron is the active one: other(3) – Not the active ServerIron active(5) – Active ServerIron • • Shows the MAC address of the active ServerIron with the highest priority. This ServerIron will become the backup switch if a failover occurs. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Virtual server objects Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerStatisticTrackPortLis t brcdIp.1.1.4.25.1.1.15 Syntax: DisplayString (SIZE (1..72)) Read-only Virtual port track group port list. snL4VirtualServerStatisticTrackPortSta te brcdIp.1.1.4. 25.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read-only Shows the port track-group state. Valid values: • none(0) - the track-group port list is empty • up(1) • suspect(2) Virtual server port statistics table Virtual Server Port Statistics table contains statistics for all the ports configured for all the virtual servers. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticTable brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1 None The Virtual Server Port Statistic table. snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1 None An entry in the Virtual Server Port Statistic table. snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticIP brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only The IP address of the virtual server that the port is located. snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticPort brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the ID of the port that the virtual server (SLB switch) uses to listen for connections. snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticServerN ame brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.3 Syntax: L4ServerName Read only Shows the name of the virtual server. snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticCurrentC Read only onnection brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Shows the number of client connections currently on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticTotalCon nection brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter The number of client connections on the virtual server since the last time the ServerIron was rebooted. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. Read only snL4VirtualServerPortStatisticPeakCon Read only nection brcdIp.1.1.4.26.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 The highest number of connections the VIP has had at any time. 589 Bind table Bind table Virtual servers must be bound to real servers. The Bind table contains information about the bindings between the virtual servers (external or front-end servers visible to clients) and real or application servers (servers that serve the client requests). L4 bind table NOTE This table has been deprecated. Use the snL4VirtualServerBindTable instead. 590 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4BindTable brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1 None The Bind table. snL4BindEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1 None An entry in the Bind table. snL4BindIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only The index for this entry. This must be unique and care must be taken to assign an unused index when creating an entry. snL4BindVirtualServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.2 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-write Indicates the name of the virtual server. Valid values: 1 – 32 octets snL4BindVirtualPortNumber brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the TCP or UDP port number on the virtual server that will be bound to the real server. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snL4BindRealServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.4 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-write Indicates the name of the real server that has been configured on the ServerIron. Valid values: 1 – 32 octets snL4BindRealPortNumber brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the TCP or UDP port number of the real server to which the virtual port is bound. Valid values: 0 – 65535 snL4BindRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.6.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-write Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: • delete(3) – Delete the row • create(4) – Create a new row • modify(5) – Modify an existing row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(4) returns a "bad value" error. Deleted rows are removed from the table immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • noSuch(0) – No such row • invalid(1) – Row is inoperative • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Bind table L4 virtual server bind table This table replaces the snL4BindTable. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerBindTable brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2 N/A The Virtual Server Bind Table. snL4VirtualServerBindEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1 N/A An entry in the snL4VirtualServerBindTable. snL4BindingRealServerIP brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only The IP address of the real server that will be bound to the virtual server. snL4BindingRealServerPort brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only The port on the real server that will be bound to the virtual server. snL4BindingRealServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.3 Syntax: L4ServerName Read-write The name of the real server. snL4BindingVirtualServerIP brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write The IP address of the virtual server to which the real server will be bound. snL4BindingVirtualServerPort brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write The port on the virtual server to which the real server will be bound. snL4BindingVirtualServerName brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.6 Syntax: L4ServerName Read only The name of the virtual server. snL4BindingRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write snL4BindingRealServerPortState brcdIp.1.1.4.6.2.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Creates or delete a bind entry: valid(1) waiting-for-delete(2) delete(3) create(4) • • • • The state of the real server port after binding: disabled(0) enabled(1) failed(2) testing(3) suspect(4) shutdown(5) active(6) • • • • • • • 591 GSLB site remote ServerIron configuration table GSLB site remote ServerIron configuration table Global Server Load Balancing (GSLB) enables a ServerIron to add intelligence to authoritative Domain Name Servers (DNSs) by serving as a proxy to the servers. As a DNS proxy, the GSLB ServerIron evaluates the server IP addresses in the replies from the DNS for which the ServerIron is a proxy. Based on the results of the evaluation, the GSLB ServerIron can change the order of the addresses in the reply so that the “best” host address for the client is first on the list. The GSLB Site Remote ServerIron Configuration table contains the configuration of ServerIrons that act as DNS proxies to the clients. They also intercept the IP addresses replied by the DNS authoritative servers to select the best address for the requesting client. 592 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4GslbSiteRemoteServerIronTa ble brcdIp.1.1.4.27.1 None The GSLB Remote ServerIron Configuration Table. snL4GslbSiteRemoteServerIronEn try brcdIp.1.1.4.27.1.1 None An entry in the GSLB Remote ServerIron Configuration table. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 GSLB DNS zone information table Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4GslbSiteRemoteServerIronIP brcdIp.1.1.4.27.1.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Specifies the management IP address of the remote ServerIron in a site. This address must not be any of the configured VIPs. snL4GslbSiteRemoteServerIronPr eference brcdIp.1.1.4.27.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the preference of a remote ServerIron. This metric is a numeric preference value, that is assigned to each site ServerIron. It is used to select that ServerIron if the previous metrics do not select a best site. The GSLB policy prefers the site ServerIron with the highest administrative preference. The preference allows to do the following. • Temporarily change the preference of a ServerIron site to accommodate changing network conditions. For example, if sites are offering proxy content service, the link between a site proxy server farm and the content origin may be highly congested, making that site less desirable. This factor is not visible to the ServerIrons and thus cannot be reflected in the other GSLB metrics. • Temporarily disqualify a site ServerIron from being selected, without otherwise changing the site configuration or the GSLB ServerIron configuration. For example, maintenance can be performed on the site ServerIron without making network changes. In this case, set the preference to 0. • A GSLB ServerIron can be biased, that is, it can be configured as a site ServerIron (for locally configured VIPs) to always favor itself as the best site. In this case, assign a preference of 255 to the site for the GSLB ServerIron itself, and assign a lower preference to the other site ServerIrons, or use the default (128) for those sites. The administrative preference is disabled by default, which means it is not included as one of the GSLB metrics. When this metric is enabled, the default administrative preference for sites is applied. It can be changed on an individual site basis." Valid values: 0 – 255 Default: 128 GSLB DNS zone information table The GSLB DNS zone information table contains show gslb dns zone and show gslb dns detail information. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4GslbDnsZonesInfoTable brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1 None The GSLB DNS Zone Information Table. snL4GslbDnsZonesEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1 None An entry in the GSLB DNS Zone Information Table. snL4GslbDnsZoneName brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.1 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Specifies the GSLB DNS zone name. Value values 1 - 64. 593 GSLB DNS zone information table 594 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4GslbDnsZoneHostName brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.2 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Specifies one of the hosts in the GSLB DNS zone. Valid values: 1 – 64 snL4GslbDnsZoneHostIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Specifies the prefix IP address. snL4GslbDnsZoneHostAlias brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.4 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Specifies the GSLB DNS zone host Alias; one of the hosts in the GSLB DNS zone. snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrIpSouce brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates how the ServerIron learned the address. • cfg(1) • fromDns(2) • cfgNfromDns(3) snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrIpType brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates what type of IP address; virtual IP or Real IP. • vip(1) • realip(2) snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrState brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-only snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrLocation brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the geographic location of the server. • asia(1) • europe(2) • northAm(3) • southAm(4) snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrTcpRtt brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the round-trip time of the Layer 4 health check to the TCP port. This FlashBack value is in multiple of a 100us. snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrAppRtt brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.10 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the round-trip time of the Layer 7 (application layer) health check. This FlashBack value is in multiple of a 100us. snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrRespCnt brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.11 Syntax: Counter64 Read-only Indicates the number of times the GSLB ServerIron has selected this server as the best server and thus placed the server's IP address at the top of the list in the DNS replies. snL4GslbDnsZoneHostSvrRespPcent brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.12 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Indicates the percentage of times the GSLB ServerIron has selected this server as the best server and thus placed the server's IP address at the top of the list in the DNS replies. snL4GslbDnsZoneIpWeight brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.14 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the weight for the IP Address. snL4GslbDnsZoneSISiteName brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.14 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Indicates the site name of the ServerIron. Indicates the state of the server. down(0) active(1) • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 GSLB DNS zone information table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4GslbDnsZoneSIName brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.15 Syntax: DisplayString Read-only Indicates the site ServerIron name. ssnL4GslbDnsZoneSIMgmtIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.16 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Indicates the site ServerIron management IP address. snL4GslbDnsZoneSiteWeight brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.17 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the weight of the site. snL4GslbDnsZoneSessionUtil brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.18 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the percentage of the ServerIron session capacity that is in use. snL4GslbDnsZoneAvailSessions brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.19 Syntax: Counter Read-only Indicates the number of unused sessions in the ServerIron session table. snL4GslbDnsZonePreference brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.20 Syntax: Integer Read-only Indicates the numeric preference value for this site ServerIron. The preference can be used by the GSLB policy to select a site. snL4GslbDnsZoneActiveBindings brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.21 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the number of active bindings in the ServerIron. If there are no bindings, this object returns zero. snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricHealthCheck brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.22 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the health check metric counter. If there are no bindings, this object returns zero. snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricWeightedSite brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.23 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the weighted site metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero. snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricWeightedIp brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.24 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, ithen this object indicates the weighted IP metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero. snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricCapacity brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.25 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the capacity metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero. snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricRtt brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.26 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the RTT metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero. snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricGeographic brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.27 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the geographic metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero. snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricConnectionL oad brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.28 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the connection Load metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero. snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricSession brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.29 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the session metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero. 595 Monitor groups Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricActiveBinding s brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.30 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the active bindings metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero. snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricFlashBack brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.31 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the flash back metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero. snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricPreference brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.32 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the preference metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero. snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricRoundRobin brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.33 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the round robin metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero. snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricLeastRespon se brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.34 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the least response metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero. snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricAffinity brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.35 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the affinity metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero. snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricStickySessio n brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.36 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the sticky session metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero. snL4GslbDnsZoneMetricPersistHash brcdIp.1.1.4.30.1.1.37 Syntax: Counter Read-only If the site ServerIon belongs to a virtual IP binding, then this object indicates the perist hash metric counter; otherwise, it returns zero. Monitor groups The monitor groups includes tables that control the periodic statistical sampling of data. Data is collected for real servers, virtual servers, real server ports, and virtual server ports. The data is then placed in the appropriate tables. Each entry in any of the tables is equal to one data sample. An entry identifies the sample’s data source, polling period, and other information. If the probe keeps track of the time of day when collecting data samples, it should take the first sample when the next hour begins. The probe is encouraged to add two entries per monitored interface upon initialization. One entry should describe a short term polling period, the other, a long term polling period. Suggested intervals for the entries are 30 seconds for the short term polling period and 30 minutes for the long term period. The monitor groups are presented in the following sections: • “Real server history control table” on page 597 • “Real server history group” on page 598 • “Real server port history control group” on page 600 596 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Monitor groups • • • • • “Real server port history group” on page 602 “Virtual server history control group” on page 603 “Virtual server history table” on page 604 “Virtual server port history control table” on page 606 “Virtual server port history table” on page 608 Real server history control table Real Server History Control Table contains objects that control the collection of data samples for real servers. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerHistoryControlTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1 None The Real Server History Control Table snL4RealServerHistoryControlEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1 None An entry in the Real Server History Control Table. snL4RealServerHistoryControlIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only An index that uniquely identifies an entry in this table. Each entry defines a set of samples at a particular interval for a real server on the ServerIron. Valid values: Up to 65535 entries. snL4RealServerHistoryControlData Source brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.2 Syntax: Object Identifier Read-write This object identifies the source of the historical data that was collected for this entry. The source can be any real server on this ServerIron. It identifies a particular instance defined in the “snL4RealServerStatisticTable”. It may not be modified if the value of the “snL4RealServerHistoryControlStatus” object for this entry source is equal to valid(1). snL4RealServerHistoryControlBuck etsRequested brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write The requested number of data samples that will be saved for this entry. The number of samples saved in the object “snL4RealServerHistoryControlBucketsGranted” should be close to the value of this object. If the value of this object is modified, then the value of the “snL4RealServerHistoryControlBucketsGranted” object will be adjusted according to the new value of this object. Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: 50 597 Monitor groups Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerHistoryControlBuck etsGranted brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only The number of data samples that was actually saved for this entry. If the value of the “snL4RealServerHistoryControlBucketsRequested” object is modified, then the actual number of samples saved by this object will be adjusted accordingly. If all the requested buckets are filled, a new bucket will be added to the table, and the oldest bucket for the entry will be deleted. If the value of this object changes to a value less than the current value, enough of the oldest entries will be deleted so that the number of buckets does not exceed the new value of this object. If the value of this object changes to a value greater than the current value, the number of buckets will increase but not exceed the new value of this object. snL4RealServerHistoryControlInterv al brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the interval, in seconds, over which the data is sampled for each bucket. snL4RealServerHistoryControlOwne r brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write The administrator who owns or configured this entry. snL4RealServerHistoryControlStatu s brcdIp.1.1.4.28.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write The state of this entry: • valid(1) • createRequest(2) • underCreation(3) • invalid(4) – When the entry is set to this state, it will be deleted from the table. NOTE: A counter for a bucket may overflow without any indication; therefore, be sure to account for the overflow in all the counters you configure. Consider the minimum time it takes for a counter to overflow and set this object (snL4RealServerHistoryControlInterval) to a value less than the overflow interval. This is especially important for the “octets” counter in any data-source table. You cannot modify the value of this object if the value of this entry’s “snL4RealServerHistoryControlStatus” object is equal to valid(1). Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds Default: 1800 seconds Real server history group The Real Server History Group table contains historical data samples that were collected for real servers. 598 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Monitor groups Each counter in this table counts the same event as the counters used by the “snL4RealServerStatisticEntry”; however, the value of the counters in this table represents a cumulative sum of a sampling period. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerHistoryTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2 None The Real Server History Group table. snL4RealServerHistoryEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1 None An entry in the Real Server History Group table. An entry is a historical sample of statistics on a particular real server. This sample is associated with the “snL4RealServerHistoryControlEntry” object, which sets up the parameters for a regular collection of these samples. snL4RealServerHistoryIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the index entry as identified by the “snL4RealServerHistoryControlIndex”. snL4RealServerHistorySampleInd ex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only An index that uniquely identifies this particular sample among all samples associated with the same entry. This index starts at 1 and increases by one as each new sample is taken. There can be up to 214,748,3647 samples. snL4RealServerHistoryIntervalSta rt brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.3 Syntax: Time ticks Read only The value of sysUpTime at the start of the interval used to measure data samples. If the probe keeps track of the time of day, set the data sampling to start at the beginning of the next hour. NOTE: Following this rule may require the probe to delay the collection of the first sample for an entry, since each sample must be of the same interval. Also, data for the sample that is currently being collected is not accessible in this table until the end of its interval. snL4RealServerHistoryReceivePk ts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the real server. snL4RealServerHistoryTransmitP kts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has sent to the real server. snL4RealServerHistoryTotalConn ections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of client connections on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4RealServerHistoryCurConnec Read only tions brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.7 Syntax: Integer IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Shows the number of client connections currently on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. 599 Monitor groups Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerHistoryPeakConn ections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the highest number of client connections on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4RealServerHistoryReassign ments brcdIp.1.1.4.28.2.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of times the ServerIron has reassigned the connection to another real server in the rotation because the real server that is in use has not responded to two TCP SYNs from the client. Real server port history control group Real Server Port History Control Table lists all the controls for collecting data samples for a real server port. 600 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3 None Real Server Port History Control Table snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1 None An entry in the Real Server Port History Control Table. snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only An index that uniquely identifies an entry in this table. Each entry defines a set of samples at a particular interval for a real server port on the ServerIron. Valid values: Up to 65535 entries. snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lDataSource brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.2 Syntax: Object Identifier Read-write This object identifies the source of the historical data that was collected for this entry. The source can be any real server port on this ServerIron. It identifies a particular instance defined in the “snL4RealServerStatisticTable”. It may not be modified if the value of the “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlStatus” object for this entry source is equal to valid(1). snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lBucketsRequested brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write The requested number of data samples that will be saved for this entry. The number of actual samples saved in the “snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlBucketsGranted” object should be close to the value of this object. If the value of this object is modified, then the value of the “snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlBucketsGranted” object will be adjusted according to the new value of this object. Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: 50 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Monitor groups IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lBucketsGranted brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only The number of data samples that was actually saved for this entry. If the value of the “snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlBucketsRequested” object is modified, then the actual number of samples saved by this object will be adjusted accordingly. If all the requested buckets are filled, a new bucket will be added to the table, and the oldest bucket for the entry will be deleted. If the value of this object changes to a value less than the current value, enough of the oldest entries will be deleted so that the number of buckets does not exceed the new value of this object. If the value of this object changes to a value greater than the current value, the number of buckets will increase but will not exceed the new value of this object. snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lInterval brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the interval, in seconds, over which the data is sampled for each bucket. snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lOwner brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write snL4RealServerPortHistoryContro lStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.28.3.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write NOTE: A counter for a bucket may overflow without any indication; therefore, be sure to account for the overflow in all the counters you configure. Consider the minimum time it takes for a counter to overflow and set this object (snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlInterval) to a value less than the overflow interval. This is especially important for the “octets” counter in any data-source table. You cannot modify the value of this object if the value of this entry’s “snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlStatus” object is equal to valid(1). Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds Default: 1800 seconds The administrator who owns or configured this entry. The state of this entry: valid(1) createRequest(2) underCreation(3) invalid(4) – This entry will be deleted from the table if it is set to this state. • • • • 601 Monitor groups Real server port history group The Real Server Port History Group contains history data samples for each port on the real server. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortHistoryTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4 None The Real Server Port History Group table. snL4RealServerPortHistoryEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1 None An entry in the Real Server Port History Group table. An entry is a historical sample of statistics on a particular real server port. This sample is associated with the “snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlEntry” object, which sets up the parameters for the regular collection of these samples. snL4RealServerPortHistoryIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the index entry as identified by the “snL4RealServerPortHistoryControlIndex”. snL4RealServerPortHistorySampl eIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only An index that uniquely identifies this particular sample among all samples associated with the same entry. This index starts at 1 and increases by one as each new sample is taken. There can be up to 214,748,3647 samples. snL4RealServerPortHistoryInterv alStart brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.3 Syntax: Time ticks Read only The value of sysUpTime at the start of the interval used to measure data samples. If the probe keeps track of the time of day, set the data sampling to start at the beginning of the next hour. NOTE: Following this rule may require the probe to delay the collection of the first sample for an entry, since each sample must be of the same interval. Also, data for the sample that is currently being collected is not accessible in this table until the end of its interval. 602 snL4RealServerPortHistoryReceiv ePkts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the real server. snL4RealServerPortHistoryTrans mitPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron sent to the real server. snL4RealServerPortHistoryTotalC onnections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of client connections on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4RealServerPortHistoryCurCo nnections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of client connections currently on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Monitor groups Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4RealServerPortHistoryPeakC onnections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the highest number of client connections on the real server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4RealServerPortHistoryRespo nseTime brcdIp.1.1.4.28.4.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the round trip time for a response from a real server on this port. Virtual server history control group The Real Server History Control Table contains objects that control the collection of data samples for virtual servers. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlTa ble brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5 None The Virtual Server History Control Group Table. snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlEn try brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1 None An entry in the Virtual Server History Control Table. snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlIn dex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only An index that uniquely identifies an entry in this table. Each entry defines a set of samples at a particular interval for a virtual server on the ServerIron. This object can have up to 65535 entries. snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlDa taSource brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.2 Read-write This object identifies the source of the historical data that was collected for this entry. The source can be any virtual server on this ServerIron. It identifies a particular instance defined in the “snL4VirtualServerStatisticTable”. It may not be modified if the value of the “snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlStatus” object for this entry source is equal to valid(1). snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlBu cketsRequested brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates the requested number of data samples that will be saved for this entry. The number of samples saved in the object “snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlBucketsGranted” should be close to the value of this object. If the value of this object is modified, then the value of the “snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlBucketsGranted” object will be adjusted according to the new value of this object. Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: 50 603 Monitor groups Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlBu cketsGranted brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only The number of data samples that was actually saved for this entry. If the value of the “snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlBucketsRequested” object is modified, then the actual number of samples saved by this object will be adjusted accordingly. If all the requested buckets are filled, a new bucket will be added to the table, and the oldest bucket for the entry will be deleted. If the value of this object changes to a value less than the current value, enough of the oldest entries will be deleted so that the number of buckets does not exceed the new value of this object. If the value of this object changes to a value greater than the current value, the number of buckets will increase but not exceed the new value of this object. snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlInt erval brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the interval, in seconds, over which the data is sampled for each bucket. NOTE: A counter for a bucket may overflow without any indication; therefore, be sure to account for the overflow in all the counters you configure. Consider the minimum time it takes for a counter to overflow and set this object (snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlInterval) to a value less than the overflow interval. This is especially important for the “octets” counter in any data-source table. You cannot modify the value of this object if the value of this entry’s “snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlStatus” object is equal to valid(1). Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds Default: 1800 seconds snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlOw Read-write ner brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlSt atus brcdIp.1.1.4.28.5.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write The administrator who owns or configured this entry. The state of this entry: valid(1) createRequest(2) underCreation(3) invalid(4) – This entry will be deleted from the table if it is changed to this state. • • • • Virtual server history table The Virtual Server History Group table contains historical data samples that were collected for virtual servers. 604 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Monitor groups Each counter in this table identifies the same event as the counters used by the “snL4VirtualServerStatisticEntry”; however, the value of the counters in this table represents a cumulative sum of a sampling period. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerHistoryTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6 None The Virtual Server History Table. snL4VirtualServerHistoryEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1 None An entry in the Virtual Server History Group table. An entry is a historical sample of statistics on a particular virtual server. This sample is associated with the “snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlEntry” object, which sets up the parameters for a regular collection of these samples. snL4VirtualServerHistoryIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the index entry as identified by the “snL4VirtualServerHistoryControlIndex”. snL4VirtualServerHistorySampleIn dex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only An index that uniquely identifies this particular sample among all samples associated with the same entry. This index starts at 1 and increases by one as each new sample is taken. There can be up to 214,748,3647 samples. snL4VirtualServerHistoryIntervalSt Read only art brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.3 Syntax: Time ticks The value of sysUpTime at the start of the interval used to measure data samples. If the probe keeps track of the time of day, set the data sampling to start at the beginning of the next hour. NOTE: Following this rule may require the probe to delay the collection of the first sample for an entry, since each sample must be of the same interval. Also, data for the sample that is currently being collected is not accessible in this table until the end of its interval. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 snL4VirtualServerHistoryReceiveP kts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the virtual server. snL4VirtualServerHistoryTransmit Pkts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron sent to the virtual server. snL4VirtualServerHistoryTotalCon nections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of client connections on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4VirtualServerHistoryCurConn ections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of client connections currently on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4VirtualServerHistoryPeakCon nections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.6.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the highest number of client connections on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. 605 Monitor groups Virtual server port history control table The Virtual Server Port History Control Table lists all the controls for collecting data samples for a virtual server port. 606 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7 None The Virtual Server Port History Control Table snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1 None An entry in the Virtual Server Port History Control Table. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only An index that uniquely identifies an entry in this table. Each entry defines a set of samples at a particular interval for a virtual server port on the ServerIron. This object can have up to 65535 entries. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolDataSource brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.2 Syntax: Object Identifier Read-write This object identifies the source of the historical data that was collected for this entry. The source can be any virtual server port on this ServerIron. It identifies a particular instance defined in the “snL4VirtualServerStatisticTable”. It may not be modified if the value of the “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlStatus” object for this entry source is equal to valid(1). snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolBucketsRequested brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write The requested number of data samples that will be saved for this entry. The number of actual samples saved in the “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlBucketsGranted” object should be close to the value of this object. If the value of this object is modified, then the value of the “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlBucketsGranted” object will be adjusted according to the new value of this object. Valid values: 1 – 65535 Default: 50 snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolBucketsGranted brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only The number of data samples that was actually saved for this entry. If the value of the “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlBucketsRequested” object is modified, then the actual number of samples saved by this object will be adjusted accordingly. If all the requested buckets are filled, a new bucket will be added to the table, and the oldest bucket for the entry will be deleted. If the value of this object changes to a value less than the current value, enough of the oldest entries will be deleted so that the number of buckets does not exceed the new value of this object. If the value of this object changes to a value greater than the current value, the number of buckets will increase but will not exceed the new value of this object. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Monitor groups IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolInterval brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the interval, in seconds, over which the data is sampled for each bucket. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolOwner brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.6 Syntax: DisplayString Read-write snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCont rolStatus brcdIp.1.1.4.28.7.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write NOTE: A counter for a bucket may overflow without any indication; therefore, be sure to account for the overflow in all the counters you configure. Consider the minimum time it takes for a counter to overflow and set this object (snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlInterval) to a value less than the overflow interval. This is especially important for the “octets” counter in any data-source table. You cannot modify the value of this object if the value of this entry’s “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlStatus” object is equal to valid(1). Valid values: 1 – 3600 seconds Default: 1800 seconds The administrator who owns or configured this entry. The state of this entry: valid(1) createRequest(2) underCreation(3) invalid(4) – This entry will be deleted from the table if its state changes to this state. • • • • 607 Monitor groups Virtual server port history table The Virtual Server Port History Group contains history data samples for each port on the virtual server. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryTable brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8 None The Virtual Server Port History Table. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryEntry brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1 None An entry in the Virtual Server Port History Group table. An entry is a historical sample of statistics on a particular virtual server port. This sample is associated with the “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlEntry” object, which sets up the parameters for a regular collection of these samples. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryIndex Read only brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.1 Syntax: Integer Shows the index entry as identified by the “snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryControlIndex”. snL4VirtualServerPortHistorySam pleIndex brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only An index that uniquely identifies this particular sample among all samples associated with the same entry. This index starts at 1 and increases by one as each new sample is taken. There can be up to 214,748,3647 samples. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryInter valStart brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.3 Syntax: Time ticks Read only The value of sysUpTime at the start of the interval used to measure data samples. If the probe keeps track of the time of day, set the data sampling to start at the beginning of the next hour. NOTE: Following this rule may require the probe to delay the collection of the first sample for an entry, since each sample must be of the same interval. Also, data for the sample that is currently being collected is not accessible in this table until the end of its interval. 608 snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryRece ivePkts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.4 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron has received from the virtual server port. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryTran smitPkts brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.5 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the number of packets the ServerIron sent to the virtual server. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryTotal Connections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.6 Syntax: Counter Read only Shows the total number of client connections on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryCurC onnections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the number of client connections currently on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. snL4VirtualServerPortHistoryPeak Connections brcdIp.1.1.4.28.8.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the highest number of client connections on the virtual server. A connection consists of two sessions: the client-to-server session and the server-to-client session. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 31 SecureIron MIB Objects NOTE The objects in this section are not supported on SecureIron devices only. DOS protection statistics group This chapter describes management information base (MIB) objects are specific to the SecureIron series switches. NOTE SecureIron MIBs are supported only on SecureIron devices. This chapter describes the MIB objects in the DOS protection statistics group. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description SnSciDosFilterStatistics brcdIp.1.1.6.1 None DOS attack protection statistics group SnSciDosFilterStatisticsTable brcdIp.1.1.6.1.1 INDEX: snSciDosFilterName snSciDosFilterType None DOS attack protection filter statistics table SnSciDosFilterEntry brcdIp.1.1.6.1.1.1 None A row in the DOS attack protection filter statistics table snSciDosFilterName brcdIp.1.1.6.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Octet String Read only Show DOS attack filter name 609 DOS protection cumulative statistics group Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciDosFilterType brcdIp.1.1.6.1.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Show the DOS attack filter type: 1 - address-sweep 2 - deny-all-fragments 3 -- fin-with-no-ack 4 -- generic 5 -- icmp-fragment 6 -- icmp-type 7 -- ip-options 8 -- land-attack 9 -- large-icmp 10 -- ping-of-death 11-- port-scan 12 -- syn-and-fin-set 13 -- syn-fragments 14 -- tcp-no-flag 15 -- unknown-ip-protocol 16 -- xmas-tree 17 -- filter-dns 18 -- filter-sip snSciDosFilterPktsLogCount brcdIp.1.1.6.1.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Show the statistics of logged packet count. snSciDosFilterPktsDropCount brcdIp.1.1.6.1.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Show the statistics of logged packet count DOS protection cumulative statistics group This section describes the MIB objects in the DOS protection cumulative statistics group. 610 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciCumulative brcdIp.1.1.6.2 None DOS protection cumulative statistics group snSciCumulativeStatisticsTable brcdIp.1.1.6.2.1 INDEX: snSciCumFilterType None DOS protection cumulative statistics table snSciCumulativeStatEntry brcdIp.1.1.6.2.1.1 None A row DOS protection cumulative statistics table IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 SIP filtering statistics group Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciCumFilterType brcdIp.1.1.6.2.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Meaning of integer value: 1 - address-sweep 2 - deny-all-fragments 3 -- fin-with-no-ack 4 -- generic 5 -- icmp-fragment 6 -- icmp-type 7 -- ip-options 8 -- land-attack 9 -- large-icmp 10 -- ping-of-death 11-- port-scan 12 -- syn-and-fin-set 13 -- syn-fragments 14 -- tcp-no-flag 15 -- unknown-ip-protocol 16 -- xmas-tree 17 -- filter-dns 18 -- filter-sip snSciCumPktsLogCount brcdIp.1.1.6.2.1.1.2 Syntax: Counter64 Read only Show the cumulative count of logged packets on each DOS filter type snSciCumPktsDropCount brcdIp.1.1.6.2.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter64 Read only Read-onlyShow the cumulative count of dropped packets on each DOS filter type SIP filtering statistics group This chapter describes the MIB objects in the SIP filtering statistics group. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciSipFiltej brcdIp.1.1.6.3 None SIP filtering group snSciSipFilterStatisticsTable brcdIp.1.1.6.3.1 None SIP filtering statistics table snSciSipFilterEntry brcdIp.1.1.6.3.1.1 None A row in SIP filtering statistics table snSciSipPolicyName brcdIp.1.1.6.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Octet String Read only Show the SIP filter name snSciSipFilterInterfaceStr brcdIp.1.1.6.3.1.1.2 Syntax: Octet String Read only Show the list of interfaces which are bound by the filter snSciSipBadSyntaxLogCnt brcdIp.1.1.6.3.1.1.3 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Show the logged count of bad syntax packets 611 MAC filtering statistics group Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciSipUndefinedMethodLogC nt brcdIp.1.1.6.3.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Show the logged count of undefined method packets snSciSipBadSyntaxDropCnt brcdIp.1.1.6.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Show the drop count of bad syntax packets snSciSipUndefinedMethodDrop Cnt brcdIp.1.1.6.3.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read only Show the drop count of undefined method packets MAC filtering statistics group This chapter describes the MIB objects in the MAC filtering statistics group. 612 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciMacFilter brcdIp.1.1.6.4 None MAC filtering statistics group snSciMacFilterStatisticTable None brcdIp.1.1.6.4.1 INDEX: snSciMacFilterFilterNum MAC filtering statistics table snSciMacFilterEntry brcdIp.1.1.6.4.1.1 None An entry in MAC filtering statistics table snSciMacFilterFilterNum brcdIp.1.1.6.4.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Show the user defined MAC filter number snSciMacFilterSrcAddr brcdIp.1.1.6.4.1.1.2 Syntax: MacAddress Read-only Show the filter source MAC address snSciMacFilterSrcMask brcdIp.1.1.6.4.1.1.3 Read-only Show the filter source MAC address mask snSciMacFilterDestAddr brcdIp.1.1.6.4.1.1.4 Syntax: MacAddress Read-only Show the filter destination MAC address snSciMacFilterDestMask brcdIp.1.1.6.4.1.1.5 Syntax: MacAddress Read-only Show the filter destination MAC address mask snSciMacFilterAction brcdIp.1.1.6.4.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only Show the action taken when packets are matched. deny(0) - deny the packet permit(1) - permit the packet to flow snSciMacFilterHitCounter brcdIp.1.1.6.4.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Firewall statistics on each Layer 4 port IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Firewall server statistics group Firewall server statistics group This chapter describes the MIB objects in the Firewall server statistics group. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciFireWallServer brcdIp.1.1.6.5 None Firewall server statistics group snSciFireWallServerStatisticsTable brcdIp.1.1.6.5.1 INDEX: snSciFireWallName None Firewall server statistics table snSciFireWallServerEntry brcdIp.1.1.6.5.1.1 None An entry in Firewall server statistics table snSciFireWallName brcdIp.1.1.6.5.1.1.1 Syntax: Octet string Read-only Show the firewall server name snSciFireWallServerIP brcdIp.1.1.6.5.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only Show the firewall server IP address snSciFireWallServerState brcdIp.1.1.6.5.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Show the firewall server state: disabled(0) enabled(1) failed(2) test(3) suspect(4) to-be-deleted(5) active(6) snSciFireWallCurrentConns brcdIp.1.1.6.5.1.1.4 Read-only Show the count of current connections snSciFireWallTotalConns brcdIp.1.1.6.5.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Show the total number of connections snSciFireWallHost2FwPkts brcdIp.1.1.6.5.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only Show the count of packets that flows from host to firewall snSciFireWallHost2FwOctets brcdIp.1.1.6.5.1.1.7 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Show the count of octets that flows from host to firewall snSciFireWallFw2HostPkts brcdIp.1.1.6.5.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read-only Show the count of packets that flows from firewall to host snSciFireWallFw2HostOctets brcdIp.1.1.6.5.1.1.9 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Show the count of octets that flows from firewall to host 613 Firewall statistics for each layer 4 port group Firewall statistics for each layer 4 port group This chapter describes the MIB objects in the Firewall statistics on each Layer 4 port group. 614 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciFWL4Port brcdIp.1.1.6.6 None Firewall statistics on each Layer 4 port group snSciFWL4PortStatisticsTable brcdIp.1.1.6.6.1 INDEX: 1. snSciFWL4ServerName 2. snSciFWL4PortNum 3. snSciFWL4TrafficDir None Firewall statistics Layer 4 port table snSciFWL4PortEntry brcdIp.1.1.6.6.1.1 None An entry in Firewall statistics Layer 4 port table snSciFWL4ServerName brcdIp.1.1.6.6.1.1.1 Syntax: Octet string Read-only Show the firewall server name snSciFWL4PortNum brcdIp.1.1.6.6.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Show Layer 4 port number: ftp(21) telnet(23) smtp(25) dns(53) tftp(69) http(80) pop2(109) pop3(110) nntp(119) ntp(123) map4(143) snmp(161) dap(389) ssl(443) ssh(22) tsp(554) daps(636) mms(1755) radius(1812) radius-old(1645) port3389(3389) sip(5060) sips(5061) pnm(7070) default(65535) snSciFWL4TrafficDir brcdIp.1.1.6.6.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Show firewall traffic direction: out-firewall(1) in-firewall(2) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Firewall server path information group Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciFWL4ServerState brcdIp.1.1.6.6.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Show the firewall server state: disabled(0) enabled(1) failed(2) test(3) suspect(4) to-be-deleted(5) active(6) snSciFWL4CurrentConns brcdIp.1.1.6.6.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Show the count of current connections snSciFWL4TotalConns brcdIp.1.1.6.6.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Show the total number of connections snSciFWL4Host2FwPkts brcdIp.1.1.6.6.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-only Show the count of packets that flows from host to firewall snSciFWL4Host2FwOctets brcdIp.1.1.6.6.1.1.8 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Show the count of octets that flows from host to firewall snSciFWL4Fw2HostPkts brcdIp.1.1.6.6.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read-only Show the count of packets that flows from firewall to host Firewall server path information group This chapter describes the MIB objects in the Firewall server path information group objects: IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciFireWallServerPath brcdIp.1.1.6.7 None Firewall server path information group snSciFireWallServerPathTable brcdIp.1.1.6.7.1 INDEX: snSciFireWallPathNum None Firewall server path table snSciFireWallServerPathEntry brcdIp.1.1.6.7.1.1 None A row in the firewall server path table snSciFireWallPathNum brcdIp.1.1.6.7.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read only Show the firewall server path number snSciFireWallTargetIP brcdIp.1.1.6.7.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Show firewall server target IP address snSciFireWallNextHopIP brcdIp.1.1.6.7.1.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Show firewall server next hop IP address 615 Concurrent connection limiting statistics group Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciFireWallifIndex brcdIp.1.1.6.7.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read only Show firewall server interface index snSciFireWallPathStatus brcdIp.1.1.6.7.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read only snSciFireWallPathSentStatus brcdIp.1.1.6.7.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read only snSciFireWallPathRecvStatus brcdIp.1.1.6.7.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read only snSciFireWallPathState brcdIp.1.1.6.7.1.1.8 Syntax: Integer Read only snSciFireWallZone brcdIp.1.1.6.7.1.1.9 Syntax: Integer Read only Show the firewall server path status: path-up (1) path-down (2) • • Show the firewall server path sending status: sent-failed (0), sent-successful (1) • • Show the firewall server path receiving status: receive-failed (0) receive-successful (1) • • Show the firewall server path state: disabled (0) enabled (1) failed (2) test (3) suspect (4) • • • • • Show the firewall server zone number Concurrent connection limiting statistics group This chapter describes the MIB objects in the concurrent connection limiting statistics group. 616 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciConcurrConnLimit brcdIp.1.1.6.8 None Concurrent connection limiting statistics group snSciConcurrConnLimitStatsTable brcdIp.1.1.6.8.1 INDEX: snSciConcurrConnIfIndex None Concurrent connection limiting statistics table SnL4SciConcurrConnEntry brcdIp.1.1.6.8.1.1 None A row in the Concurrent connection limiting statistics table snSciConcurrConnIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.6.8.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Show the interface number that the concurrent connection limit is applied to. snSciConcurrConnifDescr brcdIp.1.1.6.8.1.1.2 Syntax: Octet String Read-only Show the brief interface description snSciConcurrConnPolicyName brcdIp.1.1.6.8.1.1.3 Syntax: Octet string Read-only Show concurrent connection limiting policy name IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Transaction rate limiting statistics group Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciConcurrConnHitCount brcdIp.1.1.6.8.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Show the hit count of the concurrent connection limiting policy snSciConcurrConnDenyCount brcdIp.1.1.6.8.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Show the deny count of the concurrent connection limiting policy Transaction rate limiting statistics group This chapter describes the MIB objects in the transaction rate limiting statistics group. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciTransRateLimit brcdIp.1.1.6.9 None Transaction rate limiting statistics group snSciTransRateLimitStatsTable brcdIp.1.1.6.9.1 INDEX: 1. snSciTransRateifIndex 2. snSciTransRateL4PortType None Transaction rate limiting statistics table snSciTransRateEntry brcdIp.1.1.6.9.1.1 Read-only A row in Transaction rate limiting statistics table snSciTransRateifIndex brcdIp.1.1.6.9.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Show the interface number snSciTransRateL4PortType brcdIp.1.1.6.9.1.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Show the Layer 4 port type: tcp (1) udp (2) snSciTransRateifDescr brcdIp.1.1.6.9.1.1.3 Syntax: Octet String Read-only Show the brief interface description snSciTransRatePolicyName brcdIp.1.1.6.9.1.1.4 Syntax: Octet string Read-only Show the transaction rate limiting policy name snSciTransRateHitCount brcdIp.1.1.6.9.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Show the transaction rate policy hit count snSciTransRateDenyCount brcdIp.1.1.6.9.1.1.6 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Show the transaction rate policy deny count • • 617 Maximum connection to destination statistics group Maximum connection to destination statistics group This chapter describes the MIB objects in the maximum connection to destination statistics group. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciDestConnRateLimit brcdIp.1.1.6.10 None Maximum connection to destination statistics group snSciDestConnRateLimitStatsTable brcdIp.1.1.6.10.1 INDEX: snSciDestConnIfIndex None Maximum connection to destination rate limiting table snSciDestConnEntry brcdIp.1.1.6.10.1.1 None An entry in maximum connection to destination rate limiting table. snSciDestConnIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.6.10.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Show the interface number snSciDestConnifDescr brcdIp.1.1.6.10.1.1.2 Syntax: Octet String Read-only Show the brief interface description snSciDestConnPolicyName dry.1.1.6.10.1.1. Read-only Show the maximum connection to destination rate limiting policy name snSciDestConnHitCount brcdIp.1.1.6.10.1.1.4 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Show the maximum connection to destination rate limiting policy hit count snSciDestConnDenyCount brcdIp.1.1.6.10.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Show the maximum connection to destination rate limiting policy deny count Deep packet scan statistics group This chapter describes the MIB objects in the deep packet scan Statistics group. 618 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciDeepPacketScan brcdIp.1.1.6.11 None Deep packet scan statistics group snSciDeepPacketScanTable brcdIp.1.1.6.11.1 INDEX: 1.snSciDeepPktScanPolicyName 2. snSciDeepPktScanRuleIndex None Deep packet scan statistics table snSciDeepPacketScanEntry brcdIp.1.1.6.11.1.1 None An entry in deep packet scan statistics table. snSciDeepPktScanPolicyName brcdIp.1.1.6.11.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only Show the deep packet scan policy name IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Deep packet scan statistics group IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSciDeepPktScanRuleIndex brcdIp.1.1.6.11.1.1.2 Syntax: Octet String Read-only Show the deep packet scan rule number snSciDeepPktScanAction brcdIp.1.1.6.11.1.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-only Show the deep packet scan rule action snSciDeepPktScanRuleName brcdIp.1.1.6.11.1.1.4 Syntax: Octet string Read-only Show the deep packet scan rule name snSciDeepPktScanRuleHitCnt brcdIp.1.1.6.11.1.1.5 Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Show the deep packet scan rule hit count snSciDeepPktScanActionHitCnt brcdIp.1.1.6.11.1.1.6Syntax: Counter32 Read-only Show the deep packet scan action hit count 619 Deep packet scan statistics group 620 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter 32 Wireless Features General MIB objects The wgGroup (OID: brcdIp.1.1.3.23.1) contains MIB objects for wireless LAN features. The group is available on IronPoint–FESes. The following sections present the objects in the MIB group. NOTES: Wireless MIB objects are not supported on the following products: • • • • • • • • • • • • BigIron RX NetIron XMR NetIron MLX BigIron MG8 NetIron 40G NetIron IMR 640 Router NetIron CES NetIron CER Brocade MLXe ServerIron (JetCore) ServerIron ADX TurboIron 24X The following table list the general MIB objects for the wireless feature support. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description wgMobilityId brcdIp.1.1.3.23.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-write Specifies the wireless mobility domain to which this IronPoint–FES belongs. Valid value: 1 - 65535. Enter 0 to remove the IronPoint–FES from a wireless mobility domain. wgVpnPTDeletePolicy brcdIp.1.1.3.23.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Deletes a VPN passthrough policy from the IronPoint–FES. enter a valid VPN passthrough policy ID to remove the policy. 621 WiFi interface table WiFi interface table The WiFi Interface Table controls the wireless feature support on an IronPoint–FES. 622 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description wgIfTable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.2 N/A WiFi Interface Table wgIfEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.23.2.1 N/A An entry of the WiFi Interface Table. wgIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.23.2.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ifIndex value of the switch interface. wgIfWirelessEnable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.2.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables the wireless feature support on an interface: other(1) enable(2) disable(3) The default is disable(3). wgIfPnPLearnNewAP brcdIp.1.1.3.23.2.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Enables or disables the ability of an interface to learn new access points. This object is used by the ADC feature: • other(1) • enable(2) • disable(3) wgIfAutoPortDisable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.2.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object is for the Automatic Port Deactivation feature. If set to enable, the interface is automatically disabled if the link status of the interface changes: • other(1) • enable(2) • disable(3) wgIfVpnPTPolicyId brcdIp.1.1.3.23.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write This object binds a VPN Passthrough policy to the interface. To bind an interface to a VPN passthrough policy, enter it’s policy ID. It must be a valid policy number that is larger than zero. To unbind an interface to a VPN passthrough policy enter zero for the policy ID. wgIfFullCompRoamingEna ble brcdIp.1.1.3.23.2.1.5 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if full compatibility tunneling mode is enabled on the interface: • other(1) – Other • enable(2) – Full compatibility tunneling is enabled. • disable(3) – Full compatibility tunneling is disabled. High performance tunneling is used. • • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Roaming peer table Roaming peer table The Roaming Peer Table shows information about the IronPoint–FES peers in a Wireless Mobility configuration. Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description wgRoamingPeerTable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.3 N/A The Roaming Peer Table. wgRoamingPeerEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.23.3.1 N/a An entry of the Roaming Peer Table. wgRoamingPeerIpAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.23.3.1.1 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only The IP Address of a peer. wgRoamingPeerConnection Status brcdIp.1.1.3.23.3.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only wgRoamingPeerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.23.3.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Shows the state of the connection; other(1) configured(2) established(3) • • • Shows the state of the row in the PeerRow Table: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) • • • • Access point automatic discovery and configuration table The Access Point (AP) Automatic Discovery and Configuration (ADC) Table defines the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway of the access point that will be assigned to an access point with the specified MAC address. This information can be pre-configured on an IronPoint–FES interface. When the access point that has the matching MAC address is attached to the interface, the pre-configured IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway are assigned to that access point. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description wgPnPTable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4 N/A AP ADC Table. wgPnPEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4.1 Syntax: WgPnPEntry N/A An entry in the AP ADC Table. wgPnPIfIndex brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ifIndex value of the switch interface. wgPnPMacAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4.1.2 Syntax: MacAddress Read-only MAC address of the attached AP. 623 VPN passthrough server table Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description wgPnPIpAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4.1.3 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write IP address of the attached AP. wgPnPIpMask brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4.1.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Subnet mask of the attached AP. wgPnPIpDefaultGw brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4.1.5 Syntax: IpAddress Read-write Default gateway of the attached AP. wgPnPStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4.1.6 Syntax: Integer Read-only wgPnPRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.23.4.1.7 Syntax: Integer Read-write The state of the access point that is defined for the interface: other(1) discovered(2) – IronPoint–FES discovered a new access point that has not been configured. • configured(3) – The access point’s IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway have been defined on the interface, but the access point with the matching MAC address is not attached to the interface. • operational(4) – The access point’s IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway have been defined on the interface and the access point with the matching MAC address is attached to the interface and is operational. • • Creates, deletes or modifies a row in the AP ADC Table: other(1) valid(2) delete(3) create(4) modify(5) • • • • • VPN passthrough server table The VPN Passthrough Server Table contains the VPN policies that have been configured on the IronPoint–FES. 624 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description wgVpnPTServerTable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.5 N/A The VPN Passthrough Server Table. wgVpnPTServerEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.23.5.1 N/A An entry in the VPN Passthrough Server Table. wgVpnPTServerPolicyId brcdIp.1.1.3.23.5.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ID of a VPN passthrough policy. The value of this object must be greater than zero. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 VPN passthrough filter table Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description wgVpnPTServerIpAddress brcdIp.1.1.3.23.5.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Read-only The IP address of the VPN server that will be used to terminate VPN traffic that goes through this switch. wgVpnPTServerRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.23.5.1.3 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates or deletes a row in the VPN Passthrough Server Table: • other(1) • valid(2) • delete(3) • create(4) VPN passthrough filter table The VPN Passthrough Filter Table shows the VPN passthrough policies and the action the policy takes when it encounters VPN traffic that matches the policy. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description wgVpnPTFilterTable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.6 N/A The VPN Passthrough Filter Table wgVpnPTFilterEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.23.6.1 N/A An entry in the VPN Passthrough Filter Table. wgVpnPTFilterPolicyId brcdIp.1.1.3.23.6.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ID of the VPN passthrough policy. This is a number greater than zero. wgVpnPTFilterProtocol brcdIp.1.1.3.23.6.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies which protocol will be allowed to passthough: • other(1) • udp(2) • tcp(3) wgVpnPTFilterPort brcdIp.1.1.3.23.6.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-only Specifies which protocol interface (number) will be allowed to passthrough. wgVpnPTFilterRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.3.23.6.1.4 Syntax: Integer Read-write Creates or deletes a row of VPN Passthrough Filter Table: • other(1) • valid(2) • delete(3) • create(4) 625 VPN passthrough policy table VPN passthrough policy table The VPN Passthrough Policy Table shows to which interfaces a VPN policy is bound. 626 Name, Identifier, and Syntax Access Description wgVpnPTPolicyTable brcdIp.1.1.3.23.7 N/A VPN Passthrough Policy Table wgVpnPTPolicyEntry brcdIp.1.1.3.23.7.1 N/A An entry in the VPN Passthrough Policy Table. wgVpnPTPolicyId brcdIp.1.1.3.23.7.1.1 Syntax: Integer Read-only The ID of the VPN policy. The value of this object must be greater than zero. wgVpnPTPolicyPortList brcdIp.1.1.3.23.7.1.2 Syntax: IfIndexList Read-only Shows a list of ports to which this VPN policy is bound. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Chapter Traps and Objects to Enable Traps 33 Objects to enable or disable standard traps NOTE By default, all traps are enabled. The following objects from RFC 1213 are the standard objects supported in the IronWare MIB. They are used to set SNMP traps. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snmpInTraps 1.3.6.1.2.1.11.19 Read only Shows the total number of SNMP trap PDUs that have been accepted and processed by the SNMP protocol. snmpOutTraps 1.3.6.1.2.1.11.29 Read only Shows the total number of SNMP trap PDUs that have been generated by the SNMP protocol. snmpEnableAuthen Traps 1.3.6.1.2.1.11.30 Readwrite Indicates if the SNMP agent process is permitted to generate authentication failure traps. The value of this object overrides any configuration information. This objects provides a way to disable all authentication failure traps. NOTE: It is strongly recommended that this object be stored in the non-volatile memory so that it remains constant between re-initializations of the network management system. lldpRemTablesCha nge 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.4. 1 None lldpXMedTopologyC hangeDetected 1.0.8802.1.1.2.1.5. 4795.0.1 None An lldpRemTablesChange notification is sent when the value of lldpStatsRemTableLastChangeTime changes. It can be used by an NMS to trigger LLDP remote systems table maintenance polls. NOTE: Transmission of lldpRemTablesChange notifications are throttled by the agent, as specified by the “lldpNotificationInterval” object. Allows a device to transfer information related to topology changes to management applications in an asynchronous manner. Specifically, this enables notification of the fact that a new remote device was connected to the local port of an LLDP-MED network connectivity device, or that a remote device was removed from the local port. The purpose of this notification is efficient, near-real-time transmission of information regarding moves and changes to the management applications. Information carried by the list of objects (varbind) contained in the notification allows the receiving management application to uniquely identify the local port where the topology change occurred, as well as the device capability of the remote endpoint device that was attached to or removed from the port. Objects for IronWare traps This section present the objects available to enable or disable traps. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 627 Objects for IronWare traps Trap information The following objects provide general information on traps. Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgTrpRcvrCurEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.1.16 Syntax: Integer Read only Shows the total number of entries that are currently in the Trap Receiver Table. There can be up to 255 entries. snAgGblTrapMessage brcdIp.1.1.2.1.44 Syntax: DisplayString Read only Shows a generic trap message. Trap receiver table (IPv4) This table allows you to configure trap receivers on IPv4 devices. NOTE For FastIron IPv6 devices running software release FSX 04.1.00 or later, refer to “Trap receiver table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices)” on page 629. 628 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgTrpRcvrTable brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1 None The Trap Receiver Table snAgTrpRcvrEntry brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1 None A row in the Trap Receiver Table. The column “snAgTrpRcvrStatus”is used to create and delete rows in the table. Creation requires a SET PDU with objects snAgTrpRcvrIndex, snAgTrpRcvrIpAddr, snAgTrpRcvrCommunityOrSecurityName and snAgTrpRcvrStatus. snAgTrpRcvrIndex brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.1 Syntax: Integer32 Read only Shows the index in the Trap Receiver Table. Valid values: 1 – 10 snAgTrpRcvrIpAddr brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.2 Syntax: IpAddress Readwrite Indicates the IP address of the SNMP manager that will receive the trap. snAgTrpRcvrCommuni tyOrSecurityName brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.3 Syntax: OctetString Readwrite Indicates the community string to use to access the trap receiver. This object can have up to 32 octets. snAgTrpRcvrStatus brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.4 Syntax: Integer Readwrite Controls the management of the table rows. The values that can be written are: ignore(5) – Do not send traps to this entry at this time delete(3) – Delete the row. (See note below regarding deleting a trap receiver.) • create(4) – Create a new row If the row exists, then a SET with a value of create(5) returns error "badValue". Deleted rows are deleted immediately. The following values can be returned on reads: • other(1) – Some other case • valid(2) – Row exists and is valid • ignore(5) – Do not send traps to this entry at this time • • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Objects for IronWare traps Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgTrpRcvrUDPPort brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer Readwrite Indicates the UDP port number of the trap receiver. Valid values: 0 – 65535 Default: 162 snAgTrpRcvrSecurity Model brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.1.6 Syntax: Integer read-w rite Allows configuration of security model (v1, v2c or 3). snAgTrpRcvrSecurityL evel brcdIp.1.1.2.3.1.7 Syntax: Integer read-w rite Allows configuration of the security level (noauth, auth or auth+priv). NOTE To delete a trap receiver, the agent needs the following varbinds in the setRequest PDU: snAgTrpRcvrIpAddr, snAgTrpRcvrCommunityOrSecurityName, and snAgTrpRcvrStatus. The snAgTrpRcvrStatus object must be set to delete(3). Trap receiver table (FastIron X series IPv6 devices) This table allows you to configure trap receivers on FastIron X Series IPv6 devices running software release FSX 04.1.00 or later. NOTE Releases prior to FSX 04.1.00 use the “Trap receiver table (IPv4)” on page 628. NOTE This table is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryTrapReceiverTable brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1 None The Trap Receiver Table. fdryTrapReceiverEntry brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1 None An entry in the Trap Receiver Table. This table uses a running index as the index to the table. fdryTrapReceiverIndex brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.1 Syntax: Unsigned32 None The index to the Trap Receiver Table. fdryTrapReceiverAddrType brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.2 Syntax: InetAddressType Read-create The IP address type. Supported address types are: ipv4(1) ipv6(2) Default: ipv4 fdryTrapReceiverAddr brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.3 Syntax: InetAddress Read-create The IP address of the SNMP manager that will receive the trap. • • 629 Objects for IronWare traps Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description fdryTrapReceiverCommunityOrS ecurityName brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.4 Syntax: OctetString (size(0..32)) Read-create The community string to use to access the trap receiver. This object can have up to 32 octets. In the case of USM (SNMPv3) security model, this object is used to provide the security name. fdryTrapReceiverUDPPort brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.5 Syntax: Integer32 (0..65535) Read-create The UPD port number of the trap receiver. Valid value: 0 – 65535 Default: 162 fdryTrapReceiverSecurityModel brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.6 Syntax: SecurityModel Read-create The version of trap format to be used. Default: v1 fdryTrapReceiverSecurityLevel brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.7 Syntax: SecurityLevel Read-create Used for USM (SNMPv3) security model to specify the level of security. The security name is provided by fdryTrapReceiverCommunityOrSecurityName. Default: noAuth fdryTrapReceiverRowStatus brcdIp.1.1.10.1.1.1.1.8 Syntax: RowStatus Read-create This variable is used to create, modify, or delete a row in this table. When a row in this table is in active(1) state, no objects in that row can be modified except this object. General chassis and agent traps The following objects enable or disable traps related to the device’s power supply, fan, and interface links. 630 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snChasEnablePwrSupplyTrap brcdIp.1.1.1.1.12 Syntax: Integer Readwrite Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate power supply failure traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snChasEnableFanTrap brcdIp.1.1.1.1.16 Syntax: Integer Readwrite For chassis devices only. Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate fan failure traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snAgGblEnableColdStartTrap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.21 Syntax: Integer Readwrite Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate cold start traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snAgGblEnableLinkUpTrap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.22 Syntax: Integer Readwrite Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate link up traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Objects for IronWare traps Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snAgGblEnableLinkDownTrap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.23 Syntax: Integer Readwrite Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate link down traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snAgGblEnableModuleInserted Readwrite Trap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.42 Syntax: Integer Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate traps for hardware modules that have been inserted in the chassis: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snAgGblEnableModuleRemove dTrap brcdIp.1.1.2.1.43 Syntax: Integer Readwrite Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate traps for hardware modules that have been removed from the chassis: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snChasEnableTempWarnTrap brcdIp.1.1.1.1.21 Syntax: Integer Readwrite Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate temperature warning traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snAgentEnableMgmtModRedu nStateChangeTrap brcdIp.1.1.2.10.1.4 Syntax: Integer Readwrite Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate management module redundancy state change traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snAgTrapHoldTime brcdIp.1.1.2.1.58 Syntax: Integer Readwrite The number of seconds that traps will be held during device initialization. Traps are buffered while the device initialized; they are sent once the device is back online. Valid value: 1 - 600 Enable VRRP traps Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVrrpIfStateChangeTrap brcdIp.1.2.12.1.2 Syntax: Integer Readwrite Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate VRRP interface state change traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 NOTE: The standard MIB “vrrpNotificationCntl” will work exactly the same as the IronWare Proprietary MIB "snVrrpIfStateChangeTrap”. 631 Objects for IronWare traps Enable FSRP traps Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snFsrpIfStateChangeTrap brcdIp.1.2.7.1.2 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate FSRP interface state change traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) Enable VSRP traps Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snVsrpIfStateChangeTrap brcdIp.1.1.3.21.1.2 Syntax: Integer Readwrite Indicates if the SNMP agent will generate a trap when an interface state change occur: • disabled(0) – No trap will be generated. • enabled(1) – The TRAP_VRRP_IF_STATE_CHANGE will be generated. Since only one of the virtual router protocols (VRRP, VRRPE, or VSRP) can be enabled at any one time, they all generate the same trap. Default is enabled(1). Enable OSPF trap objects The following are support objects for the OSPF traps. 632 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfSetTrap brcdIp.1.2.1.14.16.1.1 Syntax: OctetString Read-write Indicates if specific OSPF traps are enabled. This object contains four octets, serving as a bit map for the trap events defined by the OSPF traps. A value of 1 in the bit field indicates that the trap is enabled. The right-most bit (least significant) represents Trap 0. snOspfConfigErrorType brcdIp.1.2.4.15.2 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates the potential types of configuration conflicts used by the ospfConfigError and ospfConfigVirtError traps. • badVersion(1) • areaMismatch(2) • unknownNbmaNbr(3) – Router is eligible • unknownVirtualNbr(4) • authTypeMismatch(5) • authFailure(6) • netMaskMismatch(7) • helloIntervalMismatch(8) • deadIntervalMismatch(9) • optionMismatch(10)} snOspfPacketType brcdIp.1.2.4.15.3 Syntax: Integer Read only Indicates the OSPF packet type in the trap. • hello(1) • dbDescript(2) • lsReq(3) • lsUpdate(4) • lsAck(5)} IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Objects for IronWare traps Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snOspfPacketSrc brcdIp.1.2.4.15.4 Syntax: IpAddress Read only Shows the IP address of an inbound packet that cannot be identified by a neighbor instance. snOspfTrapsGenerationMode brcdIp.1.2.4.15.5 Syntax: RtrStatus Read-write Indicates if this router has been enabled to generate OSPF traps. disabled(0) – OSPF traps cannot be generated by this router, even if the object “snOspfSetTrap” is set to generate traps. • enabled(1) – OSPF traps can be generated by the router. This object provides global control on the generation of traps. • Enable switch group traps Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snSwEnableBridgeNewRootTrap brcdIp.1.1.3.1.25 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates If the SNMP agent process is enabled to generate bridge new root traps. • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snSwEnableBridgeTopoChangeTrap brcdIp.1.1.3.1.26 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate bridge topology change traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) snSwEnableLockedAddrViolationTrap brcdIp.1.1.3.1.27 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if the SNMP agent process has been enabled to generate locked address violation traps: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Default: enabled(1) Objects to enable layer 4 traps The following objects enable or disable traps for Layer 4 functionalities. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4EnableMaxSessionLimitR eachedTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.30 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps if the maximum number of connections has been reached: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableTcpSynLimitReach edTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.31 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps if the maximum number of TCP SYN has been reached: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableRealServerUpTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.32 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the real server is up: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) 633 Objects for IronWare traps 634 Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4EnableRealServerDownTr ap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.33 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the real server is down: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableRealServerPortUpT rap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.34 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the real server TCP port is up: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableRealServerPortDo wnTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.35 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the real server TCP port is down: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableRealServerMaxCon nLimitReachedTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.36 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the real server reaches its maximum number of connections: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableBecomeStandbyTr ap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.37 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the Server Load Balancing switch changes its state from active to standby: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableBecomeActiveTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.38 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the Server Load Balancing switch changes its state from standby to active: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableGslbHealthCheckIp UpTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.43 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when an application port in a domain on the site IP address passes its Layer 4 TCP or UDP health check, resulting in a status change to UP: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableGslbHealthCheckIp DownTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.44 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps whenever the GSLB determines that the IP address belonging to a domain name for which the ServerIron is providing GSLB is DOWN: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableGslbHealthCheckIp PortUpTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.45 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when an application port in a domain on the site IP address passes its Layer 4 TCP or UDP health check, resulting in a status change to UP: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableGslbHealthCheckIp PortDownTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.46 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when an application port in a domain on the site IP address fails its Layer 4 TCP or UDP health check, resulting in a status change to DOWN: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Standard traps Name, OID, and Syntax Access Description snL4EnableGslbRemoteGslbSi DownTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.47 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the connection from this site to the remote GSLB ServerIron is DOWN: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableGslbRemoteGslbSi UpTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.48 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the connection from this site to the remote GSLB ServerIron is UP: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableGslbRemoteSiDow nTrap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.49 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the GSLB connection from this GSLB to the remote ServerIron is DOWN: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) snL4EnableGslbRemoteSiUpTr ap brcdIp.1.1.4.1.50 Syntax: Integer Read-write Indicates if this device has been enabled to generate traps when the GSLB connection from this GSLB to remote the ServerIron is UP: • disabled(0) • enabled(1) Standard traps This section present the standard traps supported on devices. System status traps Foundry supports the following traps from RFC 1215: IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Trap Name and Number Varbind Description coldStart 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.1 (None) Indicates that the sending protocol entity is reinitializing itself: the agent's configuration or the protocol entity implementation may be altered. warmStart 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.2 (None) Indicates that the sending protocol entity is reinitializing itself; however, the agent configuration nor the protocol entity implementation is not altered. linkDown 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.3 ifIndex(1) ifDescr(2) A failure in one of the communication links. For example, Interface , state down linkUp 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.4 ifIndex(1) ifDescr(2) The communication link is up. For example, Interface , state up 635 Standard traps Trap Name and Number Varbind Description NOTE: Regarding linkUp and linkDown traps: • Release 07.1.x. supports a maximum of 32 ports per module; therefore the ifIndex for this release ranges from 1 – 32 for Slot 1, 33 – 64 for Slot 2 and so on. • Release 07.2.x supports a maximum of 64 ports per module; therefore, the ifIndex for the release ranges from 1 – 64 for Slot 1, 65 – 128 for Slot2 and so on. Thus for Slot 2/Port 1, the value of the ifIndex of the port in Release 07.1.x is 33; whereas, in Release 07.2.x, it is 65. authenticationFailure 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.5 (none) Indicates that the sending protocol entity is the addressee of a protocol message that is not properly authenticated. While implementations of the SNMP must be capable of generating this trap, they must also be capable of suppressing the emission of such traps through an implementation-specific mechanism. NOTE: On Terathon devices, this trap is supported is software release 01.1.01. Traps for spanning tree protocol Foundry supports for the following traps for Spanning Tree Protocol from RFC 1493. : Trap Name and Number Description newRoot 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.0.1 Indicates that the sending agent has become the new root of the Spanning Tree. The trap is sent by a bridge soon after its election as the new root, for example, upon expiration of the Topology Change Timer immediately subsequent to its election. NOTE: On Terathon devices, this trap is supported is software release 01.1.01. topologyChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.17.0.2 NOTE: On Terathon devices, this trap is supported is software release 01.1.01. Is sent by a bridge when any of its configured ports transitions from the Learning state to the Forwarding state, or from the Forwarding state to the Blocking state. The trap is not sent if a newRoot trap is sent for the same transition. Traps for alarms The IronWare software supports the following traps for alarms from RFC 1757: 636 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Standard traps NOTE On NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX devices running software release 04.0.01 and later, this RFC 1757 has been obsoleted by RFC 2819. It is not supported on Brocade MLXe devices. Name, OID, and Syntax Description alarmRisingThreshold 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.3.1.1.7 Syntax: Integer32 A threshold for the sampled statistic. This object generates an event when the current sampled value is greater than or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval was less than this threshold. This object also generates an event if the first sample after this entry becomes valid is greater than or equal to this threshold and the associated alarmStartupAlarm is equal to risingAlarm(1) or risingOrFallingAlarm(3). After a rising event is generated, another such event will not be generated until the sampled value falls below this threshold and reaches the alarmFallingThreshold. alarmFallingThreshold A threshold for the sampled statistic. This object generates an event when the current 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.3.1.1.8 sampled value is less than or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval was greater than this threshold. This object also generates an event if the first Syntax: Integer32 sample after this entry becomes valid is less than or equal to this threshold and the associated alarmStartupAlarm is equal to fallingAlarm(2) or risingOrFallingAlarm(3). After a falling event is generated, another such event will not be generated until the sampled value rises above this threshold and reaches the alarmRisingThreshold. PW traps The following are the PW traps. These traps are supported in the following devices: • • • • Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.0.00 and later for NetIron IMR 640 Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.0.00 and later for NetIron XMR Series Multi-Service IronWare software release 03.1.00 and later for NetIron MLX series Brocade MLXe Additional MPLS related traps are listed in the section “MPLS notifications” on page 671, and “MPLS LSP notification” on page 671. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Trap Name Supported Varbind Description and Trap Message pwUp brcdIp.3.1.2.0 .2 Yes pwOperStatus (for start of range) pwOperStatus (for end of range) fdryPWServiceType This notification is generated when the pwOperStatus object for one or more contiguous entries in pwTable are about to enter the up(1) state from some other state. Beginning with the 03.9.00 release of the NetIron software, support for this object is available for VPLS, VLL, and VLL local services. 637 Standard traps Trap Name Supported Varbind Description and Trap Message pwDown brcdIp.3.1.2.0 .1 Yes pwOperStatus (for start of range) pwOperStatus (for end of range) fdryPWServiceType This notification is generated when the pwOperStatus object for one or more contiguous entries in pwTable are about to enter the down(2) state from some other state. The included values of pwOperStatus MUST all be set equal to this down(2) state. Beginning with the 03.9.00 release of the NetIron software, support for this object is available for VPLS, VLL, and VLL local services. pwDeleted brcdIp.3.1.2.0 .3 Yes pwID pwPeerAddrType pwPeerAddr fdryPWServiceType pwName This notification is generated when the PW has been deleted. NOTE: The varbind pwname is an extension added by Foundry; it is not a part of the Draft PW MIB Version 11. Beginning with the NetIron software release 03.9.00, support for this object is available for VPLS, VLL, and VLL local services. MPLS L3VPN traps The following table lists the MPLS L3 VPN traps. Trap Name Supported Varbind Description mplsL3VpnVrfUp 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.1 Yes mplsL3VpnIfConfRowStatus, mplsL3VpnVrfOperStatus Generated when ifOperStatus of any interface within the VRF changes to up state mplsL3VpnVrfDown 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.2 Yes mplsL3VpnIfConfRowStatus, mplsL3VpnVrfOperStatus Generated when ifOperStatus of any interface within the VRF changes to down state. mplsL3VpnVrfRouteMidThreshExceeded 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.3 No mplsL3VpnVrfPerfCurrNumRoutes , mplsL3VpnVrfConfMidRteThresh This notification is generated when the number of routes contained by the specified VRF exceeds the value indicated by mplsL3VpnVrfMidRouteThreshold. A single notification MUST be generated when this threshold is exceeded, and no other notifications of this type should be issued until the value of mplsL3VpnVrfPerfCurrNumRoutes has fallen below that of mplsL3VpnVrfConfMidRteThresh 638 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Standard traps Trap Name Supported Varbind mplsL3VpnVrfNumVrfRouteMaxThreshExceeded 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.4 No mplsL3VpnVrfPerfCurrNumRoutes This notification is generated when , mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh the number of routes contained by the specified VRF exceeds or attempts to exceed the maximum allowed value as indicated by mplsL3VpnVrfMaxRouteThreshold. In cases where mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh is set to the same value as mplsL3VpnVrfConfMaxRoutes, mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh need not be exceeded; rather, just reached for this notification to be issued. Note that the mplsL3VpnVrfConfRteMxThrshTime object denotes the interval at which the this notification will be reissued after the maximum value has been exceeded (or reached if mplsL3VpnVrfConfMaxRoutes and mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh are equal) and the initial notification has been issued. This value is intended to prevent continuous generation of notifications by an agent in the event that routes are continually added to a VRF after it has reached its maximum value. The default value is 0 minutes. If this value is set to 0, the agent should only issue a single notification at the time that the maximum threshold has been reached, and should not issue any more notifications until the value of routes has fallen below the configured threshold value." IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Description 639 Standard traps Trap Name Supported Varbind Description mplsL3VpnNumVrfSecIllglLblThrshExcd 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.5 No mplsL3VpnVrfSecIllegalLblVltns This notification is generated when the number of illegal label violations on a VRF as indicated by mplsL3VpnVrfSecIllegalLblVltns has exceeded mplsL3VpnIllLblRcvThrsh. The threshold is not included in the varbind here because the value of mplsL3VpnVrfSecIllegalLblVltns should be one greater than the threshold at the time this notification is issued. 640 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Standard traps Trap Name Supported Varbind mplsL3VpnNumVrfRouteMaxThreshCleared 1.3.6.1.2.1.10.166.11.0.6 No mplsL3VpnVrfPerfCurrNumRoutes This notification is generated only , mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh after the number of routes contained by the specified VRF exceeds or attempts to exceed the maximum allowed value as indicated by mplsVrfMaxRouteThreshold, and then falls below this value. The emission of this notification informs the operator that the error condition has been cleared without the operator having to query the device. Note that the mplsL3VpnVrfConfRteMxThrshTime object denotes the interval at which the mplsNumVrfRouteMaxThreshExceede d notification will be reissued after the maximum value has been exceeded (or reached if mplsL3VpnVrfConfMaxRoutes and mplsL3VpnVrfConfHighRteThresh are equal) and the initial notification has been issued. Therefore, the generation of this notification should also be emitted with this same frequency (assuming that the error condition is cleared). Specifically, if the error condition is reached and cleared several times during the period of time specified in mplsL3VpnVrfConfRteMxThrshTime, only a single notification will be issued to indicate the first instance of the error condition as well as the first time the error condition is cleared. This behavior is intended to prevent continuous generation of notifications by an agent in the event that routes are. This notification is generated only after the number of routes contained by the specified VRF exceeds or attempts to exceed the maximum allowed value as indicated by mplsVrfMaxRouteThreshold, and then falls below this value. The emission of this notification informs the operator that the error condition has been cleared without the operator having to query the device.continually added and removed to/from a VRF after it has reached its maximum value. The default value is 0. If this value is set to 0, the agent should issue a notification whenever the maximum threshold has been cleared." IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Description 641 IronWare traps IronWare traps This section presents the IronWare traps supported on devices running IronWare software. NOTE The Traps in the IronWare MIBs include the following lines in their description: --#TYPE "Brocade Trap: Power Supply Failure" --#SUMMARY "Power supply fails, error status %d." --#ARGUMENTS { 0 } --#SEVERITY MINOR --#STATE OPERATIONAL These lines are used by the HP OpenView network management system. 642 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IronWare traps General traps The table below lists the general traps generated by devices. Refer to the previous sections in this chapter to determine if traps for a feature need to be enabled (for example, OSPF traps need to be enabled.) Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapChasPwrSupply brcdIp.0.1 snChasPwrSupply Status Minor The power supply failed or is not operating normally. The value is a packed bit string; the power supply statuses are encoded into four bits (a nibble). The following shows the meaning of each bit: (bit 0 is the least significant bit). Bit position and Meaning 4 to 31= Reserved 3 = Power Supply 2 DC (0=bad, 1=good). 2 = Power Supply 1 DC (0=bad, 1=good). 1 = Power Supply 2 present status (0=present, 1=not-present). 0 Power Supply 1 present status (0=present, 1=not-present). Sample Trap Message: Power supply fails, error status snSwViolatorPortN umber snSwViolatorMacA ddress Minor The number of source MAC addresses received from a port is greater than the maximum number of addresses configured for that port. Sample Trap Message: Lock address violation on Port with MAC Address snAgGblTrapMess age Minor The number of source MAC addresses received from a port is greater than the maximum number of addresses configured for that port. Sample Trap Message: Locked address violation at interface Ethernet , address snAgentBrdIndex Informational A module was inserted into the chassis while the system is running. This trap is supported on the Sample Trap Message: Module was inserted to the chassis during system running NOTE: This has been replaced by “snTrapChasPwrSuppl yFailed” on page 644 and “snTrapChasFanFailed ” on page 644 NOTE: This object has been deprecated in NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX software release 03.6.00 and the BigIron RX 02.5.00 software release. It has been replaced by the “Power supply table” on page 114. Also, this object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe. snTrapLockedAddressViolation brcdIp.0.2 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapLockedAddressViolation 2 brcdIp.0.32 NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapModuleInserted brcdIp.0.28 NOTE: On Terathon devices, this trap is supported is software release 01.1.01. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 643 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapModuleRemoved brcdIp.0.29 snAgentBrdIndex Informational A module was removed from the chassis while the system is running. Sample Trap Message: Module was removed from the chassis during system running snTrapChasPwrSupplyFailed brcdIp.0.30 snChasPwrSupplyI ndex snChasPwrSupply Description Minor A power supply in the device failed. Sample Trap Message: Power supply )fa iled snTrapChasFanFailed brcdIp.0.31 snChasFanIndex snChasFanDescrip tion Minor A fan in the device failed. Sample Trap Message: Fan ( ) failed snTrapChasFanNormal brcdIp.0.49 snChasFanIndex snChasFanDescrip tion Minor The status of a fan has changed from fail to normal. Fan ( ) ok snAgGblTrapMess age Warning The management module changed its redundancy state. Sample Trap Message: Management module at slot state changed from to snAgGblTrapMess age Critical The actual temperature reading is above the warning temperature threshold. Sample Trap Message: Temperature C degrees, warning level C degrees, shutdown level C degrees snAgGblTrapMess age Warning A packet was denied by an access list. Sample Trap Message (for RIP): rip filter list in rip denied , event(s) snAgGblTrapMess age Warning A packet was denied by a MAC address filter. Sample Trap Message mac filter group denied packets on port src macaddr , packets NOTE: On Terathon devices, this trap is supported is software release 01.1.01. NOTE: This object is not supported on the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapMgmtModuleRedunStat eChange brcdIp.0.35 NOTE: On Terathon devices, this trap is supported is software release 01.1.01. snTrapTemperatureWarning brcdIp.0.36 NOTE: On Terathon devices, this trap is supported is software release 01.1.01. snTrapAccessListDeny brcdIp.0.37 NOTE: This object is not available on the NetIron IMR 640. snTrapMacFilterDeny brcdIp.0.38 NOTE: This object is not available on the NetIron IMR 640. 644 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapDuplicateIp brcdIp.0.56 Major A duplicate IP address was detected. Sample Trap Message: Duplicate IP address detect. snTrapNoBmFreeQueue(61) hidden in file...only for development use. Available when "debug hw" is configured. Warning There are no free queues available in the buffer manager. Sample Trap Message: Slot {M1|M2|M3|M4|M5|MiniG} Free Queue decreases less than the desirable values 3 consecutive times. snTrapSmcDmaDrop (62) hidden in file...only for development use. Available when "debug hw" is configured. Informational An SMC DMA packet has been dropped. Sample Trap Message: Slot SMC DMA Drop Counter is . snTrapSmcBpDrop(63) hidden in file...only for development use. Available when "debug hw" is configured. Informational An SMC BackPlane packet has been dropped. Sample Trap Message: Slot BP DMA Drop Counter is . snTrapBmWriteSeqDrop(64) hidden in file...only for development use. Available when "debug hw" is configured. Informational A BM write-sequence packet has been dropped. Sample Trap Message: Slot Write Sequence Drop within 30 seconds. Informational The running configuration has been changed. snTrapRunningConfigChanged brcdIp.0.73 Varbinds snAgGblTrapMess age NOTE: For Terathon devices, this trap is generated if the running configuration was changed through TFTP or Secure Copy. Sample Trap Message: Running-config was changed by user1 from telnet client 192.168.2.129. snTrapStartupConfigChanged brcdIp.0.74 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational The start-up configuration has been changed. Sample Trap Message: Startup-config was changed from console. 645 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapUserLogin brcdIp.0.75 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational A user logged in to a device. Sample Trap Message: user1 login to USER EXEC mode. snAgGblTrapMess age Informational A user logged out of a device. Sample Trap Message: user1 logout from USER EXEC mode. snTrapChasPwrSupplyOK brcdIp.0.81 snChasPwrSupplyI ndex, snChasPwrSupply Description Notification The SNMP trap that is generated when a power supply operational status changed from failure to normal Sample Trap Message: Power supply OK snTrapClientLoginReject brcdIp.0.110 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational A login by a Telnet or SSH client failed. Format: telnet|SSH access [by ] from src IP , src MAC rejected, attempt(s) snAgGblTrapMess age Informational The configuration of a local user account has been changed. Format: user added|deleted|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp NOTE: Available in the following releases: • Enterprise Software Release 07.8.00 and later • FastIron SuperX Release 02.0.01 and later. snTrapUserLogout brcdIp.0.76 NOTE: Available in the following releases: • Enterprise Software Release 07.8.00 and later • FastIron SuperX Release 02.0.01 and later. NOTE: Available in the following releases: • Enterprise Software Release 07.8.00 and later • FastIron SuperX Release 02.0.01 and later. • FastIron Edge Switch Release 03.3.01a and later snTrapLocalUserConfigChange brcdIp.0.111 NOTE: Available in the following releases: • Enterprise Software Release 07.8.00 and later • FastIron SuperX Release 02.0.01 and later. • FastIron Edge Switch Release 03.3.01a and later 646 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapVlanConfigChange brcdIp.0.112 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational A VLAN configuration has been changed. Format: vlan added|deleted|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp session snAgGblTrapMess age Informational An ACL configuration has been changed. Format: ACL added|deleted|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp session snAgGblTrapMess age Informational A MAC filter configuration has been changed. Format: MAC Filter from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp session (filter id= , src mac= |any, dst mac= |any) NOTE: Available in the following releases: • Enterprise Software Release 07.8.00 and later • FastIron SuperX Release 02.0.01 and later. • FastIron Edge Switch Release 03.3.01a and later snTrapAclConfigChange brcdIp.0.113 NOTE: Available in the following releases: • Enterprise Software Release 07.8.00 and later • FastIron SuperX Release 02.0.01 and later. • FastIron Edge Switch Release 03.3.01a and later • FastIron GS Release 03.2.00 and later snTrapMacFilterConfigChange brcdIp.0.114 NOTE: Available in the following releases: • Enterprise Software Release 07.8.00 and later • FastIron SuperX Release 02.0.01 and later. • FastIron Edge Switch Release 03.3.01a and later • FastIron GS Release 03.2.00 and later This object is not available on the NetIron IMR 640. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 647 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapSNMPConfigChange brcdIp.0.115 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational SNMP configuration has been changed. Format: [read-only community|read-write community|contact|location|user |group|view|engineId|trap host] " " deleted|added|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp session NOTE: Available in the following releases: • Enterprise Software Release 07.8.00 and later • FastIron SuperX Release 02.0.01 and later. • FastIron Edge Switch Release 03.3.01a and later snTrapSyslogConfigChange brcdIp.0.116 NOTE: A contact, location, user, group, view, trap host name may be displayed for . snAgGblTrapMess age Informational Syslog configuration has been changed. Format: Syslog server deleted|added|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp or Syslog operation enabled|disabled from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp snAgGblTrapMess age Informational The enable or line password has been changed Format: Enable password deleted|added|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp or Line password deleted|added|modified from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp NOTE: Available in the following releases: • Enterprise Software Release 07.8.00 and later • FastIron SuperX Release 02.0.01 and later. • FastIron Edge Switch Release 03.3.01a and later snTrapPasswordConfigChange brcdIp.0.117 NOTE: Available in the following releases: • Enterprise Software Release 07.8.00 and later • FastIron SuperX Release 02.0.01 and later. • FastIron Edge Switch Release 03.3.01a and later 648 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapServerStatusChange brcdIp.0.118 snAgGblTrapMess age Informational SNMP trap server has been enabled or disabled. Format: SSH|Telnet server enabled|disabled from console|telnet|ssh|web|snmp session [by ] snAgGblTrapMess age Informational This trap is generated when a port’s priority is changed. Format: Port priority changed to NOTE: Available in the following releases: • Enterprise Software Release 07.8.00 and later • FastIron SuperX Release 02.0.01 and later. • FastIron Edge Switch Release 03.3.01a and later snTrapPortPriorityChange brcdIp.0.122 NOTE: Available in the following releases: • FastIron SuperX Release 02.0.01 and later. • FastIron Edge Switch Release 03.3.01a and later • Service Provider Release 09.2.00 This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 649 IronWare traps General traps for the Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, and NetIron MLX The following table presents the general traps for the NetIron XMR and NetIron MLX Series devices. Trap Name and Number Varbinds snTrapChasFanOK brcdIp.0.1000 Minor snChasFanIndex, snChasFanDescripti on One of the following occurred on the device: A fan’s operational status changed from failure to normal • Fan speed changed due to a decrease in the operationg temperature Sample Trap Message: Right fan tray (fan1) OK snAgGblTrapMessa ge Critical The actual temperature reading on the device is below the warning temperature threshold. Samples of Trap Messages: Switch Fabric 2 temperature 30.2 C degrees is normal Switch Fabric 2 temperature 30.2 C degrees is normal Linecard Module %d PCB temperature 30.2 C degrees is normal Linecard Module %d XPP temperature 30.2 C degrees is normal Active mgmt CPU temperature 30.2 C degrees is normal Standby mgmt CPU temperature 30.2 C degrees is normal snAgGblTrapMessa ge Alerts One of the IP CAM level is full. Sample Trap Message: NO MORE FREE CAM SPACE for IP level . snAgGblTrapMessa ge Informational The speed of all chassis fans changed to low. Sample Trap Message: System: Set fan speed to LOW (50%%) NOTE: This trap is supported in NetIron software release 03.3.00 and later. snTrapTemperatureOK brcdIp.0.1001 Severity NOTE: This trap is supported in NetIron software release 03.3.00 and later. snTrapCAMOverflow brcdIp.0.1002 NOTE: This trap is supported in NetIron software release 03.3.00 and later. snTrapChassisFanSpeedLo w brcdIp.0.1200 NOTE: This trap is supported in NetIron software release 03.3.00 and later. 650 Description and Trap Message • IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapChassisFanSpeedM edium brcdIp.0.1201 snAgGblTrapMessa ge Informational The speed of all chassis fans changed to medium. Sample Trap Message: System: Set fan speed to MED (75%%) snAgGblTrapMessa ge Informational The speed of all chassis fans changed to medium high. Sample Trap Message: System: Set fan speed to MED-HI (90%%) snAgGblTrapMessa ge Informational The speed of all chassis fans changed to high. Sample Trap Message: System: Set fan speed to HI (100%%) snAgGblTrapMessa ge Informational Generated when the Interface Index (ifIndex) assignment for a physical interface is changed. Sample Trap Message: System: IfIndex assignment was changed NOTE: This trap is supported in NetIron software release 03.4.00 and later. snTrapChassisFanSpeedM edHigh brcdIp.0.1202 NOTE: This trap is supported in NetIron software release 03.4.00 and later. snTrapChassisFanSpeedHi gh brcdIp.0.1203 NOTE: This trap is supported in NetIron software release 03.4.00 and later. snTrapIfIndexAssignmentC hanged brcdIp.0.172 NOTE: This trap is supported in NetIron software release 04.0.00 and later. It is also not supported on FastIron SuperX devices running software release 07.1.00 and later. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 651 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapModuleStatusChan ge brcdIp.0.176 snChasUnitIndex, snAgentBrdIndex, snAgentBrdModule Status, and snAgGblTrapMessa ge Notification The operational state of a module changed. The management entity receiving the notification can identify the module and the event by referencing snChasUnitIndex, snAgentBrdIndex, snAgentBrdModuleStatus. If the module is down, the varbind snAgGblTrapMessage contains a text string that describes the cause. If the module is up, nothing is displayed for snAgGblTrapMessage. Sample Trap Message: For module UP: System: Module up in slot For module DOWN: System: Module down in slot , reason For standby MP up: System: Standby Management Module was ready For standby MP down: System: Standby Management Module was down, reason . Error Code snAgGblTrapMessa ge Notification This trap is generated to provide information about state of the I2C access of the management module. Sample Trap Message: last good i2c access, Mux index 0, Mux tap 0, ID 0x9, Addr 0x1, (SNM2TEMP) bad i2c access (GIEI = set), Severity Minor, Mux index 0, Mux tap2, ID 0x9, Addr 0x1, (SNM3TEMP) NOTE: This trap is supported in NetIron software release 04.0.01 and later. It is not supported on FastIron SuperX devices running software release 07.1.00 and later. snTrapl2CAccessLog brcdIp.0.184 NOTE: This trap is supported in NetIron software release 04.0.01 and later. It is not supported on FastIron SuperX devices running software release 07.1.00 and later. Traps for optics The following table presents the general traps in the NetIron software release 03.4.00 and later. Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapOpticalMonitoringWarning brcdIp.0.1003 snAgGblTrapMessage Warnin g A warning occurred during optical monitoring. Sample Trap Message: Latched high Temperature alarm, port / snAgGblTrapMessage Alerts An alarm occurred during optical monitoring due to a low temperature in the device. Sample Trap Message: Latched low Temperature alarm, port / NOTE: This trap is supported in the NetIron software release 03.3.00 and later. snTrapOpticalMonitoringAlarm brcdIp.0.1004 NOTE: This trap is supported in the NetIron software release 03.3.00 and later. 652 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity snTrapOpticalMonitoringError brcdIp.0.1005 snAgGblTrapMessage Informa An error occurred during optical tional monitoring. Samples of Trap Message: OPTICAL MONITORING: sys_create_timer failed, slot , port mask OPTICAL MONITORING: sys_set_timer failed, slot , port mask OPTICAL MONITORING: THRESHOLDS READ FAILED, port / OPTICAL MONITORING: AUX AD TYPE READ FAILED, port / " OPTICAL MONITORING: INT UNMASK ALL WRITE FAILED, port / OPTICAL MONITORING: INT MASK WRITE FAILED, port / OPTICAL MONITORING:: XFP INT MASK WRITE FAILED, port / OPTICAL MONITORING: port / : sys_create_timer failed OPTICAL MONITORING: port / : sys_create_timer2 failed OPTICAL MONITORING: port / : sys_set_timer failed OPTICAL MONITORING: port / , failed to get latched flags( ) OPTICAL MONITORING: port / : sys_set_timer1 failed snAgGblTrapMessage Alerts NOTE: This trap is supported in the NetIron software release 03.3.00 and later. snTrapXfpSfpIncompatibleOptics brcdIp.0.1009 NOTE: This trap is supported in the NetIron software release 03.4.00 and later. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Description and Trap Message The optics are incompatible with the port configuration. Sample Trap Message: 653 IronWare traps Traps for traffic manager Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapTMEgressDataError brcdIp.0.1020 snAgGblTrapMessage Major This trap is generated when the system detects egress data errors on the Traffic Manager. Sample Trap Message: Health Monitoring : TM Egress data errors detected on LP /TM snAgGblTrapMessage Informational TM logging started, triggerred by an event. Sample Trap Message: snAgGblTrapMessage Informational TM logging stopped because the storage full. Sample Trap Message: snAgGblTrapMessage Informational TM logging restarted after the log was cleared Sample Trap Message: snAgGblTrapMessage Warning A link from LP Traffic Manager to SFM Fabric Element is down. Sample Trap Message: Fabric Monitoring Link Down : SFM /FE /Link , LP /TM snAgGblTrapMessage Informational A link from LP Traffic Manager to SFM Fabric Element is up. Sample Trap Message: Fabric Monitoring Link Up : SFM /FE /Link , LP /TM NOTE: This trap is supported in the NetIron software release 04.1.00 and later. It is not supported on FastIron SuperX devices running software release 07.1.00 and later. snTrapTMLoggingStart brcdIp.0.1015 NOTE: This trap is supported in the NetIron software release 03.4.00 and later. snTrapTMLoggingStop brcdIp.0.1016 NOTE: This trap is supported in the NetIron software release 03.4.00 and later. snTrapTMLoggingRestart brcdIp.0.1017 NOTE: This trap is supported in the NetIron software release 03.4.00 and later. snTrapSFMLinkDown brcdIp.0.1100 NOTE: This trap is supported in the NetIron software release 03.4.00 and later. snTrapSFMLinkUp brcdIp.0.1101 NOTE: This trap is supported in the NetIron software release 03.4.00 and later. 654 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapSFMAccessError brcdIp.0.1102 snAgGblTrapMessage Major This trap is generated when the system fails to access an SFM Fabric Element. Sample Trap Message: Health Monitoring: FE access failure on SFM /FE snAgentBrdIndex, snAgentBrdModuleSt atus, snAgGblTrapMessage Notification The SNMP notification that is generated when there is a change in the operational state of the Switch Fabric Module (SFM). NOTE: This trap is supported in the NetIron software release 04.1.00 and later and on the Brocade MLXe. It is not supported on FastIron devices or other devices. snTrapSFMStatusChange brcdIp.0.1103 NOTE: This trap is supported in the NetIron software release 05.1.00 and later and on the Brocade MLXe. It is not supported on FastIron devices or other devices. Sample Trap Message: System: Health Monitoring: SFM powered off due to failure detection" Packet over SONET traps NOTE: The following traps are supported in the NetIron software release 03.3.00 and later. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapPosMonitoringWarning brcdIp.0.1006 snAgGblTrapMes sage Informational A warning occurred during POS alarm monitoring. Sample Trap Message: snTrapPosMonitoringAlarm brcdIp.0.1007 snAgGblTrapMes sage Alert An alarm up or alarm down incident occurred during POS alarm monitoring. Sample Trap Message: snTrapPosMonitoringError brcdIp.0.1008 snAgGblTrapMes sage Informational An error occurred during POS alarm monitoring. Sample Trap Message: 655 IronWare traps MAC-based VLAN traps These traps are supported on the FastIron GS and FastIron LS devices running software release FGS 03.0.00. Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapMacBasedVlanEnabl ed brcdIp.0.147 snAgGblTrapMessage Minor MAC-Based VLAN is enabled. Sample Trap Message: SNTrapMacBasedVlanEnabled: Mac Based Vlan Enabled on port . snAgGblTrapMessage Minor MAC-Based VLAN is disabled. Sample Trap Message: SNTrapMacBasedVlanDisabled: Mac Based Vlan Disabled on port . NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapMacBasedVlanDisabl ed brcdIp.0.148 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. VRRP trap Only devices that support VRRP can use the following trap: Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapVrrpIfStateChange brcdIp.0.34 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning A VRRP routing device changed state from master to backup or vice-versa. Sample Trap Message: VRRP intf state changed, intf , vrid , state . FSRP trap Only devices that support FSRP can use the FSRP trap object. 656 Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapFsrpIfStateChange brcdIp.0.33 snAgGblTrapMessage Informational An FSRP routing device changed state from active to standby or vice-versa. Sample Trap Message: SRP_FSRP intf state changed, intf , addr , state . IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IronWare traps VSRP traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapVsrpStateChange brcdIp.0. snAgGblTrapMessage Informational An VSRP routing device changed its state snTrapVsrpCamError brcdIp.0. snAgGblTrapMessage Informational A VSRP CAM error has occurred. OSPF traps NOTE BigIron RX, Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices support RFC 1850 instead of the objects in this section. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 657 IronWare traps NOTE You must configure the log adjacency command under the "router ospf" mode to see traps for the following objects: ospfIfStateChange trap ospfNbrStateChange trap ospfVirtIfStateChange trap ospfVirtNbrStateChange trap Trap Name and Number Varbinds snTrapOspfIfStateChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.3 Informational snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfIfStatusIpAddres s snOspfIfStatusState (The new state) NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapOspfVirtIfStateChan ge 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.4 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 658 Severity Description and Trap Message There has been a change in the state of a non-virtual OSPF interface. This trap should be generated when the interface state regresses (e.g., goes from Dr to Down) or progresses to a terminal state (i.e., Point-to-Point, DR Other, Dr, or Backup). NOTE: You must configure the log adjacency command under the "router ospf" mode to see traps. Sample Trap Message: OSPF router id , interface state changed to . snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaI D snOspfVirtIfStatusNeig hbor snOspfVirtIfStatusState (The new state) Informational There has been a change in the state of an OSPF virtual interface. This trap should be generated when the interface state regresses (e.g., goes from Point-to-Point to Down) or progresses to a terminal state (i.e., Point-to-Point). NOTE: You must configure the log adjacency command under the "router ospf" mode to see traps. Sample Trap Message: OSPF router id , virtual interface area id neighbor state changed to . IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snOspfNbrStateChange 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.5 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfNbrIpAddr snOspfNbrRtrId snOspfNbrState (The new state) Informational There has been a change in the state of a non-virtual OSPF neighbor. This trap should be generated when the neighbor state regresses (e.g., goes from Attempt or Full to 1-Way or Down) or progresses to a terminal state (e.g., 2-Way or Full). When an neighbor transitions from or to Full on non-broadcast multi-access and broadcast networks, the trap should be generated by the designated router. A designated router transitioning to Down will be noted by ospfIfStateChange. NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. NOTE: You must configure the log adjacency command under the "router ospf" mode to see traps. Sample Trap Message: OSPF router id neighbor area ,neighbor router id state changed to . snOspfVirtNbrStateChang e 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.6 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfIfConfigError 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.7 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtNbrArea snOspfVirtNbrRtrId snOspfVirtNbrState (The new state) Informational There has been a change in the state of an OSPF virtual neighbor. This trap should be generated when the neighbor state regresses (e.g., goes from Attempt or Full to 1-Way or Down) or progresses to a terminal state (e.g., Full). NOTE: You must configure the log adjacency command under the "router ospf" mode to see traps. Sample Trap Message: OSPF router id virtual neighbor area , virtual neighbor router id state changed to . Major snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfIfStatusIpAddres s snOspfPacketSrc (The source IP address) snOspfConfigErrorType (Type of error) snOspfPacketType A packet has been received on a non-virtual interface from a router whose configuration parameters conflict with this router’s confi guration parameters. NOTE: The event optionMismatch should cause a trap only if it prevents an adjacency from forming. Trap Message: Configuration error type with packet type has been received on interface , router id from . 659 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snOspfVirtIfConfigError 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.8 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaI D snOspfVirtIfStatusNeig hbor snOspfConfigErrorType (Type of error) snOspfPacketType Major A packet has been received on a virtual interface from a router whose configuration parameters conflict with this router’s configuration parameters. NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfIfAuthFailure 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.9 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfVirtIfAuthFailure 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.10 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 660 NOTE: The event optionMismatch should cause a trap only if it prevents an adjacency from forming. Trap Message: Configuration error type with packet type has been received on virtual interface area id , router id from neighbor . Minor snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfIfStatusIpAddres s snOspfPacketSrc (The source IP address) snOspfConfigErrorType (authTypeMismatch or authFailure snOspfPacketType A packet has been received on a non-virtual interface from a router whose authentication key or authentication type conflicts with this router’s authentication key or authentication type. Trap Message: OSPF authentication failed. Router ID , Interface , packet src , error type and packet type . Minor A packet has been received on a virtual interface from a router whose authentication key or authentication type conflicts with this router’s authentication key or authentication type. Trap Message: OSPF authentication failed. Router ID , virtual interface , Neigbor , Error type and packet type . snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaI D snOspfVirtIfStatusNeig hbor snOspfConfigErrorType (authTypeMismatch or authFailure) snOspfPacketType IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds snOspfIfRxBadPacket 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.11 Warning snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfIfStatusIpAddres s snOspfPacketSrc (The source IP address) snOspfPacketType NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfVirtIfRxBadPacket 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.12 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. Warning Description and Trap Message An OSPF packet has been received on a non-virtual interface that cannot be parsed. Trap Message: OSPF Router Id , interface receive bad packet (type ) from . An OSPF packet has been received on a virtual interface that cannot be parsed. Trap Message: OSPF router id , virtual interface received bad packet (type ) from neighbor . snOspfTxRetransmit 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.13 Warning snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfIfStatusIpAddres s snOspfNbrRtrId (Destination) snOspfPacketType snOspfLsdbType snOspfLsdbLsId snOspfLsdbRouterId An OSPF packet has been retransmitted on a non- virtual interface. All packets that may be re- transmitted are associated with an LSDB entry. The LS type, LS ID, and Router ID are used to identify the LSDB entry. Trap Message: OSPF router id interface retransmitted packet type ,LSDB type , LSDB LS ID and LSDB router id to Neighbor router id . ospfVirtIfTxRetransmit 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.14 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaI D snOspfVirtIfStatusNeig hbor snOspfPacketType snOspfLsdbType snOspfLsdbLsId snOspfLsdbRouterId Warning An OSPF packet has been retransmitted on a virtual interface. All packets that may be retransmitted are associated with an LSDB entry. The LS type, LS ID, and Router ID are used to identify the LSDB entry. Trap Message: OSPF router id , virtual interface area id snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaID> retransmitted packet type ,LSDB type , LSDB LS ID and LSDB router id to Neighbor . NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfVirtIfStatusAreaI D snOspfVirtIfStatusNeig hbor snOspfPacketType Severity 661 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snOspfOriginateLsa 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.15 snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfLsdbAreaId (0.0.0.0 for AS Externals) snOspfLsdbType snOspfLsdbLsId snOspfLsdbRouterId Informational This router originated a new LSA. This trap should not be invoked for simple refreshes of LSAs (which happens every 30 minutes), but instead will only be invoked when an LSA is (re-originated due to a topology change. Additionally, this trap does not include LSAs that are being flushed because they have reached MaxAge Trap Message: New LSA (area id , type , LS Id and router id ) has been originated by router id . snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfLsdbAreaId (0.0.0.0 for AS Externals) snOspfLsdbType snOspfLsdbLsId snOspfLsdbRouterId Warning One of the LSA in the router’s link-state database has aged to MaxAge. Trap Message: The LSA (area id , type , LS Id and router id ) in router id link-state database has aged to maximum age. snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfExtLsdbLimit Warning The number of LSAs in the router’s link-state database has exceeded the ospfExtLsdbLimit. Trap Message: The number of LSAs in the OSPF router id link-state database has exceeded . snOspfRouterId (The originator of the trap) snOspfExtLsdbLimit Informational The number of LSAs in the router’s link-state database has exceeded ninety percent of the ospfExtLsdbLimit. Trap Message: The number of LSAs in the OSPF router id link-state database has exceeded ninety percent of . NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfMaxAgeLsa 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.16 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfLsdbOverflow 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.17 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snOspfLsdbApproachingO verflow 1.3.6.1.2.1.14.16.2.18 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 662 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IronWare traps Layer 4 traps The following table presents the traps that can be generated for Layer 4 functionalities. Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapL4MaxSessionLimitR eached brcdIp.0.19 snL4MaxSessionLimit Warning The maximum number of connections has been reached. Trap Message: SLB maximum number of connections has been reached. snL4TcpSynLimit Warning The TCP SYN limits have been reached. Trap Message: SLB TCP Syn limits have been reached. snL4TrapRealServerIP snL4TrapRealServerNa me Informational The load balancing real server is up. Trap Message: SLB real server is up. snL4TrapRealServerIP snL4TrapRealServerNa me Informational The load balancing real server is down. Trap Message: SLB real server is down. snL4TrapRealServerIP snL4TrapRealServerNa me snL4TrapRealServerPo rt Informational The load balancing real server TCP port is up. Trap Message: SLB real server port is up NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapL4TcpSynLimitReach ed brcdIp.0.20 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapL4RealServerUp brcdIp.0.21 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapL4RealServerDown brcdIp.0.22 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapL4RealServerPortUp brcdIp.0.23 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 663 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapL4RealServerPortDo wn brcdIp.0.24 snL4TrapRealServerIP snL4TrapRealServerNa me snL4TrapRealServerPo rt Informational The load balancing real server TCP port is down. Trap Message: SLB real server port is. snL4TrapRealServerIP snL4TrapRealServerNa me snL4TrapRealServerCu rConnections Warning The real server reached its maximum number of connections. Trap Message: SLB real server maximum connection has been reached. snAgGblTrapMessage Warning The real server average response time exceeded the lower threshold. Trap Message: Port on server : : Avg response time has exceeded lower threshold snAgGblTrapMessage Warning The real server average response time exceeded the upper threshold. Trap Message: Port on server : : Avg response time has exceeded upper threshold; Bringing down the port... Warning The Server Load Balancing switch changed its state from active to standby. Trap Message: SLB changes state from active to standby. NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapL4RealServerMaxCon nectionLimitReached brcdIp.0.25 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapL4RealServerRespon seTimeLowerLimit brcdIp.0.67 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapL4RealServerRespon seTimeUpperLimit brcdIp.0.68 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapL4BecomeStandby brcdIp.0.26 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. 664 IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message Warning The Server Load Balancing switch changed its state from standby to active. Trap Message: SLB changes state from standby to active. snAgGblTrapMessage Warning The connection to the remote ServerIron is up. Trap Message: L4 gslb connection to site SI is up snAgGblTrapMessage Warning The connection to the remote ServerIron is down. Trap Message: L4 gslb connection to site SI is down snAgGblTrapMessage Warning The connection to the GSLB ServerIron is up. Trap Message: L4 gslb connection to gslb SI is up snAgGblTrapMessage Warning The connection to the GSLB ServerIron is down. Trap Message: L4 gslb connection to gslb SI is down snTrapL4BecomeActive brcdIp.0.27 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapL4GslbRemoteUp brcdIp.0.39 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapL4GslbRemoteDown brcdIp.0.40 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapL4GslbRemoteContro llerUp brcdIp.0.41 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. snTrapL4GslbRemoteContro llerDown brcdIp.0.42 NOTE: This object is not supported on Brocade MLXe, NetIron XMR, NetIron MLX, NetIron CES, and NetIron CER devices. IronWare MIB Reference 53-1002024-02 665 IronWare traps Trap Name and Number Varbinds Severity Description and Trap Message snTrapL4GslbHealthCheckIp Up brcdIp.0.43 snAgGblTrapMessage Warning The GSLB health check for an address changed from the down to the active state. Trap Message: L4 gslb health-check of . status changed to up snAgGblTrapMessage Warning The GSLB health check for an address changed from the active to the down state. Trap Message: L4 gslb health-check of . status changed to down snAgGblTrapMessage Warning A port for a health check address is up. Trap Message: L4 gslb health-check